# Frequently Asked Questions
Source: https://support.dripos.com/FAQ/finance-faq

Reach out to Dripos Support if you need further assistance

# Billing

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How do I change the bank account my subscription is being charged to?">
    On the Dashboard, navigate to **Finance** > **Billing**. From there select **Replace** to update the card on file.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I change the bank account my payouts are going to?">
    On the Dashboard, navigate to **Finance** > **Payouts** > **Settings**. From there select **Change Bank Account** to update the account on file. Please note this bank account must be a checking account.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

# Reports

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How is the Taxable Sales report broken down?">
    The Taxable Sales Report (and related Tax Categories Report) breaks down your sales and tax as follows:

    **1. Tax Collected -** The total dollar amount of tax collected from sales in the selected period.

    **2. Taxable Amount -** The total dollar amount of sales that tax was collected on. This is the sum of all items marked as taxable that were sold in that period.

    **3. Non-Taxable Sales -** The total amount of non-taxable sales, such as products marked as non-taxed and tax-exempt sales.

    **4. 3rd Party Sales (if applicable) -** The total amount of sales collected through third-party platforms (e.g., delivery partners), as reported in that section.

    **Note:** Dripos does not collect third-party sales or taxes as these will be collected via your third-party merchant portal.

    For a detailed view of which items and orders contributed to these totals, we recommend reviewing both the Taxable Sales Report and the Tax Categories Report together.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Why don't Pass Processing Collected and (Processing) line items match my expectations?">
    There are two separate concepts in your reports:

    **1. Pass Processing Collected**

    * This line item shows only the processing fees you passed on to customers (when that feature was available).
    * As of May 7, 2025, the ability to pass on processing fees was removed from Dripos.
    * After that date, the Pass Processing Collected line item will no longer increase. You may still see a historical amount there from before May 7, 2025.

    **2. (Processing)**

    * This line item at the bottom of the Sales Summary Report shows all processing-related fees, including card processing fees and payout fees (the fee charged each time funds are paid out to your bank).

    Because Pass Processing Collected excludes payout fees and is no longer accumulating after May 7, 2025, it will not match the (Processing) total.
    For a clearer breakdown of card processing vs. payout fees, use the Payment Methods Report on the Dashboard.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

# Payroll

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How are tips split, including invoice tips, when no one is clocked in?">
    **General tip splitting:**

    * Tips are split based on time cards, not just payroll enrollment.
    * As long as employees are clocking in/out and time cards exist before payroll, tips are included for all eligible employees on that shift, even if some are not enrolled in payroll.
    * Currently, tips are split equally among eligible employees.

    **Invoice tips:**

    * If your tips are split By Transaction, invoice tips are not automatically split among employees.
    * Invoice tips are included in your payouts, and can be manually split by you outside the system or added to payroll manually.

    **To manually add invoice tips to payroll:**

    1. Determine the total invoice tips (via Orders → Invoicing → Invoice List → View or Reports → Invoicing).
    2. Decide how to split (equal or weighted).
    3. When running payroll, on Hours & Pay, click + Additional Tips for each employee and enter the amount as Paycheck Tips or Cash Tips as appropriate.

    **Tips when nobody is clocked in:**

    * Tips are always part of your daily payouts, even if no one is clocked in at that moment.
    * If you use Dripos payroll to calculate tips, tips are debited from your payroll bank account based on time cards. If no tips need to be distributed (e.g., no eligible time cards), the money simply remains in your bank account.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can time cards be paid even if unapproved?">
    Yes! Time cards do not need to be approved to be paid.

    * When you run payroll, Dripos automatically pulls in all unpaid time cards for the Pay Period, regardless of approval status.
    * The Approval Center is mainly for review and internal control, not a requirement for payment.
    * There is no risk of double-paying the same time card; each time card can only be paid once.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Why are some time cards showing 'No pay earned' or not appearing in the payroll flow?">
    There are a few reasons why this can happen with the most common reasons being:

    **1. Already paid**

    * Each time card can only be paid once. If a time card shows No pay earned, it may have already been included in a previous payroll.

    **2. Outside the selected work period**

    * When running payroll, only unpaid time cards within the selected Work Period are pulled in.
    * If the date range is wrong, some time cards won't appear.

    **3. Missing or incomplete time cards**

    * Time cards with missing clock-in/clock-out times or obvious errors may need to be edited before they calculate correctly.

    **4. Roles without any pay rates attached**

    * Time cards that are attached to roles without pay rates will show as no pay earned until the role/employee is assigned a pay rate.

    To fix:

    1. Confirm the Pay Period when running payroll includes the dates you expect.
    2. Edit and re-save any incorrect time cards, then re-run or adjust payroll as needed.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Why hasn't an employee been paid on time?">
    **Common reasons an employee doesn't get paid on time:**

    1. Payroll wasn't submitted or was submitted late

    * Go to the Web Dashboard → Finance → Payroll → History to confirm the pay run was created and approved before the deadline.

    2. Incorrect or failed bank info

    * In Finance → Payroll → Employees, open the employee and confirm their bank info is complete and correct.
    * If a payment failed, you'll typically see a failed payment status; in many cases, the payment can be retried after the employee updates their bank details, or funds can be returned to your account for manual payment.

    3. Time cards not included in the pay run

    * Confirm the employee's time cards are in the correct pay period and were included when you ran payroll.

    <Warning> If everything looks correct and the deposit still hasn't arrived after the normal processing window, contact Dripos Support so we can check the payment status.</Warning>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Why does an employee's paystub not match their expected pay?">
    **If an employee's paystub looks wrong:**

    1. Check hours and time cards

    * Go to the specific payroll run → expand the employee.
    * Confirm: all expected time cards are present; clock-in/clock-out times and total hours are correct; overtime hours (if any) look right.

    2. Check pay rate and earnings types

    * Confirm the employee's hourly rate or salary is correct in Finance → Payroll → Employees.
    * Look for additional earnings (overtime, bonuses, tips) that may increase pay.

    3. Review deductions and withholdings

    * On the paystub, review pre-tax and post-tax deductions, and federal, state, and local taxes.
    * Changes to W-4 or new deductions can change net pay even if hours are the same.

    If the issue is due to incorrect hours or rate, you can correct it using an off-cycle payroll or a post-tax deduction (see "How do I run an off-cycle payroll / correct an overpayment?").

    <Danger>For complex or unclear discrepancies, contact Dripos Support so we can help review the payroll details.</Danger>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I run an off-cycle payroll or correct an overpayment?">
    **Running an off-cycle payroll**

    Use an off-cycle payroll for missed pay, corrections, bonuses, or terminations.

    1. Go to Finance → Payroll on the Dashboard.
    2. Click Run Payroll → under Other Payroll Options, select Off-Cycle.
    3. Choose: Method of Payment (Employee Preference \[direct deposit/manual per employee], or Manual \[you pay employees outside the system; Dripos only handles taxes and reporting]); Work Period (date range you're paying for); Payday (next available or a custom future date; any future date if Method of Payment = Manual).
    4. On Hours & Pay, confirm or add hours, regular pay, and any Additional Tips (Paycheck Tips or Cash Tips).
    5. Review and Submit.

    **Correcting an overpayment**

    Overpayments are handled by voiding and reprocessing, or by using a deduction:

    **1. Void the incorrect payroll line item -** Contact Dripos Support to help void the affected employee's payroll line in Check Console. Once voided, their time cards will be marked as unpaid again.

    **2. Fix the time card(s) -** On the Dashboard, edit the incorrect time card(s) to reflect the correct hours.

    **3. Re-run as an off-cycle payroll -** Run an Off-Cycle Payroll for the same Work Period. Important: Set Method of Payment = Manual if the employee already received the net pay and you're only fixing taxes/reporting. Otherwise, they will be double-paid.

    **4. Recover the overpaid net pay -** Either handle repayment directly with the employee (outside the system), or add a one-time post-tax deduction on their next paycheck via Finance → Payroll → Post-Tax Deductions.

    <Danger>
      For any voids or complex corrections, reach out to Dripos Support so we can walk through the safest option.
    </Danger>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I pay time-and-a-half for holidays?">
    There are two main ways to pay time-and-a-half for holidays in Dripos:

    **Option 1: Create a special holiday role**

    1. Go to Team → My Team → Roles and create a new role (e.g. "Holiday - Barista") with the 1.5x pay rate.
    2. Assign this role to the employees who worked the holiday.
    3. Go to Time Cards on the Dashboard, open each holiday time card, and change the Role to the new holiday role.
    4. Re-save each time card so the updated rate applies for payroll.

    **Option 2: Temporarily change the employee's pay rate**

    1. Go to Team → My Team → Employees, open the employee, and update their pay rate to the 1.5x rate.
    2. Go to Time Cards, open each holiday time card, and click Save again so the new rate is applied.
    3. After that, change the employee's pay rate back to their normal rate so future time cards use the regular pay.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="When are W-2s available, and how do we access them?">
    **Availability:**

    * W-2s are typically available by mid-January for the previous tax year.

    **Access for owners/admins:**

    1. Go to Finance → Payroll → Employee Tax Documents on the Dashboard.
    2. Download W-2s and 1099-NECs that have been filed.

    **Access for employees:**

    1. Employees can access their own W-2s directly through their payroll dashboard (Hub) once they're available.
    2. For employees who did not opt in to electronic delivery, physical W-2s are mailed to the address on file.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I change the bank account payroll is debited from, or handle an EIN change?">
    **Change the payroll bank account:**

    1. Go to Finance → Payroll → Settings on the Dashboard.
    2. Click Open Tax & Authorization Settings.
    3. Under Payment Method, click Add Bank Account and enter the new account.
    4. Set the new account as Default and remove or de-prioritize the old account. Only one bank account can be used at a time to debit payroll.

    **Handle an EIN change:**

    Changing your EIN requires a new payroll account with our payroll partner:

    **1. Update EIN for payouts (Stripe) -** The night before the EIN change, go to Finance → Payouts → Settings → Open Stripe Settings. Update your EIN there. This takes effect immediately, so only do this right before the change.

    **2. Update EIN for payroll (new payroll account) -** Our team will determine the last payroll to be run under the old EIN, and after that payroll is paid, wipe the old payroll dashboard.

    **3. Download old payroll documents -** Before the wipe, download all needed tax documents, payroll journals and reports. We also retain this data on our end, but you should keep your own copies.

    **4. Re-onboard to payroll with the new EIN -** Complete payroll onboarding again with the new EIN. Employees will re-onboard as needed under the new account. We recommend notifying employees ahead of time so they complete onboarding quickly.

    <Warning>
      Contact Dripos Support before making an EIN change so we can coordinate timing and steps.
    </Warning>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Payroll Definitions

<Accordion title="Payroll Definitions">
  **Gross Pay**: Consists of all earnings before deductions, including regular wages, overtime, bonuses, commissions, and tips <br />

  **Reimbursements**: Payment made to an employee through payroll as repayment for out-of-pocket business expenses. If properly documented, it is not considered wages. As long as the reimbursement meets certain IRS guidelines, they are not taxed (e.g., part of an accountable plan).

  **+ Additional Tips**

  * ***Paycheck Tips***: Tips to be paid out to this employee via payroll
  * ***Cash Tips***: Tips that have already been paid out in cash and are only being reported on payroll for tax purposes. Adding cash tips does not pay your employee additional tips through payroll.

  **+ Other Earnings**

  * ***Bonus***: Extra compensation given on top of regular wages
  * ***Commission***: Pay earned based on the amount of sales or performance achieved
  * ***Group Term Life***: Employer-provided life insurance that offers coverage to employees for a set term
  * ***Severance***: Payment given to an employee when they are laid off or let go, typically based on tenure
  * ***Non Hourly Regular***: Additional fixed amount paid to an employee, regardless of hours worked
  * ***Other Imputed***: The taxable value of a benefit provided to an employee. This amount is added to gross taxable wages so that taxes are withheld and reported correctly. It is not paid to the employee and does not affect net pay.
  * ***Tip Credit Adjustment***: The difference between an employee's tips and the minimum wage they must receive
  * ***Meal Period Premium Pay***: Supplemental, specifically categorized compensation required by California law when an employer fails to provide an employee with a compliant meal period
</Accordion>

## Void a Payroll

If you submitted a payroll but need to make changes or void it altogether, find the scenario that best fits your situation and follow the steps.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="I submitted a regular payroll in the last 30 minutes, but I need to make changes immediately.">
    You can reopen a regular payroll within 30 minutes of submitting. This will cancel the submitted payroll, allowing you to restart the process and make necessary changes.

    Navigate back to the [**Run Payroll**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/overview) page and click **Reopen Payroll**.

    **You cannot reopen a payroll after 30 minutes have passed.**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="I submitted a regular or off-cycle payroll over 30 minutes ago, but I need to make changes or void it entirely.">
    After 30 minutes have passed, the submitted payroll will start processing. Once a payroll has started processing, any further changes must wait until it has been paid out.

    Once the payroll has been paid, you can either void the entire payroll or void it for select employees only.

    **Contact Dripos Support to void a payroll.**
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="I overpaid an employee in their last payroll and need to adjust their next payroll to reflect this.">
    If you need to correct an employee’s upcoming payroll due to overpayment in the last payroll, reach out to Dripos Support for assistance.

    We will help you void the previous payroll and reprocess it with the correct pay, or apply a post-tax deduction on the next payroll to recover any overpaid amount.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Running Payroll

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="I missed my payroll deadline. What can I do?">
    **2-Day Processing**: If you've missed your payroll deadline, you may either 1) run an [Off-Cycle Payroll](/finance/payroll/payroll-run#off-cycle-payroll) or 2) run an expedited payroll within 24 hours of the past deadline and pay your employees on time for a **one-time \$50 fee**.

    **3-Day Processing**: If you've missed your payroll deadline, you may instead run an [off-cycle payroll](/finance/payroll/payroll-run#off-cycle-payroll) to pay your employees on the next available paydate.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do bank holidays affect my payroll?">
    If a payday falls on a holiday, payments will be delayed unless payroll is submitted earlier than usual.

    Depending on your processing timeline, your payroll will need 2–3 business days to process. A bank holiday shortens that window, so you may need to run payroll earlier.

    Dripos will ensure to notify all payroll users of any upcoming banking holidays and changes to your payroll processing timelines.

    Please keep a look out for any notifications on your **Dashboard** and in your email inbox regarding banking holidays. You can also reach out to Dripos Support with any questions!
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Does Dripos send checks to my employees if I pay them via manual check?">
    No, Dripos does not send physical checks to your employees if you choose to pay them via manual check. As the employer, you are responsible for distributing payments to your employees using your preferred method (e.g., physical check, cash, etc.).

    Dripos does, however, calculate the exact amount each employee is owed. You can easily view this information by either clicking the **Download Checks** button in the payroll section

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Alternatively, reference the **Net Pay** amount on the employee's paystub.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How fast will my employees receive their pay if sent via direct deposit?">
    Employees will receive their direct deposit pay based on the processing timeline your company runs with.

    For companies on a 2-day processing timeline, running payroll on Wednesday will deposit funds to employee accounts on Friday.

    Additionally, money movement only occurs on business days. For example, if a 2-day processing payroll is ran on Friday, employees will be paid Tuesday.

    Learn more about processing timelines [**here**](/finance/payroll/payroll-run#processing-timelines).
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Payroll Employees

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How can my employee make a change to their W-4?">
    Employees may make changes to their W-4 at any time by following these steps [here](/finance/payroll/payroll-employees#edit-w-4-information). Our payroll system will utilize the most recent W4 when running the next payroll.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="I am trying to send my employee their payroll onboarding link. Where can i find this?">
    Your employees automatically receive their payroll onboarding link via the email address associated with their employee profile in Dripos when added to your payroll system.

    Send the following link directly to your employee: [https://dashboard.dripos.com/hub](https://dashboard.dripos.com/hub).

    You can resend the link from the Payroll Dashboard using the following these steps:

    1. Go to **Finance** → **Payroll** → **Employees**

    2. Locate the employee's name and click the **Gear icon** next to it

    3. Choose **Resend Payroll Onboarding Link** → Save

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can my employee have their pay sent to two different bank accounts?">
    Pay can only be deposited into one bank account.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Does Dripos file W-2 and 1099-NEC forms on our behalf?">
    Yes, we file W-2s and 1099-NECs at the end of the year. Payrolls processed as standard employee payrolls generate W-2s, and payrolls processed as contractor payrolls generate 1099-NECs. These forms are distributed to employees and contractors and made available to you through our platforms.

    W-2 and 1099-NEC forms that have been filed can be found on your [**Dashboard**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/tax-documents) under **Finance** > **Payroll** > **Tax Documents** on the **Employee** and **Contractor** tabs.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Does Dripos offer workers' compensation?">
    Yes! We are integrated with Next insurance to offer workers compensation that calculates premiums using actual payroll data from each cycle. This ensures that premiums are a true reflection of your payroll costs, rather than an over- estimate.

    If you already have workers compensation, you can call the Next agency at 888-289-2939 to see if your policy is eligible to switch to pay as you go billing.

    Learn more [**here**](/finance/payroll/payroll-benefits#workers’-compensation-by-next-insurance).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Does Dripos offer 401k or Roth options?">
    At this time, we're unable to manage 401k or Roth accounts, but can accommodate the proper deductions from employee paychecks if you offer this to your employees through Guideline or another retirement account provider.

    Learn more about setting up custom benefits [**here**](/finance/payroll/payroll-benefits#custom-benefits).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can I offer health insurance through Dripos to my employees?">
    Yes, we offer health, dental and vision plans with a third party partner integrated into our payroll product.

    Additionally, bring over any existing plan or enroll in a new one from any carrier.

    Through our payroll partner, the administration of your plan will be completely taken care of.

    Purchase a plan or connect your current plan on your Dripos **Dashboard** under **Finance** > **Payroll** > **Benefits** > **Healthcare**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="I've just terminated an employee, how do I go about paying their last payroll?">
    Before you [terminate an employee](/team/setup/setup-employees#terminate-and-reactivate-employees) in the Dripos system, include the employee in your next regular payroll or run an [off-cycle](/finance/payroll/payroll-run#off-cycle-payroll) at any time to pay out this employee's remaining time cards.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Payroll Taxes

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Does Dripos file my payroll taxes?">
    Yes, our payroll partner will remit all payroll taxes on your company's behalf at the end of each quarter and end of fiscal year.

    Please see [**here**](/finance/payroll/payroll-taxes#check-payroll-services) for a full list of state and federal tax forms filed and paid for by Check.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Where can I find company tax documents filed by Dripos?">
    All company tax documents filed by our payroll partner, Check, will be available for viewing in your Dripos **Dashboard** under **Finance** > **Payroll** > **Tax Documents** > **Company** tab.

    You can also check the status of your tax filings, whether blocked, pending, or successfully filed, in your Dripos dashboard under **Finance** > **Payroll** > **Tax Filings**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Manage Account

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How can I export my entire payroll history?">
    View your payroll history by downloading [**Payroll Reports**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/reports).

    Select the date range to export and **Download as CSV**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I change the bank account my payroll is debited from?">
    On the **Dashboard**, navigate to **Finance** > **Payroll** > **Settings**

    Select **Open Tax & Authorization Settings** > **Payment Method** > **Add Bank Account**

    Ensure the correct bank is listed as your default account to be used.

    <Warning>
      Only one bank account can be used at a time to debit payroll.
    </Warning>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Frequently Asked Questions
Source: https://support.dripos.com/FAQ/marketing-faq

Reach out to Dripos Support if you need further assistance

# Patrons

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How do I manually adjust a patron's loyalty points?">
    You can adjust loyalty points from both the Dashboard and the POS.

    **From the Dashboard:**

    1. Go to Marketing → Patrons.
    2. Search for the patron by name, phone number, or email.
    3. Click View on their profile.
    4. Click Edit.
    5. Enter a positive number (e.g., 20) to add points, or a negative number (e.g., -10) to remove points.
    6. Click Save.

    **From the POS:**

    1. Press the tribar (☰) → Patrons.
    2. Search for the patron.
    3. Tap Edit Patron Info.
    4. Change the total points amount directly.
    5. Tap Save.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

# Gift Cards

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Can we re-use physical gift cards?">
    Yes! Before reusing a card, go to **Dashboard > Gift Cards** and delete it first. This clears the card's transaction history and removes the previously attached patron, so you can start fresh with a new customer.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

# Text Campaigns

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Can we import an existing contact list for text marketing?">
    No, we cannot import an existing contact list for texting marketing.

    **For compliance reasons:**

    * We cannot import a contact list from another platform directly.
    * We also cannot manually opt patrons into text messaging on your behalf.

    **You can:**

    1. Add patrons and their info in Marketing → Patrons → Add Patron.
    2. Patrons must still opt in to text messaging themselves through the proper flows before you can text them marketing content.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I set up a text marketing campaign?">
    **Once your text marketing number is approved:**

    1. Go to your Dashboard → Marketing → Communication → Campaigns to create and send campaigns.
    2. Your approved text marketing number will be visible there.

    **For compliance and consent:**

    * Patrons must opt in themselves through approved flows (e.g., your ordering site/app or in-store signup).
    * You must follow standard text marketing rules around: clear opt-in; easy opt-out (e.g., replying STOP); only sending messages to patrons who have given proper consent.

    A detailed overview of consent and best practices is [here](https://support.dripos.com/marketing/communications/guidelines).
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Frequently Asked Questions
Source: https://support.dripos.com/FAQ/menu-faq

Reach out to Dripos Support if you need further assistance

# POS View

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="What image size should I use to avoid distorted product photos?">
    **To minimize distortion:**

    * Use square images (same width and height), e.g. 1000 x 1000px or 800 x 800px.
    * Avoid very wide or very tall aspect ratios.
    * Use clear, high-resolution images; Dripos will scale them down as needed.
    * The maximum product image size is 10MB.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I reorder product modifiers?">
    **You can change the order modifiers appear on a product:**

    1. Go to the Web Dashboard → Menu → Products.
    2. Click View on the product.
    3. Scroll to the Modifiers section.
    4. Drag and drop the modifiers into your preferred order.
    5. Save.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

# Supply Chain

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How do I create and use global modifiers, and why don't my size options show under modifier recipes?">
    Global modifiers let you reuse the same modifier group (e.g. "Milk Options," "Extra Espresso") across multiple products.

    **To create and use a global modifier:**

    1. Go to the Web Dashboard → Menu → Modifiers.
    2. Click Create Modifier, select Add-on or Pricing, and build your modifier group (options, prices, etc.).
    3. Save the modifier.
    4. Go to Menu → Products → View on a product.
    5. Under Modifiers, attach your new global modifier to that product.

    **Why size options may not show under modifier recipes:**

    * Only global size/price modifiers appear in the Sizing Variant dropdown when building modifier recipes.
    * If your sizes are set up as product-specific modifiers, they will not appear there.
    * To use them in recipes, convert your size options into a global modifier and attach that global modifier to the products, or build recipes per product instead.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Frequently Asked Questions
Source: https://support.dripos.com/FAQ/orders-faq

Reach out to Dripos Support if you need further assistance

# Online Ordering

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="What image size should I use for my shop logo and banner for online ordering?">
    * **Recommended Logo Specifications:** Square, 512 x 512 pixels
    * **Recommended Shop Image Specifications:** Landscape, 2400 x 600 pixels
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I create QR codes for mobile ordering? ">
    **Create QR codes for mobile ordering:**

    1. Go to the Web Dashboard → Settings → QR Codes
    2. Choose the QR code type and optionally a category to focus (e.g. "Drinks").
    3. Generate the QR code and download it.
    4. Print or display the QR code in-store; customers scanning it go directly to your ordering site (and selected category, if set).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can we use our own domain for the mobile ordering site?">
    Customers are not able to use their own domain for the Dripos mobile ordering site.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How can I make sure my staff is notified when a mobile order comes in?">
    There are two settings that help mobile orders get noticed: a sound alert and a visual highlight on the KDS. You can use either or both.

    **Play a sound for new mobile orders**

    Go to POS Settings > Tickets & KDS and scroll down to Sound Options. Toggle on both Play Sound for New Ticket and Play Sound for Online and Third-Party Orders Only.

    Keep in mind this is a device-specific setting, so you'll need to turn it on for every device you want making a sound when a mobile order comes in.

    **Highlight mobile orders on the KDS**

    Go to POS Settings > Tickets & KDS and toggle Highlight Mobile Orders on. Mobile orders will then stay highlighted on the KDS until someone taps into them.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I set up a curbside pickup workflow?">
    You can use a dedicated mobile ticket type and a checkout prompt:

    **1. Create a curbside ticket type**

    * Go to the Web Dashboard → Orders → Ticket Types.
    * Click Create Ticket Type.
    * Name it something along the lines of "Curbside Pickup".
    * Set Type to a pickup-type ticket.
    * Save.

    **2. Add a checkout prompt for car details**

    * In Checkout Setup, create a checkout prompt tied to the Curbside Pickup ticket type.
    * Ask for details like car make, model, and color.
    * Mark the prompt as required if needed.

    **Note:** Dripos does not currently have a built-in "check-in" button for curbside; staff will rely on the order info and any customer communication.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How does third-party ordering (DoorDash/UberEats/Grubhub) setup and pricing work, and how do I prevent 'free modifiers' on those menus?">
    **Setup and pricing:**

    * Third-party ordering is an add-on feature.
    * Pricing: \$50 per location per month.
    * You can connect multiple services (DoorDash, UberEats, Grubhub, etc.) under that flat fee per location.
    * Once enabled by Dripos, you'll: 1) Map your menu to each third-party service. 2) Configure ticket types and routing for third-party orders.
      (Your sales or onboarding rep will walk you through the exact integration steps.)

    Some third-party platforms don't respect modifier dependencies, which can allow customers to get free items.

    **Workaround for "free modifier" issues on third-party menus:**

    1. Duplicate categories for third-party - Create separate categories specifically for DoorDash/UberEats/Grubhub (e.g. "DD - Lattes").
    2. Split products by type - Instead of one "Latte" with hot/cold modifiers, create "Latte - Hot" and "Latte - Cold". Attach only the appropriate modifiers to each product.
    3. Use these categories only for third-party - Keep your main POS/mobile menu unchanged. Use the "third-party-safe" categories when building your DoorDash/UberEats/Grubhub menus.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I set up in-house delivery, delivery zones, and delivery fees?">
    **1. Turn on In-House Delivery**

    * Go to the Dashboard → Shop Settings → Order System.
    * Set Enable In-House Delivery to Yes.

    **2. Set delivery hours**

    * Go to Shop Settings → Shop Information → Hours → Delivery.
    * Set the hours when you offer delivery. (This section appears only after In-House Delivery is enabled.)

    **3. Set delivery quote time**

    * Go to Shop Settings → Mobile Ordering.
    * Set your Delivery Quote Time (estimated prep + delivery time).

    **4. Create a Delivery Ticket Type**

    * Go to Orders → Checkout Flow → Ticket Types.
    * Click Create Ticket Type.
    * Choose Type: Delivery.
    * Save.

    **5. Set up delivery zones and fees on the POS**

    * On the POS, go to POS Settings → Delivery Options.
    * Click Add Delivery Zone.
    * Set: Minimum order amount, Delivery fee, Driver compensation (if applicable).
    * Click Edit Points next to the zone.
    * Draw your delivery area on the map by clicking multiple points around your service area, then Save.

    **6. To edit delivery fees at a later time:**

    * Go to POS Settings → Delivery Options.
    * Click your delivery zone.
    * Adjust the delivery fee and save.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I close a delivery driver's bank?">
    1. On the POS, go to the Delivery tab and remove the employee as a driver.
    2. Go to the Time Clock tab and clock the employee out.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

# Payments

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="What's the difference between billing accounts and invoices? Can tickets be converted to invoices?">
    **Billing Accounts:**

    * Let you continue to attach tickets to an account and pay later.
    * You can use Billing as a payment method on the POS, or send a payment link to pay off the billing account balance.
    * Learn more about billing accounts [here](https://support.dripos.com/operations/billing/billing-basics)

    **Invoices:**

    * Created separately from tickets.
    * Used to bill for one-off or scheduled charges (e.g., catering, wholesale, events).
    * Not directly tied to existing POS tickets.

    **Can tickets convert to invoices?**

    * No. You cannot convert existing tickets into invoices.
    * You can add tickets to a Billing Account, then send a payment link for that account. But invoices themselves are created separately and do not pull in tickets.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I set up invoice payment notifications?">
    **Receive an email when a customer pays an invoice:**

    1. On the Dashboard, navigate to Orders → Invoicing → Contacts.
    2. In the Invoice notification emails section, add the email address(es) that should receive payment notifications.
    3. Save your changes.

    Any time an invoice is paid, those email addresses will receive a notification.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="What is an 'uncaptured payment'?">
    **An uncaptured payment means:**

    * The customer's bank authorized the payment (approved it),
    * But the money has not actually been taken/collected yet.

    This can happen due to a system error, a fraud review, or an authorization timeout or interruption during checkout.

    In these cases, a second payment attempt is usually needed to successfully complete the transaction. If you see uncaptured payments and are unsure whether to retry or refund, contact Dripos Support so we can review the specific payment details.

    **Note:** Customers may see duplicate pending transactions in their bank statement when doing the second transaction. The duplicate transaction will drop off the customers bank statement within three days.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Are customers notified of disputes?">
    No. Customers are not automatically notified by Dripos when you receive or respond to a dispute (chargeback).

    * The customer's bank or card issuer controls any communication they receive about the dispute.
    * If you want to reach out to the customer directly, you'll need to do that outside of Dripos (phone, email, etc.).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Why are ticket numbers being skipped?">
    Ticket/transaction numbers get skipped whenever a ticket number is generated but the order isn't completed — this is expected behavior, not a sign of missing revenue or lost payments.

    **Confirmed causes include:**

    1. **Deleted saved tickets** – if a ticket is fired and then deleted, it cannot be restored.
    2. **Started-then-cancelled tickets** – a ticket that gets created but is cancelled before completion.
    3. **Failed card payment + retry** – the ticket number is assigned at the *start* of the payment attempt (before it processes), so any failed payment followed by a retry consumes and skips a number.
    4. **"Before payment" tipping + backtracking** – if a store has before payment tipping on, and staff select card → choose a tip → then go back to add another item, switch to cash, redeem a reward, etc., a new ticket number is generated, effectively burning the original one.
    5. **Certain fire-ticket settings** – other workflow/settings-dependent paths can also cause skips
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

# Shop Workflow

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How do I prevent cash transactions until a drawer is opened?">
    You can't fully block cash sales without a drawer, but you can force a strong prompt to remind staff:

    1. On the POS, go to POS Settings → Cash Management.
    2. Turn on "Show Cash Drawer Required Prompt."
    3. Save your settings.

    Now, whenever someone selects Cash as a payment method and no drawer is open, a pop-up will appear reminding them to open a drawer first.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Frequently Asked Questions
Source: https://support.dripos.com/FAQ/team-faq

Reach out to Dripos Support if you need further assistance

# Employees

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How do I reinstate a terminated employee?">
    1. Go to the Web Dashboard → Team → My Team → Employees.
    2. Click the Inactive Employees tab.
    3. Find the employee and click their row.
    4. Click Actions → Reinstate Employee.
    5. Confirm and update any role or pay information as needed.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I get notified about time-off requests?">
    1. Go to the Web Dashboard → Team → My Team → Roles.
    2. Click View/Edit on the role you use (e.g. "Manager").
    3. Under Notifications, enable notifications for Time Off Requests.
    4. Save.

    Anyone with that role will receive alerts when employees submit time-off requests.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How are tips split for invoices and days when nobody is clocked in?">
    **Invoice tips:**

    * If your tips are split by Transaction, tips on invoices are not automatically split among employees.
    * Invoice tips are included in your payouts, and you can manually split them among employees, then add them to payroll by clicking + Tips in the Hours & Pay step when running payroll.
    * You can see invoice tips by: 1) Orders → Invoicing → Invoice List → View (scroll to see the breakdown), or 2) Dashboard → Reports → Invoicing (filter by date and view the Tips column).

    **Days when nobody is clocked in:**

    * Tips are always included in your daily payouts, even if you plan to distribute them later.
    * If no tips need to be distributed via payroll, the money simply stays in your bank account.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How is overtime calculated (FLSA)?">
    Dripos follows federal Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) guidelines for overtime when the “Calculate Overtime with Dripos” setting is enabled.

    **How overtime is calculated:**

    1. Overtime threshold

    * For employees covered by FLSA, overtime is calculated on all hours worked over 40 in a workweek.

    2. Overtime rate

    * Any hours over 40 in a workweek are paid at 1.5x the employee’s regular hourly rate (“time and a half”).

    3. How this works in Dripos

    * When Calculate Overtime with Dripos is turned on in your Dashboard → Settings → Time Cards , Dripos:
      ▪ Tracks total hours worked per employee each workweek.
      ▪ Automatically applies the 1.5x overtime rate to all hours over 40.
      ▪ Sends those overtime hours and rates directly into Dripos Payroll for you.

    4. Who is typically covered by FLSA? In general, most hourly coffee shop employees are covered if:

    * Your business has \$500,000 or more in annual gross revenue , or
    * Your business or employees engage in interstate commerce (for example, processing credit card transactions, making out-of-state calls, or shipping goods).
    * If you’re unsure how overtime laws apply to your specific business or state, we recommend confirming with your accountant or legal advisor.
    * Dripos will then automatically calculate overtime based on the settings you enable in your account.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can I pay my employees time-and-a-half for holidays?">
    Here are two ways in which you can edit time cards to reflect holiday pay:

    1. You can add a new Role (Team > My Team > Roles) that has this 1.5x pay rate attached to the role and attach these employees to that role. Then, you can go back and edit their time cards to be under this new role. By re-saving these time cards under the new role, the updated pay rate will apply. Note that this would mean your employees would have the opportunity to clock into this new role moving forward unless it is later deleted / updated to reflect their regular pay rate.
    2. Pay rate changes are applied effective immediately to time cards created after the change — however, they can always be manually backdated by clicking into old time cards and re-saving them. That being said, an alternative solution would be to update your employees' pay rates to this 1.5x rate and re-save the time cards afterwards. Then, you can update their pay rate again to reflect their regular rate to ensure time cards moving forward have the regular pay rate attached.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Why is my employee not receiving verification texts when trying to login?">
    If an employee/customer reports that they are not receiving a text verification code when logging in (usually seen with the Hub App), have them text START to +1 (888) 503-3747, which is the number that sends the OTP codes.

    If they see the error “Free MSG Unavailable to Send Message: Message Blocking” or don’t receive a message at all, it means the number is either blocked or marked as spam. They will need to unblock this number on their end or, at times, contact their network carrier to unblock this number!
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Why can my employee only see one of my locations in their Hub App?">
    Employees can only see the locations set on their profile. To give an employee access to more than one location, add the others as Additional Home Locations on their profile.

    To do this, open the Dashboard and go to **Team** > **My Team** > **Employees**, select the employee, and add the additional locations under **Additional Home** Locations. Once saved, those locations will appear in their Hub App.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

# Operations

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Why are my checklists immediately moving to 'History'? How do checklist durations work?">
    If checklists are going straight to History, they likely have no duration set.

    **To keep a checklist active for a set time:**

    1. On the Dashboard, go to Team → Checklists.
    2. Click View on the checklist.
    3. Click Edit Information.
    4. Set a Duration using minutes, hours, and/or days. This controls how long the checklist stays Active before moving to History.
    5. Save your changes.

    For multi-day or weekly checklists, set the duration to more than 24 hours so they remain active across days.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

# Permissions

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How do I require a PIN for discounts or POS settings access?">
    **Require PIN for discounts:**

    1. Go to Dashboard Settings → Employee Management.
    2. Toggle Require PIN for Discounts on POS to Yes.
    3. Go to Team → My Team → Roles → Permissions.
    4. Ensure only the appropriate roles have PINs enabled: Team → Team Full or Team → Apply Discounts.

    **Require PIN for POS Settings:**

    1. Go to Dashboard Settings → Employee Management.
    2. Toggle Require PIN for Settings on POS to Yes.
    3. In Roles → Permissions, ensure only trusted roles have: Team → Team Full or Team → Settings Page.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I add an accountant or bookkeeper with restricted permissions?">
    1. Go to the Web Dashboard → Team → My Team → Roles.
    2. Click Create Role (e.g. "Accountant").
    3. Under Permissions, enable only what they need (commonly: Reports; Finance → Payouts; disable access to menu, team management, marketing, etc.).
    4. Save the Role.
    5. Go to Team → My Team → Employees and Add Employee.
    6. Assign the new Accountant role to the employee and send them an invite to the Dashboard.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Accounting Onboarding
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/accounting/accounting-onboarding



Learn how to onboard onto Dripos Accounting in order to start linking bank accounts and categorizing transactions!

## Account Setup

<Steps>
  <Step title="Get Started">
    Navigate to your **Dashboard > Finance > Accounting** and click the **Contact Support** button on the top of the page to get your account enabled. Once enabled, you can scroll down and hit **Get Started**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Enter Business Information">
    * Legal Business Name
    * Tax Identification Number (*Optional*)
    * Business Email (*Optional*)
    * Business Type (*If you are unsure of your classification, we recommend consulting your accountant)*
    * **501(c)(3) Nonprofit** — check this if your organization is a registered 501(c)(3). Dripos builds your chart of accounts for nonprofit reporting instead of the standard retail one.
    * State

    <Note>
      Nonprofit status is recorded separately from your Business Type. A 501(c)(3) keeps its actual legal structure (LLC, Corporation, and so on) — checking the nonprofit box does not change it.
    </Note>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Choose Accounting Settings">
    * **Accounting Method** — Cash or Accrual
      * **Cash:** Records transactions only when money actually changes hands (payment is received or paid).
      * **Accrual:** Records income when it is earned and expenses when they are incurred, regardless of when the cash moves.
    * **Entries Start Date** — Determines the date from which accounting entries will begin to be recorded and tracked.
      * *Note: the earliest available start date is January 1, 2026.*
    * **Previous Provider** — Switching from another platform? Reach out to support.dripos.com. Our team will assist you with the historical data transfer process.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Connect Bank Accounts (Optional)">
    Link a bank account to enable automatic syncing. Once connected, your bank activity will flow directly into the Transactions page for easy categorization.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Onboarding Complete!">
    You are now ready to manage your finances directly within Dripos.
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Managing Linked Bank Accounts and Credit Cards

When you connect business bank accounts and credit cards, your business transactions are automatically uploaded into your Transactions page. You should connect all accounts tied to your business during onboarding, but you can add or remove accounts if anything changes with your business banking solutions.

You can manage your business bank account and credit card connections in on the Dashboard by going to **Finance > Accounting > Transactions**.

### Connect Additional Bank Accounts and Credit Cards

To connect your business finances, follow the steps below:

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Navigate to **Finance > Accounting > Transactions** on the Dashboard

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    In the **Linked Accounts** section, select **(+) Add Account**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    In the modal that pops up:

    * **Continue without phone number** (inputting your phone number is an optional step)
    * Select your bank in the list under **Select your institution**
    * **Continue to login** to access your business bank account
    * Follow the instructions on the screen to log into your bank account and **grant read-only access**
    * If prompted, **select the accounts** that you would like to connect
    * You may be asked to input your phone number again – select **Continue without saving**
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Unlink Bank Accounts and Credit Cards

To disconnect business bank accounts or credit cards, follow the steps below:

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Navigate to **Finance > Accounting > Transactions** on the Dashboard
  </Step>

  <Step>
    In the **Linked Accounts** section, hover over the bank account or credit card you would like to disconnect and select the icon that appears on the right side of the bank account or credit card

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click **Unlink Account** and confirm that you would like to unlink your account

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Fix Connections with Linked Bank Accounts

Bank accounts you have already linked can sometimes unlink when your bank password or security settings are changed. To fix the connections, follow the steps below:

<Steps>
  <Step>
    In the **Linked accounts** section, click on the bank account or credit card you would like to disconnect

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click on **Fix Account** next to the accounts that have been disconnected and select **Repair Connection**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Enter your credentials to reconnect your account
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Categorizing Business Transactions

Categorizing transactions keeps your financial records clear and accurate—essential for tracking cash flow, understanding profitability, and prepping for taxes. Get started on the Dashboard by navigating to **Finance > Accounting > Transactions**

### Categorize New Transactions

Transactions from your business bank accounts and credit cards will automatically show up under **Transactions**. To categorize new transactions, follow the steps below:

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Ensure the toggle under **Transactions** is set to **To Review**. This will display all transactions that require your attention.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Under the **Category** column, use the drop-down to select the relevant account.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Once the account has been selected, **Confirm** the transaction to move the transaction to the list of **Categorized** transactions
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Make Changes to Categorized Transactions

You may want to make changes to transactions that you have already categorized. To edit those transactions, follow the steps below:

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Ensure the toggle under **Transactions** is set to **Categorized**. This will display all transactions that have already been categorized.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click the drop-down to the right of the transaction you would like to edit to view an expanded view of transaction details.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Make the desired change(s) in the relevant field(s) and click **Update** to save the changes made to the transaction.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Split Transactions

If you purchase multiple items from the same vendor, you can split the transaction and categorize individual items under different accounts.

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Under **Transactions**, click on the drop-down to the right of the transaction that you want to split.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Ensure the toggle under the **Date** is set to **Categorize**.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Under the transaction amount, click **Split** to create an additional line. Use the relevant fields to add the transaction amount and categorize the split transaction.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    **Confirm** or **Update** the transaction.
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Contextualize Transactions

If you want to track each transaction, you can also add descriptions or upload receipts.

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Under **Transactions**, click on the drop-down to the right of the transaction that you want to document
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Type any relevant context in the text box under **Description**. Click the **Upload receipt** button to upload any relevant document directly from your device. Click **Add next receipt** to upload additional documents.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Hover over the receipt to **delete**, **download**, or **view** the uploaded receipt.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    **Confirm** or **Update** the transaction.
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Managing Your Chart of Accounts

The chart of accounts is a **list of all the categories you use to track your business finances** – including what you earn, spend, own, and owe.

You can manage your chart of accounts on the Dashboard by navigating to **Finance > Accounting > General Ledger > Chart of Accounts**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

### Create New Accounts

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Select **Add Account** and use the options on the pop-up screen to create additional accounts to reflect categories specific to your business.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Fill in the drop-downs and fields. You can set 6 attributes for your accounts:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    * **Parent:** Select the parent account or category to which your new account will belong.
    * **Name:** Enter the name you’d like to give this new account. Note, this will appear on your reports and financial statements.
    * **Account Number:** Enter an account number for the new account.
    * **Type:** Choose the high-level category for the new account – **Assets**, **Liabilities**, **Equity**, **Revenues**, or **Expenses.**
    * **Sub-type:** The **Sub-type** will automatically populate based on the Parent account selected. You can edit the **Sub-type** if desired.
    * **Normality:** The **Normality** will automatically populate based on the Parent account selected and will determine how increases and decreases in the account’s balance are recorded. You can edit the **Normality** if desired.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click **Save** at the top of the modal.
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Edit Existing Accounts

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Hover over an existing account to view the pencil icon to the right side of the account.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Select the pencil icon on the right side of each account to review and edit the account’s attributes. Note that the **Type** for each account is locked.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click **Save** at the top of the modal.
  </Step>
</Steps>

### View and Interpret Your Journal Entries

**Journal entries** are the building blocks of your accounting records. Each one logs a business transaction – like a sale, a bill payment, or a bank deposit – so your financial statements stay accurate and up-to-date.

To view your journal entries, navigate to **Finance > Accounting > General Ledger > Journal**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## Reviewing Financial Reports

Financial statements give you a clear view of your business’s performance—profitability, assets and liabilities, and cash flow—so you can make informed decisions and plan for growth. Access your financial statements on the Dashboard by going to **Finance > Accounting > Reports**.

### Profit & Loss Statement

The **Profit & Loss Statement** (Income Statement) shows how much money your business made (revenues) and spent (expenses) over a certain time period

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

It breaks these into simple categories so you can see:

* Whether your business is making a profit or running at a loss
* Which activities or products generate the most revenue
* What categories are your biggest expenses

### Balance Sheet

The **Balance Sheet** gives you a snapshot of your business’s financial position at a point in time.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

It breaks down your business finances into five standard categories:

* **What you earn** – such as sales (called **revenues**)
* **What you spend** – such as retail supplies or rent (called **expenses**)
* **What you own** – such as cash, inventory, or equipment (called **assets**)
* **What you owe** – such as loans or unpaid bills (called **liabilities**)
* **What’s left over** – the value of the business after paying debts (called **equity**)

### Statement of Cash Flow

The **Statement of Cash Flow** shows how cash moves in and out of your business. It tracks cash from day-to-day business operations, cash used for investments (like new equipment), and cash from financing (like loans or capital from owners)

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>


# Accounting Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/accounting/accounting-overview



Accounting built specifically for coffee shops & small businesses ☕

Track your business finances, categorize transactions, and review financial reports — right within Dripos.

By keeping your accounting inside Dripos, your financial data stays automatically up to date, so you can spend less time on bookkeeping and more time running your shop.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## Why Upgrade?

* **Automated Entries**: Unlike QuickBooks, Xero, or other providers where you manually upload sales and payout data, Dripos Accounting automatically syncs your Dripos data — including payouts, gift card liabilities, payroll entries, and more — no extra steps required.
* **AI-Assisted Categorization**: Dripos uses AI to suggest how to categorize, match, and reconcile your transactions — making it faster and easier to keep your books accurate with just a quick review and confirmation.
* **Easy Transaction Tracking**: Connect your business bank accounts and credit cards to automatically import transactions and keep your books organized.
* **Everything in One Place**: No need to manage separate tools or integrations — your finances live alongside your point of sale, scheduling, and marketing, all in Dripos.
* **Real-Time Financial Reports**: Access your Profit & Loss Statement, Balance Sheet, and Statement of Cash Flow directly from your Dashboard at any time.
* **Built for Coffee Shops**: Expense categories, reporting, and workflows are designed with coffee shop businesses in mind.

***

## Pricing

Dripos Accounting is available to Dripos customers at the following rates:

**Full-Service Bookkeeping & Accounting**

* \$250 per month — Get a dedicated bookkeeper to organize and manage your books, run monthly financials, and prepare your end-of-year tax packet.

**Dripos Accounting Only**

* \$50 per month

For more information on pricing, visit our [**Accounting Pricing**](/finance/accounting/accounting-pricing) page.

## Get Started with Dripos Accounting

🚀 Ready to get your books in order? Navigate to [**Finance > Accounting**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/accounting) on your Dashboard and click **Get Started** to begin onboarding.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## Multi-Unit Shops

Dripos Accounting supports multi-unit businesses whose locations all operate under the **same EIN**. Those locations share one set of books, and your accounting activity can be tagged by location — so you can see how an individual shop is doing without splitting your books or keeping a separate ledger for every location.

<Note>
  Location tagging is enabled company by company. If your locations share an EIN and you are not
  seeing them broken out in Accounting, contact [support](/troubleshoot/contact-support) to have it
  turned on.
</Note>

## Nonprofit Organizations

501(c)(3) nonprofits can onboard to Dripos Accounting. Flag your nonprofit status during onboarding and your chart of accounts is set up for nonprofit reporting from the start. Your legal entity type stays exactly as it is — nonprofit status is recorded separately.

***

## Coming Soon

**Dripos Accounting is not yet available for multi-units with different EIN numbers.** Each EIN is a separate legal business and needs its own set of books, which Accounting does not support yet. We're actively working on it and will share updates as this becomes available. Stay tuned!


# Accounting Pricing
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/accounting/accounting-pricing

Accounting, Bookkeeping, & Tax Pricing

Dripos provides a suite of financial tools specifically designed for coffee shops to help you stay organized, understand your business health, and avoid IRS fines.

Below is the breakdown of our platform fees and optional service tiers.

***

## 1. Bookkeeping + Accounting ⭐ Recommended

Our most popular option.

Get the full power of Dripos Accounting combined with a dedicated bookkeeper who organizes and categorizes your transactions, giving you a clear and accurate picture of your financial performance. Dripos bookkeepers leave daily checklist items inside the platform to make your month-end close quicker and easier.

* **Cost:** \$250 / EIN / Month
  * *Note: This price will remain the same regardless of your monthly volume!*
* **Includes:**
  * Everything in Accounting Only (see below)
  * **Dedicated Bookkeeper:** A bookkeeper manages and categorizes your transactions, keeping your books organized on your behalf.
  * **Month-End Checklists:** Daily checklist items are added inside the platform to help streamline your month-end close.
* **Billing:** This is a flat fee billed at the **start of each month** for the upcoming month of service.

***

## 2. Accounting Only

The core Accounting feature is the foundation of your financial tracking within Dripos. It allows you to automatically track finances by connecting directly to your Dripos data.

* **Cost:** \$50 / EIN / Month
* **Includes:**
  * **Automated Entries:** Dripos data — including payouts, gift card liabilities, payroll entries, and more — is automatically synced into your accounting records.
  * **AI-Assisted Categorization:** Dripos uses AI to suggest categories, matches, and reconciliations for your transactions, which you can quickly review and confirm.
  * **Bank Account & Credit Card Integration:** Connect your business bank accounts and credit cards to automatically import transactions into your books.
  * **Financial Reports:** View your Profit & Loss Statement, Balance Sheet, and Statement of Cash Flow directly from your Dashboard.
* **Billing:** This is a flat fee billed at the **start of each month** for the upcoming month of service.

***

## 3. Tax Services (Optional Add-on For Bookkeeping Customers)

Eliminate the stress of tax season by having a dedicated expert prepare and file your state and federal income taxes. Our tax experts work directly with your Dripos bookkeepers to ensure a seamless process without the need for manual handoffs.

* **Billing:** These are **annual fees** based on your monthly revenue tiers.

| Tier | Revenue Range | Annual Cost | Services Included |
| - | - | - | - |
| Starter | \<\$20k / month | \$800 | Tax Filing |
| Growth | \$20k–\$50k / month | \$1,000 | Tax Filing + Advisory |
| Professional | \$50k–\$100k / month | \$1,300 | Tax Filing + Advisory |
| Enterprise | >\$100k / month | \$1,600 | Tax Filing + Advisory |

**Available Tax Add-ons:**

* **Additional Owner (Business + Personal):** +\$500
* **Additional Owner K-1 (Business Only):** +\$250
* **Extra State Filing (Business + Personal):** +\$300
* **Tax Advisory for Starter Tier:** +\$200 / hour

***

## Ready to Get Started?

To begin onboarding onto Dripos Accounting, navigate to [**Finance > Accounting**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/accounting) on your Dripos Dashboard.


# Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/finance-overview

Explore Dripos' financial tools—track performance with reports, run payroll, keep your books with accounting, manage payouts, and stay covered with insurance—all in one place.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Reports" icon="chart-line" href="/finance/reports/reports-overview">
    Understand trends across sales, payments, taxes, labor, and more
  </Card>

  <Card title="Payouts" icon="money-from-bracket" href="/finance/payouts-overview">
    Receive your credit card sales quickly and securely, deposited directly into your bank account
  </Card>

  <Card title="Payroll" icon="sack-dollar" href="/finance/payroll/payroll-overview">
    Run payroll, access tax documents, adjust tip splitting settings, and more
  </Card>

  <Card title="Accounting" icon="money-check-dollar-pen" href="/finance/accounting/accounting-overview">
    Keep your books in order with Dripos Accounting and Bookkeeping
  </Card>

  <Card title="Business Insurance" icon="shield-heart" href="/finance/insurance">
    Get the coverage your coffee shop needs through Dripos Business Insurance
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Dripos Business Insurance
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/insurance

Get the business coverage your coffee shop needs through Dripos Insurance

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

**Dripos Insurance**, your trusted partner in digital commercial insurance, provides the essential coverage your coffee shop needs to operate with confidence. Through our partnership with Authentic Insurance, we offer comprehensive, reliable coverage tailored to your business. Our platform seamlessly integrates business management with risk protection, giving you peace of mind while you focus on brewing great coffee and running your shop.

With Dripos Insurance, you’ll enjoy:

* **Instant coverage**: Activate your policy online in minutes by answering a few simple questions to get an instant quote.
* **Exclusive savings**: Enjoy an exclusive Dripos discount on your policy, with the flexibility to cancel anytime, penalty-free.
* **Custom-tailored protection**: Coverage designed specifically for coffee shops like yours.
* **Fast and easy claims**: We aim to resolve claims within 48 hours, so you can stay focused on running your coffee shop.
* **Top-rated backing**: Dripos Insurance is backed by trusted insurers, including “A-Excellent” AM Best-rated Everspan Insurance Company.

Protect your coffee shop with Dripos Insurance today, and enjoy peace of mind with coverage that’s brewed just for you.

***

## Get Started with Dripos Insurance

1. To get a quote for Dripos Insurance, visit the **Web Dashboard** and navigate to the **Finance → Business Insurance** tab.

<Info>You can alternatively navigate to Authentic, our insurance partner, [here](https://dripos.prod.authenticinsurance.com/?utm_source=dripos\&utm_medium=website\&utm_campaign=guidebook\&utm_content=support-faqs/).</Info>

2. Follow the steps in the Dripos Insurance form and click **Next** to begin filling in your business details as needed.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

3. Once your eligibility is approved, you’ll see a breakdown of your coverage, terms, and payment.
   Click **Activate** coverage to accept.

## Get Insurance Help

We have a dedicated Dripos Insurance support team for all Business Insurance questions/requests!

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Email" icon="envelope">
    Email the Dripos Insurance team at: [dripos@authenticins.com](mailto:dripos@authenticins.com)
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Phone" icon="phone">
    Call the Dripos Insurance team at (256) 669-3491
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## FAQs

### Who is Authentic?

Authentic is an insurance infrastructure company that enables platforms like Dripos to offer insurance to their customers. Authentic works with New York-based specialty program insurer Everspan Insurance Company as its fronting carrier.

### Where can I go to manage my account?

Once your coverage is activated, you will receive an email with a direct link to your own personal policy management hub. On this screen, you can view, manage, and download your policy documents all in one place.

### Who is eligible for your insurance?

Eligibility is determined by the state where you operate your business. **Dripos Insurance is available in all U.S. states except NY, MN, HI, and AK.**

### What payment options are available?

Multiple payment options are available. We offer flexibility with premium payments spread over the year, eliminating large upfront costs.

### Why is commercial insurance important for small businesses?

Commercial insurance is essential for protecting your coffee shop from unexpected challenges. It provides a layer of security by covering legal liabilities, property damage, and other unforeseen events that could disrupt your business.

* **Risk Management**: Running a coffee shop comes with risks, from accidents to property damage. Commercial insurance helps reduce these risks and gives you peace of mind knowing you're covered.
* **Financial Protection**: Unexpected incidents, like lawsuits or property damage, can lead to big expenses. Insurance helps protect your shop’s finances by covering these costs so you can keep your business running smoothly.
* **Legal Compliance**: Many states require businesses to carry certain types of insurance to operate legally. Having the right coverage ensures you’re compliant and helps avoid legal complications.


# Payout System Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/payouts-overview

Receive funds from your shop's debit and credit card sales through payouts.

Funds from accepted debit and credit card payments are processed and deposited into the designated bank account via scheduled payouts.

## Payout Timeline

Funds from **debit and credit card transactions** are deposited into your designated bank account 1–2 business days after the day of sale.

<Warning>
  For customers utilizing Dripos' tax withholding feature, payouts will deposit into your bank account 2-3 business days after the day of sale. **To turn off tax withholding and receive faster payouts, reach out to Dripos Support.**
</Warning>

**Payout Window:** Each payout period includes all eligible sales made between 7 PM EST / 8 PM EDT (UTC midnight) on one business day and 7 PM EST / 8 PM EDT (UTC midnight) the next.

<Note>
  Please note: Final deposit timing depends on your bank’s processing speed and may vary slightly.
</Note>

***

## Activate Payouts

Create a Stripe account through Dripos to activate your sales payouts.

On the **Dashboard**, navigate to **Finance** > **Payouts** > [**Settings**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payouts/settings) > **Create Stripe Account**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Tip>
  Please reach out to Dripos Support with any questions!
</Tip>

***

## View Payouts

View upcoming and past payouts.

<Steps>
  <Step title>
    On the Dashboard select **Finance** > [**Payouts**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payouts)
  </Step>

  <Step title>
    At the top of the page, you’ll see the amount labeled “In Next Payout” — this reflects the running Stripe balance since the last payout, including sales and refunds but not fees. It can briefly appear negative when a refund lands before new sales, and resets each weeknight when a payout is sent to your bank.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title>
    The main section of this page displays your shop’s full payout history, including key details for each payout such as:

    * **Card Payments Date Range**: The date range of card sales that are included in the payout.

    * **Status**: Shows the current state of the payout — either Paid, Pending, or Failed.

    * **Net Payout**:  This is the final amount that will be deposited into your bank account. Does not include fees.
  </Step>

  <Step title>
    To **download** a range of payouts in the form of a .CSV file, click the Export button on the top right of the screen.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    *The CSV file will automatically download to your device, where it will break down the following metrics for your payouts: Arrival Date, Card Payments Date Range, Descriptor, Status, Net Payout, Card Payments Start Date, Card Payments End Date, Total Card Payments Collected, Refunds, Fees, Loan Paydown, Payout Fee, Payout, Receiving Account.*

    <Note>
      The Loan Paydown column will appear in every CSV download, regardless of whether this feature is currently in use. This ensures consistent CSV formatting in case this feature is enabled in the future.
    </Note>
  </Step>

  <Step title>
    To view the details of a specific payout, click the **View** button next to that payout to open the  **Payout Summary**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Here, you can see a detailed breakdown of the sales included in the payout, including **Total Card Payments Collected,** **Fees** (Card Processing), **Net Total**, and **Payout**.

    * **Total Card Payments Collected:** Total amount of card payments collected after taking taxes, collected fees, tips, and discounts into account.

    * **Refunds:** Total card payments refunded to customers, including full and partial refunds.

    * **Fees:** Processing fees charged on card payments (both card present and card not present).

    * **Net Total:** Total Collected minus Refunds, Fees, and Loan Paydown — before taxes and payout fees.

    * **Payout Fee:** Fee charged for processing the payout to your bank account. This amount is calculated based on your previous payout's Net Payout.

    * **Payout:** Final amount sent to your bank account after all deductions.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Info>
      For customers with Dripos Capital, the following line item will also appear on their payout breakdowns:

      * **Loan Paydown** (for Dripos Capital users): Amount automatically applied toward repaying your outstanding loan, if applicable. To view your loan terms, navigate to the **Dashboard > Finance > Dripos Capital**.
    </Info>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    To see the tickets included in this payout, click the **View Tickets** button.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    This will take you to the **Transactions** page on the Dashboard, where the tickets are automatically filtered to show only the tickets from the selected payout.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    To view the appropriate sales reports for the payout, click the **View Sales Summary Report** and **View Payment Methods Report** buttons. This will redirect you to the appropriate Reports page, automatically filtered for the card payments date range.

    <Columns>
      <Card title="Sales Summary Report">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="Payment Methods Report">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </Columns>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    To **download** an individual payout in the form of a .CSV file, click the download icon on the top right of the screen.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    *The CSV file will automatically download to your device, where it will break down the following metrics for each payout: Arrival Date, Location, Total Card Payments Collected, Refunds, Fees, Loan Paydown, Net Total, Payout Fee, Payout*

    <Note>
      The Loan Paydown column will appear in every CSV download, regardless of whether this feature is currently in use. This ensures consistent CSV formatting in case this feature is enabled in the future.
    </Note>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Match Payouts to Sales

Payouts consist of sales from debit and credit card payments only. This includes card present (in person payments) and card not present transactions (online and manual card payments).

To view how your sales are broken down for a specific payout, go to your Dashboard and click **Reports** > **Sales Summary**. Then, click the date range field and choose **Stripe Payout Ranges** from the dropdown menu.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

Select the desired payout, and the corresponding sales dates and times will auto-fill. Finally, click **Generate Report** to see the breakdown. The date and time range of the payout will automatically select on the calendar.

The payout amount will match the **Net Total** of **Card** payments.

***

## Tax Withholding

<Warning>
  The payout breakdown for customers with Tax Withholding enabled is currently being improved to more accurately show the withheld tax amounts for each payout. Until these updates are complete, customers will notice a difference between their Net Total and Net Payout amounts.
</Warning>

Sales taxes collected from card transactions are normally included in your regular daily payouts. However, Dripos offers an optional feature to withhold the total sales tax from each daily payout. These withheld taxes are then saved and made available as a lump sum payout at the end of the month—like a built-in savings account for your monthly sales tax!

<Danger>
  **Dripos does not file or remit sales tax on your behalf.** Tax withholding only sets aside the sales tax you collect and returns it to you as a monthly payout when manually initiated. You remain fully responsible for filing your sales tax returns and remitting payment to your state or local tax authority.
</Danger>

### Enable Tax Withholding

<Steps>
  <Step title>
    On the **Dashboard**, click **Finance** > **Payouts** > **Settings**
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click **Edit** under **Tax Withholding** > **Withhold tax from payouts** = **Yes** > **Save**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Payout Tax Withholdings

<Steps>
  <Step title>
    View all taxes currently withheld and past tax withholding payouts under **Finance** > **Payouts** > **Tax Withholding**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title>
    Once the coming month's tax withholdings are available to be paid out, a blue button will appear on the page to initiate the payout.

    <Tip>
      Tax withholdings are available for payout on the 1st of each month.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Disable Tax Withholding

<Warning>
  When tax withholding is turned off, any taxes currently withheld will automatically be paid out to your bank account in 2-3 business days.
</Warning>

<Steps>
  <Step title>
    On the **Dashboard**, click **Finance** > **Payouts** > **Settings**
  </Step>

  <Step title>
    Click **Edit** under **Tax Withholding** > **Withhold tax from payouts** = **No** > **Save**
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Payroll Benefits 
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-benefits



Dripos Payroll comes with built-in access to essential benefits like healthcare and workers’ compensation, making it easy to support your team without juggling multiple platforms.

From workers' comp to simplified healthcare enrollment, these benefits are integrated into Dripos Payroll so you can manage coverage and compliance in one place.

<Tip>
  Find your benefits on the **Payroll Dashboard** under **Finance** > **Payroll** > [**Benefits**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/benefits)

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Tip>

## Health Benefits by [SimplyInsured](https://www.simplyinsured.com/)

Provide medical, vision, and dental coverage to your employees.

Obtain a quote from our integrated health care partner, SimplyInsured, to find an insurance plan that works for your business.

Purchase a plan or connect an existing plan to Dripos Payroll with SimplyInsured as your broker of record.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## Workers' Compensation by [Next Insurance](https://www.nextinsurance.com/)

Next Insurance offers small businesses access to a wide range of insurance coverage options, custom tailored to your business.

Pay-as-you-go systematically calculates premiums using actual payroll data, every pay cycle. This ensures your premiums are a true reflection of your business.

Find a plan with Next or connect your current coverage plan.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## Custom Benefits

Custom Benefits allow employers to deduct earnings from employee paychecks and allocate those funds to plans offered and managed outside of Dripos Payroll.

Employee paystubs will reflect the custom benefit deduction.

<Danger>
  Dripos Payroll will withhold the elected funds, however the employer is responsible for allocating the funds to the proper benefit plans outside of Dripos.
</Danger>

<Accordion title="Create a Custom Benefit">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      On your **Dashboard**, navigate to [**Finance** > **Payroll** > **Benefits** > **Custom**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/benefits/custom)

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Create Benefit**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Select the **Benefit** type and enter a name

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Add Employee** and fill out the following fields for the selected employee(s)

      **Contribution Type**: Determine how wages are allocated to the custom benefit

      * **Amount**: Contribute a dollar amount of wages
      * **Percentage**: Contribute a percentage of wages

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Click **Add** and repeat for all applicable employees
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

List of custom benefits supported by Dripos:

* 457
* 125 Medical
* 125 Medical (Other)
* 125 Vision
* 125 Dental
* 125 Disability
* 125 Accident
* 125 Cancer
* 125 Critical Illness
* 125 Hospital
* 125 Lite
* 401k
* 403b
* Roth 401k
* Roth 403b
* Roth 457
* FSA Medical
* FSA Dependent Care
* HSA
* Simple IRA


# Post-Tax Deductions
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-deductions



A post-tax (or after-tax) deduction are amounts subtracted from an employee's paycheck after all applicable taxes (federal, state, local, Social Security, and Medicare) have been calculated and withheld.

<Tip>
  Unlike a pre-tax deduction, a post-tax deduction does not reduce an employee's taxable income or the amount of taxes they owe for the current year.
  Employees pay taxes on the full gross income, even if there are post-tax deductions withheld.
</Tip>

**Examples of Post-Tax Deductions:**

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Roth 401(k) Contributions">
    Contributions to retirement made with post-tax income, allowing for tax-free qualified withdrawals in retirement.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Wage Garnishments">
    Court-ordered deductions for debts such as child support, student loans, or unpaid taxes. These are **mandatory**, not voluntary.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Certain Insurance Premiums">
    Premiums for certain types of life insurance, disability insurance, or voluntary supplemental policies.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Charitable Contributions">
    Donations made through an employer's workplace giving program.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Union Dues">
    Fees paid to a labor union using post-tax income.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Repayment of an Employer Loan or Advance" />
</CardGroup>

## Wage Garnishments

Employers may need to comply with legal orders from courts, the IRS, and state agencies to withhold portions of employee post-tax or net wages to cover unpaid taxes, child support, alimony or defaulted loans.

**Types of income that can be garnished include:**

* Hourly wages
* Salaries
* Commissions
* Bonuses
* Pensions and retirement plan payments

The garnishment order will typically specify the withholding amount or percentage and where to send payment.

In addition to the garnishment order, you must abide by **Title III of the Consumer Credit Protection Act (CCPA)**. The CCPA limits the amount of an individual's earnings that may be garnished and protects an employee from being fired if pay is garnished for only one debt.

<Danger>
  Review these documents carefully.
  **If you incorrectly process or fail to comply with a garnishment order, your business may face fines or held liable for the employee's debt.**
</Danger>

### Child Support Post-Tax Deduction

Child support is one of the most common wage garnishiments. Follow the steps below to set up this specific garnishment in Dripos Payroll:

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Navigate to [Dashboard > Finance > Payroll > Post-Tax Deductions](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/post-tax) > click **Add**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Select the employee to create and apply this Child Support Deduction to. Select the **Type** as **Child Support** and click **Add**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Input the following fields:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Max Percent">
        Maximum percentage of the employee's income that will be deducted.
      </Card>

      <Card title="External ID">
        Unique identifier of the garnishment order, listed as the case number on the order.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Issue Date">
        Date the collections agency issued the order.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Amount">
        Per pay period amount to deduct.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Description">
        Description of the deduction. This is optional but can be helpful for record-keeping.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Agency">
        Select the state agency that issued the child support.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Advanced Preferences">
        Select **Managed** for Dripos Payroll to remit the payment to the appropriate agency on the employer's behalf.

        <Warning>
          If **Managed** is not selected, the employer is responsible for remitting the money to the proper agency.
        </Warning>
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click **Add** once the fields are completed. This post-tax deduction will take effect starting on the employee's next payrun.
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Miscellaneous Post-Tax Deductions

Follow the steps below to create and apply miscellaneous post-tax deductions.

**Common Examples of Voluntary Post-Tax Deductions:**

* Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b) Contributions
* Certain Insurance Premiums
* Union Dues
* Charitable Contributions
* Payments for Other Benefits or Services

<Warning>
  Make sure your employees are fully aware and provide written consent before you withhold funds for voluntary deductions.
  **Employers are responsible for remitting these deductions directly.**
</Warning>

### Add Miscellaneous Post-Tax Deduction

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Navigate to [Dashboard > Finance > Payroll > Post-Tax Deductions](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/post-tax) > click **Add**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Select the employee(s) to create and apply this post-tax deduction to. Select the **Type** as **Miscellaneous** and click **Add**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Complete the following fields:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Amount">
        Fixed dollar amount for the deduction, if applicable. **Use either percent *or* amount.**
      </Card>

      <Card title="Total Amount">
        Total amount applies to the entire effective period of a deduction, which may span multiple payrolls or years if applicable. **Use either annual *or* total limit.**
      </Card>

      <Card title="Start Date">
        Start date for the deduction.
      </Card>

      <Card title="End Date">
        End date of the deduction. If unsure or indefinite, select **Never**.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Annual Limit">
        Annual limit for the deduction, if applicable. **Use either annual *or* total limit.**
      </Card>

      <Card title="Description">
        Description of the deduction. This is optional but can be helpful for record-keeping.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Percent">
        Percentage of the employee's income that will be deducted. **Use either percent *or* amount**
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click **Add** to create the post-tax deduction.
  </Step>
</Steps>

<Tip>
  Edit or delete post-tax deductions by clicking **View** on the applicable employee's deduction.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Tip>

***

## View Post-Tax Deductions in Payroll

Post-tax deductions applied to a payrun will appear on page **3. Review & Submit** of payroll.

Once payroll is submitted, page **4. Confirmation** will also list the post-tax deductions applied.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

Employees can view post-tax deductions on their paystubs.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>


# Employee Payroll Guide
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-employees

Learn how to complete tax forms, set up direct deposit, view paystubs, and access your annual W-2

## Payroll Onboarding

<Warning>
  **Payroll onboarding is not supported on mobile phone browsers. Complete this process on a computer or iPad browser.**
</Warning>

<Card title="Employee Hub Access" icon="right-to-bracket" href="https://dashboard.dripos.com/hub">
  Click here to access your Employee Hub and log in with your phone number.

  <Note>
    If you do not receive a Dripos verification code via text, contact your employer to confirm the phone number on file is correct.
  </Note>
</Card>

<Steps>
  <Step title="Start Onboarding">
    Log in to your Employee Hub and navigate to the [**Payroll Dashboard**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/hub/payroll). Click **Start Onboarding** next to the company name.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Basic Information">
    Fill out the following fields and click **Next**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Tax and Authorization Setup">
    Click **Get Started** to continue the payroll onboarding process.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Select Payment Method">
    Select your preferred payment method.

    * *Direct Deposit*: Confirm routing and account numbers are correctly entered
    * *Manual Check*: Confirm this payment method with your employer

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Input Personal Information">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Complete Withholdings Forms">
    <Tip>
      Refer to the [IRS website](https://www.irs.gov/newsroom/faqs-on-the-2020-form-w-4) or other resources to complete your W-4 accurately.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Edit W-4 Information

Follow the steps below to make changes to a previously submitted W-4. Regenerate a new W-4 and submit changes in your Dripos Payroll Hub.

<Steps>
  <Step title="Access Employee Hub">
    Log in to the [Employee Hub](https://dashboard.dripos.com/hub/payroll) using your phone number.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Navigate to Payroll Dashboard">
    On the **Payroll Dashboard**, click **Open** next to the company name and then click **Open Personal Information Popup**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Tax Withholding Information">
    Navigate to **Tax Withholding** on the left sidebar and click **Federal W-4**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Regenerate W-4">
    Click **Regenerate Form and Sign** at the bottom right to make changes to your W-4 and submit the updated form.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

## View Paystubs

Employee paystubs are available for download on the [Employee Hub Payroll Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/hub/payroll/paystubs) **Paystubs** tab on the left sidebar.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

\##View W-2s

Employee W-2s are available for download on the [Employee Hub Payroll Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/hub/payroll/paystubs) **Tax Documents** tab on the left sidebar.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Note>
  To obtain paperless W-2s, employees must consent to this when initially onboarding onto payroll.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Note>


# Frequently Asked Questions
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-faq

Reach out to Dripos Support if you need further assistance 🤝

<Accordion title="Payroll Definitions">
  **Gross Pay**: Consists of all earnings before deductions, including regular wages, overtime, bonuses, commissions, and tips <br />

  **Reimbursements**: Payment made to an employee through payroll as repayment for out-of-pocket business expenses. If properly documented, it is not considered wages. As long as the reimbursement meets certain IRS guidelines, they are not taxed (e.g., part of an accountable plan).

  **+ Additional Tips**

  * ***Paycheck Tips***: Tips to be paid out to this employee via payroll
  * ***Cash Tips***: Tips that have already been paid out in cash and are only being reported on payroll for tax purposes. Adding cash tips does not pay your employee additional tips through payroll.

  **+ Other Earnings**

  * ***Bonus***: Extra compensation given on top of regular wages
  * ***Commission***: Pay earned based on the amount of sales or performance achieved
  * ***Group Term Life***: Employer-provided life insurance that offers coverage to employees for a set term
  * ***Severance***: Payment given to an employee when they are laid off or let go, typically based on tenure
  * ***Non Hourly Regular***: Additional fixed amount paid to an employee, regardless of hours worked
  * ***Other Imputed***: The taxable value of a benefit provided to an employee. This amount is added to gross taxable wages so that taxes are withheld and reported correctly. It is not paid to the employee and does not affect net pay.
  * ***Tip Credit Adjustment***: The difference between an employee's tips and the minimum wage they must receive
  * ***Meal Period Premium Pay***: Supplemental, specifically categorized compensation required by California law when an employer fails to provide an employee with a compliant meal period
</Accordion>

## Void a Payroll

If you submitted a payroll but need to make changes or void it altogether, find the scenario that best fits your situation and follow the steps.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="I submitted a regular payroll in the last 30 minutes, but I need to make changes immediately.">
    You can reopen a regular payroll within 30 minutes of submitting. This will cancel the submitted payroll, allowing you to restart the process and make necessary changes.

    Navigate back to the [**Run Payroll**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/overview) page and click **Reopen Payroll**.

    **You cannot reopen a payroll after 30 minutes have passed.**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="I submitted a regular or off-cycle payroll over 30 minutes ago, but I need to make changes or void it entirely.">
    After 30 minutes have passed, the submitted payroll will start processing. Once a payroll has started processing, any further changes must wait until it has been paid out.

    Once the payroll has been paid, you can either void the entire payroll or void it for select employees only.

    **Contact Dripos Support to void a payroll.**
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="I overpaid an employee in their last payroll and need to adjust their next payroll to reflect this.">
    If you need to correct an employee’s upcoming payroll due to overpayment in the last payroll, reach out to Dripos Support for assistance.

    We will help you void the previous payroll and reprocess it with the correct pay, or apply a post-tax deduction on the next payroll to recover any overpaid amount.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Running Payroll

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="I missed my payroll deadline. What can I do?">
    **2-Day Processing**: If you've missed your payroll deadline, you may either 1) run an [Off-Cycle Payroll](/finance/payroll/payroll-run#off-cycle-payroll) or 2) run an expedited payroll within 24 hours of the past deadline and pay your employees on time for a **one-time \$50 fee**.

    **3-Day Processing**: If you've missed your payroll deadline, you may instead run an [off-cycle payroll](/finance/payroll/payroll-run#off-cycle-payroll) to pay your employees on the next available paydate.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do bank holidays affect my payroll?">
    If a payday falls on a holiday, payments will be delayed unless payroll is submitted earlier than usual.

    Depending on your processing timeline, your payroll will need 2–3 business days to process. A bank holiday shortens that window, so you may need to run payroll earlier.

    Dripos will ensure to notify all payroll users of any upcoming banking holidays and changes to your payroll processing timelines.

    Please keep a look out for any notifications on your **Dashboard** and in your email inbox regarding banking holidays. You can also reach out to Dripos Support with any questions!
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Does Dripos send checks to my employees if I pay them via manual check?">
    No, Dripos does not send physical checks to your employees if you choose to pay them via manual check. As the employer, you are responsible for distributing payments to your employees using your preferred method (e.g., physical check, cash, etc.).

    Dripos does, however, calculate the exact amount each employee is owed. You can easily view this information by either clicking the **Download Checks** button in the payroll section

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Alternatively, reference the **Net Pay** amount on the employee's paystub.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How fast will my employees receive their pay if sent via direct deposit?">
    Employees will receive their direct deposit pay based on the processing timeline your company runs with.

    For companies on a 2-day processing timeline, running payroll on Wednesday will deposit funds to employee accounts on Friday.

    Additionally, money movement only occurs on business days. For example, if a 2-day processing payroll is ran on Friday, employees will be paid Tuesday.

    Learn more about processing timelines [**here**](/finance/payroll/payroll-run#processing-timelines).
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Payroll Employees

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How can my employee make a change to their W-4?">
    Employees may make changes to their W-4 at any time by following these steps [here](/finance/payroll/payroll-employees#edit-w-4-information). Our payroll system will utilize the most recent W4 when running the next payroll.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="I am trying to send my employee their payroll onboarding link. Where can i find this?">
    Your employees automatically receive their payroll onboarding link via the email address associated with their employee profile in Dripos when added to your payroll system.

    Send the following link directly to your employee: [https://dashboard.dripos.com/hub](https://dashboard.dripos.com/hub).

    You can resend the link from the Payroll Dashboard using the following these steps:

    1. Go to **Finance** → **Payroll** → **Employees**

    2. Locate the employee's name and click the **Gear icon** next to it

    3. Choose **Resend Payroll Onboarding Link** → Save

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can my employee have their pay sent to two different bank accounts?">
    Pay can only be deposited into one bank account.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Does Dripos file W-2 and 1099-NEC forms on our behalf?">
    Yes, we file W-2s and 1099-NECs at the end of the year. Payrolls processed as standard employee payrolls generate W-2s, and payrolls processed as contractor payrolls generate 1099-NECs. These forms are distributed to employees and contractors and made available to you through our platforms.

    W-2 and 1099-NEC forms that have been filed can be found on your [**Dashboard**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/tax-documents) under **Finance** > **Payroll** > **Tax Documents** on the **Employee** and **Contractor** tabs
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Does Dripos offer workers' compensation?">
    Yes! We are integrated with Next insurance to offer workers compensation that calculates premiums using actual payroll data from each cycle. This ensures that premiums are a true reflection of your payroll costs, rather than an over- estimate.

    If you already have workers compensation, you can call the Next agency at 888-289-2939 to see if your policy is eligible to switch to pay as you go billing.

    Learn more [**here**](/finance/payroll/payroll-benefits#workers’-compensation-by-next-insurance).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Does Dripos offer 401k or Roth options?">
    At this time, we're unable to manage 401k or Roth accounts, but can accommodate the proper deductions from employee paychecks if you offer this to your employees through Guideline or another retirement account provider.

    Learn more about setting up custom benefits [**here**](/finance/payroll/payroll-benefits#custom-benefits).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can I offer health insurance through Dripos to my employees?">
    Yes, we offer health, dental and vision plans with a third party partner integrated into our payroll product.

    Additionally, bring over any existing plan or enroll in a new one from any carrier.

    Through our payroll partner, the administration of your plan will be completely taken care of.

    Purchase a plan or connect your current plan on your Dripos **Dashboard** under **Finance** > **Payroll** > **Benefits** > **Healthcare**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="I've just terminated an employee, how do I go about paying their last payroll?">
    Before you [terminate an employee](/team/setup/setup-employees#terminate-and-reactivate-employees) in the Dripos system, include the employee in your next regular payroll or run an [off-cycle](/finance/payroll/payroll-run#off-cycle-payroll) at any time to pay out this employee's remaining time cards.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Payroll Taxes

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Does Dripos file my payroll taxes?">
    Yes, our payroll partner will remit all payroll taxes on your company's behalf at the end of each quarter and end of fiscal year.

    Please see [**here**](/finance/payroll/payroll-taxes#check-payroll-services) for a full list of state and federal tax forms filed and paid for by Check.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Where can I find company tax documents filed by Dripos?">
    All company tax documents filed by our payroll partner, Check, will be available for viewing in your Dripos **Dashboard** under **Finance** > **Payroll** > **Tax Documents** > **Company** tab.

    You can also check the status of your tax filings, whether blocked, pending, or successfully filed, in your Dripos dashboard under **Finance** > **Payroll** > **Tax Filings**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Manage Account

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How can I export my entire payroll history?">
    View your payroll history by downloading [**Payroll Reports**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/reports).

    Select the date range to export and **Download as CSV**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I change the bank account my payroll is debited from?">
    On the **Dashboard**, navigate to **Finance** > **Payroll** > **Settings**

    Select **Open Tax & Authorization Settings** > **Payment Method** > **Add Bank Account**

    Ensure the correct bank is listed as your default account to be used.

    <Warning>
      Only one bank account can be used at a time to debit payroll.
    </Warning>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Onboard
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-onboard

Kickstart your Dripos Payroll onboarding!

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## Onboarding

<Card title="Switching from a previous payroll provider or using payroll for the first time?" icon="phone">
  Reach out to your onboarding specialist or Dripos Support to kickstart the payroll process.
  We'll make this easy!
</Card>

## Create Account

After meeting with your onboarding specialist, continue setting up your payroll account on the [**Payroll Dashboard**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll).

<Steps>
  <Step title="Enter Business Information">
    Complete all fields and click **Next**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Open Tax & Authorization Settings">
    Click the **Open Tax & Authorization Settings** button to enter additional business information.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Complete Company Details">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Add Bank Account">
    <Warning>
      This must be a **business checking** bank account.
    </Warning>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Complete Tax Setup">
    <Danger>
      Input all required tax numbers and ensure they are entered correctly.

      **Your business will be held responsible for any fees and interest resulting from failed tax filings due to missing or incorrect tax account numbers.**

      Learn more about failed filings [here](/finance/payroll/payroll-taxes#failed-filings).
    </Danger>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Warning>
      If you are in the process of applying for an account number, you may select *I've applied but have not received it yet*.

      Once you have received the account numbers, input this by going to [**Payroll Settings**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/settings) and clicking **Open Tax & Authorization Settings**.

      **All account numbers must be entered before the end of the quarter for Dripos to successfully file your payroll taxes.**

      <img />
    </Warning>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Complete Authorization Forms">
    Sign the required authorization forms.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Info>
      You may need to reach out to your onboarding specialist to set the start date in order to sign these forms.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Info>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Location Information Completed">
    Now that the location information has been completed, reach out to your onboarding specialist to confirm next steps!

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Add Employees

Create employees on your Dripos [**Team**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/employees) before adding them to payroll.

<Tip>
  Learn how to create employees [here](/team/setup/setup-employees).
</Tip>

<Danger>
  **For Existing Businesses**

  For employees that have been paid this year but are no longer employed at your shop, you must still create their employee profiles and input their personal information.

  Follow the **Inactive Employees** instructions below for each terminated employee.
</Danger>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Active Employees">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Enable Welcome Texts">
        Enable **Send Welcome Text to New Employees** in **Dashboard Settings** > [Employee Management](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings/employee-management) to send new employees a welcome text with their PIN and a link to download the Dripos Hub App.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Create Active Employees">
        Add employees to your Dripos [**Team**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/team). Learn how to create employees [here](/team/setup/setup-employees).
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add Employees to Payroll">
        Navigate to **Finance** > **Payroll** > **Employees** > [**Not Added** tab](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/employees?tab=not_added)

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add Active Employees to Payroll">
        Click **Add** and **Send Payroll Link** to each employee. This will send a link to their email for them to fill out W-4 and direct deposit information.

        <Note>
          Employees can only be sent the onboarding link via your payroll dashboard, **not** from Team > My Team > Employees. Navigate to **Finance > Payroll > Employees > Not Added** tab and click **Add** next to the employee.
        </Note>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="View Employee Onboarding Status">
        The active employee is now added to payroll under the [**Added tab**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/employees?tab=added). <br />
        A red ❌ next to the employee means their payroll onboarding is incomplete. <br />
        A green checkmark ✅ next to the employee means their payroll onboarding is complete.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="View Employee Onboarding Details">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Terminated or Inactive Employees">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Disable Texts Upon Employee Creation">
        Disable **Send Welcome Text to New Employees** in **Dashboard Settings** > [Employee Management](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings/employee-management) to prevent inactive employees from receiving welcome texts.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Create Inactive Employees">
        Add employees to your Dripos [**Team**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/team). Learn how to create employees [here](/team/setup/setup-employees).
      </Step>

      <Step title="Terminate the Employee">
        Once the employee is created, **View** their profile and use **Actions** in the top right corner to **Terminate** them

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add Inactive Employee to Payroll">
        <Warning>
          Make sure to have their address, birthdate, and social security number ready before proceeding!
        </Warning>

        <Danger>
          If a terminated employee lives in a state other than your workplace location, you may need to provide additional employer information for that state, such as tax account details, so year-end tax documents can be generated.
        </Danger>

        Navigate to **Finance** > **Payroll** > **Employees** > [**Not Added** tab](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/employees?tab=not_added) and **Add** the inactive employee

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Input Employee Information">
        <Tip>
          Enter the social security number without any dashes, i.e., *987654321*
        </Tip>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="View Added Employee">
        The inactive employee is now added to payroll under the [**Added** tab](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/employees?tab=added).
        Filter by **Status** > **Inactive** to view all inactive employees added to payroll for the calendar year

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Remove Employee from Regular Payruns">
        To ensure inactive employees do not appear in your regular payruns, click the gear icon next to their name and set **Include in Regular Payruns** to **No**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Provide Historical Payruns

If you are an existing business that is switching from a different payroll provider this calendar year, please find your payroll provider below and follow the instructions on how to download your payroll history as a CSV or Excel file.

### Previous Quarters

🗓️ Depending on when you plan to run your first Dripos Payroll, you will need to retrieve information for any past quarters (Closed Quarter) and the ongoing quarter (Open Quarter).

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Closed Quarter">
    Payroll information for any Closed Quarter can be sent in a summary form for each employee. This report must encompass the Quarter-To-Date and list all earnings, taxes, and deductions.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Open Quarter">
    Payroll information for the Open Quarter must include each paycheck paid out to every employee thus far. Make sure the paycheck details are **separated by each paycheck date**, and includes all earnings, taxes, and deductions.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

### Download Historical Payroll Files

<Danger>
  **For Existing Businesses**

  Send the historical payroll files to your onboarding specialist. They will review the files and confirm all necessary information before you can run your first payroll.
</Danger>

<Tip>
  Payroll providers may use different names for their historical payroll files. These are typically in the form of:

  * Payroll Details
  * Payroll Summary
  * Payroll Register
  * Payroll Journal
  * Paycheck Details
  * Employee Reports > Payroll Details
</Tip>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="ADP" href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1jOxJNGplv0hvA-EY7r72gz22xw5Q_ic1/view" />

  <Card title="Gusto" href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1cUzmnSnveUP7UO383ffuNGrlXMcBjQm9/view" />

  <Card title="Intuit" href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1o0TO2UPnkD2IPoCq0qSfcJeBzB1tJHV7/view" />

  <Card title="Quickbooks" href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/17bbkqJ2f5-Aw2FNQY2RCilOVTMLDq-SA/view" />

  <Card title="Square" href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/17Wvf6_WsJ3b87yL1noWm8ky7hRnsQMCe/view?usp=sharing" />

  <Card title="Toast" href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1vvSYQc6--DyzYLed57swl88eq_aX1LGc/view?usp=sharing" />
</CardGroup>


# Dripos Payroll
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-overview

Payroll designed specifically for coffee shops & small businesses ☕️

Run payroll, handle direct deposits, automate tax filings, and generate key documents with ease.

By integrating time cards and streamlining payroll, you can spend less time on administrative tasks and more time growing your business 📈

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## Pricing

Dripos Payroll is available to Dripos customers at the following monthly rate:

<Card title="Dripos Payroll Monthly Subscription" icon="dollar">
  \$30 + (\$6 per employee) per month
</Card>

## Services

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="" icon="calendar-clock">
    Integrated payroll and employee time cards system
  </Card>

  <Card title="" icon="money-bill-wave">
    Payroll taxes calculated and remitted on your behalf
  </Card>

  <Card title="" icon="landmark">
    Federal, state, and local payroll tax compliance support
  </Card>

  <Card title="" icon="suitcase-medical">
    Employee benefits such as healthcare, workers' compensation, and custom benefits
  </Card>

  <Card title="" icon="users-line">
    Dedicated payroll support available
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

## Get Started with Dripos Payroll

🎉 Start running payroll with Dripos! Click [here](/finance/payroll/payroll-onboard) to get set up.


# Run Payroll
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-run

Learn about the different payroll types available

After onboarding onto Dripos Payroll, your shop will have the ability to run the following payroll types:

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Regular Payroll" icon="calendar" href="/finance/payroll/payroll-run#regular-payroll">
    Run on regular weekly or bi-weekly pay cycles
  </Card>

  <Card title="Off-Cycle Payroll" icon="swap" href="/finance/payroll/payroll-run#off-cycle-payroll">
    Process payrolls outside of your regular pay schedule
  </Card>

  <Card title="Bonus Payroll" icon="dollar-sign" href="/finance/payroll/payroll-run#bonus-payroll">
    Pay one-time bonuses to employees
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

## Processing Timelines

Your processing timeline is how long it takes for Dripos to process your payroll and pay your employees via direct deposit.

<Tip> This processing timeline applies to **Regular**, **Off-Cycle**, and **Bonus** payrolls.</Tip>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="3-Day">
    Most Dripos Payroll users will start with a 3-day processing timeline for Regular payroll.

    <br />

    *For a Monday through Sunday pay schedule, payrolls must be run by Tuesday for a Friday payday.*
  </Card>

  <Card title="2-Day">
    Dripos Payroll users that successfully complete 10 regular payruns may be upgraded to 2-day processing.

    <br />

    *For a Monday through Sunday pay schedule, payrolls must be run by Wednesday for a Friday payday.*
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

***

## Funding Requirements

<Danger>
  If a payroll fails to fund, your account will be charged a **\$150 failed funding fee** and receive a penalty.
  Accounts that reach **six** penalties will be **permanently removed** from Dripos Payroll.
</Danger>

<Warning>
  Before submitting your payroll, you **MUST** have the **Debit Amount** settled in the bank account used for payroll.
  If there are insufficient funds or the account is closed, **the payroll will fail to fund**.

  **Failed fundings will result in:**<br />
  ❗A **\$150 penalty fee** to resolve to failed funding. <br />
  ❗Employees not being paid on time. <br />
  ❗Your payroll account in 'bad standing'. This will block further payruns and prevent taxes from being remitted or filed properly on your behalf. <br />

  **In case of a failed funding:**<br />
  ✅ Dripos will notify you via email and provide additional steps to fund the payroll and set your payroll account back to 'good standing'.<br />

  Contact [payroll@dripos.com](mailto:payroll@dripos.com) for assistance funding the payroll and putting your account back in good standing.
</Warning>

***

## Payroll Dashboard

Navigate to your [**Payroll Dashboard**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll) to view your historical Payroll Liability, in addition to **Quick Info** on past and upcoming payroll dates.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Run Payroll" icon="1">
    A *Run Payroll* button will appear when it is time to run your Regular payroll.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Approve Time Cards" icon="2">
    Edit and approve time cards before running your Regular payroll.
  </Card>

  <Card title="View Payroll History" icon="3">
    Review your historical payroll information.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Manage Employees" icon="4">
    Add employees to payroll and check their onboarding status.
  </Card>

  <Card title="View Reports" icon="5">
    Download Payroll Journal, Payroll Summary, Tax Deposit Breakdown, and other payroll files.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Get Help" icon="6">
    Reference helpful payroll guides.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

## Regular Payroll

Regular payroll refers to a standard weekly or biweekly pay schedule for paying employees.

<Note>
  When onboarding onto Dripos Payroll, your onboarding specialist will set your preferred pay schedule to weekly or biweekly.
</Note>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Step 1 - Approve Time Cards">
    If you have not reviewed and approved the time cards for this payroll, click **Approve Time Cards** on the [Payroll Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll).

    <Tip>
      You can also approve time cards in the Approval Center. Learn more about the Approval Center [here](/team/approval/approval-overview)
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 2 - Run Payroll">
    Click **Run Payroll** on your **Payroll Dashboard** or select **Run Payroll** from the left sidebar menu.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Click **Run Payroll** under Regular Payroll to begin.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 3 - Hours & Pay">
    Confirm the hours and pay for each employee.

    <Danger>
      Review each employee to ensure their time cards and pay rates are accurate. To correct a payroll that is already processing, learn more [here](/finance/payroll/payroll-faq#void-a-payroll).
    </Danger>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Tip>
      Use the dropdown arrow next to each employee's name to view detailed time cards and pay rate information for this payroll.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Tip>

    **Gross Pay**: Consists of all earnings before deductions, including regular wages, overtime, bonuses, commissions, and tips <br />

    Use **+ Additional Tips** to add Paycheck Tips or record Cash Tips.

    * ***Paycheck Tips***: Tips to be paid out to this employee via payroll
    * ***Cash Tips***: Tips that have already been paid out in cash and are only being reported on payroll for tax purposes. Adding cash tips does not pay your employee additional tips through payroll.

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Click + Additional Tips">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="Select Paycheck or Cash Tips">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>

    Click **+ Other Earnings** to include:

    * ***Bonus***: Extra compensation given on top of regular wages
    * ***Commission***: Pay earned based on the amount of sales or performance achieved
    * ***Group Term Life***: Employer-provided life insurance that offers coverage to employees for a set term
    * ***Severance***: Payment given to an employee when they are laid off or let go, typically based on tenure
    * ***Non Hourly Regular***: Additional fixed amount paid to an employee, regardless of hours worked
    * ***Other Imputed***: The taxable value of a benefit provided to an employee. This amount is added to gross taxable wages so that taxes are withheld and reported correctly. It is not paid to the employee and does not affect net pay.
    * ***Tip Credit Adjustment***: The difference between an employee's tips and the minimum wage they must receive
    * ***Meal Period Premium Pay***: Supplemental, specifically categorized compensation required by California law when an employer fails to provide an employee with a compliant meal period

    Use **+ Reimbursements** to make a payment to an employee through payroll as repayment for out-of-pocket business expenses. If properly documented, it is not considered wages. As long as the reimbursement meets certain IRS guidelines, they are not taxed (e.g., part of an accountable plan).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 4 - Time Off">
    Time off requests that have been approved will automatically display here. For any additional **Paid Time Off** or **Sick Leave** hours, click **+ Add**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Select the applicable **Employee Policy**, input the number of **Hours**, and select a **Pay Rate for Employee's PTO**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 5 - Review & Submit">
    Review the following information before clicking **Submit**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    * ***Total Payroll***: Total cost of payroll for the employer
    * ***Debit Amount***: Amount of funds that will be debited from your bank account to fund this payroll
    * ***Paper Check Amount***: Amount to pay employees via paper check, if any
    * ***Subtotal***: Subtotal that the employee is paying for each employee - this is not the employee's next pay
    * ***Benefits***: Any benefits applied to an employee. Learn more about employee benefits [**here**](/finance/payroll/payroll-benefits)
    * ***What Gets Taxed and Debited***: Total amount of taxes that will be withheld from employee paychecks. Total amount of taxes to be paid by the company.

    Click **Confirm** after ensuring your bank account has sufficient funds to cover this payroll.

    <Danger>
      If a payroll fails to fund, your account will be charged a **\$150 failed funding fee** and receive a penalty.
      Accounts that reach **six** penalties will be **permanently removed** from Dripos Payroll.
    </Danger>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 6 - Confirmation">
    A final confirmation page will appear after successfully running payroll.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    To view an employee's paystub, click the download button.

    <Tip>
      Paystubs will open as a PDF in a new tab. If the tab does not open, please check if you have pop-ups blocked on your web browser.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Off-Cycle Payroll

Off-cycle payrolls can be run at anytime from your [Payroll Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll).

<Accordion title="Off-Cycle Payroll Use Cases">
  Various off-cycle payroll uses cases include:

  * ***Missed pay***: An employee was not included in a regular payroll run
  * ***New hire start***: A new employee started after the regular payroll was processed
  * ***Termination payout***: A final paycheck is due upon an employee’s departure
  * ***Bonus or commission***: Paying discretionary or performance-based earnings separately
  * ***Correction***: Fixing payroll errors from a previous run (e.g. wrong hours, incorrect pay rate)
  * ***Reimbursement***: Issuing business expense reimbursements quickly
  * ***Manual adjustment***: Adjusting for a retroactive raise or change in withholdings
  * ***State requirements***: Some states may require faster payouts after termination
  * ***Holiday conflicts***: Payroll needs to be moved due to bank or office closures
  * ***Tip payouts***: Issuing tips more frequently than the regular pay schedule
</Accordion>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Step 1 - Run Off-Cycle Payroll">
    On your [Payroll Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll), click **Run Payroll** from the left sidebar. Select **Off-Cycle** from **Other Payroll Options**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 2 - Pay Period & Payday">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    **Method of Payment**

    * ***Employee Preference***: Employees will be paid using their chosen payment method (direct deposit or manual pay).
    * ***Manual***: Employees will be paid manually. The employer is responsible for paying employees directly.

    **Work Period**: Select the date range to pay employees for. Unpaid time cards within the selected work period will automatically be included in the off-cycle payroll.

    **Payday**: The next available payday within your processing timeline will automatically be selected. You may also choose a custom date that falls after the next available payday.

    <Tip>
      If **Manual** is selected for **Method of Payment**, you may choose any date in the future. This date will be used for tax record purposes and you are responsible for paying your employees directly.
    </Tip>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 3 - Hours & Pay">
    Unpaid time cards for the selected Work Period will appear under **Employees** - **With Pay**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    To show all active employees, change view to **Employees** - **With Pay** to **All Active**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Click **+ Add** to input **Regular Pay** for employees.

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Click + Add">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="Input Hours and Amount">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>

    Use **+ Additional Tips** to add Paycheck Tips or record Cash Tips.

    * ***Paycheck Tips***: Tips to be paid out to this employee via payroll
    * ***Cash Tips***: Tips that have already been paid out in cash and are only being reported on payroll for tax purposes. Adding cash tips does not pay your employee additional tips through payroll.

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Click + Additional Tips">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="Select Paycheck or Cash Tips">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>

    Click **+ Other Earnings** to include:

    * ***Bonus***: Extra compensation given on top of regular wages
    * ***Commission***: Pay earned based on the amount of sales or performance achieved
    * ***Group Term Life***: Employer-provided life insurance that offers coverage to employees for a set term
    * ***Severance***: Payment given to an employee when they are laid off or let go, typically based on tenure
    * ***Non Hourly Regular***: Additional fixed amount paid to an employee, regardless of hours worked
    * ***Other Imputed***: The taxable value of a benefit provided to an employee. This amount is added to gross taxable wages so that taxes are withheld and reported correctly. It is not paid to the employee and does not affect net pay.
    * ***Tip Credit Adjustment***: The difference between an employee's tips and the minimum wage they must receive
    * ***Meal Period Premium Pay***: Supplemental, specifically categorized compensation required by California law when an employer fails to provide an employee with a compliant meal period

    Use **+ Reimbursements** to make a payment to an employee through payroll as repayment for out-of-pocket business expenses. If properly documented, it is not considered wages. As long as the reimbursement meets certain IRS guidelines, they are not taxed (e.g., part of an accountable plan).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 4 - Time Off">
    Time off requests that have been approved will automatically display here. For any additional **Paid Time Off** or **Sick Leave** hours, click **+ Add**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Select the applicable **Employee Policy**, input the number of **Hours**, and select a **Pay Rate for Employee's PTO**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 5 - Review & Submit">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    * ***Total Payroll***: Total cost of payroll for the employer
    * ***Debit Amount***: Amount of funds that will be debited from your bank account to fund this payroll
    * ***Paper Check Amount***: Amount to pay employees via paper check, if any
    * ***Subtotal***: Subtotal that the employee is paying for each employee - this is not the employee's next pay
    * ***Benefits***: Any benefits applied to an employee. Learn more about employee benefits [**here**](/finance/payroll/payroll-benefits)
    * ***What Gets Taxed and Debited***: Total amount of taxes that will be withheld from employee paychecks. Total amount of taxes to be paid by the company.

    Click **Confirm** after ensuring your bank account has sufficient funds to cover this payroll.

    <Danger>
      If a payroll fails to fund, your account will be charged a **\$150 failed funding fee** and receive a penalty.
      Accounts that reach **six** penalties will be **permanently removed** from Dripos Payroll.
    </Danger>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 6 - Confirmation">
    A final confirmation page will appear after successfully running payroll.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    To view an employee's paystub, click the download button.

    <Tip>
      Paystubs will open as a PDF in a new tab. If the tab does not open, please check if you have pop-ups blocked on your web browser.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Bonus Payroll

Bonus payrolls can be run at anytime from your [Payroll Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll).

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Step 1 - Run Bonus Payroll">
    On your [Payroll Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll), click **Run Payroll** from the left sidebar. Select **Bonus** from **Other Payroll Options**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 2 - Pay Period & Payday">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    **Method of Payment**

    * ***Employee Preference***: Employees will be paid using their chosen payment method (direct deposit or manual pay).
    * ***Manual***: Employees will be paid manually. The employer is responsible for paying employees directly.

    **Work Period**: Select the date range to pay employees for. Unpaid time cards within the selected work period will automatically be included in the off-cycle payroll.

    **Payday**: The next available payday within your processing timeline will automatically be selected. You may also choose a custom date that falls after the next available payday.

    <Tip>
      If **Manual** is selected for **Method of Payment**, you may choose any date in the future. This date will be used for tax record purposes and you are responsible for paying your employees directly.
    </Tip>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 3 - Hours & Pay">
    Click **+ Other Earnings**. Select **Bonus** as the **Type** and input the **Amount**.

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Click + Other Earnings">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="Input Bonus Amount">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 4 - Review & Submit">
    Review the following information for the bonus payroll.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Click **Confirm** after ensuring your bank account has sufficient funds to cover this payroll.

    <Danger>
      If a payroll fails to fund, your account will be charged a **\$150 failed funding fee** and receive a penalty.
      Accounts that reach **six** penalties will be **permanently removed** from Dripos Payroll.
    </Danger>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 5 - Confirmation">
    A final confirmation page will appear after successfully running payroll.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Pay Contractors

Contractors can be paid at anytime from your [Payroll Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll). To begin, onboard contractors to payroll via the Contractor section in the left sidebar.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Pay Contractors">
    Once the contractor has been onboarded, navigate to your [Payroll Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll) and click **Run Payroll** from the left sidebar. Select **Create Payment** from **Pay Contractors**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 1 - Payment Date">
    Select your payment date.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 2 - Enter Payment">
    Click **+ Enter Payment** next to the contractor you would like to pay and enter in the Payment Amount, Reimbursement Amount (Optional) and Payment Method.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 3 - Review & Submit">
    Review the following information for the contractors to be paid.

    Click **Confirm** after ensuring your bank account has sufficient funds to cover this payroll.

    <Danger>
      If a payroll fails to fund, your account will be charged a **\$150 failed funding fee** and receive a penalty.
      Accounts that reach **six** penalties will be **permanently removed** from Dripos Payroll.
    </Danger>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 4 - Confirmation">
    A final confirmation page will appear after successfully confirming the payment amount to your contractors.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Payroll History

Select **View Payroll History** from your [Payroll Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll) or click **Run Payroll** from the left sidebar.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Read the Labor % Column">
    The **Labor %** column sits between **Total Liability** and **Status** and shows that payroll's total labor cost as a percentage of the **net sales** your shop made over the same period, rounded to one decimal place.

    Net sales are pulled from the exact dates shown in the **Period** column. If there were no net sales for the period, the column shows a dash instead of a percentage.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="View Payroll Details">
    Click **View** next to a payroll to see additional details.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="View Employee Paystubs">
    To view an employee's paystub, click the download button.

    <Tip>
      Paystubs will open as a PDF in a new tab. If the tab does not open, please check if you have pop-ups blocked on your web browser.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Tax Filings
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-tax-filings

Track every payroll tax filing submitted on your behalf

Your **Tax Filings** page shows every federal, state, and local payroll tax filing that Check, our payroll compliance partner, prepares and submits for your business.

Use this page to confirm filings are on track, review filings that have already been accepted by an agency, and take action on any filing that is **Blocked** before its due date.

<Note>
  Tax Filings is only available to shops that have completed [Payroll
  onboarding](/finance/payroll/payroll-onboard). Employees need the **Payroll**
  permission to view the page.
</Note>

## Find Your Tax Filings

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    On your **Dashboard**, navigate to [**Finance** > **Payroll** > **Tax Filings**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/tax-filings)
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Review the three summary cards at the top of the page, then use the filters and table below to find a specific filing.
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click **View** next to any filing to open its full details.
  </Step>
</Steps>

<Tip>
  If your company has more than one payroll EIN, a **Location** filter appears
  at the top of the page. Use it to switch between the filings of each of your
  locations without leaving the page.
</Tip>

***

## Filing Statuses

Every filing carries one of the following statuses.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Pending" icon="clock">
    The filing is queued and will be submitted when it is due. Nothing is needed
    from you.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Blocked" icon="triangle-exclamation">
    Something is preventing the filing from being submitted. Review the blockers
    listed on the filing and resolve them before the due date.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Submitted" icon="paper-plane">
    The filing has been sent to the agency and is awaiting acknowledgement.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Filed" icon="circle-check">
    The agency accepted the filing. A copy is available to download.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Inapplicable" icon="minus">
    Your company does not owe this filing for the period.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Held by Customer" icon="pause">
    You placed a hold on this filing, or a blocked filing reason has gone unaddressed for an extended period. The filing will not be submitted until the underlying issue is resolved or the hold is released.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

<Danger>
  A blocked filing will not be submitted to the agency until the underlying issue is addressed, even if its due date passes. Late filings can result in agency penalties and interest charged to your business. Learn how to clear a blocker [here](/finance/payroll/payroll-tax-filings-blockers).
</Danger>

***

## Summary Cards

Three cards sit at the top of the page. Click a card to instantly filter the table to those filings, and click it again to clear the filter.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Needs attention" icon="1">
    Filings that are currently **Blocked**.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Upcoming" icon="2">
    Filings that are **Pending** and waiting to be submitted.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Filed (YTD)" icon="3">
    Filings accepted by an agency so far this calendar year.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

When a card is selected, a **Filtered by** pill appears below the filter row. Click the **X** on the pill to return to the full list.

***

## Filters

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Location">
    Only appears when your company has more than one payroll EIN. Select which location's filings to display.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Status">
    Show only **Pending**, **Blocked**, **Submitted**, **Filed**, or **Inapplicable** filings. Select **All statuses** to clear.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Period">
    Select one or more filing periods: **Annual**, **Q1** through **Q4**, any individual month, or **Other**.

    <Info>
      The page opens filtered to the most recently closed quarter plus **Annual**, since those are the filings most likely to need your attention. Adjust the filter to see other periods.
    </Info>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Year">
    Defaults to the current year. Select **All years** to view your full filing history.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Jurisdiction">
    Select one or more jurisdictions, grouped under **Federal**, **State**, and **Local**.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Is Amendment">
    Choose **All**, **Amendments Only**, or **Originals Only**. Amendments are corrected filings submitted after an original return.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

<Tip>
  Use the search bar above the table to search by filing name, such as the form
  number.
</Tip>

***

## The Filings Table

Filings that need attention are listed first, followed by pending, submitted, filed, and inapplicable filings. Click any column header to re-sort the table.

* ***Filing***: The name of the form or return, such as Form 941
* ***Period***: The period the filing covers, such as Q1 2026 or Annual 2025
* ***Jurisdiction***: **Federal**, a two letter state code, or a local jurisdiction code
* ***Due***: The date the filing is due to the agency
* ***Status***: The current status of the filing
* ***View***: Opens the filing's detail page

<Note>
  Shops with very large filing histories may see a banner reading **Only the
  first 10,000 filings are shown**. Narrow the **Location** or **Is Amendment**
  filter to bring the remaining filings into view.
</Note>

***

## Filing Details

Click **View** on any filing to open its detail page. The page is broken into the following sections.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Details">
    A summary of the filing, including its **Status**, **Jurisdiction**, **Period**, and, where applicable, the **Agency**, **Due** date, **Filed** date, and whether the filing is an **Amendment**.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Blockers">
    Only appears when a filing is **Blocked**. Each blocker is listed on its own card with a description, instructions under **What to do**, and any available action buttons.

    Some blockers clear on their own once an underlying issue is fixed. In those cases the filing displays **Blocked - will clear automatically. No action needed; Check re-checks on the next sync.**

    See the full [blocker reference](/finance/payroll/payroll-tax-filings-blockers) for every blocker type and how to resolve it.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Timeline">
    A running history of the filing, from oldest to newest. The timeline records every status change, plus any time you contacted the payroll team about the filing, shown as **Support Requested**.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Amendments">
    If a filing corrects a previous return, or has itself been corrected, links to the related filings appear at the bottom of the page.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Download a Filed Return

Once a filing reaches **Filed**, a **Download Filing** button appears in the top right of the detail page. Click it to download a PDF copy of the return.

<Tip>
  Filings download as a PDF. If nothing happens when you click the button, check
  whether pop-ups are blocked in your web browser.
</Tip>

***

## Hold a Filing

Placing a hold tells Check not to submit a filing to the agency. This is useful when you are still confirming information with an agency or with your previous payroll provider.

<Warning>
  A filing on hold will **not** be submitted, even if its due date passes. You
  are responsible for any agency penalties or interest that result from a filing
  held past its deadline. Release the hold as soon as you are ready.
</Warning>

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Open a **Pending** filing and click **Hold Filing** in the top right.
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Review the confirmation message and click **Hold Filing** to confirm.
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    The filing's status changes to **Held by customer** and an **On hold** card
    appears on the detail page.
  </Step>
</Steps>

<Note>
  **Hold Filing** is only available while a filing is **Pending**. Once a filing
  has been submitted to an agency, it can no longer be held.
</Note>

### Release a Hold

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Open the filing and click **Release hold** on the **On hold** card.
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click **Release Hold** to confirm. The filing goes back in line to be
    submitted to the agency.
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Action Center Alerts

When at least one of your filings is blocked, an alert appears in the **Action Center** on your [Payroll Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll):

> **You have blocked tax filings.**
> 1 or more tax filings need attention. Please click below to review.

Click **Review Tax Filings** to jump straight to your blocked filings. Although you are not blocked from running payroll, this alert cannot be dismissed and remains until every blocker is resolved, because an agency deadline is at stake.

***

## Troubleshooting

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="I see 'We couldn't load your tax filings'">
    This is usually temporary. Click **Try again** on the banner to reload the page. If the message keeps appearing, reach out to Dripos Support.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="A filing I expected to see is missing">
    Check your **Period** and **Year** filters first. The page opens filtered to the most recently closed quarter and the current year. Set **Year** to **All years** and clear the **Period** filter to view your full history.

    If your company has multiple payroll EINs, also confirm the correct **Location** is selected.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="The filing link I was sent says it could not be found">
    The filing may belong to a different location than the one you are currently viewing. Switch locations using the **Location** filter on the Tax Filings page, or ask the person who sent the link which location it belongs to.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="I don't see Tax Filings in my sidebar">
    Tax Filings sits under **Finance** > **Payroll** and requires the **Payroll** permission. Ask an admin at your shop to grant you access, or confirm your shop has completed payroll onboarding.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

<Info>
  Still need a hand? Reach out to the Dripos payroll team at [payroll@dripos.com](mailto:payroll@dripos.com),
  or use **Send Payroll Team Filing Information** directly on a blocked filing.
</Info>


# Resolve Filing Blockers
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-tax-filings-blockers

Clear the issues holding up a payroll tax filing 🔓

A **blocker** is a reason a payroll tax filing cannot be submitted to an agency. When a filing has one or more blockers, its status is **Blocked** and it appears under **Needs attention** on your [Tax Filings](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/tax-filings) page.

<Danger>
  Blocked filings are **not** submitted, even after their due date passes. Agencies charge penalties and interest for late filings, so resolve blockers as soon as you see them.
</Danger>

## How Blockers Work

Open a blocked filing to see one card per blocker. Each card includes:

* ***Description***: What the agency or our payroll partner reported
* ***What to do***: The steps you need to take
* ***Affected employee***: The employee tied to the blocker, when applicable
* ***Agency note***: Any additional detail sent back by the agency

Blockers fall into three groups.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="You resolve it" icon="wrench">
    Fix the underlying issue, then click **Mark as resolved** so the filing is re-attempted.
  </Card>

  <Card title="It clears on its own" icon="rotate">
    If the specific blocking error doesn’t require employer action, no action is needed on the filing itself.

    The blocker clears on the next sync once the underlying issue is resolved.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Our payroll team resolves it" icon="headset">
    Click **Send Payroll Team Filing Information** and the Dripos payroll team will take it from there.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

***

## Resolve a Blocker

<Steps>
  <Step title="Open the Blocked Filing">
    Navigate to [**Finance** > **Payroll** > **Tax Filings**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/tax-filings) and click **View** next to a filing with a red **Blocked** status.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Read the Blocker Card">
    Review the **Description** and **What to do** sections on each blocker listed.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Fix the Underlying Issue">
    Use the button on the card to make the fix. Buttons such as **Update Tax ID**, **Update tax rate**, **Review Tax IDs**, **Update experience factor**, and **Add account number** open your **Payroll Tax Setup** settings in a pop-up window so you can correct the information without leaving the page.

    Some fixes happen outside of Dripos, such as granting Third-Party Administrator access in an agency's own portal.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Mark as Resolved">
    Once the issue is fixed, click **Mark as resolved**. This tells our payroll partner to re-attempt the filing.
  </Step>
</Steps>

<Warning>
  Only click **Mark as resolved** after the underlying issue is actually fixed. A blocker can only be cleared **twice** on the same filing. After that, the filing has to be handled by the Dripos payroll team.
</Warning>

<Tip>
  Resolving one blocker sometimes clears others at the same time, and occasionally surfaces a new one that was hidden behind the first. Refresh the filing after marking a blocker resolved to see the current state.
</Tip>

***

## Blockers You Can Resolve

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Invalid Tax ID">
    *The agency does not recognize the tax ID on file as valid.*

    Update your tax ID in **Payroll Tax & Authorization** settings using **Update Tax ID**, then click **Mark as resolved** to re-attempt filing.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Invalid Tax Rate">
    *The tax rate on file does not match the value with the agency.*

    Review the tax rates in **Payroll Tax & Authorization** settings, then click **Mark as resolved**.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="FEIN / Tax ID Mismatch">
    *The FEIN provided does not match the FEIN associated with the State EIN.*

    Review both the FEIN and the State EIN in **Payroll Tax & Authorization** settings, then click **Mark as resolved**.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Incorrect Experience Factor">
    *The Experience Factor provided is incorrect for this employer.*

    Find the correct Experience Factor in the agency portal, update your unemployment tax rate in **Payroll Tax & Authorization** settings, then click **Mark as resolved**.

    <Note>
      Your Experience Factor, also called your unemployment rate, is issued by your state each year. Keep an eye out for the rate notice the agency mails you.
    </Note>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Inactive Account">
    *Either an invalid Tax ID was provided or the agency closed the account.*

    Provide a valid Tax ID in **Payroll Tax & Authorization** settings, or reactivate your account with the agency, then click **Mark as resolved**.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Incorrect Account Setup">
    *Invalid Tax ID or incomplete agency registration.*

    Review your tax ID and your registration with the agency, then click **Mark as resolved**.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Invalid SSN">
    *An employee's SSN on file is not accepted by the agency.*

    The affected employee needs to correct their SSN in their own account. It cannot be changed on their behalf. Ask the employee to update it in their [Employee Hub](https://dashboard.dripos.com/hub), then click **Mark as resolved**.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Not Liable">
    *The agency determined that the company is not liable for this filing.*

    In certain cases, you may have set a start date with the applicable agency that misaligns with the start of your time using Dripos Payroll. To resolve, please confirm that these start dates align, and then click **Mark as resolved**.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Missing Prior Quarter">
    *A prior quarter was not filed and the agency prevents filing future periods.*

    The prior quarter has to be filed first. Our payroll team can file it, or your previous provider can if they held that period. Use **Send Payroll Team Filing Information** to get started. Once the prior quarter is filed, click **Mark as resolved** on this filing.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Authorization Blockers

Agencies require Dripos' payroll partner to be authorized to file on your behalf. These blockers mean that authorization is missing, expired, or set to the wrong access level. Each one is fixed in the agency's own portal, or by calling the agency directly, and then cleared with **Mark as resolved**.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Power of Attorney Failure">
    *Power of attorney is not on file with the agency.*

    Get the power of attorney (POA) on file with the agency.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="TPA Failure">
    *Third-Party Administrator is not granted with the agency.*

    Grant Third-Party Administrator access with the agency.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="TPA Inactive">
    *Third-Party Administrator access doesn't cover the filing period required.*

    Extend Third-Party Administrator access to cover the required filing period.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="TPA Incorrect Access">
    *Third-Party Administrator access is on file, but the current access level does not permit filing.*

    Raise the Third-Party Administrator access level to one that permits filing.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="TPA Linked to Other Provider">
    *Third-Party Administrator access is on file with another provider.*

    Reassign Third-Party Administrator access away from your previous payroll provider.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="TPA Needed for Refile">
    *Third-Party Administrator access is needed for this individual filing but not for other filings.*

    Provide Third-Party Administrator access through the agency portal or by contacting the agency.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

<Tip>
  Authorization blockers are common in the first few quarters after switching to Dripos Payroll. If you are unsure what an agency is asking for, send us the filing information and our payroll team will walk you through it.
</Tip>

***

## Blockers That Clear Automatically

These blockers resolve themselves once the underlying issue is fixed. You do not need to mark them resolved.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Applied for Tax ID">
    *Company has not registered for an account number with the agency.*

    Provide the account number in **Payroll Tax & Authorization** settings once the agency issues it. If the blocker does not clear, reach out to our payroll support team.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Missing Tax Funds">
    *Required tax funding has not yet been confirmed for the filing.*

    Resolve the failed funding so the tax funds are confirmed. The blocker clears once funding lands.

    <Warning>
      Failed fundings also carry a **\$150 penalty fee** and can put your payroll account in bad standing. Learn more [here](/finance/payroll/payroll-run#funding-requirements).
    </Warning>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Collection Failed">
    *Tax funds collection failed (e.g. due to NSF) for a filing where the agency requires full payment at the time of filing.*

    Resolve the failed funding to ensure full payment at the time of filing. The blocker clears once funding is confirmed.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Company Bad Standing">
    *The company has an unresolved failed debit or existing unresolved issue.*

    Resolve the failed debit or unresolved issue so your company returns to good standing. Contact [payroll@dripos.com](mailto:payroll@dripos.com) for help funding a failed payroll.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Blockers Our Payroll Team Resolves

These blockers cannot be cleared from your Dashboard. Click **Send Payroll Team Filing Information** on the blocker card and our team will handle it with the agency.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Already Filed">
    *The agency reports this return has already been filed, typically by the prior payroll provider or the company itself.*

    If that is correct, no action is needed. If you believe it is incorrect, obtain the filing from your prior provider and send it to our payroll team.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Filed by Customer">
    *Filing was rejected by the agency because it was already filed.*
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Customer Filing Required">
    *The filing requires remitting penalty and interest payments to complete the original filing.*

    Because penalty and interest amounts can change between the time funds are collected and the time they are remitted, it is best for you to file and pay this one directly with the agency. Send us the filing information and we will help you sort out the details.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Incorrect Risk Class Code">
    *The risk class code provided is an incorrect risk class code.*
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Late Company Reactivation">
    *Company was reactivated after the filing month concluded.*
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Missing Historical Data">
    *State requires filing to reflect each tax payment made.*

    Gather any payroll tax payments made outside of Dripos for this period and send them along with your request.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

<Note>
  If you see a blocker that is not listed here, the card reads **Dripos does not have detailed guidance for this blocker yet.** Use the support button on the card and our payroll team will take a look.
</Note>

***

## Contact the Payroll Team

The **Contact Payroll Support** window sends the payroll team the filing, the blocker, and anything else you add. Use it whenever a blocker needs our help or you are unsure how to proceed.

<Steps>
  <Step title="Open the Request">
    On a blocked filing, click **Send Payroll Team Filing Information**.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Add a Message">
    Enter anything that will help us resolve the issue faster, such as what the agency told you or what you have already tried. The message is optional.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Attach Documents">
    Click **Choose files** to attach agency notices, rate letters, or filings from a prior provider.

    <Info>
      You can attach up to **5 files**, **10MB** each, up to **25MB** total.
    </Info>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Send">
    Click **Send request**. The payroll team is alerted immediately and will reach out to help resolve the filing.
  </Step>
</Steps>

Every request you send is recorded on the filing's **Timeline** as **Support Requested**, along with who sent it and how many files were attached, so your whole team can see that help is already on the way.

<Info>
  You can also reach the payroll team any time at [payroll@dripos.com](mailto:payroll@dripos.com).
</Info>


# Supported Tax Forms
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-taxes



## [Check Payroll Services](https://www.checkhq.com/)

Dripos' compliance partner Check handles the filing and payment of certain state and local taxes on behalf of your business as your reporting agent. View all tax forms remitted by Check on your **[Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/tax-documents)** under [**Finance** > **Payroll** > **Tax Documents** > **Company** tab](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payroll/tax-documents)

<Note>
  Some filings are submitted electronically and do not require a physical form. In those cases, Check provides either a tax liability report or a payment coupon, depending on the requirement.
</Note>

<Tip>
  To track the status of an individual filing, resolve a blocker, or download a filed return, use your [**Tax Filings**](/finance/payroll/payroll-tax-filings) page.
</Tip>

**Below is a list of the federal and state tax forms that are generally supported by Check:**

### Federal

<Accordion title="Federal Payroll Tax Forms">
  Form 940 - Employer's Annual Federal Unemployment (FUTA) Tax Return

  Form 941 - Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return

  Form 943 - Employer's Annual Federal Tax Return for Agricultural Employees

  Form 944 - Employer's Annual Federal Tax Return
</Accordion>

### By State

<Accordion title="State Payroll Tax Forms">
  **Alabama**

  Form AL A-1 - Alabama Quarterly W/H Return

  Form AL A-3 - Alabama Annual W/H Reconciliation

  Form AL A-6 - Alabama Department of Revenue Monthly Return

  Form AL UC-CR4 - Alabama Quarterly Contribution

  Various local occupational license fee reports

  **Alaska**

  Form AK 07-1004 - Alaska Quarterly Contribution Report

  **Arizona**

  Form A1-WP - Payment of AZ Income Tax Withholding

  Form A1-QRT - Quarterly Withholding Tax Return

  Form A1-R - Withholding Reconciliation Return

  Form UC-018 - Unemployment Tax and Wage Report

  **Arkansas**

  Form AR3MAR - Arkansas Annual W/H Reconciliation

  Form AR 941M - State of Arkansas Monthly W/H Report

  Form AR DWS-ARK-209B - Arkansas Quarterly Contribution Report

  **California**

  Form DE34- CA Report of New Hire

  Form DE88- Payroll Tax Deposit Coupon

  Form DE 9 - Quarterly Contribution Return and Report of Wages

  Form DE 9C - Combined Payroll Tax Payment Coupon

  **Colorado**

  Form DR 1093 - Annual Transmittal of State W-2 and 1099 Forms

  Form DR 1094 - Income Withholding Tax Return

  Form UITR-1 - Unemployment Insurance Tax Report

  Colorado Paid Family and Medical Leave Quarterly Wage Report Form

  Various local returns

  **Connecticut**

  Form CT UC-5A - Connecticut Correction of EE Quarterly Earnings Report

  Form CT UC-2- Connecticut Employer Contribution

  Form CT 941 - Connecticut Return for Annual Filer

  Form CT 941 DRS - Connecticut Quarterly W/H Return

  Form CT W3 - Connecticut Annual W/H Reconciliation

  **Delaware**

  Form DE W1 - Delaware Withholding Income Tax Return for monthly filers

  Form DE W1A - Delaware Withholding Income Tax Return for eighth monthly filers

  Form DE W1Q - Delaware Withholding Income Tax Return for quarterly filers Form

  DE W3/W3A - Delaware Annual W/H Reconciliation

  Form DE UC-8 - Employer's Contribution and Wage Report

  Various local returns

  **District of Columbia (Washington D.C.)**

  Form FR900A - Employer's Withholding Tax - Annual Return

  Form FR900M - Employer's Withholding Tax - Monthly Return

  Form FR900Q - Employer's Withholding Tax - Quarterly Return

  Form DC FR-900P - District of Columbia Payment Voucher for Withholding Tax

  Form DC UC-30 - Employer's Quarterly Contribution and Wage Report

  Form DOES PFL-30 - Employer's Quarterly Contribution and Wage Report

  **Florida**

  Form FL RT-6 - Florida Quarterly Contribution

  **Georgia**

  Form G-7 Monthly - Quarterly Return for Monthly Payers

  Form G-7 Quarterly- Quarterly Return for Quarterly Payers

  Form G-7/Sch B - Quarterly Return for Semi-Weekly Payers

  Form GA-V - Withholding Payment Voucher

  Form G-1003 - Income Statement Transmittal

  Form GA G-7 - Georgia Quarterly Return for Semi Weekly Filers

  Form GA G-7 Q-A - Georgia Quarterly W/H Return for Annual Filers

  Form DOL-4 Part I & II/DOL-4N - Employer's Quarterly Tax and Wage Report

  **Hawaii**

  Form HI HW-14/VP-1 - Hawaii Withholding Tax Return

  Form HI HW-3 - Hawaii Annual Withholding Reconciliation

  Form HI UC-B6 - Hawaii Quarterly Contribution

  **Idaho**

  Form 910 - Withholding Payment Voucher

  Form Form 967 - Idaho Annual W/H Reconciliation

  Form TAX020 - Idaho Employer Quarterly UI Tax Report

  **Illinois**

  Form IL-941 - Illinois Withholding Income Tax Return

  Schedule P - Illinois Withholding Schedule

  Form IL-501 - Illinois Withholding Tax Payment

  Form IL UI MTHLY WG - Illinois TaxNet Monthly Wage Report

  Form IL W-3 - Illinois Annual W/H Reconciliation

  Form UI-3/40 - Employer's Contribution and Wage Report

  **Indiana**

  Form WH-1 - Withholding Tax Voucher

  Form WH-3 - Annual Withholding Tax

  Form UC-5A- Quarterly Wage and Employment Report

  **Iowa**

  Form IA 44-095 - Iowa Quarterly Withholding Return

  Form IA 65-5300 - Return/Wage detail Iowa Quarterly Contribution

  Form IA 44-105 - Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance Voucher

  Form IA VSP - Iowa Annual W/H Reconciliation

  **Kansas**

  Form KW-3 - Annual Withholding Tax Return & Transmittal

  Form K-CNS 100 - Quarterly Wage Report and Unemployment Tax Return

  Form KW-5 - Withholding Tax Deposit Report

  Form KW-3E - Annual Withholding Tax Return (for use by EFT filers only)

  **Kentucky**

  Form KY0033-138 - Occupational License Fee (Mercer County)

  Form K-1 - Employer's Return of Income Tax Withheld for one day, twice monthly, monthly, or quarterly filers

  Form - K-3 Employer's Return of Income Tax Withheld for annual filers

  Form 42A806 - Transmitter Report for Filing Kentucky Wage Statements

  Form UI-3 - Employer's Quarterly Unemployment Wage and Tax Report Form Various local returns

  **Louisiana**

  Form L-3 - Transmittal of Withholding Tax Statements

  Form L-1 - Employer's Return of State Income Tax Withheld

  Form L1-V - Withholding Payment Voucher

  Form LDOL ES4 - Employer's Wage and Tax Report

  **Maine**

  Form 900ME - Employer's Payment Voucher for Income Tax Withheld

  Form ME-UC-1 - Quarterly Return of Unemployment Contributions

  Form 941/C1-ME - Combined Filing for Income Tax Withholding & Unemployment Contributions

  Form W-3ME - Reconciliation of Income Tax Withheld

  **Maryland**

  Form MW506/MW506M - Employer Return of Income Tax Withheld

  Form MW508 - Annual Employer Withholding Reconciliation Report

  Form MD DLLR/DUI 15 - Maryland Unemployment Insurance Quarterly Employment Report

  **Massachusetts**

  Form M-941 - Employer’s Return of Income Taxes Withheld

  Form M-3 - Reconciliation of Massachusetts Income Taxes Withheld for Employers

  Paid Family & Medical Leave Quarterly Filings

  Form Quarterly Employment and Wage Detail Report

  **Michigan**

  Form MI 5080/160 - Michigan Monthly/Quarterly Return (Withholding portions only)

  Form MI Sales, Use and Withholding Tax Annual Return (Withholding portions only)

  Form MI 447 - Transmittal of Mag Media reporting of W-2

  Form MI UIA 1028 - Michigan Employer's Quarterly Wage/Tax Report

  Form MI 501 ALLIANCE - Transmittal of Mag Media reporting of W-2

  Various local returns

  **Minnesota**

  Form MN MDES-1 - Minnesota Quarterly Contributions

  Minnesota Quarterly Withholding Worksheet for quarterly filers

  Minnesota Quarterly Withholding Worksheet for annual filers

  Minnesota Income Tax Withheld Coupon

  **Mississippi**

  Form 89-140 - Annual Information Return

  Form 89-105 - Employer's Withholding Tax Return

  Form UI-2 - Employer's Quarterly Wage Report

  **Missouri**

  Form MO-941 - Employer's Return of Income Taxes Withheld

  Form MO-941P - Quarter-Monthly Withholding Tax Payments

  Form MO-W3 - Transmittal of Wage and Tax Statements

  Form MODES-4-7 - Quarterly Contribution and Wage Report

  Form MODES-10B - Quarterly Wage Report Continuation Sheet

  Various local returns

  **Montana**

  Form MT MW-1 - Montana Withholding Payment Coupon

  Form MT MW-3 - Montana Annual W/H Reconciliation

  Form MT UI-5 - Montana Quarterly Contribution

  **Nebraska**

  Form W-3N - Reconciliation of Income Tax Withheld

  Form 941N - Withholding Return for quarterly and annual filers

  Form 501N - Monthly Withholding Deposit

  Form UI 11T - Combined Tax Report

  **Nevada**

  Form NUCS-4072 - Employer's Quarterly Contribution and Wage Report

  Form TXR-020.04 - Modified Business Tax Return

  **New Hampshire**

  Form NH DES 200A - New Hampshire Quarterly Contribution

  **New Jersey**

  Form NJ WR-30 - New Jersey Employer Report of Wages Paid

  Form NJ-927 - New Jersey Employer's Quarterly Report

  Form NJ-927W - New Jersey Employer's Quarterly Report for Weekly Filers

  Form NJ-ERW2-S - New Jersey Submitter Form

  Form NJ-W-3 - New Jersey Annual Withholding Reconciliation

  **New Mexico**

  Form CRS-1 - Combined Report Form

  Form RPD-41072 - Annual Withholding Form

  Form ES-903A - Employer's Quarterly Wage and Contribution Report

  Form WC-1 - Workers' Compensation Fee Form

  **New York**

  Form NYS-1 - Return of Tax Withheld Payment Coupon

  Form NYS-45 - Quarterly Combined Withholding, Wage Reporting, and Unemployment Insurance Return

  Form MTA-305 - Employer's Quarterly Metropolitan Transit Tax Form

  **North Carolina**

  Form NC 3 - Annual Withholding Reconciliation

  Form NC 3M - Annual Withholding Reconciliation (Monthly Filers)

  Form NC 5P - Withholding Payment Voucher
  Form NC 5 - Withholding Return (Quarterly or Monthly Filers)

  Form NC 5Q - Withholding Return (Semi-weekly payers only) Quarterly Tax Payment Voucher

  Form NCUI 101 - Employer's Quarterly Tax and Wage Report

  Form NCUI 101B - Employer's Quarterly Tax and Wage Report

  **North Dakota**

  Form ND F-306 - North Dakota Quarterly W/H Return

  Form ND F-307 - North Dakota Transmittal of Wage and Tax Statements

  Form ND NDUC-303 - North Dakota Quarterly Contribution

  **Ohio**

  Form IT-941 - Employer's Annual Reconciliation of Income Tax Withheld

  Form SD-101 - Employers Payment of School District Income Tax Withheld

  Form OH IT-501 - Ohio Income Tax Withheld Deposit Payment

  Form IT-942 - Employer's Quarterly Reconciliation of Income Tax Withheld

  Form SD-141 - School District Employer's Annual Reconciliation

  Form IT-3 - Transmittal of Wage and Tax Statements

  Form JFS-20125 - Unemployment Compensation Quarterly Tax Return

  Form 11 - Employer's Municipal Tax Withholding Statement

  Various local returns

  **Oklahoma**

  Form WTH 10001 - Oklahoma Wage Withholding Tax Return

  Form WTH 10004 - Oklahoma Withholding Payment Coupon

  Form OK W-3 - Oklahoma Transmittal of Wage and Tax Statements

  Form OES-3 - Employer's Quarterly Contribution Report

  **Oregon**

  Form Annual Withholding Tax Reconciliation Report (WR)

  Form Combined Payroll Tax Payment Coupon (OTC)\*

  Form Quarterly Combined Tax Report (OQ)

  Form Oregon Quarterly Statewide Transit Tax Withholding Return (Form OR-STT-1)

  Form Statewide Transit Tax Employee Detail Report (Form OR-STT-2)

  Form State Withholding Tax (Oregon Schedule B)

  Form Employee Detail Report (FORM 132)

  Various local returns

  **Pennsylvania**

  Form PA W-3 - Employer Quarterly Return of Withholding Tax

  Form REV-1667 AS - W-2 Transmittal

  Form UC-2 - Employer's Unemployment Insurance Tax Report

  Form Detail UC-2 - Employer's Report for Unemployment Compensation

  Various local returns

  **Rhode Island**

  Form RI-W-3 - Rhode Island Annual W/H Reconciliation

  Form RI State W2 - Rhode Island Income Tax Transmittal Form for the Reporting of W2 Information

  Form RI 941 - Rhode Island Employer’s Quarterly Tax Return and Reconciliation Rhode Island Income Tax Withholding Coupon

  Form RI TX-17 - Rhode Island Quarterly Contributions

  **South Carolina**

  Form WH-1612 - W2/Magnetic Media Transmittal Form

  Form WH-1606 - Withholding Fourth Quarter/Annual Reconciliation/W-2 Transmittal

  Form WH-1605 - Withholding Quarterly Tax Return

  Form WH-1601 - Withholding Tax Payment

  Form UCE-101/120 - Employer Quarterly Contribution and Wage Reports

  Form UCE-120A - Employer's Quarterly Continuation Sheet

  **South Dakota**

  Form SD DOL-UID-21 - South Dakota Quarterly Contribution

  **Tennessee**

  Form LB-0456 - Premium Report

  Form LB-0851- Wage Report

  **Texas**

  Form C-3- Employer's Quarterly Report

  **Utah**

  Form TC-941- Utah Withholding Return

  Form TC-941R - Annual Withholding Reconciliation

  Form 33H - Employer's Contribution Report

  Form 33HA - Employer's Quarterly Wage List

  **Vermont**

  Form VT WHT-430 - Vermont Withholding Tax Payment

  Form VT WHT-434- Vermont Annual W/H Reconciliation

  Form VT WHT-436 - Quarterly Withholding Reconciliation

  Form VT C-101 - Vermont Quarterly Contribution

  **Virginia**

  Form VA-6 - Employer's Annual or Final Summary of Income Tax Withheld (VA-6)

  Form VA-16 - Employer's Payments Quarterly Reconciliation and Return of Income Tax Withheld

  Form VA-5 - Employer's Return of Virginia Income Tax Withheld (Electronic Only)

  Form VA-15 - Employer's Voucher for Payment of Income Tax Withheld (Semiweekly)

  Form VA-W - W-2/1099 Transmittal

  Form VEC-FC-21 - Employer's Quarterly Payroll Report

  Form VEC-FC-20 - Employer's Quarterly Tax Report

  **Washington**

  Employer's Quarterly Tax and Wage Detail Report

  Labor & Industries Employer's Quarterly Report

  Employer's Paid Family & Medical Leave and WA Cares Fund

  Quarterly Wages and Hour Report

  **West Virginia**

  Form WV/IT-103 - Annual Reconciliation of Income Tax Withheld

  Form WV/IT-101V - Employer's Monthly Return of Income Tax Withheld

  Form WV/IT101Q - Employer's Quarterly Return of Income Tax Withheld

  Form WV/IT-105 - W-2 Transmitter Summary

  Form WVUC-A-154 - Quarterly Contribution Report

  Various local returns

  **Wisconsin**

  Form WI WT-6 - Wisconsin Tax Deposit Report

  Form WI WT-7 - Wisconsin Annual W/H Reconciliation

  Form WI UCT-101 - Wisconsin Quarterly Contribution

  **Wyoming**

  Form WYO058 - Quarterly UI Summary Report/Wage Listing

  —

  <Warning>
    At times, there may not be a paper copy of the above forms when electronic filing is the only option. Companies should refer to their company package summary page to verify what was filed by Check on their behalf.

    Check also files W-2 and 1099-NEC forms when mandated at the federal, state and local level. As a bulk filer, we send these forms electronically which means that we do not need to file a Federal Form W-3. However, we will provide a paper copy of Form W-3 in the company package.
  </Warning>
</Accordion>

<br />

<Card title="Payroll Taxes Filed by Check" href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1m1Wn09BQgx_hTbXMvELPc6z02b0PYJ_6/view?usp=sharing">
  Click here to view a complete list of taxes filed by Check
</Card>

***

## Employer Responsbilities

### Company Tax Information

Employers are responsible for ensuring all company tax information is submitted to Dripos prior to the end of each fiscal quarter.

**Failure to do so may result in delayed quarterly tax filings, which may include interest and fees that will be the responsiblity of the employer to pay.**

To ensure that your tax information is properly submitted, please refer to the **EOY Tax Checklist** on your payroll homepage.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

Review all company tax information and fill out incomplete fields.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

### Third Party Administrator (TPA) Access

A handful of states require that you provide our compliance partner, Check Technologies, with Third Party Administrator (TPA) access to their website so Check can communicate on your behalf with the state and file your taxes in a timely manner.

<Card title="States Requiring TPA Access" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1ltHsQjg-hVAbUOwWQb6LQYfldwoSEvwzi79zfhtJ7s4/edit?usp=sharing">
  Click here for a full list of states requiring TPA access
</Card>

### Failed Filings

<Danger>
  Failed filings will result in a **\$150 fee per failed funding**. Additionally, your business is responsible for paying any penalties or interest assessed by an agency due to late or failed filings.
</Danger>

Dripos and our compliance partner, Check, file taxes for Dripos payroll customers on a quarterly basis. The filing period closes one month after the end of the quarter.

Payroll taxes can fail to file for reasons outside of Dripos' control. **Failure to properly provide Dripos and Check with company tax information and TPA access (if applicable) before the end of the quarter may result in a failed tax filing.**

**Failed filing errors that will incur a \$150 penalty fee include:**

<Card>
  **Incorrect or Missing Tax Account Information:** The company failed to provide valid state/local tax IDs (e.g. missing EIN, SIT ID, SUI ID) ***OR*** tax accounts were never registered in certain jurisdictions

  * All tax account numbers must be provided to Dripos one business week prior to quarter close at the latest to avoid a failed filing.
  * To input or check your tax account numbers, go to **Finance > Payroll > Settings > Open Tax & Authorization Settings**. All account numbers in **Tax Setup** must be inputted, not "Applied for" and all forms under **Filing Authorization** must be signed.

  **Failed or Missing Third Party Administrator (TPA) Access:** This occurs if the company has not provided Check, our payroll compliance partner, the proper third party administrator authorization to file taxes on their behalf.

  * If your company is required to provide TPA access, you will be notified by your onboarding specialist after running your first payroll.
  * Please see [here](/finance/payroll/payroll-taxes#third-party-access) for instructions on how to grant TPA access by state.

  **Taxes Already Filed:** This occurs when a previous provider has already tried to file taxes on behalf of the company, conflicting with Dripos' tax filings.

  * Before the end of the quarter, confirm that any previous payroll providers are canceled and  will not file any more taxes on the company's behalf.

  **Incorrect Tax Election Setup:** The company selected the wrong tax options or made incorrect PFML, SUI, or local tax elections.

  <Warning> If your payroll taxes have failed to file, you will receive a notice from [payroll@dripos.com](mailto:payroll@dripos.com) after the close of the filing period.</Warning>
</Card>

### Consequences of a Failed Tax Filing

<Card>
  * **Penalties and Interest:** Tax authorities may issue late filing penalties, failure-to-pay fines, and interest on unpaid taxes.

  * **Delinquent Tax Notices:** The company may receive warning or collection notices from federal, state, or local tax agencies. Repeated failures can lead to escalated enforcement actions.

  * **Loss of Good Standing:** The business could fall out of compliance and lose its "Good Standing" status with a state, impacting licenses or contracts.

  * **Delayed or Missed Tax Payments:** Failure to file may also delay the remittance of withheld taxes (e.g., income tax, unemployment tax), creating a liability balance.

  * **Difficulty Filing Future Returns:** Missed filings can complicate future filings—especially when backfiling is required or the provider doesn’t support it.

  * **Potential Legal Action:** In extreme cases, the government may pursue legal action or issue liens against the business for unpaid liabilities.

  <Danger>
    Please note that your business is responsible for paying any penalties or interest assessed by an agency due to late filings, although Dripos can assist with remitting these payments.
  </Danger>
</Card>


# Dripos Payroll Terms & Guidelines
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-terms

Please review for important information regarding running payroll on Dripos

## Payroll Funding Requirements

In order to run payroll on Dripos, it is imperative to have the full cash requirement, or *debit amount*, settled in your connected payroll bank account at the time of payroll submission.
If Dripos’ banking partner attempts to withdraw the funds and funds are insufficient or the account is closed, **the payroll will fail to fund**.

<Danger>
  Failed fundings will result in a **penalty fee of \$150** to remedy the payroll error.
</Danger>

### Fail Funding Consequences:

<Card>
  ❗Depending on your processing period, your employees may not get paid on time.

  ❗Your payroll account will be moved to an ‘in bad standing’ status.

  ❗Your account will be locked from running further payrolls until the payroll is funded and your account is back in good standing.

  ❗While your account is in bad standing, Dripos and its compliance partner is unable to remit or file taxes on the employer’s behalf.

  ❗The account will be charged a **\$150 failed funding fee**, which is the cost to Dripos’ of remedying the failed funding with our banking partner.

  ❗If your account fails to fund payroll, you will be notified via email and your Dripos payroll dashboard will show a warning.

  <Note> Reach out to [payroll@dripos.com](mailto:payroll@dripos.com) for assistance funding the payroll and getting your account back in good standing.</Note>
</Card>

## Payroll Employer Tax Requirements

Each quarter, Dripos and its compliance partner file taxes for Dripos payroll customers. The filing period closes one month after the close of the quarter.

Failure to properly provide Dripos and Check with company tax information and TPA access (if applicable) before the end of the fiscal quarter may result in a failed tax filing.

### Failed Tax Filing Reasons

<Danger>
  Failed filings will result in a **\$150 fee per failed funding**. Additionally, your business is responsible for paying any penalties or interest assessed by an agency due to late or failed filings.
</Danger>

Payroll taxes can fail to file for reasons outside of Dripos' control. **Failed filing errors that will incur a \$150 penalty fee include:**

<Card>
  **Incorrect or Missing Tax Account Information:** The company failed to provide valid state/local tax IDs (e.g. missing EIN, SIT ID, SUI ID) ***OR*** tax accounts were never registered in certain jurisdictions

  * All tax account numbers must be provided to Dripos one business week prior to quarter close at the latest to avoid a failed filing.
  * To input or check your tax account numbers, go to **Finance > Payroll > Settings > Open Tax & Authorization Settings**. All account numbers in **Tax Setup** must be inputted, not "Applied for" and all forms under **Filing Authorization** must be signed.

  **Failed or Missing Third Party Administrator (TPA) Access:** This occurs if the company has not provided Check, our payroll compliance partner, the proper third party administrator authorization to file taxes on their behalf.

  * If your company is required to provide TPA access, you will be notified by your onboarding specialist after running your first payroll.
  * Please see [here](/finance/payroll/payroll-taxes#third-party-access) for instructions on how to grant TPA access by state.

  **Taxes Already Filed:** This occurs when a previous provider has already tried to file taxes on behalf of the company, conflicting with Dripos' tax filings.

  * Before the end of the quarter, confirm that any previous payroll providers are canceled and  will not file any more taxes on the company's behalf.

  **Incorrect Tax Election Setup:** The company selected the wrong tax options or made incorrect PFML, SUI, or local tax elections.

  <Warning>
    If your payroll taxes have failed to file, you will receive a notice from [payroll@dripos.com](mailto:payroll@dripos.com) after the close of the filing period.
  </Warning>
</Card>

### Consequences of a Failed Tax Filing

<Card>
  * **Penalties and Interest:** Tax authorities may issue late filing penalties, failure-to-pay fines, and interest on unpaid taxes.

  * **Delinquent Tax Notices:** The company may receive warning or collection notices from federal, state, or local tax agencies. Repeated failures can lead to escalated enforcement actions.

  * **Loss of Good Standing:** The business could fall out of compliance and lose its "Good Standing" status with a state, impacting licenses or contracts.

  * **Delayed or Missed Tax Payments:** Failure to file may also delay the remittance of withheld taxes (e.g., income tax, unemployment tax), creating a liability balance.

  * **Difficulty Filing Future Returns:** Missed filings can complicate future filings—especially when backfiling is required or the provider doesn’t support it.

  * **Potential Legal Action:** In extreme cases, the government may pursue legal action or issue liens against the business for unpaid liabilities.

  <Danger>
    Please note that your business is responsible for paying any penalties or interest assessed by an agency due to late filings, although Dripos can assist with remitting these payments.
  </Danger>
</Card>


# Reports Access
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/reports/reports-access

Gain valuable insights into your shop's performance and activities

## Overview

📱 Reports are available from the [**Dashboard**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/reports/sales), **Hub App**, and **Point of Sale**.

🤝 All owners with administration access will have unrestrained access to all reports across all platforms.

## Access Reports on Dripos

View reports from the **Dashboard**, **Hub App**, and **Point of Sale**

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Dashboard">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Navigate to **Finance** > **Reports** at the top of the screen and select the report you want to view from the left sidebar.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Hub App">
    Press **Reports** and view any report to see their respective data.

    <Note>
      Reports may only be viewed day to day. To view reports for a specific date range, view reports from the **Dashboard** or **Point of Sale**
    </Note>

    <img />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Point of Sale">
    <Note>
      The only reports not accessible on the POS are the **Compare Sales Report, Team Sales Report, Ticket Completion Report, and Checklists Report**.

      View these reports from the **Dashboard**
    </Note>

    Press the **tribar** in the left corner > **Reports**.

    If reports are pin protected, employees will be required to enter their pin to view any report.

    <img />
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Report Settings
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/reports/reports-manage



## PIN Protect Reports

🔑 Require an employee PIN to access reports

<Accordion title="Enable PIN Protection for Reports">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="Navigate to Employee Management Shop Settings">
      On the **Dashboard** click the **Settings** (⚙️) > **Employee Management**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Press **Edit** next to **PIN Protection Settings**

      Enable PIN protection on **Reports**:

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      If enabled, an employee with sufficient permissions will have to input their pin to view Reports page.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Specific employees will need to be given adequate permissions for their PIN to allow them access to reports.

      <Tip>Learn more about granting employee permissions [here](/team/setup/setup-permissions#reports).</Tip>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Daily Insights Email

Subscribe to receive a daily insights report of your shop's sales and activity.

<video />

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***


# Dripos Reports
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/reports/reports-overview

Gain valuable insights into your shop's performance trends with reports

📊 **Unlock Deeper Insights with Dripos Reports**

Dripos' robust reporting feature offers valuable data and insights to help you better understand your sales performance and overall business operations.

Across the Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App, you’ll have access to 19 unique reports—each designed to provide clarity and drive smarter decisions.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>


# Report Types
Source: https://support.dripos.com/finance/reports/reports-types

Gain valuable insights into your shop's performance trends with reports

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Sales Summary" icon="file-chart-column" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#sales-summary" />

  <Card title="Compare Sales" icon="file-chart-column" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#compare-sales" />

  <Card title="Payment Methods" icon="money-check-dollar" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#payment-methods" />

  <Card title="All Product Sales" icon="cup-togo" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#all-products-sales" />

  <Card title="Category Sales" icon="cup-togo" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#category-sales" />

  <Card title="Discounts" icon="tags" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#discounts" />

  <Card title="Labor vs Sales" icon="people-group" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#labor-vs-sales" />

  <Card title="Modifier Sales" icon="cup-togo" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#modifier-sales" />

  <Card title="Platform Sales" icon="desktop" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#platform-sales" />

  <Card title="Ticket Type Sales" icon="ticket" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#ticket-type-sales" />

  <Card title="Taxable Sales" icon="file-chart-column" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#taxable-sales" />

  <Card title="Tax Categories" icon="file-chart-column" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#tax-categories" />

  <Card title="Time Cards" icon="people-group" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#time-cards" />

  <Card title="Team Sales" icon="people-group" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#team-sales" />

  <Card title="Cash Drawer" icon="money-bill-wave" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#cash-drawers" />

  <Card title="Invoicing" icon="file-chart-column" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#invoicing" />

  <Card title="Ticket Completion" icon="ticket" href="/finance/reports/reports-types#ticket-completion" />
</CardGroup>

***

## Sales Summary

The Sales Summary report offers a clear, concise snapshot of your shop’s key sales metrics over a selected time period.

Use this report to identify trends, monitor performance, and make informed business decisions.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Gross Sales:** All product sales

  >

  <Note>
    **Product Sales:** This represents the total amount of menu products sold during this period, without taking taxes into account.
  </Note>

  >

  **Net Sales:** Product sales minus refunds and discounts

  **Tips:** Total amount of cash and card tips collected

  **Gift Cards:** Value amount off gift cards sold

  **Tax:** Total amount of taxes collected through taxable sales

  **Total Sales:** Net Sales plus tips, gift card sales, and taxes

  **Processing:** Total fees accumulated from card payments, both present and not present, plus any payout fees

  **Net Total:** Total sales minus processing fees

  The bottom portion of the report lists the payment methods associated with your sales: **Cash, Cards, Gift Cards, and Custom Payment Types**

  **Total Collected:** The total amount of sales collected, including taxes, fees, tips, and discounts

  **Refund Amount:** Total amount that was refunded from sales

  **Net Payment:** Total collected minus refunds

  **Processing:** Total amount of fees accumulated from card payments, both present and not present, plus any payout fees

  **Net Total:** Net payment minus processing fees
</Accordion>

**Report Views**

Additionally, view the Sales Summary report by **daily**, **weekly**, or **monthly** sales

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Views">
  <CardGroup>
    <Card title="Daily">
      Select 2+ days from the calendar and view the daily report to see sales by day, as well the times of day with the most sales.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Card>

    <Card title="Weekly">
      Select 2+ weeks from the calendar and view the week report to see sales by week, as well the days of the week and time of day with the most sales.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Card>

    <Card title="Monthly">
      Select 2+ months from the calendar and view the monthly report to see sales by month, as well the days of the week and time of day with the most sales.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Card>
  </CardGroup>
</Accordion>

***

## **Compare Sales**

Use the Compare Sales Report to analyze sales performance across different time frames and dates, with the option to generate hour-by-hour comparison graphs.

View the report on the Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

Use the various comparison options to create your desired graph

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## **Payment Methods**

The Payment Methods Report provides a detailed breakdown of sales by payment method.

Access the Payment Methods Report from the Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Time Period:** Designate a time period for the report

  **Location:** For multi-location shops, select the desired location(s) to show taxable sales for

  **Payment Method:** The type of payment method

  **Total Collected:** The total amount of sales collected including taxes, collected fees, tips, and discounts

  **Refund Amount:** The total amount refunded from sales during your selected time period

  **Net Payment:** The total amount of sales collected minus refunds

  **Processing:** The total amount of fees collected from processing fees.

  **Net Total:** The total amount of sales collected minus refunds and processing fees.
</Accordion>

***

## **All Products Sales**

The product sales report allows you to view individual product performance within a selected period.

View the report on the Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Product Name**

  **Modifiers options sold under the product**

  **Gross Sales:** Total sales collected from the product, including sales that were refunded and discounted. This number does not include product taxes collected.

  **Net Sales:**  Total sales collected from that product with refunds and discounts subtracted. This number does not include product taxes collected.

  **Tax:** The taxes collected from net product sales.
</Accordion>

**Report Filters**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Date and Time" />

  <Card title="Location">
    If your company has multiple locations, the report defaults to the one you’re logged into. You can select any locations you have access to.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Product Tags">
    Product tags are created and added to products from the \***Dashboard**. Learn how to add tags to a product [here](/orders/menu/menu-tags).
  </Card>

  <Card title="Exclude Third Party Orders">
    This will only appear if you have a third party integration with Dripos <img />
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

***

## **Category Sales**

The Category Sales Report provides a breakdown of sales for each of your menu categories during the selected time period.

Access the Category Sales Report from the Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Time Period:** Designate a time period for the report

  **Location:** For multi-location shops, select the desired location(s) to show category sales for.

  **Category Name:** The name of the menu category.

  **Quantity Sold:** The total quantity sold from the category.

  **Gross Sales:** The total sales collected from the category, including sales that were refunded and discounted. This number does not include category taxes collected.

  **Refunds:** The total amount that was refunded from sales under the category.

  **Discounts:** The total amount that was discounted from sales under the category.

  **Net Sales:** The total amount of sales collected during the selected time period.

  **Tax:** The taxes collected from net category sales.
</Accordion>

***

## **Discounts**

The Discounts Report provides an overview of any discounts that were applied to orders during your selected time period.

Access your shop’s Discounts Report at any time from the Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Discount Name:** The name of the discount that was applied to a product or ticket during your selected period

  **Quantity Used:** The amount of times that discount was applied to orders during your selected time period

  **Total Discount:** The total amount that was deducted from sales after the discount was applied
</Accordion>

Use the **Log** tab to view specific details on each ticket that a discount was applied to, including the **Discount Name**, **Discount Type**, **Date Used**, **Order Platform**, **Discount Amount**, and **Cashier Name**.

Additionally, view the ticket a discount was applied on by clicking on on the box icon under the **Ticket** column:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## **Labor vs Sales**

The Labor vs Sales Report breaks down your labor cost against sales hour by hour, so you can see how efficiently you're staffed throughout the day.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Labor Cost:** Total labor cost calculated from employees' time cards during the corresponding hour. If a shift spans multiple hours, wages are prorated across each hour worked.

  **Sales:** Total gross sales collected during the corresponding hour

  **Percentage:** Labor cost as a percentage of sales for the corresponding hour
</Accordion>

***

## **Modifier Sales**

The Modifier Sales Report provides a detailed breakdown of sales attributed to each modifier and its individual options within a selected time period.

View the report on the Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **1 - Modifier Type**: The modifier group name (i.e., Syrups, Milk, Breads). *Only modifiers with sales during the selected time range will appear.*

  **2 - Modifier Option**: The specific modifier option (i.e., vanilla syrup, whole milk, sourdough). *Only modifiers with sales during the selected time range will appear.*

  **3 - Order Count**: Shows the total number of modifier types and individual options sold during the selected time period.

  **4 - Price per Modifier Option**: Price per modifier Option sold. *Modifier Type lines will always show \$0.*

  **5 - Total Modifier Sales**: Displays the total sales amount for all modifier options, grouped by each modifier type.
</Accordion>

***

## **Platform Sales**

View sales by each ordering platform. Click the **Point of Sale** dropdown to see sales by specific devices.

View the report on the Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Order Count**: Amount of orders placed through the corresponding ordering platform

  **Gross Sales**: Total amount of product sales + custom fees collected from orders placed through the corresponding ordering platform

  **Product Sales**: Total amount of sales collected from orders placed through the corresponding ordering platform, excluding services fees, refunds, taxes and discounts

  **Service Fees**: Total amount of service fees collected on the corresponding ordering platform from customers

  **Custom Fees**: Total amount of custom fees collected on the corresponding ordering platform

  **Refunds**: Total amount that was refunded from sales made through the corresponding ordering platform

  **Discounts**: Total amount of discounts applied sales placed through the corresponding ordering platform

  **Net Sales**: Product Sales - Custom Fees - Refunds - Discounts

  **Card Tips**: Total amount of card tips collected

  **Tax**: Total amount of taxable sales collected from purchases made

  **Gift Card Sales** Total amount of gift cards sold

  **Total Sales**: Net Sales + Card Tips + Tax + Gift Card Sales

  **Processing**: Total sum of fees accumulated from card payments, both present and not present, as well as the payout fee

  **Net Total**: Total Sales - Processing
</Accordion>

***

## **Ticket Type Sales**

The Ticket Type Sales Report provides a detailed breakdown of sales attributed to each ticket type within a selected time period.

View the report on the Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Ticket Type**: Shows the ticket types. \**Only ticket types with sales during the selected time range will appear.*

  **Order Count**: Shows the total number of orders placed through the corresponding ticket types within the selected time period.

  **Gross Sales**: The total amount of sales collected from orders placed through the corresponding ticket type, excluding taxes, services fees, custom fees, refunds, and/or discounts.

  **Product Sales**: The total amount of sales collected from orders placed through the corresponding ticket type, including services fees, custom fees, and/or discounts.
  <Note> *The value listed excludes taxes and refunds.*</Note>

  **Service Fees**: The total amount of fees collected from orders placed through the corresponding ticket type, from customers through service fees and delivery fees.

  **Custom Fees**: The total amount of fees collected on the corresponding ticket type from customers through shop custom fees.

  **Refunds**: The total amount that was refunded from sales made through the corresponding ticket type during your selected time period.

  **Discounts**: The total amount that was discounted from sales placed through the corresponding ticket type during your selected time period.

  **Net Sales**: The total amount of sales collected from the corresponding ticking type after accounting for refunds and discounts.
</Accordion>

***

## **Taxable Sales**

The Taxable Sales Report provides a breakdown of taxes collected on sales during the selected time period.

Access the Taxable Sales Report from the Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Time Period:** Designate a time period for the report

  **Location:** For multi-location shops, select the desired location(s) to show taxable sales for

  **Net Sales:** The total amount of sales collected during the selected time period

  **Taxable Sales:** The total amount of taxable sales collected during the selected time period

  **Non-Taxable Sales:** The total amount of non-taxable sales collected during the selected time period, such as non-taxed and tax disabled product sales

  **Third Party Sales:** The total amount of sales collected through third-party orders placed during the selected time period

  **Tax Collected:** The total amount of taxes collected through taxable sales placed during the selected time period
</Accordion>

***

## Tax Categories

The Tax Categories Report provides a breakdown of the tax amounts collected under different tax rates.

Access the Tax Categories Report from the Dashboard.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Time Period:** Designate a time period for the report

  **Location:** For multi-location shops, select the desired location(s) to show the tax categories breakdown for

  **Tax Collected:** The amount of tax collected using this tax rate

  **Tax Rate:** The rate for this tax rate

  **Taxable Amount:** The amount of sales taxable using this tax rate
</Accordion>

***

## **Time Cards**

The Time Cards Report provides a breakdown of the total time worked by your employees as well as tips earned.

Access this report from the Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Pay Earned:** Total pay earned (wage \* hours worked), *not including any overtime pay*

  **Overtime:** Pay earned from any overtime hours worked during the selected time period

  **Hours Scheduled:** Amount of hours the corresponding employee was scheudled for during the selected time period

  **Tips Earned:** Total amount of tips earned across all shifts during the selected time frame

  <Tip>
    View the tips as split by one of the following methods:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tip>

  **Average Wage:** The average hourly wage estimated the employee would earn based on the data presented (pay earned + tips earned / total hours worked)
</Accordion>

Click the dropdown next to each employee to view the corresponding time cards

<Note>
  Click on the time card to make changes to the card.
</Note>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

View the pay rates that applied to the time cards

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

Export this report or the labor costs report

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## **Team Sales**

The Team Sales Report breaks down which items were sold by employees that were clocked in during the selected time period.

This report can only be accessed from the Dashboard.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## **Cash Drawers**

The Cash Drawers Report provides a detailed breakdown of the cash drawer events occurring on the POS.

<Note>Clicking on a cash drawer row will reroute the page to a the corresponding cash drawer’s balance breakdown and events for more detailed information.</Note>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Open Time**: The time the corresponding cash drawer was opened

  **Close Time**: The time the corresponding cash drawer was closed

  **Verification Time**: The time the corresponding cash drawer was verified by a manager after the drawer was closed. *Information will only populate in this column if you have Cash Drawer Verification enabled*

  **Device**: The name of the POS device that the corresponding cash drawer was opened on

  **Opening Amount**: The amount the corresponding cash drawer was opened with

  **Cash Sales**: The cash sales recorded within the corresponding cash drawer

  **Paid In/Out**: The total cash pay-ins less pay-outs recorded on the corresponding cash drawer

  **Expected Amount**: The sum of the corresponding cash drawer's opening amount, total cash sales, and pay-ins, less pay-outs

  **Closing Amount**: The amount of cash recorded in the corresponding cash drawer once it has been closed

  **Close Difference**: The closing amount minus the expected amount calculated for the corresponding cash drawer

  **Verified Amount**: The amount of cash recorded in the corresponding cash drawer once it has been closed and verified. *Information will only populate in this column if you have Cash Drawer Verification enabled*

  **Verified Difference**: The difference between the verified amount and the closing amount for the corresponding cash drawer. *Information will only populate in this column if you have Cash Drawer Verification enabled*

  **Deposit**: The closing amount minus the cash remaining in drawer (drawer reset) amount for the corresponding cash drawer

  **Status**: This column shows if the corresponding cash drawer is open, closed, or verified
</Accordion>

***

## **Invoicing**

The Invoicing Report allows you to see a breakdown of all invoices paid off during your selected time period.

You can access your shop's Invoicing Report at any time from the Web Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App.

With this report, you have the option to choose the specific **locations** for which you would like to view paid invoices for. Additionally, you can also select the invoice **contacts** that you wish to include in the report, and specify the invoices you want included based on their **status**:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

For each invoice listed, you are able to view the following statistics:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Date Created:** This column will list the day that the invoice was created.

  **Invoice:** This column will list the name and number of the invoice.

  **Location:** This column will list the location in which the invoice was sent from.

  **Date Paid:** This column will list the day the invoice was paid on.

  **Taxable Sales:** The value under this column represents the total amount of sales collected from taxed products included in the invoice.

  **Non-Taxable Sales:** The value under this column represents the total amount of sales collected from non-taxed products included in the invoice.

  **Discounts:** The value under this column represents the amount that was discounted from products included in the invoice.

  **Net Sales:** The value under this column represents the total cost of the invoice after taking discounts into account.

  **Tips:** The value under this column represents the tips added onto the invoice.

  **Service Fees:** The value under this column represents any service fees included in the invoice.

  **Taxes:** The value under this column represents the total amount of taxes collected from sales included in the invoice.

  **Refunds:** The value under this column represents the amount that was refunded from the invoice.

  **Processing Fees:** The value under this column represents the total amount of processing fees collected when the invoice was paid.

  **Total:** The value under this column represents the total cost of the invoice after taking tips, service fees, taxes, refunds, and processing fees into account.
</Accordion>

***

## **Ticket Completion**

The Ticket Completion Report provides unique metrics that allow you to understand your shop's efficiency in completing tickets.

This report also allows you to compare statistics across multiple locations at once, over a variety of time and date selections.

The report breaks down the **average number of minutes** it takes for tickets to be completed at your shop.

Access your shop's Ticket Completion Report at any time from the Dashboard.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Report Line Items">
  **Average Ticket Completion Time**: The average time, in minutes, it takes for tickets to be completed

  **Location**: The specific location the data is referencing. This is useful for comparing performance across multiple shops

  **Date Range Selection**: Allows you to choose the specific time period for the report, enabling analysis over various dates
</Accordion>


# Set Up Your Barcode Scanner
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/hardware-barcode

Easily add items to cart using a barcode scanner

A barcode scanner lets you automatically add products with assigned barcodes to the cart. It can also be used to sell physical gift cards, redeem existing ones, and link SKUs to current products.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Step 1: Set Up & Pair Device">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Ensure your Inateck BCST-70 barcode scanner is fully charged and powered on. We recommend keeping the User Guide handy during setup.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Note>Digital barcodes displayed on phones, computers or tablets cannot be read. The barcodes shown on this page are for reference only. You can find and print a copy of the manual from the [Inateck website.](https://cdn.shopifycdn.net/s/files/1/0623/5809/4063/files/BCST-70_Manual-V15.pdf?v=1648437814)</Note>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Scan the **Enter Setup** and **Bluetooth Pairing** barcodes in the User Guide.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Navigate to your iPad settings, select **Bluetooth** pair the barcode scanner. The scanner will show up as BCST-70. The barcode scanner will beep once the Bluetooth connection is successful.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Note>If Bluetooth connection is disrupted, the barcode scanner will sound two short tones.</Note>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        To add more barcode types, scan the \[Enter Setup] barcode and use the Function Setup Barcodes page.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Note>Common barcode types like Code 128, Code 39 and UPC are preloaded in the default setting of the scanner.</Note>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        When finished adding the barcodes, make sure to save your changes by scanning the **Exit with Save** barcode.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Log in to the Point of Sale. Press the **tribar (≡)** at the top left of the screen. Press the **Settings** (⚙️)
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Navigate to **Register Settings** > enable **Bluetooth Bar Code Scanner** and select the **Barcode Scanner Host Device**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Navigate to **Advanced Settings** > **Restart App**. Your Bluetooth barcode scanner is now ready to be used!

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 2: Scan Products">
    Use the barcode scanner to update barcodes, assign new barcodes to existing products and quickly add items to cart.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Scan a product's barcode to add it to Dripos.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Warning>
          If this pop up is not appearing, navigate to **Advanced Settings** > press **Restart App** and try again!

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Warning>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Once the barcode is assigned to a product, the product will automatically be added to cart when scanned next.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 3: Scan Physical Gift Cards">
    Sell physical gift cards or search for existing gift cards with a bar code scanner.

    <Note>The Bluetooth barcode scanner cannot scan digital gift cards. You can use the Stripe card reader or the iPad to scan digital gift card barcodes.</Note>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        When selling a physical gift card, click the **Scan** button next to the gift card number field.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        When redeeming physical gift cards, click the **Scan** button next to the gift card number field.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Edit Product Barcodes">
    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the Dashboard click **Menu** > **Products**
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Find the product to assign a barcode to and click **View**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Scroll to the bottom of the page and select the **Barcode** tab > click **Edit**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Edit the numbers listed on the barcode of the product > click **Save**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Cash Drawer Setup
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/hardware-cashdrawer

💸 Connect a physical cash drawer to Dripos

## Require Hardware

* [Epson compatible printer](/hardware/print/print-overview)
* Physical cash drawer with RJ11/RJ12 port (see our recommendation [here](https://www.amazon.com/Register-Drawer-System-Removable-Key-Lock/dp/B09TN9MQJJ/ref=sr_1_5?keywords=volcora+cash+drawer\&qid=1678307558\&sprefix=volcora%2Caps%2C90\&sr=8-5))
* RJ11/RJ12 cord (included [here](https://www.amazon.com/Register-Drawer-System-Removable-Key-Lock/dp/B09TN9MQJJ/ref=sr_1_5?keywords=volcora+cash+drawer\&qid=1678307558\&sprefix=volcora%2Caps%2C90\&sr=8-5))

## Connect Cash Drawer to Printer

Cash drawers communicate with Dripos through the Epson printer.

<Accordion title="How to Connect a Cash Drawer to an Epson Printer">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Plug the RJ11/RJ12 network cable into the back of the cash drawer and into the Epson printer.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      On the Point of Sale, navigate to **Settings** > **Printers** > press **Edit** next to the printer to connect the drawer to

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Enable the toggle **Cash Drawer Attached** > press **Save**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      On the register screen, the **Open Drawer** button will appear for Use

      <Tip>
        If the Open Drawer button does not appear, restart the app and try again.
      </Tip>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

If your cash drawer is not opening, please refer to the [printer troubleshooting](/hardware/print/basics/print-troubleshoot) page. Cash drawers are dependent on the functionality of the printer it is connected to!

<Tip>
  Learn about daily cash drawer functionality within Dripos [here](/operations/cash/cash-overview)
</Tip>


# Order Hardware
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/hardware-order

Purchase additional hardware for your shop

<Tip>
  If your shop is new to Dripos, our onboarding specialist will help you place your first hardware order based on your shop's workflow.

  **You will not need to place a hardware order from this page.**
</Tip>

<Card title="Order Additional Hardware" icon="cart-shopping" href="https://hardware.dripos.com/">
  If you are an existing Dripos customer, click here to order additional hardware.
</Card>


# Dripos Hardware Guides
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/hardware-overview



<Note>
  During the onboarding process, your specialist will ensure you are properly set up with the correct hardware needed to run Dripos in your shop.
</Note>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Required Hardware">
    <br />

    🖥️ Apple iPad or Android tablet

    💳 Stripe Card Reader
  </Card>

  <Card title="Optional Hardware">
    <br />

    🖥️ Bosstab Register Stand

    🖨️ Epson Printer

    💸 Cash Register

    🛒 Barcode Scanner
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

<Danger>
  To prevent connectivity or wifi issues, we recommend setting up your router as close to your front register as possible.
</Danger>

***

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Tablet" icon="Tablet" href="/hardware/hardware-tablets">
    Click here to learn about Dripos compatible tablets
  </Card>

  <Card title="Card Readers" icon="calculator" href="/hardware/reader/reader-s700">
    Click here to learn about Dripos compatible card readers
  </Card>

  <Card title="Printers" icon="print" href="/hardware/print/print-overview">
    Click here to learn about Dripos compatible printers
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Dripos Internet and Router Setup Guide
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/hardware-router



This guide walks you through how to set up your internet so your Dripos system runs fast and never drops connections. If your internet is not set up correctly, your registers can slow down, printers might stop working, and lines will back up.

### Requirements

***All Dripos Devices Must Be on the Same Network***

All Dripos hardware, which includes your tablets, card readers, and printers, must be connected to the exact same Wi-Fi network. Dripos devices need to talk directly to each other. If your tablet connects to your customer guest Wi-Fi by accident while your printer is on the main network, they will not be able to communicate.

<br />

***Required Internet Speeds***

Your internet plan must meet specific speed requirements to handle continuous card processing and printer communication without lagging. When you run a speed test on your network, pay attention to both the download and upload numbers.

* **Absolute Minimums:** You must have at least 50 Mbps download speed and 15 Mbps upload speed to run Dripos. Anything lower than this will cause transaction delays and system lag.
* **Recommended Speeds:** For the most reliable performance, we recommend having a stronger plan that provides 100 to 300 Mbps download speed and 20 to 25 Mbps upload speed.

You can check your current network performance by searching for a free internet speed test online while connected to your shop Wi-Fi, here: [https://www.speedtest.net/](https://www.speedtest.net/)

***

### Recommended Settings

***Use a Dedicated Network for Dripos Only***

The Wi-Fi network you use for your register system is ideally kept completely separate from everything else. Do not let customers, personal phones, laptops, or streaming TVs connect to the Dripos network. If too many outside devices are on the same network, it may overload the system and can cause your checkout process to slow down.

<br />

***Ensure Your Network is on a 2.4 GHz Network Band***

Dripos hardware runs best when it is on a dedicated 2.4 GHz network band.

Most new routers have a setting called **Automatic Band Steering** (sometimes called "Smart Connect"). This setting combines two different internet speeds, 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, into one single Wi-Fi network. The router then forces your devices to switch back and forth between those speeds automatically. This constant switching can cause card readers and tablets to momentarily disconnect throughout the day.

* **What to do:** Log into your router settings, turn off Automatic Band Steering, and create two separate Wi-Fi networks. For example, name one "Dripos 2.4" for your registers and name the other, 5GHz band, "Shop Staff" or "Guest Wi-Fi" for everything else.
* **Avoid standard provider routers:** The standard routers given to you by companies like Spectrum sometimes do not let you turn off this automatic band steering feature. If you run into this, we recommend buying your own separate router instead of using the stock one from your internet provider.

<br />

***Keep the Router Close to Your Registers***

Wi-Fi signals have a hard time passing through solid objects. In a coffee shop, things like thick countertops, moving crowds, and metal refrigerator or freezer doors will block your signal and can drop your connection.

* **Where to put it:** Put your main router as close to your main register station as possible. It is best if you can see the router from the register.
* **Where NOT to put it:** Never put your router in a basement, up in the ceiling, or hidden in a back closet.
* **Using Access Points:** If your shop is large and uses multiple Wireless Access Points (WAPs) to spread the Wi-Fi signal, make sure at least one of those access point boxes is mounted next to your main register station.

<br />

***Plug Your Printers Directly Into the Router***

Plugging equipment in with a physical ethernet cable is always more reliable than using Wi-Fi.

* **Best Method:** Use an Ethernet internet cable to plug all receipt and ticket printers directly into your router or an internet switch.
* **Backup Method:** If your layout makes it impossible to run a wire, you can plug the printer's cable into a Wi-Fi extender box placed near the printer. This is not nearly as stable as plugging directly into the router, so only do this if you have no other choice.

<br />

***Forget all Other Networks***

In all of your Dripos hardware, to ensure they never have difficulty communicating with one another, you should ensure they *only* “know” the dedicated Dripos network. By going into your Wi-Fi settings on tablets and card readers, and forgetting all other known networks, you can ensure they’ll never switch off of the dedicated Dripos network.

<br />

***Use Static IPs***

Normally, routers automatically change the internal ID number (called an IP address) of your devices every few days. If the router changes a printer's ID number while you are open, your tablets might lose track of it. You can change your router settings to give your Dripos tablets and printers "Static IPs," which means their ID numbers will never change. This keeps your connections perfectly stable.

***

### How to Log Into Your Router Settings

To turn off band steering or change network names, you need to log into your router's control panel.

1. Connect a computer or phone to your hardware’s Wi-Fi network.
2. Open an internet browser and type the router's IP address into the address bar where you normally type website names. The most common addresses are 192.168.0.1 or 192.168.1.1. You can find the exact number printed on a sticker on the bottom of your physical router.
3. Enter the username and password. If you have never changed this, the factory default is usually **admin** for the username and **admin** for the password.

<Note>
  Some newer routers require you to use a mobile app on your phone to change these settings instead of a web browser.
</Note>

<br />

***Recommended Routers***

You should choose a router based on the total square footage of your shop to make sure the signal reaches everywhere.

<Note>
  TP-Link Archer Series: [https://www.tp-link.com/us/home-networking/wifi-router/archer-be3500/](https://www.tp-link.com/us/home-networking/wifi-router/archer-be3500/)

  You do not absolutely have to buy these specific models for Dripos to work, but we have tested them thoroughly. They are reasonably priced, handle heavy coffee shop traffic well, and make it easy to separate your network.
</Note>

***

### Troubleshooting and FAQ

***My Dripos devices are not talking to each other. What should I check first?***

Check the Wi-Fi settings on every single tablet, card reader, and printer. Make sure they are all connected to the exact same Wi-Fi network name. It is very common for a tablet to accidentally jump over to your public guest network or a different band, which cuts off its connection to the printers.

***My card readers stop working when we hand them out the drive-thru window.***

Thick exterior building walls and the specialized glass used in drive-thru windows heavily block Wi-Fi signals. If you hand a wireless card reader completely outside the window, it will lose its connection to the router inside.

* **The Fix:** Keep the card reader inside the window frame. Have the customer reach toward the window to swipe, insert their card, or tap their phone. This completely eliminates the dropped connections.

***What should I do if the system suddenly slows down or disconnects?***

Always check your internet equipment first. Make sure your router hasn't accidentally reset itself to default settings, ensure customers aren't using your private Wi-Fi network, and double-check that all physical internet wires are plugged in tightly.

***Where can I get help setting this up?***

If you get stuck or need help figuring out the best setup for your specific shop layout, reach out to your assigned Implementation Specialist or contact the Dripos Support Team directly.


# Register Stand Setup
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/hardware-stand

Assemble your register stand and tablet

## Required Hardware

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Charging Cable" icon="Plus" />
</CardGroup>

<Steps>
  <Step title="Unscrew Security Bracket">
    Locate the Touch holder and unscrew the security screw to remove the top bracket that holds the adhesive.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Attach Touch Holder">
    Attach the Touch holder to the stand and screw in the 4 screws to secure.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Peel Adhesive Paper">
    Peel off the adhesive paper from the top bracket.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Center Bracket">
    Place the bracket in the center of the tablet and press down and hold for 20 seconds.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Place Charging Cable">
    Feed the charging cable through the middle of the stand and pull out from the bottom.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Attach Top Bracket">
    Attach the top bracket (with your tablet attached) to the stand. Ensure charging cable runs through the cable channel.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Screw In Security Screw">
    Screw in the security screw with the provided security key and plug in charging cable.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

<Tip>
  Download the Dripos POS App for iPads  [here](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/dripos-point-of-sale/id1545180462) \
  \
  Download the Dripos POS App for Android devices [here](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.corkdrinks.drippos\&hl=en_US)
</Tip>

<Accordion title="Legacy Register Setup Instructions">
  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <CardGroup>
    <Card title="Register Stand" icon="1" />

    <Card title="Register Stand Keys" icon="2" />

    <Card title="Register Stand Cushion Inserts" icon="3" />

    <Card title="Right Angle USB-C Charging Cable" icon="4" />

    <Card title="iPad" icon="5">
      **Register Stand Compatible Models**: iPad 10.9” 10th Gen, iPad 11” 11th Gen, iPad Pro 11", iPad Air 11"
    </Card>
  </CardGroup>

  <Steps>
    <Step title="Unlock Stand">
      Insert and turn the register stand key 90 degrees counterclockwise to unlock the stand. Slide the latch from left to right to detach the cover piece and set aside.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Insert Stand Cushions">
      For 10.9" 10th Gen iPads, insert the register stand cushion inserts at each corner.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Insert Charging Cable">
      Insert the right angle USB-C charging cable through the middle of the stand. Feed the cord through the bottom of the stand.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Align iPad Camera">
      Plug the USB-C charging cable into the iPad. Place the iPad inside the register stand and ensure the camera is lined up correctly with the register stand opening at the top left corner.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Secure Register Cover">
      Place the register stand cover over the iPad. Confirm the cover is securely in place before inserting the register stand key and turning 90 degrees clockwise to lock into place.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Plug In Charging Cable">
      Plug the other end of the charging cable into a power outlet to ensure the iPad is charged at all times.
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>


# Dripos Compatible Tablets
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/hardware-tablets



## Recommendations

We recommend using an [Apple iPad (10th Generation)](https://www.apple.com/shop/buy-ipad/ipad/128gb-silver-wifi) or later for your Point of Sale.

Different sized iPads and tablets are compatible with Dripos, but will display differently depending on screen size. Dripos is optimized for standard iPads, and we highly recommend using them for the best experience. Many Android tablets do not have the processing power required for Dripos to run smoothly, so please review the requirements below carefully before choosing a device.

## Requirements

Confirm your tablet meets the following software and hardware requirements needed to run the Point of Sale app:

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Apple" icon="apple">
    Requires iPadOS 13.0 or later
  </Card>

  <Card title="Android" icon="android">
    Requires Android 8.0 and up
    Minimum 8 GB RAM required
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

## Dripos Device

<Accordion title="What is a “Device” in Dripos?">
  In Dripos, a **Device** is a unique POS setup tied to one physical tablet or phone.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  * Each iPad/Android tablet running the Dripos POS should have its **own Device name**. (e.g., “Register 1”, “Drive Thru”, “Bar iPad”).
  * Each phone/tablet running Dripos Go is also its own Device (e.g., “Event Handheld”, “Patio POS”).

  This lets you:

  * See which register/station orders are coming from
  * Keep cash drawers and reports organized by register
  * Connect the correct card reader to the correct tablet

  **Important: One Device name = one tablet**

  * You should **not** sign in to multiple tablets using the **same Device name** .
  * Sharing a Device name across multiple tablets can:
    * Cause issues with the checkout flow
    * Create problems with card reader connections
    * Make reporting and cash tracking inaccurate

  **Best practice:**

  * Give each physical tablet its **own unique Device name**
  * Keep that tablet always logged in under that same Device name
  * Pair only **one card reader** to that Device/tablet at a time
</Accordion>


# Add a Printer to POS App
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/print/basics/print-pair



Once the printer is connected to the internet, it can be added to the Point of Sale.

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    On your POS device, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen and press the **Settings** (⚙️) button
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Navigate to **Printer Settings** and press **Add Printer**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Complete the following fields

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    **Set Printer Name**

    * Enter a name for the printer (i.e., Front Register Receipt Printer, Kitchen Ticket Printer)

    **Set IP Address**

    * Input the IP address printed on the receipt (xxx.xxx.xx.x)

    **Cash Drawer Attached**

    * Turn this on if a cash drawer is connected to this printer via RJ11/12 cord
    * Learn more about connecting a cash drawer to a printer [here](/hardware/hardware-cashdrawer)

    **Enable Printer**

    * Turn this on to use the printer

    **Set Host Device**

    * Select the POS device for this printer to print orders from
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click **Save**.

    You can make edits, test or delete printers by using the **Edit** button.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Test the printer connection by clicking **Edit** and pressing the **Test Printer** button.

    A connection slip will print if the printer is connected properly. If nothing is printing, confirm the printer is connected to the same network as the POS device and that the IP address is correct or follow the troubleshooting steps [here](/hardware/print/basics/print-troubleshoot).

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

➡️ Once the printer is connected to your POS, start creating receipt and make ticket templates!


# Printer Paper
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/print/basics/print-paper

Purchase receipt paper compatible with your printer

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="TM-m30iii Printer Paper" href="https://www.pospaper.com/products/3-1-8-x-230-thermal-paper-50-rolls">
    <img />
  </Card>

  <Card title="TM-L100 Sticky Printer Paper" href="https://www.possupply.com/318-375-iconex-ultralite-sticky-media-linerless-labels-30-rolls?quantity=4&custcol_autoreorder_frequency=5">
    <img />
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Create Printing Rules
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/print/basics/print-rules

Customize your printer workflow

Printing rules allow you to select which receipt template to use, filter certain categories or products to print, and more.

<Tip>
  Examples of printer workflows:

  * Only print customer receipts when requested
  * Set kitchen printer to automatically print all food items
  * Set barista printer to automatically print all drink category items
  * Set printer to only print orders from the Drive Thru register
</Tip>

## Add Printing Rules

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    On the **Point of Sale** > **Setings** > **Printers** > **Printer Rules** and press **Add Printing Rule**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Make the following selections. Select the **Receipt Template** to use and the applicable **Printer** to use for this rule.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Enable Printing Rule">
        Enable or disable the printing rule
      </Card>

      <Card title="Print Receipts on Ticket Creation">
        Receipts will automatically print after checkout
      </Card>

      <Card title="Only Print New Items">
        Products that have already printed will not print again - even if new items are added to the order or a saved ticket is updated
      </Card>

      <Card title="Print Gift Cards on Make Tickets">
        Gift cards will be included on make tickets
      </Card>

      <Card title="Print Entire Ticket">
        All ticket items will print if at least one item on the ticket is included in the printing rule filter (next section)
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click **Save**
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Filter Printer Rules

Add filters to only print specific ticket types, categories, products, or orders from specific devices.

<Note>
  When creating a new category or product, change your printing rules to ensure all new items print!
</Note>

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Navigate to POS **Settings** > **Printers**
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click **Edit** next to your printing rule and press **Edit Filters**

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Printing rules are ordered by priority. The ones at the top take priority, but multiples rules can be applied.

    <Tip>
      For example, you can set **Filter by Ticket Type** to *For Here* and then **Filter by Category** like *Espresso*. This means only products in the Espresso category on orders using a For Here ticket type will be printed.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Ticket Type">
        Print orders only from specific ticket types (For Here, To Go, Mobile, etc.)
      </Card>

      <Card title="Device Type">
        Print tickets only from specific Point of Sale devices (Main Register, Drive Thru, etc.)
      </Card>

      <Card title="Categories">
        Print products from specific categories only (Espresso, Breakfast, etc.)
      </Card>

      <Card title="Products">
        Print specific products only (Strawberry Matcha Latte, Mango Matcha Latte, Matcha Cookie, etc.)
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Connect a Printer to Internet
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/print/basics/print-setup



Dripos compatible Epson TM-m30iii and Epson TM-L100 printers must be ethernet hardwired.

If your router is a significant distance away from the printer, you can purchase a [WiFi extender](https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08RHD97QY) to plug the ethernet cord in.

## Ethernet Printer Set Up

Connect your printer to the internet via ethernet.

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Place the printer near a wall outlet and a Wi-Fi router (or your WiFi extender).
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Remove the cover at the bottom of the printer to access the power and ethernet ports.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Connect the power and ethernet cables to the printer ports.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Turn the printer on using the **Power Button** on the top right corner.

    Several icons on the printer status bar will begin to blink. After a minute, the icons will stabilize.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    When the printer is fully configured, the **Power** and **Ethernet** icons will be blue. If these icons are not lit up, your printer is not properly connected to internet.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Once the icon lights are stable, the printer will print a receipt displaying an **IP Address** for connecting to the POS.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Warning>
      **192.168.192.168 is an invalid IP address.**

      Check that your network is online and the ethernet cord is plugged in properly.

      Turn the printer off, wait a minute, and turn the printer back on to see if the IP address changes.
    </Warning>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Navigate to the tablet system **Settings** > **Wi-Fi** and click the **Information** button and ensure the first three sets of the IP address **(xxx.xxx.xx.-)** matches the printed IP address.

    <Note>
      The last set of numbers for the IP address will not match.
    </Note>

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Legacy WiFi Printer Setup

<Accordion title="WiFi Dongle Printer Setup">
  To begin, ensure you have the Epson Utility app downloaded on your device.

  ## L100 Model

  1. Plug the WiFi dongle into the port labeled "USB-A" on the back of the printer.
  2. Factory reset the printer. Find the reset button on the back of the printer (it's marked with an arrow and "SW"). Since it's recessed, press and hold it down using a pin or the tip of a pen.
  3. A slip will print saying "Resetting to Factory Default" — this confirms the reset has started.
  4. Wait for two more slips to print, confirming the reset finished:
     * "Resetting to Factory Default Finished"
     * "SimpleAP Start" with a QR code on it
  5. On your phone or computer, open the Epson TM Utility app.
  6. Tap "Wi-Fi Setup Wizard."
  7. Select your printer's model from the list.
  8. The app will show a sample image of the slip your printer should have printed. If it matches what you have, tap "Printed."
  9. Use your phone's camera to scan the QR code from the slip.
  10. Connect to your WiFi network:
      * If the device running the TM Utility app is already on the same WiFi network you want the printer to join, that network should show up automatically. Select it and continue.
      * If it's a different network, turn off the "Auto" toggle and manually enter the SSID (network name) — this is the last 6 digits of the numerical sequence printed on the same slip as the QR code.
  11. On the security prompt, just tap "Next" (no action needed here).
  12. Enter your WiFi network's password when prompted.
  13. Set the printer's IP address:
      * If the device in which you're using the TM utility app is connected on the same network to the WiFi dongle, the IP address should fill in automatically.
      * If not, turn off "Auto (DHCP)" and manually enter the IP address printed on that same slip, next to the SSID.
  14. Tap "Next" through the remaining screens until you reach "Set to Printer."
  15. Your settings will be sent to the printer automatically.
  16. Tap "Finish" to complete setup.
  17. Once complete a slip with the IP address will print out

  ## M30 Model

  1. Plug the WiFi dongle into the port labeled "USB-A" on the back of the printer.
  2. Factory reset the printer. Find the reset button on the back (marked with an arrow and "SW"). Since it's recessed, press and hold it down using a pin or the tip of a pen.
  3. A slip will print saying "Resetting to Factory Default" — this confirms the reset has started.
  4. Wait for two more slips to print, confirming the reset finished:
     * "Resetting to Factory Default Finished"
     * "SimpleAP Start" with a QR code on it
  5. On your phone or computer, open the Epson TM Utility app.
  6. Tap "Wi-Fi Setup Wizard."
  7. Select your printer's model from the list.
  8. The app will show a sample image of the slip your printer should have printed. If it matches what you have, tap "Printed” on the bottom righthand corner.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  9. Use your phone's camera to scan the QR code from the slip.
  10. A prompt will appear asking to join a network named after your printer. Tap "Allow" — this just connects your phone directly to the printer, not to your regular WiFi yet.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  11. Once you allow the connection, another slip will print.
  12. Tap the "Wi-Fi" button on the next screen.
  13. When prompted for a password at this step, enter the last section of the numerical sequence (SSID) printed on the original slip with the QR code. This connects you to the printer's temporary setup network, not your home/office WiFi.
  14. From the next screen, select the WiFi and then the WiFi network you want the printer to join.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  15. Enter that WiFi network's password.
  16. You may be asked to confirm the network and password a second time — if so, just repeat steps 13 and 14.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  17. Set the printer's IP address:
      * If you're on the same network, the IP address should fill in automatically.
      * If not, turn off "Auto (DHCP)" and manually enter the IP address printed on that same slip, next to the SSID.
  18. Tap "Next" through the remaining screens until you reach "Set to Printer."
  19. Your settings will be sent to the printer automatically.
  20. Tap "Finish" to complete setup.
  21. A final slip will print showing the printer's IP address, as well ad marked "PASS" confirming the WiFi connection tests succeeded.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Accordion>

<br />

➡️ Once your printer is connected to internet, it can now be paired with Dripos!


# Create Receipt Templates
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/print/basics/print-templates

Add and customize printer templates

Learn how to create additional receipt and make ticket templates to fit your shop workflow.

## Create Templates

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    On the dashboard, navigate to **Orders** > **Receipts**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click **Create Receipt**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Select from existing customer receipt and make ticket templates. You can use the template as is or customized them to fit your shop workflow.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    **Receipt Name**

    * Name your receipt template (i.e., Back Kitchen Make Ticket, Customer Receipt)

    **Receipt Type**

    * **Make Ticket:** For employee use
    * **Front of House Receipt:** For customers

    **Print Items Singular**

    * If set to **Yes**, each product on the order will print on a separate ticket
    * Recommended to use with the **Dripos - Item Specific** receipt template

    **Receipt Template**

    * Select an existing template that best fits your shop workflow. These templates can be customized once added!
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click **Add** to view the new template. Use the **Edit Information** button to update the template settings if needed.

    <Tip>
      Your store information will automatically print on the receipt template.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Copy a Receipt to Another Location

Built a receipt or make ticket template you want at your other shops? Duplicate it instead of rebuilding it.

<Steps>
  <Step title="Open the receipt">
    On the **Dashboard**, click **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Receipts** and select the receipt you want to copy
  </Step>

  <Step title="Duplicate it">
    Click **Actions** > **Duplicate**
  </Step>

  <Step title="Pick a destination">
    **Destination Location** defaults to the location you are in and lists only the other locations in your company. Choose where the copy should go.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Duplicate">
    Click **Duplicate**. Switch to the destination location to see the new receipt.
  </Step>
</Steps>

<Note>
  Copying to another location carries over the receipt's name, type, and content exactly, and those
  fields are locked in the modal. Leave the destination set to your current location instead and the
  fields stay editable, so you can duplicate a template and rename it in one step.
</Note>

<Warning>
  Printer and device assignments are specific to each location and are **not** copied. Assign the
  duplicated receipt to a printer at the destination before it will print.
</Warning>

## Customize Templates

Customize Dripos receipt templates to include a store logo, increase font sizes, and more.

<iframe />

➡️ Once receipt and make ticket templates have been added, create printer rules on the Point of Sale!


# Printer Troubleshooting
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/print/basics/print-troubleshoot



## Epson Printer Troubleshooting Guides

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Printer Factory Reset">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Turn off the printer
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Remove the bottom protective cover of the printer and locate the **Reset button**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Use a small tipped object such as a pen or toothpick to press the Reset button. Hold down the Reset Button for 5 seconds, and then simuanteously turn on the printer **without** releasing the Reset button.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        The printer will print a "Initialization Complete" message when turned on.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Release the Reset button. The printer will be restored to its Factory Default Settings and an IP address slip will print out.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Delete the current printer setup and follow [these steps](/hardware/print/basics/print-setup) to repair the printer

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Update Printer IP Address">
    If your printer has randomly stopped printing, most likely the IP address has jumped. Easily update the IP address in your Dripos system.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Turn off the printer and then turn the printer back on. One the lights stabilize, an IP address slip will print out.
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        On the **Point of Sale** > **Settings** > **Printers** > check if the IP address in the Dripos system matches exactly the one that just printed out.

        If it does **not** match, press **Edit** and update the IP address > press **Save**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Print a ticket. The printer will now work as usual!
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Legacy WiFi Printer

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Legacy WiFi Printer Instructions">
    The following is requirement to set up a Wi-Fi dongle with an Epson printer:

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Epson TM Utility App">
        * [Apple App Store](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/epson-tm-utility/id726122574)

        * [Google Play Store](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.epson.tmutility\&hl=en)
      </Card>

      <Card title="Epson Wi-Fi Dongle" />
    </CardGroup>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Connect a printer to Wi-Fi via Wi-Fi dongle">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        With the Epson Wi-fi USB Dongle plugged into the USB-A Port of the printer, turn on the printer using the power button to automatically initiate the Wi-fi SimpleAP setup. Two prompts should print:

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="SimpleAP Initialization">
            <img />
          </Card>

          <Card title="SimpleAP Start Slip">
            <img />
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Open the **Epson TM Utility App** from your phone or tablet and begin setup in the **Wi-Fi Setup Wizard:**

        <Warning>
          Ensure that your phone or tablet is connected to the same Wi-Fi you want to connect to the printer to.
        </Warning>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Select your **Printer Model**, either the **TM30iii** or hte **L100** depending on your model

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        The **TM Utility App** will walk through the step-by-step process to connect the app to your printer.

        Press **Allow** when the app prompts for permissions as it looks to connect to your device:

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="">
            <img />
          </Card>

          <Card title="">
            <img />
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        The app will prompt that it wants to join a Wi-Fi network named *DIRECT-TM-xxxxx*. Click **Join**.

        It will ask for a password. **The first time password is the serial number on the back of your printer**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Once the app is connected, select **Wi-Fi** to begin the network pairing process:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Select your Wi-Fi network. Make sure it's the same network your POS Device is connected to. When inserting the Wi-fi password, take your time as the printer won't be able to connect with an incorrect password:&#x20;

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Select **Auto (DHCP)** when prompted in the IP Address Settings:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        When ready, press **Set to Printer** at the end of the setup to send the Wi-Fi network information to the printer to connect to:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Once an **IP Slip** prints with a valid **IP Address**, you've successfully connected your printer to your Wi-fi network!
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***


# Receipt Printers
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/print/print-overview



## Dripos Compatible Epson Printers

Dripos is compatible with two types of Epson thermal printers, a regular non-sticky receipt or a sticky receipt option.

For maximum network stability, each printer must be ethernet hardwired into the router.

<Warning>
  Ethernet cables are not included with the printers and will need to be purchased separately.
</Warning>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Epson TM-m30iii" href="https://epson.com/For-Work/Printers/POS/OmniLink-TM-m30III-POS-Thermal-Receipt-Printer/p/C31CK50021">
    <img />
  </Card>

  <Card title="Epson TM-L100" href="https://epson.com/tm-l100-liner-free-label-printer">
    <img />
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

<Note>
  Need to order another printer? Place your order [here](https://hardware.dripos.com/)!
</Note>

***

## Set Up Your Printer

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Printer Setup" href="/hardware/print/basics/print-setup">
    Learn how to set up your printer(s)
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Stripe S700 Pairing Guide
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/reader/reader-s700

Learn how to set up and pair a card reader to your Dripos POS device

A smart reader for countertop and handheld use, allowing patrons to input their phone numbers to earn loyalty, view their order, and select a receipt type.

<Note>
  The Stripe S700 is the only card reader Dripos supports. The **Stripe M2** and **BBPOS WisePOS E** readers are retired and no longer supported.
</Note>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Warning>
  Only one card reader may be paired to a Point of Sale device at a time. Two Point of Sale tablets cannot share a card reader.
</Warning>

<Note>
  Need to order a new card reader? Place your order [here](https://hardware.dripos.com/)!
</Note>

<Accordion title="V3 Card Reader Pairing Instructions (Latest Update)">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="Turn on Card Reader">
      Hold down the power button for 5 seconds until a purple Stripe screen appears

      <Warning>
        When charging, you must remove the reader from the dock and plug the cable directly into the side. It will not charge properly if it is plugged into the side while sitting on the dock.
      </Warning>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Choose Network">
      <Warning>
        The wifi network must be the same network the Point of Sale tablet is connected to.
      </Warning>

      <img />
    </Step>

    <Step title="Register this Reader">
      The card reader will now display a three-word pairing code and is ready to connect to the Point of Sale

      <img />
    </Step>

    <Step title="Add Reader">
      On the Point of Sale, navigate to **Settings** > **Card Readers** and click **Add Reader**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Reader Settings">
      Enter the following information and press **Save**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      **Reader Type**

      * Select **POS Connection** as the **Reader Type** to pair this reader to a Point of Sale tablet
      * Select **Dripos Go** to run [Dripos Go](/orders/platforms/platforms-go#getting-started) on the reader itself, so it takes orders and payment as a standalone POS

      <Note>On older card reader software, **POS Connection** appears as **WiFi**.</Note>

      **Pairing Code**

      * Enter the pairing code shown on your card reader, including the dashes

      <img />

      **Reader Label**

      * Create a name for this reader (i.e., Front Register Reader, Drive Thru Reader, Register 1 Reader)

      **Cart Display**

      * **Item Only**: Only products added to cart will display on the card reader for customers to view

      <img />

      * **Item w/ Modifiers**: Products and their selected modifiers will be shown on the card reader for customers to view

      <img />
    </Step>

    <Step title="Select a Register">
      After the card reader completes the updates, select the register device to connect this reader to

      <Tip>
        The name of the device is shown at the top of the Point of Sale app

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tip>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Migrate to Latest Card Reader Software (For Existing Customers)">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="Turn Off V1 Setting">
      On the Point of Sale, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left corner and navigate to **Settings** > **Advanced Settings** to turn off the **Enable V1 Card Reader** setting

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Restart the POS">
      Press **OK** and scroll down in **Advanced Settings** to select the **Restart App** button

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Migrate to V3">
      Navigate to POS **Settings** > **Card Readers**, click the pencil icon to update an existing card reader and press **Migrate to V3**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Restart Card Reader">
      Once your card reader successfully migrates to V3, press **OK** and hold the power button on the card reader to **Restart**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Select a Register">
      After the card reader restarts, select the register device to connect this reader to

      <Tip>
        The name of the device is shown at the top of the Point of Sale screen.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tip>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Kiosk Card Reader Instructions">
  <Danger> Do not pair your card reader using these instructions unless instructed by your onboarding specialist or Dripos Support. This is for **Kiosk Mode** only. </Danger>

  <Steps>
    <Step title="Turn on Card Reader">
      Hold down the power button for 5 seconds until a purple Stripe screen appears

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Choose Network">
      <img />
    </Step>

    <Step title="Register this Reader">
      Use the three-word pairing code to connect the reader to the Point of Sale device

      <img />
    </Step>

    <Step title="Enable V1 Setting">
      On the Point of Sale, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left corner and navigate to **Settings** > **Advanced Settings** to turn on the **Enable V1 Card Reader** setting

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Restart the POS">
      Press **OK** and scroll down in **Advanced Settings** to select the **Restart App** button

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Add Reader to Point of Sale for Kiosk Mode">
      On the Point of Sale, navigate to **Settings** > **Kiosk**. Enter in the pairing code from the card reader where it says **Reader Authentication Code**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Confirm Reader Connection">
      Once a reader is successfully paired, confirm **Reader Status** = **Good Connection**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      Press **Enter Kiosk Mode**. The card reader screen will then display your shop's logo:

      <img />
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="V1 Card Reader Instructions (Legacy)">
  <Danger> Do not pair your card reader using these instructions unless instructed by your onboarding specialist or Dripos Support. </Danger>

  <Steps>
    <Step title="Turn on Card Reader">
      Hold down the power button for 5 seconds until a purple Stripe screen appears

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Choose Network">
      <img />
    </Step>

    <Step title="Register this Reader">
      Use the three-word pairing code to connect the reader to the Point of Sale device

      <img />
    </Step>

    <Step title="Enable V1 Setting">
      On the Point of Sale, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left corner and navigate to **Settings** > **Advanced Settings** to turn on the **Enable V1 Card Reader** setting

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Restart the POS">
      Press **OK** and scroll down in **Advanced Settings** to select the **Restart App** button

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Add Reader to Point of Sale">
      On the Point of Sale, navigate to **Settings** > **Card Readers** and click **Add Reader**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Configure Reader Settings">
      Complete the fields below to pair the card reader to the Point of Sale

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <AccordionGroup>
        <Accordion title="Reader Type">
          Select **Wifi** for the S700 pairing
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Pairing Code">
          Enter the three word code on the card reader from **Step 3**

          *\*Case sensitive including dashes **word-word-word***
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Reader Label">
          Create a name for this reader, *i.e. Front Register Reader, Drive Thru Reader, Register 1 Reader*
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Reader Mode">
          **Front Facing Display**: Customers can see their items in cart, enter their phone number, and pay with card.

          <img />

          **Point of Sale**: Use card reader to view your full menu and take orders, as well as take payment.
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Cart Line Item Display Mode">
          **Item Only**: Only products added to cart will display on the front facing card reader for customers to view

          <img />

          **Item w/ Modifiers**: Products and their selected modifiers will be shown on the front-facing card reader for customers to view.

          <img />
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Reader Host Device">
          <Warning>
            One card reader per host device. Do not pair more than one card reader to a host device.
          </Warning>

          Select the Point of Sale device to pair this reader with. Find the name of the device you are pairing to here:

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Accordion>
      </AccordionGroup>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Save Reader">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Confirm Reader Connection">
      Once a reader is successfully paired, confirm **Reader Status** = **Good Connection**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      The card reader screen will then display your shop's logo:

      <img />
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>


# Stripe S700 Troubleshooting Guides
Source: https://support.dripos.com/hardware/reader/reader-s700-trouble

Common troubleshooting steps for Stripe S700 readers

<Accordion title="Switch from Kiosk Reader Mode (Formerly WiFi Reader Mode) to Advanced Reader Mode">
  Remove a card reader from Kiosk Reader Mode and repair it in Advanced Reader Mode.

  <Warning>
    Complete the following steps on each Point of Sale device that has a card reader paired to it in  Kiosk Reader Mode. Advanced Reader mode cannot be set up if there are any card readers in Kiosk Reader mode.
  </Warning>

  <iframe />

  <Steps>
    <Step>
      Navigate to **POS Settings** > **Card Readers**
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Remove the card reader in **Kiosk Reader Mode** by clicking the **X** next to the reader
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Navigate to **Tipping** within the Point of Sale settings and toggle **off** Reader Tipping

      Set **Tipping Mode** to **Before Payment** or **After Payment**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Navigate to **Advanced Settings** in settings > **Restart App**
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Navigate back to POS settings > **Card Readers**
    </Step>

    <Step>
      On the **card reader**, swipe from left to right on the screen > press **Device Settings** > enter pin **07139** > **Generate Pairing Code**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Click **Add Reader** > enter pairing code > label reader > select **Host Device** of the iPad you are on > click **Save**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Re-pair an Existing Reader">
  <Warning>
    The **WiFi password** will need to be inputted during this process.
  </Warning>

  <Steps>
    <Step title="Select Reader to Re-pair">
      On the Point of Sale tablet

      * Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner
      * Press the **Settings** (⚙️) button
      * Scroll down to **Card Readers**
      * Click the **pencil icon** <Icon icon="pencil" /> next to the card reader to repair
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Remove Reader">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Factory Reset Card Reader">
      Hold down the power button and two volume buttons at the same time (that's all 3 buttons at once!)

      The screen will ask to Factory Reset, press **Yes**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Re-pair Reader">
      Once the reader turns back on, the reader setup steps will begin. Follow [these steps](/hardware/reader/reader-s700) to repair a reader to the Point of Sale.

      <Warning>
        If the reader settings screen does not appear right away, swipe from left to right on the screen > press **Reader Settings** > PIN 07139

        If an error screen appears, press **Reader Settings** > PIN 07139.

        If an error screen continues to appear, hold down the power button for 10 seconds until the screen turns black and reboots.
      </Warning>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Card Reader Not Charging">
  <Warning>
    When charging, you must remove the reader from the dock and plug the cable directly into the side. It will not charge properly if it is plugged into the side while sitting on the dock.
  </Warning>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Could Not Connect to Reader Error">
  <Steps>
    <Step>
      Press the **tribar** in the upper left corner of the POS

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Press the refresh button (circular arrow) that appears next to the Dripos logo at the top of the side menu

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      On the card reader, press **Confirm** on the “Could not Connect to Reader” message
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Select the appropriate register on the the “Connect to Register” screen on the card reader after POS has been refreshed
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Error Loading Device Error">
  <Steps>
    <Step>
      Hold down the power button on the right hand side of the card reader until the screen turns black to perform a Hard Reset. **Ignore the pop-up options to "Power Off” or “Restart” the device.**
    </Step>

    <Step>
      While the card reader is turning back on, press the **tribar** in the upper left corner of the POS

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Press the refresh button (circular arrow) that appears next to the Dripos logo at the top of the side menu

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Once the card reader turns on, the error message should disappear.
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>


# Campaigns
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/communications/campaigns

Dripos' new and improved marketing system

## Create a Campaign

<Note>
  *Campaigns can be created on any location Dashboard, as all locations share the same text marketing number and email.*
</Note>

On the **Dashboard**, navigate to [**Marketing** > **Communications**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/communication-campaigns) > **Create Campaign**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Tip>
  At any point in the campaign creation process, click **Skip & Save as Draft** to view the campaign draft in a full-page view.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Tip>

### Message Channels

Select the desired channel(s) to begin planning the content, audience, and strategy.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

📧 **Email**: Best for detailed offers, rich visuals, and building longer-term relationships.

📱 **SMS**: Best for urgent alerts, immediate calls-to-action, and quick updates.

🤝 **Both** (Email & SMS): To create a coordinated multi-channel experience for the same marketing goal (e.g., send a detailed email with a brief SMS reminder).

<Note>
  Before preparing an email campaign, customize your email name and the reply-to email your customers see in your dashboard **Settings** > **Marketing**.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Note>

### Content Builder

Create your own SMS or email content, or ask AI to do it for you!

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Build with AI">
    The quality of the AI output directly depends on the quality of your input (the prompt). Here are some guidelines for how to best use AI to generate your marketing campaign with Dripos:

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Define the Goal & Format">
        Clearly state the marketing objective, channel, and format.

        *Example: "Write an SMS campaign messages to drive a flash sale of all fall drinks for this week only. Make it a quick read of under 20 seconds."*
      </Card>

      <Card title="Specify Audience">
        Tell the AI who you're talking to and who you are.

        *Example: "The audience is busy small business owners (B2B). Adopt a helpful, direct, and slightly humorous brand voice."*
      </Card>

      <Card title="Include Key Details & Constraints">
        Provide all essential campaign components, and set length limits.

        *Example: "The offer is 40% off all fall drinks for this week only. Include the discount code FLASH40 and a Call-to-Action (CTA) to visit [www.dripos.com](http://www.dripos.com)"*
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>

    **AI Example**

    <Tip>
      **Tip**: Use AI to create the content outline, then use the editing tool to put your brand's unique spin on the message. Learn more about editing your content [here](/marketing/communications/campaigns#edit-content).
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Build Manually">
    Start from scratch and create email & SMS content aligned with your brand! Upload images, select fonts and colors, and more.

    Learn how to edit your messaging content [here](/marketing/communications/campaigns#create-campaign-content).

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Select Audience

Determine who to send a campaign to, whether its all email and SMS subscribers or a specific segment of customers.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="All Patrons">
    Selecting *All Patrons* will automatically send this campaign to all patrons subscribed to the messaging channel (email and/or SMS).

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Select Segments">
    Select a Dripos-made audience segment or create your own.

    <Tip>
      Learn how to create your own audience segment [here](/marketing/communications/campaigns#select-segments).
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Dripos creates two automatic segments for your stores:

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Inactive Customers (30+ Days)">
        Patrons who have not visited your store(s) in the last 30 days. If they are opted into text marketing, they'll appear in the SMS list. All patrons with an email that meet this criteria will be added to the email list of this segment.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Happy Birthday Segment">
        All patrons who have their birthday attached to their patron profile. *Patron birthdays are aquired (but not required) when signing up for text marketing*.
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Select Individuals">
    Select one or more individual patrons to send a campaign to.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Schedule Message

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

### Preview & Send

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## Create Campaign Content

### SMS Content

Create your SMS content directly on the **Campaign Builder** or save the campaign as a draft and edit later!

<iframe />

**SMS Content Creation Tools**

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Add Images">
    One image may be added to an SMS campaign.

    Click **Add Image** to upload a file or add from a URL.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Add Placeholders">
    Sending a generic text can feel... generic. Instead, you can use placeholders (like \[First Name]) to automatically insert each patron's name into your message. This makes the text feel like a one-on-one conversation, not a mass blast.

    Click **Add Recipient Info** and select a placeholder of either First Name, Last Name, Email or Phone for each patron who receives this campaign.

    <Tip>
      Stick to using your customer's first name for a more casual, friendly message. A full name (e.g., "Jack Pawlik") also uses up valuable space that could be used for the offer, the call-to-action, or the discount code.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Add Coupons">
    Send your customers coupon codes via SMS. Dripos offers two types of coupon codes: [**Generic Coupon Codes**](/marketing/promos/promos-overview#generic-coupon-codes) and [**Unique Coupon Codes**](/marketing/promos/promos-overview#unique-coupon-codes).

    What's the difference?

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Generic">
        The same code is sent to every customer.

        **Code Example**: *SALE20, FLASH15, WELCOME10*
      </Card>

      <Card title="Unique">
        A different, one-time-use code is generated for every individual customer. Dripos will generate these individual codes so you don't have to!

        **Code Example**: *X7T3P2D, S8A0H4B, J9K1L0M*
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>

    Consider a few things before picking your coupon type:

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Generic">
        These coupons can be easily shared on social media, coupon sites, or forums.

        This can be great for a wide-spread promotion, but keep it mind it can also lead to coupon abuse by a wider audience than anticipated.

        **The good news** is you can easily define the maximum number of redemptions for a generic coupon when you create it. Additionally, customers must create a patron profile with your shop in order to apply this coupon on a mobile order.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Unique">
        Since each code is single-use, it prevents code sharing and fraud. You control exactly who uses the discount and how many times (usually once).
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>

    <Tip>
      Before adding a coupon code, learn how to create a [**Generic Coupon Code**](/marketing/promos/promos-overview#generic-coupon-codes) and a [**Unique Coupon Code**](/marketing/promos/promos-overview#unique-coupon-codes) in Dripos.
    </Tip>

    ### Generic Coupon Code

    A **Generic Coupon Code** placeholder will send the same code to every customer.

    To input a generic coupon code, simply type it into the body of message in plain text, i.e. WELCOME10

    ### Unique Coupon Code

    A **Unique Coupon Code** placeholder will send a different, one-time-use code for every individual customer. Dripos will generate these individual codes so you don't have to!

    Click **Add Recipient Info**. All coupons you've created will appear under **Coupons**. Select one coupon placeholder to insert.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Email Content

Create your email content directly on the **Campaign Builder** or save the campaign as a draft and edit later!

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Email Body Components">
    An email body is made up of *stripe* blocks, structures, and containers.

    A **stripe** (the wrapper/section) is the largest, outermost element. It controls the background color or image for that entire section of the email, including the areas outside the main content columns.

    The **structures** are the elements inside the stripe. It defines the column layout for the content. Its primary purpose is to hold the main content and specify how many columns there will be (e.g., one large column, two equal columns, a sidebar, etc.).

    A stripe can contain multiple structures (rows). This is the element that typically handles responsive stacking on mobile. For example, a two-column structure on a desktop will collapse into two stacked single-column structures on a phone.

    The **containers** (content blocks) are the smallest, most functional elements placed inside the structures. This is where the actual user-facing content lives. This includes:

    * Text
    * Images
    * Buttons (Call To Actions)
    * Spacers
    * Social Media Icons

    In short, the **stripe** defines the background, the **structure** defines the layout, and the **containers** defines the feature.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    An email body may contain four types of **stripes**:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    * **Header**: The header area is a place where companies usually put their logo, contact details, menu links, etc.
    * **Content**: The content area is the part of the email that is filled with the main message for customers.
    * **Footer**: The footer area is a place for contact details, social media icons, an additional menu, etc.
    * **Info**: The info area is typically set at the bottom of the email. It may contain unsubscribe links, terms of use, privacy policy, etc.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Click the **+** button on a stripe block to add an additional stripe.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Change the type of *stripe* in the information box to the right.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    A typical marketing email will have all four types of Stripes.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Structures">
    Stripes will contain one or more structures. A single structure can be divided into multiple containers (columns).

    *Example: To display a product image next to a description, you use a two-container structure (Container A: 40% width for image | Container B: 60% width for text).*

    Add a structure to a stripe by clicking the **structure icon** in the left hand corner

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Select the number of containers to insert

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Drag and drop the structure with its containers into a stripe

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Containers">
    After inserting the structural layers (stripes and structures), it's time to fill the containers with content.

    The core functionality of any email is delivered through these standardized blocks:

    * **Text Block**: Used for headlines, body copy, and paragraph text. Allows for formatting (bold, italic), color, font control, and hyperlinking.

    * **Image Block**: Used for visual assets (banners, product photos).

    * **Button Block (CTA)**: The primary interactive element. Contains the link URL, button text, and color/padding styles.

    * **Spacer/Divider Block**: Provides necessary white space or a horizontal line to separate content and improve readability.

    * **Social Link Block**: A group of small, linked icons for platforms like X, Facebook, and Instagram.

    Drag and drop any of these content icons into a container to begin:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Images">
    Add images to your emails, edit them in real time, add clickable links, and more!

    Drag and drop the image icon into a container.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Use the various tools to edit your image within your email.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Buttons">
    Add clickable buttons to your emails that link out to your order website, menu, store website, etc.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Click the **Buttons** icon on the right and drag and drop it into a container.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Add a clickable link to each button, change the size and the text of the button.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Adjust the style of the button, i.e., it's color, font, font size, position, etc.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    **Example**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Text">
    Add text, bulleted lists, numbered lists, and tables to your emails.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Click the **Text** icon on the right and drag and drop it into a container. Adjust the text style, i.e. style, color, size, position

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Sending a generic email can feel...generic. Instead, you can use placeholders (like \[First Name]) to automatically insert each patron's name into your message. This makes the email feel like a one-on-one conversation, not a mass blast.

    Click **Recipient Info** and select a placeholder of either First Name, Last Name, Email or Phone for each patron who receives this campaign.

    <Tip>
      Stick to using your customer's first name for a more casual, friendly message. A full name (e.g., "Jack Pawlik") also uses up valuable space that could be used for the offer, the call-to-action, or the discount code.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Add Coupons">
    Send your customers coupon codes via email. Dripos offers two types of coupon codes: [**Generic Coupon Codes**](/marketing/promos/promos-overview#generic-coupon-codes) and [**Unique Coupon Codes**](/marketing/promos/promos-overview#unique-coupon-codes).

    What's the difference?

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Generic">
        The same code is sent to every customer.

        **Code Example**: *SALE20, FLASH15, WELCOME10*
      </Card>

      <Card title="Unique">
        A different, one-time-use code is generated for every individual customer. Dripos will generate these individual codes so you don't have to!

        **Code Example**: *X7T3P2D, S8A0H4B, J9K1L0M*
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>

    Consider a few things before picking your coupon type:

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Generic">
        These coupons can be easily shared on social media, coupon sites, or forums.

        This can be great for a wide-spread promotion, but keep it mind it can also lead to coupon abuse by a wider audience than anticipated.

        **The good news** is you can easily define the maximum number of redemptions for a generic coupon when you create it. Additionally, customers must create a patron profile with your shop in order to apply this coupon on a mobile order.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Unique">
        Since each code is single-use, it prevents code sharing and fraud. You control exactly who uses the discount and how many times (usually once).
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>

    <Tip>
      Before adding a coupon code, learn how to create a [**Generic Coupon Code**](/marketing/promos/promos-overview#generic-coupon-codes) and a [**Unique Coupon Code**](/marketing/promos/promos-overview#unique-coupon-codes) in Dripos.
    </Tip>

    Click the **text** icon in an empty container to add a text box.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Click **Recipient Info**. All coupons you've created will appear under **Coupons**. Select one coupon placeholder to insert.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    A **Generic Coupon Code** placeholder will send the same code to every customer.

    A **Unique Coupon Code** placeholder will send a different, one-time-use code for every individual customer. Dripos will generate these individual codes so you don't have to!
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Social Networks">
    Add your social network pages to your emails with clickable links.

    Drag and drop the **social networks** icon into an empty container.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Enter the URL for each page into its designated field. You may delete any icons you do not wish to use.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Add any additional icons and links!

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Menu">
    Add a navigational menu to your email.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Add a **structure** to your email. Then drag & drop the **menu** icon into the structure.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Tip>
          See [**Buttons**](/marketing/communications/campaigns#buttons) to learn how to create the red button option seen above.
        </Tip>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Choose a menu item type:

        **Link**: Solely display a clickable link

        **Icon**: Solely display a clickable icon

        **Link & Icon**: Display both a clickable icon and link name

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Input images, links, and link titles.

        Change the size of the images as well and adjust the menu with the options listed.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Videos">
    Add a YouTube, Instagram, TikTok, or Vimeo video to your email body.

    Add a structure to your email body and drag & drop the video icon into the structure.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Upload your video URL to embedded the video.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Carousel">
    Add a rotating image carousel and add automated rotation effects.

    Add a structure to your email body and drag & drop the carousel icon into the structure.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Add your first image on the right side hand

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Click the **+** icon to add another image to the carousel.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Add animations to have your carousel rotate on its own!

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Marketing Billing
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/communications/credits

View your current billing period, upcoming charges, and campaign usage.

<Note>
  Dripos has moved away from the credit-purchase system. You no longer need to buy credits upfront — instead, you are automatically charged at the end of each billing period based on the messages successfully delivered that month.
</Note>

<Steps>
  <Step>
    On the **Dashboard**, navigate to **Marketing** > **Communications** > **Billing**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## How Billing Works

Dripos Marketing uses a simple pay-as-you-go model. At the end of each billing period, you are charged based on the number of emails and texts that were successfully delivered.

* **Billing periods** run from the 1st to the last day of each calendar month.
* Your invoice is generated on the **5th of the following month**.
* You are only charged for **successfully delivered** messages — failed or undelivered sends are not billed.

***

## Campaign Rates

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="$0.005 per email" icon="envelope">
    Rate applied to every email delivered beyond your monthly free tier.
  </Card>

  <Card title="$0.01 per text" icon="mobile">
    Rate applied to every SMS delivered beyond your monthly free tier.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

***

## Free Sends

Every Dripos marketing account includes **1,000 free emails** and **1,000 free texts** each month.

* Free sends are applied automatically at the end of the billing period.
* Free sends reset at the start of every new billing period.
* Unused free sends do not roll over to the following month.

***

## Monthly Usage

The **Billing** page gives you a real-time snapshot of your activity for the current billing period.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Monthly Total Sends" icon="paper-plane">
    The total number of emails and texts sent so far this billing period.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Monthly Free Sends" icon="gift">
    How many of your 1,000 free emails and 1,000 free texts have been used this period.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

***

## Understanding Estimated Campaign Costs

When reviewing a campaign before sending, Dripos displays a projected cost breakdown so you can anticipate charges before confirming.

<Note>
  All figures shown at campaign review are **estimates**. Your final charge may be slightly lower, since you are only billed for successfully delivered messages. Free sends are applied at the end of the billing period and reflected on your final monthly statement.
</Note>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Estimated Total">
    The combined projected cost for the campaign across email and/or SMS. This reflects estimated charges only — any applicable free sends will be calculated and applied to your final monthly statement.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Email Estimate">
    Calculated using the expected number of emails multiplied by your per-email rate (\$0.005). The final charge may be lower, as you are only billed for successfully delivered emails.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Text (SMS) Estimate">
    Calculated using the expected number of texts multiplied by your per-text rate (\$0.01). The final charge may be lower, as you are only billed for successfully delivered texts.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Billing History

View all past invoices in the **Billing History** section at the bottom of the page. Each entry shows the billing period, total charged, invoice status, invoice date, and date paid.

Click **View** on any row to see a full breakdown of charges for that period.

<Tip>
  Months where your total sends fall within the free tier will appear with the status **Included - No Charge**.
</Tip>


# Customer Opt-In Guidelines
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/communications/guidelines

Stay compliant, protect your business, and engage customers effectively

<Icon icon="star" /> To first obtain your shop's own text marketing number, please reach out to Dripos Support!

## Text Marketing Guidelines

<Icon icon="check" /> Text marketing consent refers to the explicit permission given by individuals to receive promotional or informational text messages from a business.

<Icon icon="check" /> It is a fundamental requirement in most states to ensure that businesses comply with laws and regulations related to privacy and communication, such as the [Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA)](https://www.twilio.com/docs/glossary/what-is-telephone-consumer-protection-act-tcpa).

**To obtain text marketing consent, Dripos customers must follow specific guidelines:**

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Opt-in Requirement">
    Individuals must voluntarily opt in to receive text messages.

    This means they need to actively express their consent to receive marketing communications via SMS.

    **Businesses cannot add individuals to their text marketing lists without their explicit permission.**

    Furthermore, consent can't be bought, sold, or exchanged. For example, you can't obtain the consent of message recipients by purchasing a phone list from another party.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Clear Disclosure">
    Businesses must clearly inform individuals about what type of content they will receive when they opt-in.

    Transparency is key to ensuring that subscribers know what they are signing up for.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Easy Opt-out Option">
    Every text message should include a simple and clear opt-out option, such as replying "STOP" to unsubscribe.

    Individuals must be able to withdraw their consent and stop receiving messages at any time.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Patron Sign-Up Website">
    Customers can become a patron and opt in to text marketing directly from your shop's dedicated sign-up page:

    * [https://order.dripos.com/\[company-slug\]/account](https://order.dripos.com/\[company-slug]/account)

    Replace the \[company-slug] with your shop's slug — this can found on the Dashboard by navigating to **Shop Settings** > [**Order Website Links**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings/order-website-links).

    On this page, customers enter their contact information and check the "Sign up to receive SMS offers" box to consent to receive promotional text messages.

    **Tip:** Because this is a shareable link, the patron sign-up page is a great way to grow your list beyond in-store touch points. Add it to your Instagram or Facebook bio, drop it into link-in-bio tools, include it in email newsletters, or turn it into a QR code for flyers and in-store signage.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Add Text Subscribers

Per the **opt-in requirement**, individuals must voluntarily opt in to receive text messages.

With Dripos, patrons may opt in one of the following three ways:

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Text START">
    To opt in to your shop's text marketing system, patrons may text START directly to your text marketing number.

    <Tip>
      **Marketing Tip**

      Display a QR code in shop that generates a text message on the user's phone to text START to the marketing number.

      We recommend using this [QR Code Generator](https://www.qr-code-generator.com/), or any other QR code generator, and selecting the SMS option.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Order Website Prompt">
    Patrons can choose to receive text updates by simply checking an optional box at checkout on your online ordering site.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    To enable this checkbox, on your Dashboard navigate to [**Settings** > **Marketing**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings?tab=marketing) > **Show Text Opt In Prompt = Yes**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Card Reader Prompt">
    Using the Stripe S700 card reader in front-facing mode, new customers will be prompted to opt in to text marketing directly on the reader.

    To enable this checkbox, on your Dashboard navigate to [**Settings** > **Marketing**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings?tab=marketing) > **Show Text Opt In Prompt = Yes**

    Once the setting is enabled, restart your card reader to sync this change.

    <Steps>
      <Step> Hold down the power button on the right hand side of the reader for 3 seconds</Step>
      <Step> Click "Restart" on the reader screen.</Step>
    </Steps>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Patron Opt-In Methods">
    Patrons can opt-in to text marketing via the card reader after checkout by pressing **Join Text Marketing**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Patrons can be opted in to text marketing from the POS by checking **Join our text marketing program!** after checkout.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Marketing Communications Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/communications/overview

Keep the conversation going—and your business growing.

<Icon icon="comments" /> Connect with your customers instantly using Dripos' text and email marketing tools

<Icon icon="megaphone" /> Easily send targeted promotions, announcements, and time-sensitive messages

<Icon icon="pen-to-square" /> Manage campaigns and subscriber lists seamlessly, all from your Dashboard

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Get Started!" icon="star" href="/marketing/communications/guidelines">
    Set up your Dripos marketing system today!
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Audience Segments
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/communications/segments

Send relevant marketing content to a targeted audience

Selecting an audience segment for text or email marketing means dividing your total patron list into smaller groups based on shared characteristics.

This allows you to send highly targeted and relevant content, which typically leads to better engagement and conversions.

## Create an Audience Segment

<Steps>
  <Step title="Build Before or During Campaign Creation">
    Audience segments can be built before or during the creation of an SMS or email campaign.

    Navigate to the **Dashboard** > **Marketing** > **Communications** > **Segments** > **Create** to build prior to campaign creation

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Or navigate to the **Audience** page in your campaign draft to build during campaign creation

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Click **New** to create a new segment during campaign creation

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Build with AI or Manually">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Use AI to describe the audience segment you'd like to create. Use the manual builder to directly create the desired audience segment.

    <Note>
      Please note that the AI tool will not be able to predict customer behavior, but will only be able to use data it has already acquired.
    </Note>

    The following patron data is available to manipulate to create your customer segment:

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Email Address" />

      <Card title="Phone Number" />

      <Card title="First Name" />

      <Card title="Last Name" />

      <Card title="Birthday" />

      <Card title="Lifetime Points">
        Total number of points collected for the history of the patron
      </Card>

      <Card title="Current Points">
        Current number of points the patron has
      </Card>

      <Card title="Number of Visits">
        Number of times the patron has visited locations in this company
      </Card>

      <Card title="Dollar Spend">
        Total dollar amount the patron has spent at this company
      </Card>

      <Card title="First Visited">
        The date the patron first visited this company
      </Card>

      <Card title="Last Visited">
        The date the patron last visited this company
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Audience Segment Examples

Using AI, you can create audience segments like these listed below:

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Inactive Customers">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="21+">
    Selling alcoholic beverages? Ensure you advertise to those who are 21+ years old!

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="High Value Customers">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Fundraiser System Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/fundraiser/fundraiser-overview

Raise money for causes you care about.

Fundraisers let you collect donations by asking customers if they want to round up or add a custom amount to their order. Fundraisers are created in the Dashboard and are available for use on the Point of Sale.

## Create a Fundraiser

Create fundraisers from the Dashboard to be utilized on the Point of Sale.

<Accordion title="Create a Fundraiser">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      On the Dashboard, navigate to **Marketing** > **Fundraisers**
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Add Fundraiser** in the top right corner

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Input the fundraiser’s Name, Start Date and End Date. Optionally attach an image to display on the fundraiser pop up. Click Save.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      After a fundraiser has been created, restart your POS to ensure the pop-up displays after a payment method is selected on the checkout screen.
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Fundraisers at Checkout

When a checkout occurs during an active fundraiser date range, the fundraiser prompt will automatically appear as part of the checkout process after a payment method is selected.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

### Fundraisers On the Card Reader

Fundraisers display directly on v3 card readers. Before processing a card payment, the customer will be prompted on the card reader screen to either round up, choose a custom donation amount, or skip the donation entirely.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## View Donations

Donations collected from fundraisers are paid out through your daily Stripe payouts.

To view a fundraiser’s progress, on the Dashboard navigate to **Marketing** > **Fundraisers** and click into a specific fundraiser. The **Amount Raised** from a Fundraiser is displayed on its page.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

To edit a fundraiser’s name, image, or date range, press **Edit Information** in the top right.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>


# Gift Card Basics
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/giftcards/giftcards-basics

Learn all about creating and managing your gift cards

With Dripos, you can sell both digital and physical gift cards directly through your Point of Sale system.

In addition, your customers can conveniently purchase digital gift cards themselves through the Dripos Order App or your store's Order Website.

Need to create one manually? You can also issue gift cards anytime through your Web Dashboard.

## Create and Sell Gift Cards

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Sell a Gift Card from the Point of Sale">
    **Purchase Gift Cards on the POS**

    Sell a gift card directly from the Point of Sale during checkout.

    <Tip>
      Always add a phone number or email address to a gift card if possible.

      The phone number or email address should be the contact information of the individual *receiving* the gift card.
    </Tip>

    <Note>
      To sell a physical gift card, swipe your gift card on the card reader to register the card number and add funds.

      Alternatively, you can manually enter in the Gift Card Number, which is the 12-16 digit unique PAN (Personal Authentication Number) printed on the card.

      Click **Scan card** to use the camera and scan the Code 128 barcode on the back of Dripos Compatible Gift Cards.

      To learn more about Dripos Compatible Gift Cards, click [here](/marketing/giftcards/giftcards-physical)
    </Note>

    <video />

    **Schedule Send a Gift Card**

    Purchase a gift card today and schedule a future date for the recipient to receive it.

    <video />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Sell a Gift Card from the Order App">
    **Purchase Gift Cards on the Order App**

    <video />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Sell a Gift Card from the Order Website">
    **Purchase Gift Cards on the Order Website**

    <iframe />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Online Gift Card Store">
    **Purchase Gift Cards from Online Gift Card Page**

    Every Dripos location has an online marketplace where customers can buy their shop's gift cards - even outside of store hours!

    View your gift card website link [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings/order-website-links).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Create a Gift Card Manually from Web Dashboard">
    ### Manually Create Gift Cards from the Web Dashboard

    <Note>
      Gift cards created from the web dashboard do **not** send a notification message to the recipient.

      Click **Actions** > **Resend** to send a manually created gift card to a recipient.
    </Note>

    <Warning>
      Gift cards created on the Web Dashboard will **not** show up in the gift card sales reports.
    </Warning>

    <iframe />
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Manage Gift Cards

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="View Gift Card Balance and Activity">
    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Web Dashboard">
        Navigate to **Marketing** > **Gift Cards** > **View** gift card > see **Balance**.

        View **Activity Log** for a list of all transactions associated with this gift card.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Point of Sale">
        Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Gift Cards**

        Search for gift card by phone number, email, or PAN ID in the top search bar.

        See **Current Balance** and all transactions associated with this gift card at the bottom of the screen.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Order Website">
        Patrons can access their gift cards associated with their account using either their phone number or email address.

        To view their gift cards, they simply need to log in to their account through your shop’s ordering website using that associated phone or email.

        <iframe />
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Order App">
        Patrons can access their gift cards associated with their account using either their phone number or email address.

        To view their gift cards, they simply need to log in to their account on the Dripos Mobile App using that associated phone or email.

        <video />
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Adjust Gift Card Balance">
    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Web Dashboard">
        ### Adjust Gift Card Balance on the Web Dashboard

        Navigate to **Marketing** > **Gift Cards** > **View** gift card > **Edit Gift Card**

        To **increase** a gift card balance, add an amount *i.e, \$15*

        To **decrease** a gift card balance, enter a negative amount using a (-) sign *i.e., -\$10*

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Point of Sale">
        ### Adjust Gift Card Balance on the POS

        Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Gift Cards** > select gift card > **Update Balance**

        To **increase** a gift card balance, add an amount *i.e, \$15*

        To **decrease** a gift card balance, enter a negative amount using a (-) sign *i.e., -\$10*

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reload a Gift Card">
    Reuse a physical or digital gift card by reloading it!

    Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Gift Cards** > select gift card > **Reload Balance**

    <iframe />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Delete Gift Card">
    ### Delete a Gift Card

    Gift Card PAN IDs are locked and cannot be changed after a gift card is purchased.

    Gift cards can only be deleted from the **Wed Dashboard**.

    Navigate to **Marketing** > **Gift Cards** > **View** gift card > click **Actions** > **Delete Gift Card**

    <Tip>If a patron has purchased a gift card with a PAN ID that does not match their physical card, we recommend processing a new transaction using the correct PAN and deleting the previously issued gift card</Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Redeem Gift Cards

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Physical Gift Cards">
    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Point of Sale">
        Physical gift cards can be redeemed upon checkout by clicking **Gift Card** on the payment method screen and using one of these methods:

        <Icon icon="scanner-touchscreen" /> Click **Swipe Card** to swipe the magstripe of the gift card using the card reader.

        <Icon icon="camera" /> Click **Scan** to scan the barcode of the gift card.

        <Icon icon="credit-card" /> Search for a gift card by the PAN ID number.

        <Icon icon="person" /> If a patron is checked in, their linked gift cards will appear at the top of the list.

        <iframe />
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Order App">
        Redeem physical and digital gift cards on the order app.

        If a patron is logged in at checkout, all gift cards linked to their phone number will appear for use.

        Guests can redeem digital or physical gift cards at checkout by entering the PAN ID.

        <video />
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Order Website">
        Redeem physical and digital gift cards on the order website.

        If a patron is logged in at checkout, all gift cards linked to their phone number will appear for use.

        <iframe />

        Guests can redeem digital or physical gift cards at checkout by entering the PAN ID.

        <iframe />
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Digital Gift Cards">
    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Point of Sale">
        Digital gift cards can be redeemed upon checkout by clicking **Gift Card** on the payment method screen and using one of these methods:

        <Icon icon="credit-card" /> Search for a gift card by the PAN ID number.

        <Icon icon="person" /> If a patron is checked in, their linked gift cards will appear at the top of the list.
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Order App">
        Redeem physical and digital gift cards on the order app.

        If a patron is logged in at checkout, all gift cards linked to their phone number will appear for use.

        Guests can redeem digital or physical gift cards at checkout by entering the PAN ID.

        <video />
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Order Website">
        Redeem physical and digital gift cards on the order website.

        If a patron is logged in at checkout, all gift cards linked to their phone number will appear for use.

        <iframe />

        Guests can redeem digital or physical gift cards at checkout by entering the PAN ID.

        <iframe />
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Gift Card POS Settings

Update gift card workflow settings in **POS Settings** (⚙️).

<Accordion title="Default Camera">
  To change the default camera that is used to scan gift cards, navigate to **POS Settings > Register Settings > Camera Options**
</Accordion>

## Gift Card Dashboard Settings

View and customize gift card settings from the [Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings?tab=gift-cards).

Click the **Settings** (⚙️) in the upper right corner > **Gift Cards**

### Purchase & Format Settings

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Set Text Message (Patron Name Unknown)">
    The text that a customer will receive when a gift card is created for them.

    > **Max Length:** Messages can be 512 Characters
    >
    > **Text Tags:** The following text consists of tags that can be used when editing your gift card text.
    >
    > * **NOTES:** The notes attached to this gift card.
    >
    > * **BALANCE:** The balance in dollars of the gift card.
    >
    > * **URL:** The url that can be used to view the balance of this gift card.
    >
    > * **COMPANY\_NAME:** The name of the company attached to this location.

    Once you've completed your edits, click **Save** to save your changes!
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Set Text Message (Patron Unknown)">
    The text that a customer will receive when a gift card is created for them.

    > **Max Length:** Messages can be 512 Characters
    >
    > **Text Tags:** The following text consists of tags that can be used when editing your gift card text.
    >
    > * **NOTES:** The notes attached to this gift card.
    >
    > * **BALANCE:** The balance in dollars of the gift card.
    >
    > * **URL:** The url that can be used to view the balance of this gift card.
    >
    > * **COMPANY\_NAME:** The name of the company attached to this location.
    >
    > * **NAME:** The name of the customer/patron.

    Once you've completed your edits, click **Save** to save your changes!
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Prompt to Link Unclaimed Gift Cards">
    When a patron is attached to a transaction, selecting an unclaimed gift card during checkout will prompt you to link it to their account.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Enable Gift Card Balance Updates on POS">
    If enabled, cashiers can update the balance of gift cards on the Point of Sale.

    Learn more about updating the balance of a gift card [here](/marketing/giftcards/giftcards-basics#adjust-gift-card-balance).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Enable Gift Card Tipping">
    Allow patrons to add a tip when paying with Gift Cards.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Gift Card Formatting Settings">
    <Note> Once a PAN ID is created, it cannot be edited.</Note>

    **Set PAN ID Minimum Characters:** Sets the minimum length required for gift card PAN IDs, blocking creation or reload of cards with shorter numbers.

    **Set PAN ID Maximum Characters:** Sets the maximum allowed length for gift card PAN IDs, preventing use of longer numbers for new or reloaded cards.

    **Set Enabled PAN ID Characters:** Set the allowed characters for a gift card number. This field is case-sensitive. (e.g. 1234567890 or abcdef). Leave this field blank to allow any characters.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Receipt Settings

Settings for receipts of gift card purchases

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

### Preset Amount Settings

Choose default gift card amounts to be presented in the gift card purchasing menu on the POS. The cashier will be able to input a custom amount as well.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

### Custom Image Settings

<Accordion title="Custom Gift Card Images">
  Create custom digital gift cards for your store!

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  > **Upload Images:** Click **Edit Images > Upload Images**. Upload a file up to 10MB. Click **Upload** once you're done.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  > **Customize Gift Cards:** Reorder the display of gift cards and enable/disable specific gift cards. Click **Edit Images > Customize**.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  > **Reorder Images:** Click on the three lines on the left most column and drag your image's row to reorder them.

  > **Enable / Disable Images:** Under the column labeled **Enabled**, select or disselect the checkboxes to enable or disable, respectively.

  > **Delete Images:** To delete your uploaded images, click the red **trashcan icon**.
</Accordion>


# Gift Card System Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/giftcards/giftcards-overview

Learn about the types of gift cards compatible with Dripos

Dripos allows partners to utilize both digital and physical gift cards.

Gift cards are tied to a company, allowing gift cards purchased at one location to be utilized at all other locations under that same company.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Gift Card Basics" icon="square-1" href="/marketing/giftcards/giftcards-basics">
    Learn how to create and manage gift cards
  </Card>

  <Card title="Physical Gift Cards" icon="square-2" href="/marketing/giftcards/giftcards-physical">
    Purchase Dripos-compatible physical gift cards here
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Physical Gift Cards
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/giftcards/giftcards-physical

Purchase Dripos-compatible gift cards through eCard Systems

## Dripos Partner — [eCard Systems](https://ecardsystems.com/dripos)

Dripos partners with eCard Systems to provide a full-service physical gift card solution compatible with our system.

<Icon icon="credit-card" /> Obtain a quote and order gift cards [here](https://ecardsystems.com/product/dripos-custom-gift-cards/).

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

Designed exclusively for Dripos merchants, These 30 mil, litho-quality PVC core cards offer vibrant full-color printing on both sides, with your choice of a gloss or satin matte laminate finish for a professional look.

Built to last, each card features a durable hi-co magnetic stripe with precise encoding and numbering, ensuring seamless integration with your Dripos POS system. Elevate your brand and drive loyalty with these premium gift cards.

<Tip>
  **Card Details:**

  * 30 mil, litho-quality PVC core
  * full-color printing front and back
  * gloss or satin matte laminate finish
  * durable hi-co magnetic stripe
  * encoding and numbering for your Dripos POS
</Tip>

***

## Order Physical Gift Cards

Customize and order your physical Dripos gift cards at [http://ecardsystems.com/dripos](http://ecardsystems.com/dripos).

Please have the following information and assets handy when you’re ready to place an order:

1. Choose between gloss or matte finish
2. Provide your own artwork to upload or select eCard’s custom design services

<Warning>
  Art uploaded cannot exceed 200MB
</Warning>

3. Provide gift card design details. Be as descriptive as possible
4. Provide content for the back of the card (company address, phone number, etc.)
5. Choose a quantity (minimum 250 and maximum of 25,000)
6. Choose between standard or expedited shipping

## FAQs

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How long does it typically take to receive a gift card from eCard Systems?">
    eCard Systems offers a standard 10-14 business day turnaround time in addition to a 7-8 day rush production for expedited orders.

    <Note>The 4th quarter is the busiest season due to the holidays, and orders placed during this period may be subject to delays.</Note>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can I customize the Physical Gift Card I order?">
    Gift Card designs can be customized entirely by customers on their website. You can optionally elect to use eCard System's design service for a \$45 for assistance in designing a card.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="What if we want to work with a different physical gift card provider? What are the requirements for our cards to be compatible with Dripos?">
    You are welcome to pursue alternatives to our official gift card partner, eCard Systems. However, it is important to note that, in order for physical gift cards to be compatible with our system, we require that they have a **unique 12-16 digit numeric ID** on the back of the card, as well as a **corresponding Code-128 barcode.**

    Gift Cards purchased from eCard Systems will also have a hi-co magnetic stripe built in. While magnetic stripes are currently not used within the Dripos system, our team is working on adding the ability to swipe in order to support this in the near future.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Customer Loyalty Program Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/loyalty/loyalty-overview

Create your store's very own customer loyalty program with Dripos

Turn one-time visitors into loyal regulars—easily create your own rewards program with Dripos 🛍️

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Create Loyalty System" icon="square-1" href="/marketing/loyalty/loyalty-setup">
    Learn how to create a customized loyalty system for your shop
  </Card>

  <Card title="Managing Customer Points" icon="square-2" href="/marketing/loyalty/loyalty-points">
    Learn how patrons can earn and redeem loyalty points
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Manage Loyalty
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/loyalty/loyalty-points

Learn how patrons can earn and redeem loyalty points during the checkout process

## Earn Loyalty Points

<Icon icon="check" /> To earn loyalty points, customers must input their phone number during the checkout process.

<Icon icon="check" /> Customers will automatically earn loyalty points if the products in their cart meet your loyalty system's earning rules.

See below for the various ways patron information can be inputted for an order:

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="S700 Card Reader">
    **S700 Card Reader**

    <Icon icon="check" /> Customers may input their phone number at any point throughout the checkout process from the S700 card reader by clicking **Claim to claim points**.

    <img />
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    **Point of Sale**

    <Icon icon="check" /> Cashiers may enter patron information on the Point of Sale from either the cart or the payment screen.

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Cart">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="Payment Page">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order Website">
    **Order Website**

    <Icon icon="check" />  Customers can log into the order website to place orders under their patron account

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Icon icon="check" /> Customers can also create a new patron account during the checkout process

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order App">
    **Order App**

    <Icon icon="check" /> Customers will be required to log in with a phone number to place an order on the Dripos Order App, thus ensuring a patron account is created.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Redeem Loyalty Points

When a customer earns enough points for a reward, available rewards will automatically appear at checkout.

<Note> For companies with multiple locations, loyalty points are shared company-wide and can be redeemed at any location. Earning rules, redemption rules, and other loyalty settings are location-specific and must be set in each location’s dashboard.</Note>

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="S700 Card Reader">
    **S700 Card Reader**

    **Available Rewards Prompt**: If enabled, customers will be prompted on the S700 card reader screen to redeem their loyalty rewards should they be eligible

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    **Point of Sale**

    There are two methods for redeeming rewards from the Point of Sale

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Payment Method Screen">
        Select Rewards on the payment method screen to view any available rewards the customer may have

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Rewards Pop Up">
        **Available Rewards Prompt**: If enabled, cashiers will be prompted to select if a customer would like to redeem their loyalty rewards.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <iframe />
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order Website">
    **Order Website**

    When a customer is signed in on the order website, any available rewards will appear at checkout.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order App">
    **Order App**

    When a customer is signed in on the order app, any available rewards will appear at checkout.

    <img />
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## View Order Loyalty Activity

View points earned and redeemed on an order from the transaction page

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Dashboard">
    Click **Orders** > **Transactions**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Click **View** or the new tab icon to open a transaction's page

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    View points earned and points redeemed on the transaction:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Point of Sale">
    Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Transactions**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    View loyalty points earned and redeemed on any specific transaction

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Warning>
      After a transaction is complete, loyalty points earned and redeemed as well as the patron attached cannot be changed.

      Adjust the points on a patron profile by navigating to the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Patrons** > search for the patron > Edit Patron Info > Points
    </Warning>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## View Customer Loyalty Activity

View patron profiles and their loyalty history

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Dashboard">
    **Dashboard**

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Click **Marketing** > **Patrons**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Search for patron by name, phone number, or email
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Click **View** on the patron profile

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        View their current points, lifetime points, and all redemption history on the profile page
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        To add or remove patron points manually, click **Edit Patron**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Add a positive (10) number to add points and a negative number (-10) to remove points fromt this patrons profile > click **Save**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Point of Sale">
    **Point of Sale**

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Patrons**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Search for patron by name, phone number, or email

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        To change the patron's point amount, click **Edit Patron Info**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        Change the total amount of points > click **Save**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        Scroll to the bottom to view patron loyalty redemption history
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Loyalty Settings
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/loyalty/loyalty-settings



## Point of Sale Settings

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Enable Loyalty">
    If enabled, patrons will be able to earn loyalty points and redeem them for loyalty rewards
  </Card>

  <Card title="Enable Available Rewards Prompt">
    Displays the prompt below to customers on checkout when they have sufficient points for an available reward.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

## Dashboard Settings

Navigate to settings on the dashboard by clicking the **Settings** (⚙️) in the upper right corner > **Loyalty**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Enable Loyalty">
    Allow patrons to earn points for buying products and redeem points for discounts
  </Card>

  <Card
    title="    
Set Name for Loyalty Points"
  >
    Customize what you call “points” in your shop’s loyalty program (points, stars, stamps, etc).  This setting is company wide.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Enable Loyalty Earnings on Gift Card Payments">
    Allow transactions purchased with a gift card to add points to the patron account.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Enable Loyalty Earnings when Purchasing a Gift Card">
    Allow the purchase of gift cards to add loyalty points to a patron account.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Enable Loyalty Earnings on Discounted Products">
    Allow patrons to add to their loyalty points balance even when the purchased item has been discounted.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Enable Multiple Earn Rules Per Payment">
    Allow more than one earn rule to apply to a patrons transaction.

    If disabled the highest applicable earn rule will apply.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Enable Patron Notes Preview on POS">
    If enabled, the first 16 characters of patron notes will be displayed on POS during checkout.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Enable Birthday Field on Patron Signup">
    Collect your patrons Birthday when they signup to be used for segmentation and promotions
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Create Your Loyalty Program
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/loyalty/loyalty-setup

Build your shop's loyalty system with Dripos

💝 You choose how customers earn points and what they can redeem them for—customize rewards your way!

## Enable Loyalty

Loyalty needs to be activated and configured in your system settings before it can be used.

<Accordion title="Enable Loyalty and Configure Settings">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      On the **Dashboard** click the Dripos logo in the upper right corner > **Settings** > **Loyalty**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Edit** and configure the following settings:

      > **Rewards Enabled** = **Yes**

      > **Terminology**: Determine the name of your loyalty earnings (points, stars, stamps, etc)

      > **Ignore Loyalty for Gift Cards as a Payment**: If **Yes**, transactions purchased with a gift card will not earn loyalty points.

      > **Ignore Loyalty for Purchased Gift Cards**: If **Yes**, the purchase of a gift card will not earn the patron loyalty points.

      > **Ignore Loyalty for Already Discounted Items**: If **Yes**, purchases of already discounted items will not earn the patron loyalty points.

      > **One Earn Rule Per Payment**:
      >
      > * If **Yes**, only one earn rule will be applied per payment. The rule that generates the maximum amount of points will be applied.
      > * If **No**, the patron will earn the sum of the points for each satisfied earn rule.
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Click **save**.
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Create Earning Rules

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How to Create Earning Rules">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        On the **Dashboard** click **Marketing** > **Loyalty**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Click **Rules** and navigate to **Earning Rules**.

        Earning rules will determine how your customers earn loyalty points.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Click **Add Rule**

        <Note>
          There is no limit to how many rules can be created.

          If loyalty settings are configured to only allow for one earn rule per payment, the rule that generates the maximum amount of points will be applied. Otherwise, the patron will instead earn the sum of the points for each satisfied earn rule.
        </Note>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <AccordionGroup>
          <Accordion title="Rule Name">
            *Examples: 1x per Espresso, 1x per dollar spent, 2x per Latte*
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Point Amount">
            The amount of Points to be earned for this rule.
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Earnings Type">
            * **Order Based**: Earnings are accrued for each order at a flat rate per order.
            * **Product Based**: Earnings are accrued based on orders of specific products.
            * **Category Based**: Earnings are accrued based on orders of products in specific categories.
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Earning Rate">
            * **Per Ticket**: This rule will apply a constant number of Points for each order satisfying this rule. **Points Amount** will be the amount of points earned
            * **Per Dollar**: **Points Amount** will be a multiplier. If **Points Amount** is 2, patrons will earn 2x Points for each dollar spent that satisfies this rule.
          </Accordion>
        </AccordionGroup>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Examples">
        *Click on each image to view*

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Order Based">
            <img />
          </Card>

          <Card title="Category Based">
            <img />
          </Card>

          <Card title="Product Based">
            <img />
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>

        **Order Based**: The rule is 1 point earned per dollar spent in an order with no limits.

        **Category Based**: The rule is 1 point earned an any drink ordered from the Espresso menu category.

        <Note>
          If loyalty settings are configured to only allow for one earn rule per payment, this rule would only apply to one drink ordered. If disabled, the patron will earn points on all Espresso menu items in the order.
        </Note>

        **Product Based**: The rule is 1 point earned per Latte.

        <Note>
          If loyalty settings are configured to only allow for one earn rule per payment, this rule would only apply to one latte in the order. If disabled, the patron will earn points on every latte in the order.
        </Note>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Configure Recurrence Settings">
    Enable your store's loyalty earning rules on certain days of the week and/or specific times of day. *i.e., Double Point Tuesday or Happy Hour earnings*

    <Tip>
      By default, all loyalty earning rules are active 24/7 unless recurrence settings are edited.
    </Tip>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Basic Recurrence Settings">
        Create a new earning rule or click **Edit** next to your existing earning rule

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        Click the dropdown for **Recurrence Settings**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Range Option">
            Select **Forever** keep this setting active indefinitely. Select **Date Range** to specify a start and end date for this earning rule.
          </Card>

          <Card title="Recurring Days">
            Select which days of the week this rule will be active on during the set date range.
          </Card>

          <Card title="Date Start/End">
            Select the date this rule will first be active. If **Date Range** was selected, select the end date of this earning rule.
          </Card>

          <Card title="Time Start/End">
            Select the start and end time that this rule will be active on the specified days of the week you've select.
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>

        <Tip>
          In the example above, this earning rule will be active every Monday starting on 11/20/25 with no end date.
        </Tip>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Double Earning Rule">
        Use the **Duplicate** function and recurrence settings to double, triple, etc. the amount of points a patron earns during certain days and times of the week, *i.e., Double Point Tuesday; earn triple points from 4-5PM everyday.*

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Warning>
          The setting **Enable Multiple Earn Rules Per Payment** must be set to **Yes** in order for duplicate rules to apply both at once.

          Enable this setting on the **Dashboard** under **Settings** > **Order System** > **Loyalty**

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Warning>

        Set the recurrence times for this duplicate rule to be active. *In this example, this rule is active every day from 4-5PM.*

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        Click **Save** to add the new duplicate rule.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Create Redemption Rules

<Accordion title="How to Create a Redemption Rule">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      On the **Dashboard** click **Marketing** > **Loyalty**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Rules** and navigate to **Redemption Rules**.

      Redemption rules will determine how your customers spend their loyalty points.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Add Rule**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <AccordionGroup>
        <Accordion title="Reward Name">
          *Examples: \$5 off any drink, 10% an order*
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Points Amount">
          The amount of Points needed to redeem this reward.
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Reward Type">
          * **Discount Entire Sale**: The discount amount will be applied to the order total.
          * **Discount Specific Product**: The discount amount will only be applied to certain products.
          * **Discount Specific Category**: The discount amount will only be applied to products of certain categories.
          * **Discount All Products**: The discount will only apply to the most expensive product in an order. A maximum dollar value may be set so the discount does not exceed a certain amount.
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Discount Type and Amount">
          * **Dollar**: Reward will be of a dollar amount, \$5
          * **Percent**: Reward will be of a percentage amount, 10%
        </Accordion>
      </AccordionGroup>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Examples">
      <CardGroup>
        <Card title="Entire Sale">
          <img />
        </Card>

        <Card title="Specific Product">
          <img />
        </Card>

        <Card title="Specific Category">
          <img />
        </Card>

        <Card title="All Products">
          <img />
        </Card>
      </CardGroup>

      > **Discount Entire Sale**: The rule is 10% off an entire order if the customer has earned 10 loyalty points. The maximum discount to be given is \$5.

      > **Discount Specific Product**: The rule is a free latte if the customer has earned 20 loyaly points. The maximum discount to be given is \$10.

      > **Discount Specific Category**: The rule is \$2 off any drink from the Espresso category if the customer has earned 15 loyaly points.

      > **Discount All Products**: The rule is 50% off any product in cart if the customer has earned 10 loyalty points. The maximum discount to be given is \$5 off a product.
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>


# Marketing System Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/marketing-overview

Learn about Dripos' marketing capabilities

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Communications" icon="mobile" href="/marketing/communications/overview">
    Connect with your customers instantly using Dripos’ text and email marketing tools
  </Card>

  <Card title="Deals" icon="hands-holding-dollar" href="/marketing/promos/promos-overview">
    Reward your customers with exclusive coupons and promotions
  </Card>

  <Card title="Loyalty" icon="square-heart" href="/marketing/loyalty/loyalty-overview">
    Build lasting loyalty with fully customizable Dripos rewards programs
  </Card>

  <Card title="Gift Cards" icon="gift-card" href="/marketing/giftcards/giftcards-overview">
    Sell custom physical and digital gift cards at your shops with Dripos gift cards
  </Card>

  <Card title="Patrons" icon="family" href="/marketing/patrons/patrons-overview">
    Reward and keep track of loyal customers with Dripos Patrons
  </Card>

  <Card title="Fundraisers" icon="hand-holding-dollar" href="/marketing/fundraiser/fundraiser-overview">
    Give back with every order through Dripos fundraisers
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Managing Your Patron Account
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/patrons/patrons-account

Review past orders and receipts, check your loyalty points, view your gift card balance, and manage your saved cards from the Dripos Order App or Order Website.

# Orders, Points & Gift Cards

Your Dripos account travels with your phone number, so your order history, loyalty points, gift cards, and saved cards are available wherever you order, whether that's in the **Order App** or on a shop's **Order Website**. This guide walks through how to manage each of them.

<Note>
  Your account is tied to your phone number. Logging in with the same phone number (or email) on either the Order App or the Order Website brings up the same order history, points, gift cards, and saved cards.
</Note>

## View Past Orders and Reorder

You can look back at any order you've placed, pull up its digital receipt, or reorder the whole thing in a couple of taps.

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Order App">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Open the Orders page">
        Open the Order App and tap **Orders**.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Open a previous order">
        Tap any previous order to see its order summary.
      </Step>

      <Step title="View your receipt">
        In the order summary, tap **View Receipt** to open your digital receipt.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    <Note>
      **To reorder:** On the same **Orders** page, tap **Reorder** on any past order. All of the items from that order are added to your cart and you're taken straight to checkout.
    </Note>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order Website">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Open your account menu">
        On the shop's order website, click your name in the top-right corner.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Go to Past Orders">
        Select **Past Orders** to see your full order history.
      </Step>

      <Step title="View a digital receipt">
        Open any order to view its digital receipt, which you can print if you need a copy.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    <Note>
      Reordering isn't available on the Order Website. To reorder a past order, use the **Reorder** button in the Order App.
    </Note>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

## View Your Loyalty Points

You earn points automatically when the items in your order meet the shop's loyalty rules, as long as your phone number is attached to the order.

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Order App">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Open the shop's order page">
        In the Order App, select the shop you want to order from to open its order page.
      </Step>

      <Step title="See your current points">
        At the top of the shop's order page, you'll see your current points balance for that shop.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Check available rewards">
        To the right, tap the shop's **Rewards**. You'll see which rewards you're eligible for based on your points, ready to use at checkout.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    <Note>
      You'll also see your points and any available rewards at checkout once you're signed in, where you can select a reward to apply it to your order.
    </Note>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order Website">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Open your account menu">
        On the shop's order website, click your name in the top-right corner, then select **My Account**.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Find the Loyalty section">
        In the **Loyalty** section, you'll see your current point balance and your lifetime points for that shop.
      </Step>

      <Step title="See how to earn and redeem">
        Below your balance, you'll see how to earn and redeem points for the shop whose order website you're on.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

## Check Your Gift Card Balance

Gift cards are tied to your account, so any gift card linked to your phone number is ready to view and use.

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Order App">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Open your account">
        Open the Order App and tap **Account**.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Tap Gift Cards">
        Select **Gift Cards** to see all of your gift cards, along with each card's balance. No order required.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    <Note>
      You'll also see your linked gift cards **at checkout** when you're signed in, ready to apply to your order.
    </Note>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order Website">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Open your account menu">
        On the shop's order website, click your name in the top-right corner, then select **My Account**.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Scroll to Gift Cards">
        Scroll to the bottom of the page to the **Gift Cards** section to see your gift cards and their balances.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

### Check an Unlinked Gift Card (As a Guest)

If you're not logged in, or the gift card isn't tied to your phone number, you can still redeem it at checkout by entering the **PAN ID** (the number printed on the gift card). Its remaining balance will be applied to your order.

## Manage Saved Cards

You can view, add, and remove the payment methods saved to your account. Cards come in two types: **saved payment methods** (cards you entered directly) and **linked payment methods** (cards connected from another source).

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Order App">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Open your account">
        Open the Order App and tap **Account**.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Tap Payment">
        Select **Payment** to see your saved payment methods and linked payment methods.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Remove a card">
        Swipe right to left on the payment method you want to remove, then tap **Delete** (for a saved card) or **Unlink** (for a linked card).
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add a card">
        On the same page, tap **Add Payment Method** and enter your card details to save it to your account.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order Website">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Open your account menu">
        On the shop's order website, click your name in the top-right corner, then select **My Account**.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Scroll to your cards">
        Scroll to the bottom of the page to the **Saved Cards** and **Linked Cards** sections.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Delete or unlink a card">
        Use the option next to the card to **Delete** a saved card or **Unlink** a linked card, and you're all set.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    <Note>
      On the Order Website, a new card can only be added at checkout, not from My Account.
    </Note>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

<Warning>
  Removing a card only deletes it from your Dripos account for future orders. It does not cancel any order already placed with that card. If you were charged in error, contact the shop directly.
</Warning>

## Update Account Details

Where you edit a detail depends on the field: your **Birthday** can only be edited on the Order Website, your **Name** can only be edited on the Order App, and your **Email** can be updated in either place.

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Order Website">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Open your account menu">
        On the shop's order website, click your name in the top-right corner, then select **My Account**.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Click Edit">
        Click **Edit** at the top of the page.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Update your details">
        Edit the **Birthday** or **Email** attached to your account, then save.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order App">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Open Personal Info">
        Open the Order App, tap **Account**, then tap **Personal Info**.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Update your details">
        Update the **Name** or **Email** attached to your account, then save.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    <Note>
      You can also request account deletion here, under **Account → Personal Info**. Account deletion can only be requested through the Order App, not the Order Website.
    </Note>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

## Still need help?

If something doesn't look right, such as a missing gift card, points that didn't apply, or a card you can't remove, reach out to the shop you ordered from and they can help sort it out.


# Create Dripos Patrons
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/patrons/patrons-basics

Create patron accounts on any Dripos platform.

Dripos patron accounts make it easy for you and your customers to view an individual's order history, as well as earn and redeem loyalty points for future purchases.

<Warning>
  Dripos patron accounts require a phone number. Phone numbers may not be shared across multiple accounts.

  For any changes to patron phone numbers, please contact Dripos Support via email, the chatbot, or by calling (781) 583-3699.
</Warning>

## Create a Patron Account

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    ### Point of Sale

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press **Patrons**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Press **Create Patron** and complete the following fields:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale Checkout">
    ### Point of Sale Checkout

    Create a new patron profile during the checkout process to attach to the order

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        During checkout, click the **Patron** button in the upper right corner to add a new or existing patron to the order

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Add the patron's phone number. If the number is new, a new profile will prompt to create.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Card Reader">
    ### Card Reader

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press the **Check In** button in the top right of the screen

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        On the next page, input the **Phone Number** to link the patron account to > press on the **check icon** in the top right corner:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Enter the **Name** to attach to the account. Once entered, press on the **check icon** in the top right corner:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        The patron name will then automatically be displayed in the top right corner of the reader screen, confirming the patron account was successfully created

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order App">
    ### Order App

    When an individual logs into the Order App with a new phone number, a new patron account will automatically be created.

    Upon checkout, they'll be prompted to input their name which will attach to their patron profile.

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order Website">
    ### Order Website

    Upon checkout, customers will be prompted to add their contact information for the order.

    If they'd like to create a patron account, they can check the box below the contact information.
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    ### Dashboard

    Create a patron profile directly from the Dashboard

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        On the Dashboard, navigate to **Marketing** > **Patrons** > click **Add Patron**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Complete the following information:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Kiosk">
    ### Kiosk

    Create a new patron profile when checking out in Kiosk mode

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press the **Start Order** button:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Input a **Phone Number** to link the account to > press **Enter**:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        On the pop-up page, input the **Full Name** to attach to the patron account > press **Add Order Name**:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

<Tip>
  For any changes to patron phone numbers, please contact Dripos Support via email, the chatbot, or by calling (781) 583-3699.
</Tip>

***

## Edit Patron Information

Edit a patron's **name**, **birthday** and **current points** at any time.

<Warning>
  To update a patron's **phone number**, reach out to the Dripos Support team.
</Warning>

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    ### Dashboard

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        On the Dashboard, navigate to **Marketing** > **Patrons** > scroll to the right-most column of the patron list and click **view** on a patron

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Click **Edit Information**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Edit the following fields: **Name**, **Birthday**, and **Points to Add**

        <Note>
          To **Add Points:** Enter in the amount of points to add to the patron's account.

          To **Subtract Points:** Enter the **-** symbol followed by the amount of points to deduct from the patron's account.
        </Note>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    ### Point of Sale

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press **Patrons**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Find the patron and press **Edit Patron Info**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Change the **name**, the current number of **points**, and add any **internal notes** for viewing > press **Save**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order App">
    ### Order App

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press the **Account** tab at the bottom right of the screen:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        PRess **Personal Information** under the **Account Settings** section:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Edit the **Patron Name** and **Email**. In addition, request to archive your patron account by clicking **Request Account Deletion**:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Note>
          Click **Save** at the top right of the screen to save any changes made.
        </Note>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

> **First Seen:** This date will automatically be generated once the patron's account has been created.

> **Last Seen:** This date will automatically be updated with each order the customer places while signed in to their patron account.

> **Total Spent:** This is the total dollar amount that the patron has spent at the shop.

> **Current Points:** This is the current amount of points the customer has collected through their orders, and that are available for them to redeem rewards through.

> **Lifetime Points:** This is the total amount of points the customer has collected through their orders, including those points that have already been redeemed.

> **Birthday:** This is the customer's birthday that is affiliated with their patron account.


# Manage Patron Accounts
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/patrons/patrons-info

Manage addresses, saved cards, and gift cards attached to patron accounts

## Link Payment Methods

Link card payment methods to patron accounts. When a linked card is used as payment, the patron account will automatically then attach itself to the order.

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    ### Point of Sale

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press **Patrons**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Find the patron and select **Add Card** > fill out the card information to save

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order App">
    ## Order App

    Click **Account** > **Payment** > **Add Payment Method**

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Link Gift Cards

Link physical and digital gift cards to patron accounts.

When a patron is attached to an order, their gift cards are automatically available as a payment option—no searching required.

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    Attach an existing gift card to a patron account.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press **Patrons**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Find the patron and click **Attach Card**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    ### Dashboard

    Add a patron to an existing gift card

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Click **Marketing** > **Gift Cards** > **View** a gift card

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Click **Edit Gift Card** > add a patron name or phone number > click **Save**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Merge Patron Accounts

Merge two patrons' loyalty points and transaction history into one patron account.

To merge one patron account with another, Dripos will transfer all data and history from one patron to another and the original account will be archived.

<Accordion title="How to Merge Patron Accounts">
  Merge patron accounts from the **Dashboard**

  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Click **Marketing** > **Patrons**
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Locate the patron whose history you want to merge. This will ultimately be the patron profile that is archived. Click **View**.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Action** > **Merge** > Select a patron to merge the current patron account into. The patron you search for will be the patron account that remains with both patrons' history after the merge.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Archive Patron Accounts

<Accordion title="How to Archive Patron Accounts">
  Archive Patrons from the **Dashboard**

  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Click **Marketing** > **Patrons**
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Locate the patron who you'd like to archive. This will ultimately be the patron profile that is archived. Click **View**.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Action** > **Archive**

      <Warning>
        *The patron will be archived instantly!*
      </Warning>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>


# View Patron Activity
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/patrons/patrons-logs

Learn how to view patron order and loyalty activity

## View Patron Order History

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    ### Dashboard

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        On the Dashboard, navigate to **Marketing** > **Patrons** > scroll to the right-most column of the patron list and click **view** on a patron

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Scroll to the bottom of the patron profile > click **Tickets** to see all orders placed by this patron.

        Click **View** on an individual ticket to see its order details.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    ### Point of Sale

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press **Patrons**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Find the patron and scroll down within their account's page to the bottom to view **Order History**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order App">
    ### Order App

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        A patron must first log into the app with their respective phone number.
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Press **Orders** at the bottom of the screen to view all orders associated with this patron account.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order Website">
    ### Order Website

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        A patron must first log into the app with their respective phone number.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Once logged in, the patron will click on their name in the upper right corner > **Past Orders**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## View Patron Loyalty History

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    ### Dashboard

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        On the Dashboard, navigate to **Marketing** > **Patrons** > scroll to the right-most column of the patron list and click **view** on a patron

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Scroll to the bottom of the patron profile > click **Loyalty Redemptions** to see all loyalty redemptions by this patron

        Click **View** on an individual redemption to see the order details.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    ### Point of Sale

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press **Patrons**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Find the patron and scroll down within their account's page to the bottom to view **Redeemed Rewards**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>


# Patron System Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/patrons/patrons-overview

Reward and keep track of loyal customers with Dripos Patrons

Create individual patron accounts that let your customers earn and redeem loyalty rewards with ease.

Your team can access order history, track loyalty activity, and attach gift cards—making every interaction more personal and rewarding.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Create Patrons" icon="square-1" href="/marketing/patrons/patrons-basics">
    Learn how to create and edit patron accounts
  </Card>

  <Card title="View Patron Activity" icon="square-2" href="/marketing/patrons/patrons-logs">
    Learn how to view patron order and loyalty history
  </Card>

  <Card title="Manage Patron Accounts" icon="square-3" href="/marketing/patrons/patrons-info">
    Adjust patrons' payment methods and gift cards, as well merge and archive accounts
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Deals Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/marketing/promos/promos-overview

Create coupons and promotions for your patrons to use

## Coupons

Create generic or unique coupon codes that customers can apply to eligble purchases

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

### Generic Coupon Codes

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="What is a Generic Coupon Code?" icon="ticket">
    A generic coupon code is a simple, reusable discount code that can be applied at checkout to save on an order. Unlike one-time or personalized codes, the same code can be shared and used by anyone who enters it.

    *Example: WELCOME10 for 10% off your first order*
  </Card>

  <Card title="How are Generic Coupons applied to orders?" icon="square-check">
    Customers can enters the code during checkout online, or your barista can enter the coupon code at checkout on the POS. The system automatically applies the associated discount (like 10% off, \$5 off, or a free item) to eligible purchases.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

**Create a Generic Coupon Code**

<Steps>
  <Step title="Navigate to Coupon Page on Dashboard">
    Navigate to the dashboard > [**Marketing** > **Deals** > **Coupons**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/coupons) > **Create** > **Generic Code**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Enter Coupon Information">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Coupon Code">
        This will be the code itself that is applied to the order, *i.e., WELCOME10, BOGO50, LATTE10*.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Max Redemptions">
        The total number of times this coupon can be redeemed across all customers. If you don’t need a limit, set the maximum to 80,000 or higher.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Max Individual Redemptions">
        This setting controls how many times each customer can use a specific coupon. This is tracked when a customers checks in with their phone number or email at checkout. *i.e., if the max individual redemptions is set to 1, each customer can only use that coupon once.*
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Complete Coupon Details">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Name">
        **Name**

        Coupon name for internal use only
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Promotion Duration">
        **Promotion Duration**

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Forever">
            Coupon will be valid indefinitely
          </Card>

          <Card title="Recurring">
            Coupon is only valid on certain days of the week, and if applicable, certain times of day. There is an option to set the recurring period to forever, or have this coupon expire on a specific date, *i.e., every Friday from 3:00-5:00PM until December 31st, 2025 or every Tuesday from 11:00AM-12:00PM indefinitely*
          </Card>

          <Card title="Date Range">
            Coupon is valid from date A to date B, with the option to select recurring days for which this coupon is valid on. *i.e., valid from September 1st - September 20th; valid every Tuesday from 3:00-5:00PM September 1st - December 31st*
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Promotion Type">
        **Promotion Type**

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Full Order">
            The coupon's discount amount will apply to the cart total, regardless of which products are in the cart.
          </Card>

          <Card title="Product">
            The coupon's discount will only apply to the specified products.

            If **Once per Order = Yes**, the coupon will only apply itself to just one of the qualifying product's with the highest dollar amount.

            If **Once per Order = No**, the discount will apply to each qualifying product in the cart, not just one.
          </Card>

          <Card title="Category">
            The coupon's discount will only apply to the products within the specified categories.

            If **Once per Order = Yes**, the coupon will only apply itself to just one of the qualifying product's with the highest dollar amount.

            If **Once per Order = No**, the discount will apply to each qualifying product in the cart, not just one.
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Platform">
        Select which platforms this promotion or coupon will be available on.
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Discount Type">
        **Discount Type**

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Dollar">
            A total dollar amount to be taken off of an order, product, or category *i.e., \$5 off*.

            Please note, if **Once per Order = No** and the **Promotion Type = Product or Category**, the coupon total will apply individually to each qualifying product.

            *i.e., \$5 off Avocado Toast will apply \$5 off each Avocado Toast product*

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Card>

          <Card title="Percent">
            A total dollar amount to be taken off of an order, product, or category, *i.e., 10% off*

            Please note, if **Once per Order = No** and the **Promotion Type = Product or Category**, the percentage discount will apply individually to each qualifying product or category.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Preview & Save">
    Preview all coupon details and click save to create. Coupons may be edited or deleted at any time.

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Click View on a coupon">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="Click Edit Information or Actions">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

### Unique Coupon Codes

The intended use for a Unique Coupon Code is within [Dripos' Marketing Campaigns feature](/marketing/communications/overview).

Unique coupon codes are sent through automated text and email messages. When a message includes a coupon, a one-time code is generated for each customer, which can only be used once by that individual.

<Note>
  If a customer has an email and phone number on file, and receives an email and text message for the same campaign, the same unique one-time coupon will be sent to both platforms.
</Note>

**Create Unique Coupon Code**

<Steps>
  <Step title="Navigate to Coupon Page on Dashboard">
    Navigate to the dashboard > [**Marketing** > **Deals** > **Coupons**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/coupons) > **Create** > **Unique Code**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Complete Coupon Details">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Name">
        **Name**

        Coupon name visible to customers
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Promotion Duration">
        **Promotion Duration**

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Forever">
            Coupon will be valid indefinitely
          </Card>

          <Card title="Recurring">
            Coupon is only valid on certain days of the week, and if applicable, certain times of day. There is an option to set the recurring period to forever, or have this coupon expire on a specific date, *i.e., every Friday from 3:00-5:00PM until December 31st, 2025 or every Tuesday from 11:00AM-12:00PM indefinitely*
          </Card>

          <Card title="Date Range">
            Coupon is valid from date A to date B, with the option to select recurring days for which this coupon is valid on. *i.e., valid from September 1st - September 20th; valid every Tuesday from 3:00-5:00PM September 1st - December 31st*
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Promotion Type">
        **Promotion Type**

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Full Order">
            The coupon's discount amount will apply to the cart total, regardless of which products are in the cart.
          </Card>

          <Card title="Product">
            The coupon's discount will only apply to the specified products.

            If **Once per Order = Yes**, the coupon will only apply itself to just one of the qualifying product's with the highest dollar amount.

            If **Once per Order = No**, the discount will apply to each qualifying product in the cart, not just one.
          </Card>

          <Card title="Category">
            The coupon's discount will only apply to the products within the specified categories.

            If **Once per Order = Yes**, the coupon will only apply itself to just one of the qualifying product's with the highest dollar amount.

            If **Once per Order = No**, the discount will apply to each qualifying product in the cart, not just one.
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Platform">
        Select which platforms this promotion or coupon will be available on.
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Discount Type">
        **Discount Type**

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Dollar">
            A total dollar amount to be taken off of an order, product, or category *i.e., \$5 off*.

            Please note, if **Once per Order = No** and the **Promotion Type = Product or Category**, the coupon total will apply individually to each qualifying product.

            *i.e., \$5 off Avocado Toast will apply \$5 off each Avocado Toast product*

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Card>

          <Card title="Percent">
            A total dollar amount to be taken off of an order, product, or category, *i.e., 10% off*

            Please note, if **Once per Order = No** and the **Promotion Type = Product or Category**, the percentage discount will apply individually to each qualifying product or category.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Preview & Save">
    Preview and save the coupon once completed.
  </Step>
</Steps>

**Add Unique Coupon Code to Marketing Campaigns**

When editing an email or text campaign, click **Add Recipient Info** and select the unique coupon to include. A placeholder will appear in the message body, showing where each customer’s unique coupon code will display.

Learn more about creating marketing campaigns [here](/marketing/communications/campaigns).

<iframe />

***

### Apply a Coupon Code

<Icon icon="ticket" /> Coupon codes can be applied to **mobile orders** or at the **Point of Sale.**

**Mobile Ordering**

To apply coupon codes to an order, customers must log in to the shop's mobile ordering platform (app or website) using their phone number.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

**Point of Sale**

After adding the products to cart, proceed to checkout to apply the coupon.

Press **Charge** > before collecting payment, press **Coupons & Promotions** in the upper right hand corner. Enter the coupon to apply it to cart.

If necessary, press **Back** to see how the coupon applied to cart.

<iframe />

***

## Promotions

Promotions are discounts that can be applied to a qualifying order with a button.

<Note>
  Promotions do not automatically apply to cart. To have a discount apply automatically to cart when criteria is met, check out [Rule-Based Discounts](/orders/discounts/discounts-basics#rule-based-discounts)
</Note>

### Create a Promotion

<Steps>
  <Step title="Navigate to Promotion Page on Dashboard">
    Navigate to the dashboard > [**Marketing** > **Deals** > **Promotions**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/promotions) > **Create Promotion**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Add Promotion Information">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Name">
        **Name**

        Promotion name that will display on Point of Sale and mobile ordering platforms
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Promotion Duration">
        **Promotion Duration**

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Forever">
            Promotion can be be applied indefinitely
          </Card>

          <Card title="Recurring">
            Promotion will only apply on certain days of the week, and if applicable, certain times of day. There is an option to set the recurring period to forever, or have this promotion end on a specific date, *i.e., every Friday from 3:00-5:00PM until December 31st, 2025 or every Tuesday from 11:00AM-12:00PM indefinitely*
          </Card>

          <Card title="Date Range">
            Promotion will apply from date A to date B, with the option to select recurring days for which this promotion will be applied. *i.e., will apply from September 1st - September 20th; will apply every Tuesday from 3:00-5:00PM September 1st - December 31st*
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Promotion Type">
        **Promotion Type**

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Full Order">
            The promotion will apply to the cart total, regardless of which products are in the cart.
          </Card>

          <Card title="Product">
            The promotion's discount will only apply to the specified products.

            If **Once per Order = Yes**, the promotion will only apply itself to just one of the qualifying product's with the highest dollar amount.

            If **Once per Order = No**, the promotion will apply to each qualifying product in the cart, not just one.
          </Card>

          <Card title="Category">
            The promotions's discount will only apply to the products within the specified categories.

            If **Once per Order = Yes**, the promotion will only apply itself to just one of the qualifying product's with the highest dollar amount.

            If **Once per Order = No**, the promotion will apply to each qualifying product in the cart, not just one.
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Platform">
        Select which platforms this promotion or coupon will be available on.
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Discount Type">
        **Discount Type**

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Flat Rate">
            A total dollar amount to be taken off of an order, product, or category *i.e., \$5 off*.

            Please note, if **Once per Order = No** and the **Promotion Type = Product or Category**, the promotion will apply individually to each qualifying product.

            \*i.e., \$5 off Avocado Toast will apply \$5 off each Avocado Toast in cart

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Card>

          <Card title="Percent">
            A total dollar amount to be taken off of an order, product, or category, *i.e., 10% off*

            Please note, if **Once per Order = No** and the **Promotion Type = Product or Category**, the promotion will apply individually to each qualifying product or category.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Preview & Save">
    Preview all promotion details and click save to create. Promotions may be edited or deleted at any time.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Apply a Promotion

**Mobile Ordering**

To apply promotions codes to an online order, customers must log in to the shop's mobile ordering platform (app or website) using their phone number.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

**Point of Sale**

After adding the products to cart, proceed to checkout to apply the promotion.

Press **Charge** > before collecting payment, press **Coupons & Promotions** in the upper right hand corner. Select the promotion to apply it to cart.

If necessary, press **Back** to see how the promotion applied to cart.

<iframe />


# Importing Data From Other POS Systems
Source: https://support.dripos.com/onboarding/import

Learn how to download and import files from your previous system

For shops previously using Square or Toast, there may be an option to import your existing menu, gift cards, and patron/loyalty points information.

***

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Importing and Exporting Square Files " icon="square">
    ### Square Menu Import Files

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On your Square web dashboard, navigate to *Items Library* > *Action* and *Export Library* as a .csv or .xlsx file

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Navigate to *Reports* > *Modifier Sales Report* > set the range to *Last Month* > *Export* the Modifier Report as a .csv or .xlsx file

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Send these files to your onboarding specialist to import.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    <Tip>
      After your onboarding specialist has imported your menu, review the following items:

      1. Products without an assigned category in Square will be imported into a "None" category on Dripos. Review these products and delete or move as necessary.
      2. All Square modifiers will be imported as "single-select" modifier types. Review and update your [modifiers types](https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/modifiers/modifiers-basics#global-modifiers)
      3. Attach applicable [tax rates](https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/menu-taxrates) to categories.
    </Tip>

    ### Square Gift Cards Import File

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        After your Kick Off call, reach out to Square Support and ask for access to the gift card file containing  **all 16 digits of the PAN** and their respective balances

        <Warning>
          Gift card files only listing the last 4 digits of the PAN ID are not sufficient.

          Square may tell you this file does not exist or cannot be granted due to privacy reasons. Escalating the call up to "advanced support" can help bypass this.

          You do not have to de-activate your Square account to access this file!
        </Warning>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Once Square grants access to the gift card file, a blue button will appear near the Gift Cards Report on your Square dashboard.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Download the gift card file the night before your launch for the most up-to-date balances.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        On your Dripos web dashboard, navigate to **Marketing > Gift Cards >** and select **Import Gift Cards**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Tip>
          If you need help with this step, send your gift cards file to your onboarding specialist and they will assist with the import.
        </Tip>
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    ### Square Patron Information and Loyalty Points Files

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Closer to your launch date, call Square and ask for access to your customer's loyalty balance file. They will email you a .csv file that contains two rows: phone numbers and points balance.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Next, export your customer directory from Square as a .csv file.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Send both the loyalty balance file and customer directory .csv files to your onboarding specialist to import.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Importing and Exporting Toast Files " icon="bread-slice">
    ### Toast Menu Import Files

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On your Toast dashboard, navigate to *Reports* > *Item Details* > set range as *1+ months* > download using the arrow icon next to "Show / hide columns"

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        For the modifiers, navigate to *Reports* > *Modifier Details Report* > set range as *1+ months* > download using the arrow icon next to "Show / hide columns"

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Send your onboarding specialist the reformatted files, they will review the information and import into Dripos.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    <Tip>
      After your onboarding specialist has imported your menu, review the following items:

      1. All modifiers will be imported as "single-select" modifier types. Review and update your [modifiers types](https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/modifiers/modifiers-basics#global-modifiers)
      2. Attach applicable [tax rates](https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/menu-taxrates) to categories.
    </Tip>

    ### Toast Gift Cards Import File

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On your Toast dashboard, navigate to *Report* > *Payments* > *Gift Card Balances*.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Download your Gift Card Balances file the night before your launch for the most up-to-date balances.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Send this file to your onboarding specialist to import.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    ### Toast Patron Information and Loyalty Points File

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On your Toast dashboard, navigate to *Engagement* > *Rewards Accounts* to find your patrons and loyalty information.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Download the Rewards Accounts file the night before your launch for the most up-to-date balances.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Send this file to your onboarding specialist to import.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Get Started with Dripos!
Source: https://support.dripos.com/onboarding/start

Welcome to Dripos 🎉

We are so excited to kick off the onboarding process with your business!

This Onboarding Guide will help you throughout the process, from start to live.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## The Onboarding Process

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Welcome to Dripos!">
    ### The Power of Dripos

    We are incredibly grateful you are trusting Dripos to power your business. Years ago when we first started asking Coffee owners & operators what their dream platform was, we were told two things:

    1. No one was building a tool specifically for the Coffee Industry.
    2. Many shops were using upwards of 5-10 pieces of software to run their business.

    Since then, we've made it our sole mission to build an all-in-one platform that has features tailored to your workflows for running a Coffee Shop. We are excited to get these tools into your hands and onboard you onto Dripos!
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Connect with a Specialist">
    ### Onboarding Schedule

    Every business that joins Dripos is paired with a dedicated onboarding specialist and guided through three foundational Zoom sessions to ensure a smooth and successful setup.

    1. **Kick Off Call:** Confirm your target launch date, hardware, and Dripos features you plan on using!
    2. **Pulse Check:** Take a pulse check on your setup progress, review any questions, and dive into a payroll demo.
    3. **Pre-Launch:** Set up your hardware on-site and prepare for launch day!
    4. **Check In:** Review remaining questions and share your experience and feedback with your onboarding specialist.

    ### Who to Contact

    Throughout onboarding, you'll work closely with your dedicated specialist. If you reach out to our support team before your launch, they'll guide you back to your specialist to ensure a consistent and seamless experience.

    As soon as you have Dripos up and running in your shop, that is when our 24/7 support becomes accessible. Our Support team can be reached via call, text, or email!
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Dripos Platforms">
    Dripos has multiple apps and websites that provide access to different features.

    You will use your phone number and a text verification code to log into all platforms.

    #### The Dripos Platforms

    ******************Dashboard******************

    Our [Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/) allows **Owners** and **Managers** to manage the main pillars of your business - Menu, Orders, Team, Marketing, and Finance.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    **Dripos Point of Sale App**

    Used on all tablets inside your shop, this is where you will find all your day to day operational features.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Note>
      The Dripos POS App is compatible with iOS 13 or Android Version 8 and newer. It is not intended to be downloaded to your phone.
    </Note>

    **Dripos Hub App**

    **Employees** can manage their availability, see the schedule, and message each other. **Owners** can use this as an on-the-go tool to check reports, schedule employees, and more.

    <Frame>
      <img alt="" />
    </Frame>

    **Online Ordering Website**

    Every Dripos location has a dedicated online ordering website linked to the menu. **Customers** can use this to order ahead, view and redeem rewards, and track recent orders.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    **Dripos Order Ahead App**

    In addition to the online ordering website, the Dripos Order Ahead App allows your customers to do all of the same things through an app.

    <Frame>
      <img alt="" />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Hardware">
    Click [here](/hardware/hardware-overview) to read about your hardware before it arrives!

    <Note>
      You will **not** receive any hardware before your Kick Off call and prior to paying the invoice.
    </Note>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Your Onboarding Tasks

The onboarding calls you will have with your onboarding specialist will revolve around the tasks you were required to complete before the call.

It is important to complete the relevant tasks before your next call to launch on time!

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Before Kick Off" icon="star" href="/onboarding/start-calls/call-1" />

  <Card title="Before Pulse Check" icon="puzzle" href="/onboarding/start-calls/call-2" />

  <Card title="Before Pre-Launch" icon="plug" href="/onboarding/start-calls/call-3" />
</CardGroup>


# Before Kick Off
Source: https://support.dripos.com/onboarding/start-calls/call-1

Get started on these onboarding tasks before your first call! 

<Tip>
  We've already created your account! Use your phone number to log in to the [Dripos Dashboard](http://dashboard.dripos.com).
</Tip>

### Task 1: Complete Stripe Onboarding

<Accordion title="Complete Stripe Onboarding">
  You must create a <u>new</u> Stripe account to use for Dripos [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payouts). You can find this on the Dripos Dashboard by navigating to **Finance** > **Payouts** > **Settings.**

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Note>
    You cannot take payments on the card reader without having a verified Dripos Stripe account.
  </Note>
</Accordion>

### Task 2: Check Your Payment Statement Descriptor

<Accordion title="Check Your Payment Statement Descriptor">
  After creating your Stripe account, confirm the Payment Statement Descriptor matches your business name or website URL.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Note>
    The Payment Statement Descriptor is shown on bank statements, credit card bills, Apple Pay transactions, etc. It informs the customer of the charge made at *your* business.
  </Note>
</Accordion>

### Task 3: Add your Billing Details

<Accordion title="Add your Billing Details">
  Add a Billing Method and Billing Address [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/billing?tab=methods). Each location must have **one primary card** on file. You can find this on the Dripos Dashboard by navigating to **Finance > Billing**.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Note>
    The monthly Dripos subscription will be charged to this Billing Method.
  </Note>
</Accordion>

### Task 4: Enter Store Hours

<Accordion title="Enter Store Hours">
  Update your store Time Zone and Hours [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/hours). You can find this on the Dripos Dashboard by clicking the **Settings Icon** in the top right corner and navigating to **Shop Information > Hours**.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Note>
    Store Hours display on the ordering website and app. It also determines when customers can place online and mobile orders.
  </Note>
</Accordion>

### Task 5: Enter Shop Information

<Accordion title="Enter Shop Information">
  Enter your shop **Location** and **Contact** information [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/shop). You can find this on the Dripos Dashboard by clicking the **Settings Icon** in the top right corner and selecting **Shop Information**.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Note>
    This information is shown on the card reader, mobile order, receipts, etc.
  </Note>
</Accordion>

### Task 6: Upload Store Images

<Accordion title="Upload Store Images">
  Upload a shop Logo and Image [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/shop?tab=images). You can find this on the Dripos Dashboard by clicking the Icon in the top right corner and navigating to **Shop Information > Images**.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Tip>
    **Recommended Logo Specifications:** Square, 512 x 512 pixels

    **Recommended Shop Image Specifications:** Landscape, 2400 x 600 pixels

    On the **Order Website**, your Logo will appear in the top left corner, and your Shop Image will appear as banner.

    <img />
  </Tip>
</Accordion>


# Before Pulse Check
Source: https://support.dripos.com/onboarding/start-calls/call-2

Let's get your hardware shipped out and the menu started!

### Task 1: Submit a Payment for Your Hardware Invoice

<Accordion title="Submit a Payment for Your Hardware Invoice">
  After confirming your hardware on the Kick Off Call, your onboarding specialist will send a finalized hardware invoice.

  Click **Pay online** on the PDF or **View** the invoice [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/billing?tab=history) to submit a payment.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Note>
    Hardware purchases are nonrefundable and cannot be shipped out until paid for.
  </Note>
</Accordion>

### Task 2: Add Tax Rates(s)

<Accordion title="Add Tax Rate(s)">
  Manually add your sales and other tax rates [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/taxes). You can find this on the Dripos Dashboard by navigating to **Menu** > **Tax Rates**.

  Learn how to apply applicable tax rates to specific products or categories [here](/orders/menu/menu-taxrates).

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Note>
    Dripos does not automatically set sales or other tax rates. Dripos is not responsible for ensuring the proper taxes are paid on your products.
  </Note>
</Accordion>

### Task 3: Create Your Menu

<Accordion title="Create Your Menu">
  Creating your menu is the most important onboarding task! Get started [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/menu) or find this on the Dripos Dashboard by navigating to **Menu**.

  Read our in-depth Menu articles [here](/orders/menu/menu-overview) or watch our[ Menu Builder Webinar](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0Ix8AbjjkIw) below.

  <iframe title="YouTube video player" />

  <Tip>
    We recommend building out your menu in this order:

    1. **Categories:** Espresso, Smoothies, Food
       * You **cannot** create any products without creating a category first
    2. **Products:** Latte, Strawberry Banana Smoothie, Breakfast Sandwich
       * ***Fixed pricing*** is best for individual products like croissants and bottled water
       * ***Sized pricing*** is best for coffees with different sizes or muffins with different flavors
    3. **Modifiers:** Milk Options, Smoothie Add-Ons, Sandwich Subsitutions
  </Tip>
</Accordion>

### Task 4: Add Team Roles and Employees

<Accordion title="Add Team Roles and Employees">
  Add team roles with different permissions to assign to your employees [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/team). You can find this on the Dripos Dashboard by navigating to **Team** > **My Team**.

  Once employees are added to your team, they can download the Dripos Hub App from the [App Store](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/dripos-hub/id1502503322) or [Google Play](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.corkdrinks.dripdashboard\&hl=en_US).

  Read our in-depth Team articles [here](/team/team-overview) or watch our [Employee Webinar](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4IEEtKDA8Hs) below.

  <iframe title="YouTube video player" />

  <Tip>
    Roles like Barista and Cashier can have all permissions set to None and still be able to use the POS normally. Read more about the different permissions [here](/team/setup/setup-permissions) and PIN protect settings [here](/team/setup/setup-access).

    **Notify of trade and time-off request:** Employees with this role will receive notifications for <u>all</u> trade and time off requests placed (best for Manager and Admin roles)

    **Notify of late clock-in:** Employees with this role will receive notifications for <u>all</u> late clock-ins (best for Manager and Admin roles)
  </Tip>

  <Warning>
    To change the phone number or email for an existing employee, please contact the Dripos Support team.
  </Warning>
</Accordion>

### Task 5: Set Up Loyalty System

<Accordion title="Set Up Loyalty System">
  Create Earning and Redeeming rules to determine how your customers can earn and spend points [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/rules). You can find this on the Dripos Dashboard by navigating to **Marketing** > **Loyalty** > **Rules**.

  Read our in-depth Loyalty articles [here](/marketing/loyalty/loyalty-setup) or watch our [Loyalty and Patrons Webinar ](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4IEEtKDA8Hs)below.

  <iframe title="YouTube video player" />
</Accordion>


# Before Pre-Launch
Source: https://support.dripos.com/onboarding/start-calls/call-3

We're almost at the finish line! Please be on-site for Call 3 to check off the tasks below.

<Warning>
  You must have all hardware with you during our Pre-Launch call! The purpose of this call is to ensure hardware is set up properly and ready for your first day live on Dripos.
</Warning>

### Task 1: Unbox Your Hardware

<Accordion title="Unbox Your Hardware">
  Have your iPad(s) and card reader(s) charged and connected to wifi beforehand. You will need to set up Apple ID on the iPad(s).

  To pair your card reader in advance, follow these instructions [here](/hardware/reader/reader-s700).

  To connect your printer in advance, follow these instructions [here](/hardware/print/basics/print-setup). 

  <Warning>
    Ethernet cables are not included with the printers and will need to be purchased separately before the next call.
  </Warning>
</Accordion>

### Task 2: Run a Wifi Speed Test

<Accordion title="Run a Wifi Speed Test">
  Google search "Internet Speed Test" and run this on your POS tablet.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Note>
    Dripos requires a <u>minimum</u> download speed of 50 Mbps and upload speed of 15 Mbps to operate.  For the most reliable performance, we recommend having a stronger plan that provides 100 to 300 Mbps download speed and 20 to 25 Mbps upload speed.

    Read more about our Wifi and Router setup [here](/hardware/hardware-router).
  </Note>

  <Danger>
    To prevent connectivity or wifi issues, we recommend setting up your router as close to your front register as possible.
  </Danger>
</Accordion>

### Task 3: Download Dripos POS App

<Accordion title="Download Dripos POS App">
  Download the Dripos POS App for [Apple](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/dripos-point-of-sale/id1545180462) or [Android](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.corkdrinks.drippos\&hl=en_US) tablets.
</Accordion>

### Task 4: Review Menu in POS App

<Accordion title="Review Menu in POS App">
  Navigate and familiarize yourself with the POS. This is a great way to check whether your products and modifiers are set up correctly!

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Accordion>

### Task 5: Update Dashboard Settings

<Accordion title="Update Dashboard Settings">
  Adjust any shop-specific features within your Web Dashboard settings [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings/order-system). You can find this on the Dripos Dashboard by navigating to **Settings Icon** > **Settings**.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Accordion>

### Task 6: Set Up Online Ordering

<Accordion title="Set Up Online Ordering">
  Access the online ordering link for your shop [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/websites). You can find this on the Dripos Dashboard by navigating to **Settings Icon** > **Settings** > **Order Website**.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Accordion>

### Task 7: Complete Any Remaining Tasks

<Accordion title="Complete Any Remaining Tasks">
  Check to see if there are any tasks remaining from before the [Kick Off ](/onboarding/start-calls/call-1)or [Pulse Check](/onboarding/start-calls/call-2) calls!
</Accordion>


# Your First Day Live
Source: https://support.dripos.com/onboarding/support

The features to get comfortable with on your first day live with Dripos.

Congratulations on going live with Dripos! Below are the features worth getting comfortable with on day one.

<Note>
  Need a hand? See [Contact Dripos Support](/troubleshoot/contact-support) for our support line, hours, and urgent 24/7 coverage.
</Note>

## Checkout Flow

Take orders with ease on your first day!

Learn about checkout basics with Dripos [here](/orders/checkout/checkout-overview).

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## Tipping System

Ensure your customers are able to tip with each order. Learn more about customer facing tipping [here](/orders/tipping/tipping-basics).

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

Learn how to easily divide tips up amongst your team using Dripos. See our full guide to employee tip splitting [here](/orders/tipping/tipping-split).

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## Gift Cards

Sell and redeem digital and physical gift cards with Dripos.

Learn more about Dripos gift cards [here](/marketing/giftcards/giftcards-overview).

***

## Loyalty

Learn more about your customers on day 1 with Dripos.

Collect customer phone numbers and emails and create a loyalty system that keeps your customers coming back for more!

Learn more about creating your loyalty program [here](/marketing/loyalty/loyalty-overview).

***

## Transactions

Dripos generates a ticket for every customer transaction at your shop.

Learn how to create a system to track and complete tickets that works for your shop [here](/orders/tickets/tickets-overview).

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>


# Billing Account Basics
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/billing/billing-basics

Learn how to create and utilize billing accounts on Dripos

Dripos billing accounts function as a convenient way for customers to pay off orders over an extended period of time.

When an order is placed at the Point of Sale, billing accounts can be selected as a payment method.

Billing accounts can then be paid off from the Point of Sale or via an invoiced payment link.

## Create Billing Accounts

Create a billing account either from the **Dashboard** or the **Point of Sale**

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Dashboard">
    1. Navigate to **Orders** > **Billing Accounts** > **Create Account**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    2. Fill out the following fields:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    > **Account Name:** Special event, customer name, etc.

    > **Account PIN:** Security PIN to access billing account

    > **Phone:** Customer phone number

    > **Email (Optional):** Customer email address

    > **Notes (Optional)**
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Point of Sale">
    1. Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Billing Accounts**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    2. Press **New Billing Account**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    3. Fill out the following fields and press **Create Billing Account**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    > **Name:** Special event, customer name, etc.

    > **Phone:** Customer phone number

    > **Email (Optional):** Customer email address

    > **Account PIN:** Security PIN to access billing account

    > **Notes (Optional)**
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Checkout with a Billing Account

Billing accounts can be used as payment on orders created from the Point of Sale.

Billing accounts as a whole are then paid off at a later time with real payment (card, cash, etc).

<Accordion title="How to Checkout with a Billing Account">
  1. Create a new order and add items to cart as usual > click **Charge**

  2. On the **Payment Method** screen press **Billing**

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  3. Select the customer’s billing account using the dropdown or search for the billing account by Name or PIN

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Accordion>

***

## Pay Off Billing Accounts

Pay off and collect payment on billing accounts directly from the Point of Sale or the Dashboard

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Point of Sale">
    1. Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Billing Accounts**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    2. Select the billing account and press **Pay Balance**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    3. Billing accounts can be paid by manual card, check, or cash.

    <Tip>
      Deselect a ticket to remove it from this payment and remain unpaid on the billing account for now.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Tip>

    > **Manual Card**: Insert the card details and press **Pay Balance** to complete the transaction.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    > **Check**: Enter the check number (optional) and press **Pay Balance** to complete the transaction.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    > **Cash**: Press **Pay Balance** to complete the transaction.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    4. To send an invoice with a payment link to the email or phone number attached instead, click **Send Payment Link**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    5. View all completed payments here:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Dashboard">
    1. Under **Orders** > **Billing Accounts** > click **View** on the billing account

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    2. View all unpaid tickets here:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    3. Click **Actions** > select one of the payment options listed:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    **Pay Manually:** Option to select individual tickets to pay off via Cash, Check, Gift Card, and Card. For cash payments, select the option for  payments to count towards an open cash drawer. For card payments a secure payment page will open in a new tab for card information to be entered manually.

    **Send Payment Link:** Enter in a patron’s phone number or email to send it directly to the patron.

    **Archive Account:** Once the billing account’s balance is fully paid, the billing account can be archived.

    4. View all completed payments here:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Billing Accounts
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/billing/billing-overview

Bill multiple orders to one patron, similar to a bar-style tab.

At checkout, easily charge a patron’s order to their billing account—like a running tab they can pay off later.

<Icon icon="party-horn" /> Perfect for private events!

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Get Started" icon="check" href="/operations/billing/billing-basics">
    Learn how to create, utilize, and collect payment with billing accounts
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Cash Drawers
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/cash/cash-basics

Track cash balances across your active register and employee drawers

## Overview

Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Cash** to access your cash drawers

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="New Drawer">
    Open a new cash drawer at the start of every business day
  </Card>

  <Card title="Tip Bucket Payin">
    Combine your cash and card tips into one tip pool
  </Card>

  <Card title="View Activity">
    View all open and closed cash drawers under **Drawers**

    View all tip bucket payin activity under **Tip Buckets**
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

***

## Open a Cash Drawer

Start each day with a new cash drawer to keep track of money movement throughout the day

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Tap **New Drawer** and enter the starting amount of cash you are starting with in the drawer > press Submit

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    An alternative option is to tap **Till Modal** to enter the starting amount of cash by specific bills

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Understand Cash Drawers

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Pay In" icon="1">
    Document when cash put into the drawer (not a sale), i.e. change from grabbing milk at the grocery store
  </Card>

  <Card title="Payout" icon="2">
    Document when cash is taken out of the drawer for business purposes, i.e. to go to the store to grab a gallon of milk
  </Card>

  <Card title="Close Drawer" icon="3">
    Press to close a drawer at the end of the day
  </Card>

  <Card title="Starting Cash" icon="4">
    Initial amount of cash the drawer had upon opening
  </Card>

  <Card title="Paid In/Out" icon="5">
    Total balance of pay ins and pay outs
  </Card>

  <Card title="Cash Sales" icon="6">
    Total cash sales on the POS since the drawer was opened
  </Card>

  <Card title="Expected in Drawer" icon="7">
    Based on the starting cash, pay ins/out, and cash sales
  </Card>

  <Card title="Expected Deposit Amount" icon="8">
    Based on if the same starting cash amount is to remain in the drawer after closing (Expected In Drawer - Starting Cash)
  </Card>

  <Card title="Events" icon="9">
    All events except sales, including drawer opening and closing, tip bucket pay ins, and other pay ins and pay outs.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

***

## Close a Cash Drawer

Close a cash drawer at the end of every day, or at the start of a shift change - whichever makes the most sense for your business!

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Find the open drawer and tap Close Drawer

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    **Enter Amount in Drawer**: The total amount of cash counted in the drawer at closing

    **Drawer Reset**: Amount of cash to leave in the drawer for the next opener

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    **Verify Amount**: Confirm the amount counted in the drawer at closing

    **Print Report**: Print the cash drawer report with each line item listed

    <Tip>
      **Print Report** will only appear on the host device that the printer is connected to.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## View & Edit Cash Drawers


# Cash Management
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/cash/cash-management

Choose from three different cash management systems with Dripos

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Device Based Cash Drawers">
    ### Device Based Cash Drawers

    <Icon icon="check" /> One cash drawer per Point of Sale device (per iPad)

    <Icon icon="check" /> Cash transactions made on a device will be tracked on that device's specific cash drawer

    *Example: Two iPads are used for taking orders, each with its own cash drawer that tracks its respective sales.*

    <Accordion title="Enable Device Based Cash Drawer System">
      To enable this cash management system, on the **Dashboard**

      <Steps>
        <Step title="">
          Click the **Settings** (⚙️) in the upper right corner
        </Step>

        <Step title="">
          **Order System** > **Edit** > **Share Cash Drawer Between Devices** = **No** > **Save**

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Step>
      </Steps>
    </Accordion>

    <Accordion title="Open Device Based Cash Drawer">
      Open a new cash drawer at the beginning of each day following the steps below:

      <iframe />

      <Steps>
        <Step title="Navigate to Cash tab">
          On the **Point of Sale**, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press **Cash**
        </Step>

        <Step title="Open new drawer">
          Press **New Drawer**
        </Step>

        <Step title="Set opening amount">
          Count the money currently in the drawer before opening and record the amount here. This helps ensure an accurate total at the end of the day.
        </Step>

        <Step>
          You've successfully opened a cash drawer! All cash sales made on this iPad will be tracked here.
        </Step>

        <Step>
          Repeat this step for every device based cash drawer on their respective devices.
        </Step>
      </Steps>
    </Accordion>

    <Accordion title="Close Device Based Cash Drawers">
      <Steps>
        <Step title="Close Drawer">
          On the **Point of Sale**, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press **Cash** > press the open cash drawer > press **Close Drawer**

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Step>

        <Step title="Enter closing amounts">
          **Amount in Drawer**: Record the total amount of money in the drawer at the end of the day.

          **Cash Remaining in Drawer**: The amount of money to be kept in the drawer for the next day's opener.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Step>

        <Step title="Submit">
          Press **Submit**, the drawer is now closed

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Step>
      </Steps>
    </Accordion>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Location Cash Drawers">
    ### Location Cash Drawers

    <Icon icon="check" /> Location Cash Drawers keep track of all cash transactions in one shared cash drawer.

    *Example: There are two registers in shop, cash sales from both Register 1 and Register 2 will be recorded on the same cash drawer.*

    <Accordion title="Enable Location Cash Drawer System">
      To enable this cash management system, on the **Dashboard**

      <Steps>
        <Step title="">
          Click the **Settings** (⚙️) in the upper right corner
        </Step>

        <Step title="">
          Click **Order System** > **Edit** > **Enable Location Based Cash Drawers** = ON

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Step>
      </Steps>
    </Accordion>

    <Accordion title="Open Location Cash Drawer">
      Open a new cash drawer at the beginning of each day following the steps below:

      <iframe />

      <Steps>
        <Step title="Navigate to Cash tab">
          On the **Point of Sale**, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press **Cash**
        </Step>

        <Step title="Open new drawer">
          Press **New Drawer**
        </Step>

        <Step title="Set opening amount">
          Count the money currently in the drawer prior to opening and enter that amount in here. This will help to ensure a correct count at the end of the day.
        </Step>

        <Step>
          You've successfully opened a location cash drawer! All cash sales made across all register devices in the shop will be recorded here.
        </Step>
      </Steps>
    </Accordion>

    <Accordion title="Close Location Cash Drawers">
      <Steps>
        <Step title="Close Drawer">
          Navigate to the open cash drawer > press the open drawer > press **Close Drawer**

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Step>

        <Step title="Enter closing amounts">
          **Amount in Drawer**: Record the total amount of money in the drawer at the end of the day.

          **Cash Remaining in Drawer**: The amount of money to be kept in the drawer for the next day's opener.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Step>

        <Step title="Submit">
          Press **Submit**, the drawer is now closed

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Step>
      </Steps>
    </Accordion>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Store Banks">
    <Icon icon="check" /> Manage all cash drawers in the store through one cohesive Store Bank.

    <Icon icon="check" /> A bank is composed of multiple drawers.

    <Icon icon="check" /> Opening a daily Store Bank will open multiple cash drawers at once using a template created by you

    Learn more about Store Banks [here](/operations/cash/cash-storebanks)
  </Tab>
</Tabs>


# Cash Management Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/cash/cash-overview

Create a cash management system ideal for your shop's workflow

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Cash Management Systems" icon="square-1" href="/operations/cash/cash-management">
    Choose from three different cash management systems with Dripos
  </Card>

  <Card title="Cash Drawers" icon="square-2" href="/operations/cash/cash-basics">
    Track cash balances across your active register and employee drawers
  </Card>

  <Card title="Store Banks" icon="square-3" href="/operations/cash/cash-storebanks">
    Manage multiple cash drawers together as a single store bank
  </Card>

  <Card title="Tip Buckets" icon="square-4" href="/operations/cash/cash-tipbuckets">
    View and manage tip buckets in your stores
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Store Banks
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/cash/cash-storebanks

Manage multiple cash drawers together as a single store bank

<Note>
  Store Banks are turned on per location and are off by default for new shops. If you already use
  Store Banks, nothing changes. If you do not see **Store Banks** under **Orders > Cash Management**
  or **Enable Store Banks** in **POS Settings > Cash Management**, contact
  [support](/troubleshoot/contact-support) to have it enabled.
</Note>

Store banks enable centralized management of multiple cash drawers. Shops utilizing store banks begin the day by choosing a pre-existing bank template. The drawers associated with that template are then opened at the start of each day.

Transactions are recorded at the drawer level, corresponding to the devices used for those transactions. When it's time to close the bank, each individual drawer is closed, and the combined deposit amount from both drawers is entered at the bank level.

## Create Store Bank Templates on the Web Dashboard

Prior to utilizing store banks, you will need to create at least one store bank template. These templates consist of predefined sets of drawers that you would like grouped together within your store.

We recommend that you put all of your drawers in one store bank template. Once you have created a template, you can then open up a store bank using that specific template on the POS.

1. Log on to the **Web Dashboard**. Once signed in, select **Orders** > **Cash Management**.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

2. Click on the **Store Banks** tab. Once on this page, click on the **View Templates** button.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

3. Click on the **Create Template** button.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

4. This will prompt a pop-up to appear. Here, enter the template's **Name** > click **Create**.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

5. Next, click **Edit** next to the template created.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

6. Once on the template's page, click on the **Add Drawer** button.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

7. This will prompt a pop-up to appear. For each drawer you would like tracked in the store bank, select the **Device** from the dropdown, and enter input their corresponding **Opening amounts**, assuming that they remain consistent on a daily basis.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

8. Once you have provided the necessary information for each drawer added to the store bank, click **Add**.

Once you've finalized your template, you will be able to open your first bank on the POS.

## Opening a Store Bank on the POS

First, ensure that you have the Store Banks setting toggle enabled on the Point of Sale. To learn how to do this, click **[here](/operations/cash/cash-management).**

1. To open a new bank, log on to the **Point of Sale**. Once signed in, click on the **3 line icon** at the top left of the screen > click on the **Banks** tab:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

2. Click on the **New Bank** button in the middle of the page:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

3. This will prompt a pop-up to appear where you will need to select one of your pre-created **Templates.** Once you have selected a template, click **Create Bank**:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

4. You will then be redirected to that store bank's page. Here, you will need to open each individual cash drawer that is displayed under the **To Do** section:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

5. For each drawer listed, you will need to click on the **Open Device** button:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

6. Once a drawer is opened, it will be displayed at the very bottom of the store bank's page. To expand a listed drawer, click on the **caret icon** to its right:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

7. Here, you can input device specific **Pay Ins** and **Pay-Outs:**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

### Make Store Bank Pay-Ins and Pay-Outs on the POS

Like cash drawers, store banks also have the capability to track Pay-Ins and Pay-Outs. We recommend utilizing these on a bank level only after closing individual cash drawer to ensure that the bank closing amounts align with their expected in drawer amounts.

1. Log on to the **Point of Sale**. Once signed in, click on the **3 line icon** at the top left of the screen > click on the **Banks** tab:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

2. Click into an individual store bank listed in the left sidebar > click on either the **Pay In, Tip Pay In, or Pay Out** button:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

3. This will prompt a pop-up to appear where you can enter the **Amount, any optional notes, and a photo**. Once you are done, click **Submit**:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

When initiating a Bank Tip Bucket Pay In, you will also need to input your **Employee PIN:**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

### Closing a Store Bank on the POS

Store banks should be closed at the end of each day.

1. To close a bank, log on to the **Point of Sale**. Once signed in, click on the **3 line icon** at the top left of the screen > click on the **Banks** tab:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

2. Click on the individual store bank you want to close > click the **Close Bank** button:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

3. Close each drawer by clicking on the **Close \[Device]** button:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

4. This will prompt a pop-up to appear where you will need to input both the **Close Amount** and **Cash Remaining in Drawer Amount**, which will be the starting cash amount on the next day. Once you have finished, click **Submit**:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

5. From here, combine the deposit amounts of each drawer to calculate the total bank deposit amount.

6. Next, click **Enter Deposit** and input the total bank deposit amount you calculated into the field. Once you are done, click **Submit**:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

The bank will then be displayed as closed, with the deposit differential in either green or red, depending on whether there is a surplus or a shortage of cash:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## Auditing Store Banks on the Web Dashboard

1. Log on to the **Dashboard**. Once signed in, select **Orders** > **Cash Management** > **Store Banks**:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

2. Locate the store bank you wish to audit > click **View**:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

3. On the individual store bank's page, each attached drawer will be presented in its own row. The values of each drawer are added together, resulting in the total value of the bank being displayed in the bottom row:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

4. The store bank's page will also feature the following information:

> **Device Name:** This is the name of the specific POS device that a cash drawer associated with the store bank was opened on.

> **Starting Cash:** This is the amount of cash that was in the drawer when it was first opened.

> **Pay In/Out:** This is the total amount of cash Pay Ins and Pay-Outs that were recorded on the corresponding cash drawer.

> **Cash Sales:** This is the total amount of cash that was collected on the corresponding cash drawer from the time it was opened to the time it was closed.

> **Expected in Drawer:** This represents the total amount of cash that is expected to be in the corresponding drawer once it has been closed.
> This value is equal to the sum of the opening amount, any Pay In events, and cash sales, minus any Pay Out events.

> **Cash Retained:** This represents the amount of cash that was left in the corresponding drawer after it was closed.

> **Amount Close:** This represents the actual closing amount of cash recorded when the drawer was closed.

> **Excess Cash on Hand:** This value represents any extra cash that was in the drawer when it was closed. This value is equal to the closing amount minus the cash retained amount.

> **Bank Pay In/Out:** This represents the total sum of all Pay In and Pay Out events made to the bank.

> **Expected Deposit:** This is equal to expected in bank amount minus the cash retained amount.

> **Deposit Amount:** This represents the deposit that an employee entered when they closed the bank.

> **Deposit Differential:** This is the difference between the deposit amount and the expected deposit.

When conducting a bank audit, the key figure to focus on is the **Deposit Differential**. This value indicates the variance between the expected deposit amount and the actual deposit amount in the bank:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

If the Deposit Differential is lower than expected, this indicates that there may be missing cash or discrepancies in the recorded cash amounts, suggesting potential errors or miscounts during the cash management process.

Common errors include entering incorrect or inaccurately counted starting or closing amounts, mistakenly classifying a Pay In as a Pay-Out, or vice versa, and performing bank Pay-Ins or Pay-Outs before closing a drawer.

<Note> You have the ability to edit all drawer events directly on the respective drawers to rectify any mistakes. </Note>


# Tip Buckets
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/cash/cash-tipbuckets

View and manage tip buckets in your stores

Tip Buckets allow shops to keep track of cash tips received through physical tip jars.

By recording these tips to your cash drawer, Dripos will allocate the correct amount to employees based on your preferred tip splitting method.

## Tip Bucket FAQs

<Accordion title="When should Tip Bucket Payins be initiated?">
  The Tip Bucket payin workflow depends on the preferred tip splitting method your store utilizes:

  * **Split Tips By Transaction:** Tip Bucket Payins **must** occur prior to any shift change, such as employees clocking in or out for a shift.

  <Note>
    **Example - Employee Clock Out**

    * Veronica and Betty are on a shift together and receive \$10 in cash jar tips. Betty is about to clock out and leave for the day.
    * Before Betty clocks out, a Tip Bucket Payin must be initiated. This records the \$10 received when Veronica and Betty were on shift together and splits the amount evenly between both individuals.
  </Note>

  <Note>
    **Example - Employee Clocking In**

    * Veronica and Betty are on a shift together and receive \$10 in cash jar tips. Archie just arrived and is about to clock in.
    * Before Archie clocks in, a Tip Bucket Payin must be initiated. This records the \$10 received when only Veronica and Betty were on shift and does not split the tips with Archie who clocked in afterwards.
  </Note>

  For the following tip splitting methods, the Tip Bucket Payin must be initiated **within** the time frame of the preferred tip splitting method:

  * **Split Tips By Day:** Tip Bucket Payins must occur before the day ends.
  * **Split Tips By Week:** Tip Bucket Payins must occur before the week ends.
  * **Split Tips By Pay Period:** Tip Bucket Payins must occur before the pay period ends.

  <Tip>All Tip Bucket Payins should be submitted prior to cash drawer Close Out at the end of each day.</Tip>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="How do Tip Buckets work with Dripos Payroll?">
  * **Paycheck Tips:** For Dripos Payroll users with Tip Payout set to Paycheck Tips, the Tip Bucket amounts will be split according to your Tip Calculation Method and paid out to employees via paycheck.
  * **Cash Tips:** For Dripos Payroll users with Tip Payout set to Cash Tips, the Tip Bucket amounts will be split according to your Tip Calculation Method and recorded in payroll as cash tips for tax reporting purposes.
    * Learn more about the Cash Tip Payouts workflow [here](https://support.dripos.com/orders/tipping/tipping-payout#cash-tip-payouts).

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="What Role Permissions do employees need to initiate Tip Bucket Payins?">
  To allow employees to initiate Tip Bucket Payins on the Point of Sale, they must be assigned a Role with the **Role Permissions > Sales > Sales Full** or **Tips** enabled.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Accordion>

***

## Initiate a Tip Bucket Payin on the POS

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Log in to the Point of Sale. Press the **tribar (≡)** at the top left of the screen and navigate to the Cash tab

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Press the **Back** button if you are viewing your cash drawer page or select **Tip Buckets** tab in the left sidebar

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Press the **Tip Bucket Payin** button in the middle of the page

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Enter the **Amount** being moved from the tip jar into the cash drawer and input the **Employee Pin**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click **Submit**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    View your open cash drawer and confirm the Tip Bucket Payin under **Events**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## View and Edit Tip Bucket Events

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Log in to the **Dashboard** and navigate to **Orders > Cash Management** > **Tip Buckets** and review the Tip Bucket details

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click the **Edit** button to update the amount and hit **Save**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Get Started with Simple Inventory
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/inventory/inventory-basics

Determine products to track with Simple Inventory

Simple Inventory is recommended for basic inventory tracking of finished goods
<Tip>Pastries, bottles of water, grab & go food</Tip>

When a product you're tracking is sold through any Dripos ordering platform, its inventory will automatically decrease by the quantity sold.

## Add and Track Products

Choose which products you’d like to track or stop tracking inventory levels of.

<Note>
  Menu product quantities aren’t tracked automatically. To enable inventory tracking, simply select the products you'd like to monitor.
</Note>

<Accordion title="Add or Remove Product from Inventory Tracking">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      On the **Dashboard** navigate to **Menu** > **Simple Inventory**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Add Product** to track its sales and inventory on hand

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Select a product and its starting inventory quantity > click **Add**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Stop tracking a product at any time by removing it from Simple Inventory.

      **View** the product and click **Actions** > **Stop Tracking**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Manually Adjust Stock

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    To manually adjust the current stock of a product in simple inventory, navigate to **Simple Inventory** > **View** Product > **Edit Information**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Adjust the current stock to it's exact quantity and click **Save**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    Click the tribar in the upper left hand corner > **Simple Inventory** > find the product

    Increase or decrease the current stock with the - and + signs, and click **Save Changes**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Inventory Rules

Create automatic stocking rules for a product's inventory. There is no limit to the number of inventory rules that can be created per product.

<Tip>
  Examples:

  * Restock everyday at 7AM
  * Add 5 to stock every Monday at 8AM.
</Tip>

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    On the **Simple Inventory** page, click **View** on a product > click **Inventory Rules** > **Add Rule**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Complete the following fields and click **Add**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    > **Reset Quantity:** If **enabled**, the current stock will reset to the selected quantity. If **disabled**, the selected quantity will be **added** to the current stock.

    > **Time** & **Reset Days:** Time and day of the week for the rule to occur; multiple days may be selected

    > **Quantity:** Number to increase or reset stock
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Usage Logs

When a product's stock is increased or when a product is sold, the Simple Inventory page will log that instance under **Usage Log**.

When a product is sold, see how many products were sold at the time and the stock quantity that remained after the sale.

When a product is restocked, see how many units were stocked, when their expire (if applicable), and the current level of stock at the time of.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## Fast Buttons

If you stock your inventory typically in a baker's dozen, or a case of 24, for example, try using fast buttons for quick restocking!

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    On the **Dashboard** within the simple inventory product page, click **Fast Buttons** > **Add Button**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Determine the quantity for the fast button:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    View the fast buttons on the Point of Sale for use!

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    Press the tribar in the upper left hand corner > **Simple Inventory**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Press **Add Button** to create a new fast button

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    View the fast buttons you created on the Point of Sale for use!

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Bulk Edit Inventory

Edit the quantity of inventory for multiple products at once

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Press the tribar in the upper left hand corner > **Simple Inventory**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Press **Bulk Edit**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Adjust the stock of each product. Press **Save Changes** once completed.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Simple Inventory Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/inventory/inventory-overview

Track product stock with Dripos Simple Inventory

The Simple Inventory feature makes it easy to track your product inventory in real time—whether you're using the Dripos dashboard or Point of Sale. Stay on top of your stock, wherever you are.

With Simple Inventory, you can easily add stock to products, see which items are out of stock, track expiration dates, enable auto-replenishment, and monitor sales in real time.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Get Started" href="/operations/inventory/inventory-basics">
    Learn how to start and stop tracking product inventory here.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Simple Inventory Settings
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/inventory/inventory-settings

Configure additional inventory settings on the dashboard

## Enable Low Stock Flag

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Configure inventory stock settings by navigating to dashboard **Settings** > **Order System** and find the **Inventory Settings** section.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click **Edit** to turn on the **Enable Low Stock Flag** setting  and set the threshold before clicking **Save**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Now, any product using simple inventory tracking will display a low-stock flag on the POS if the quantity falls below the threshold set on the dashboard.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Invoice Basics
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/invoices/invoice-basics

Learn how to set up and send invoices to customers

## Create Invoice Contacts

To get started, create or select the contact to send an invoice to.

<Accordion title="How to Create Invoice Contacts">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Log in to the **Dashboard** and navigate to **Orders** > **Invoicing**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Create** and select **Contact**. Input the contact information and click **Add**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      Notes (Optional): Include any notes for internal reference
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Once the contact is created, you can Edit Information on their page. To delete an invoice contact, use the Actions dropdown.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      At the bottom of the contact page, you can start creating invoices to send to this customer by using the Add Invoice button or navigate to the Payment Methods tab to input a credit card for recurring and autopay invoices.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Create Invoices

Create standalone or recurring invoices to send to customers. You can accept payment on your invoices in several ways:

* **Check:** Mark the invoice as paid once you've received a check
* **Cash:** Mark the invoice as paid once you've collected cash
* **Credit Card:** Add and charge a new credit card directly on the invoice
* **ACH Bank Transfer:** Your customer can pay directly from their bank account using the secure payment link included when you send the invoice by text or email.

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="One-Time Invoices">
    ## One-Time Invoices

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Log in to the **Dashboard** and navigate to **Orders** > **Invoicing**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Click **Create** and select **Invoice**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Input the invoice details and click **Next**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        **Contact**: Click the dropdown to select an existing contact to assign this invoice. For new contacts, type in their name and select "Create Contact" to enter their information.

        **Invoice Number**: Input your preferred invoice number or use the auto-generated invoice number

        **Due Date**: Assign a due date to the invoice

        **Invoice Notes (Optional)**: Include any notes to include in the invoice for the customer

        **Enable Tips**: If set to Yes, the invoice contact can include a tip when paying off the invoice

        **Service Date**: Select the date and time this invoice should be recorded as a sale for reporting purposes

        **Send to Ticket Screen at Service**: If set to Yes, the invoice line items will appear on the KDS of your POS on the selected service date

        **Additional Recipients**: Use the +Additional Recipients button to attach other emails to send the invoice and any payment reminders

        **Invoice Reminders**: Add invoice reminders by using the +Add Reminder button. Edit the frequency by changing the Days and the Occurrence setup (Before, On, After) in relation to the Due Date. Delete reminders by clicking the trash icon next to the unwanted reminder date
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Input each invoice line item by using the **Add line item** + button. Add an existing menu item or create custom items for this invoice.

        > To add existing menu products, click the **Add line item** + button and type in the name of an existing product you would like to add. Select the corresponding product to add to the invoice.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        > To create and add custom line items, click the **Add line item** + button and type in a name for the custom product. Select the "Create One Time Item" option to add and manually input the **Price**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Enter the correct amount of each line item under **Quantity**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Customize products and applied tax rates, add Discounts or Service Fees, and include Tips.

        <AccordionGroup>
          <Accordion title="Customize">
            Use the **Customize** button to add notes, apply product discounts, or edit tax rates for the selected line item before clicking **Next**.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Discounts and Service Fees">
            Add a **Discount** or **Service Fee** to the invoice. Use the dropdown to select a pre-existing Discount or Service Fee.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>

            To apply a **Custom Discount** or **Service Fee**, type in the number and use % to indicate percentage or \$ to indicate dollar amount.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Tip">
            Add a **Tip** to the invoice. Click on the **\$** button to switch between dollar or percentage and type in the corresponding amount.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Accordion>
        </AccordionGroup>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Confirm the invoice information. Click on the **Preview (PDF)** or **Preview (EMAIL)** tab to see the exact invoice the customer will receive.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Click **Review Invoice** and select the following action:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        > **Save as Draft**: Save the invoice as a draft to send at another date

        > **Send Quote**: Send a quote for the customer to approve or reject - you will be notified of their feedback via email

        > **Create Without Sending**: Create the invoice but do not send to the customer

        > **Create & Send**: Create and send the invoice to the customer
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Recurring Invoices">
    ## Recurring Invoices

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Log in to the Dashboard and navigate to **Orders** > **Invoicing**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Navigate to **Recurring Invoices** and click **Create Recurring Invoice**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Input the invoice information

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        **Contact**: Click the dropdown to select an existing contact to assign this invoice. For new contacts, type in their name and select "Create Contact" to enter their information.

        **Invoice Notes (Optional)**: Include any notes to include in the invoice for the customer

        **Enable Tips**: If set to Yes, the invoice contact can include a tip when paying off the invoice

        **Service Date**: Select the date and time this invoice should be recorded as a sale for reporting purposes

        **Send to Ticket Screen at Service**: If set to Yes, the invoice line items will appear on the KDS of your POS on the selected service date
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Input the recurring invoice cadence

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        **Interval**: Set this invoice to repeat on a Day, Week, Month or Year basis

        **Frequency**: Select the frequency this invoice should repeat at

        <Info>For example, if the frequency is set to 3 and the interval is Week, that means the invoice will recurr every 3 weeks.</Info>

        > **Date Start**: The start date for the invoice

        > **Date End**: The end date for this invoice

        > **Billing Anchor Date**: The first date the recurring invoice will bill on

        > **Days until Due**: The number of days before the invoice is due. If there is no due date, enter 0.

        > **Time Due**: If the Days until Due is input, select the time of day the invoice is due to be paid
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Add additional recipients as needed

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        Additional Recipients: Use the +Additional Recipients button to attach other emails to send the invoice and any payment reminders
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Input each invoice line item by using the Add line item + button. Add an existing menu item or create custom items for this invoice.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Accordion title="Existing Menu Items">
          Existing menu products can be added to invoices.

          Click the Add line item + button and type in the name of an existing product you would like to add. Select the corresponding product to add to the invoice.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Custom Items">
          Custom products can be created and added to invoices.

          Click the Add line item + button and type in a name for the custom product. Select the "Create One Time Item" option to add and manually input the Price.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Accordion>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Enter the correct amount of each line item under **Quantity**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Customize products and applied tax rates, add Discounts or Service Fees, and include Tips.

        <Accordion title="Customize">
          Use the **Customize** button to add notes, apply product discounts, or edit tax rates for the selected line item before clicking Next.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Discounts and Service Fees">
          Add a Discount or Service Fee to the invoice. Use the dropdown to select a pre-existing Discount or Service Fee.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>

          To apply a **Custom Discount** or **Service Fee**, type in the number and use % to indicate percentage or \$ to indicate dollar amount.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Tip">
          Add a **Tip** to the invoice. Click on the **\$** button to switch between dollar or percentage and type in the corresponding amount.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Accordion>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Confirm the invoice information. Click on the **Preview (PDF)** or **Preview (EMAIL)** tab to see the exact invoice the customer will receive.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Click **Review Invoice** and **Create Recurring Invoice**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>


# Invoice Actions
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/invoices/invoice-management

View, manage and refund invoices

## View Invoices

Learn how to view, edit, and manage invoices through different actions

<Accordion title="How to View & Edit Existing Invoices">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Log in to the Dashboard and navigate to **Orders** > **Invoicing**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      On this page, you can View all for **Outstanding**, **Past Due**, and **Paid invoices**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Navigate to **Invoice List** and select the **All Invoices**, **Draft**, **Outstanding**, **Past Due**, **Paid**, or **Quotes** tab to View a specific invoice

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Send a reminder or pay off an outstanding invoice

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      > **Send Reminder**: Send an email reminder to the contact and any additional recipients

      > **Pay Invoice**: Pay the invoice via Contact Payment Method, Check, or Cash.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      > Use **Add Method** to add and use a credit card for payment.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click the **Actions** dropdown in the top right corner for more options

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      > **Duplicate**: Recreate the invoice as a new invoice with the same recipient and invoice lines

      > **Delete**: Delete the invoice

      > **Download PDF**: Download the invoice as a PDF

      > **Copy Payment Link**: Copy the payment link sent to the invoice contact

      > **View Payment Page**: Visit the payment page used by the invoice contact to pay the outstanding balance
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Edit the invoice information or line items.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Use the tabs at the bottom to view **Additional Recipients**, **Activity Log**, and **Invoice Reminders**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Refund Invoices

Issue refunds to invoices that have been paid

<Accordion title="How to Refund Invoices">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Log in to the Dashboard and navigate to Orders > Invoicing

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Navigate to Invoice List and View a paid invoice

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Select the Refund Invoice button in the top right

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Select the refund type

      > **By Item**: Refund the selected line items

      > **By Dollar**: Refund a specific dollar amount

      > **Notes (Optional)**: Include any notes for the refund

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Review the **Invoice Lines** to check the **Refunded** amount

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Invoicing Reports

Understand your invoicing revenues and payment patterns

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Log in to the Dashboard and navigate to **Reports** > **Invoicing**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Filter by your desired time period, location, contacts, and invoice statuses and click **Generate** **Report**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Invoice System Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/invoices/invoice-overview



Easily send professional invoices and get paid faster with Dripos' seamless invoicing feature.

<Check>Create and send invoices to customers</Check>
<Check>Manage and refund invoices</Check>
<Check>Review past invoices and reports</Check>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Invoicing Basics" href="/operations/invoices/invoice-basics">
    Create and send invoices, manage invoice settings
  </Card>

  <Card title="Invoice Actions" href="/operations/invoices/invoice-management">
    Refund and review past invoices
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Invoice Settings
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/invoices/invoice-settings



Configure defaults for newly created invoices.

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Navigate to Dashboard settings and select **Invoices** from the sidebar menu

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    **Enable Default Invoice Notes**: Default note that will be autofilled for new invoices.

    **Set Invoice Number**: The next invoice will be created with this number.
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Get Started with Supply Chain
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/supply/supply-basics

An introductory guide to setting up and using the Supply Chain feature

Set up your Dripos Supply Chain in three steps:

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="1. Create Units" icon="tally" href="/operations/supply/supply-basics#create-an-unit" />

  <Card title="2. Create Ingredients" icon="bread-slice" href="/operations/supply/supply-basics#create-an-ingredient" />

  <Card title="3. Build Recipes" icon="sandwich" href="/operations/supply/supply-basics#build-a-recipe" />
</CardGroup>

In this guide, we’ll walk through an example of creating units and ingredients for a latte recipe.

<Tip>For a complete instructional video guide with our Dripos Support team, please watch [here](https://www.loom.com/share/ba4521bf440a42048351b2c0e11836bf?sid=0fe84f16-2b83-4a25-b08f-62e983e4e5c7).</Tip>

***

## Create a Unit

Every ingredient will be measured with units. Dripos provides standard units of measurement that are preset and ready for use. If the unit you need is not a standard unit, you may create a custom unit!

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Standard Units">
    A ready-to-use set of standard units — like grams, milliliters, and count — plus their built-in unit conversions.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Custom Units">
    For an ingredient not using a standard unit of measurement, create a custom unit linked to a standard unit.

    **Create a Custom Unit**

    *In this example, we will create a custom unit for **Case - 16 oz. cups**, where **1 Case = 50 cups** and **Chocolate Sauce - 64oz**, where **1 case = 64 fluid oz***.

    <iframe />

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Navigate to the **Units** page > click **Create a Custom Unit** in the top-right corner.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Fill out the following fields and click **Add**

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Case of Cups">
            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Card>

          <Card title="Chocolate Sauce">
            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>

        * **Name**, *i.e. Case - 16oz cups, Chocolate Sauce - 64oz*

        * **Abbreviation:** A short code (2–3 letters) for your own internal tracking or labeling

        * **Linked Unit:** The relational unit used to convert this custom unit, *i.e. count, fluid oz*

        * **Linked Unit Quantity:** How much of the relational unit goes into one of the custom units, *i.e. 50, 64*
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Create an Ingredient

Ingredients make up a product's recipe. For example, a latte will be made up of espresso, various milk types, various cup sizes, various syrups, and so forth.

These are the goods that you will track the quantity of in your supply chain system.

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    On the dashboard, click **Supply Chain** > **Ingredients** > **Create ingredient**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Complete the following fields:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Name">
        Espresso, Whole Milk, Vanilla, Chocolate Sauce, 16oz Cups, Bacon
      </Card>

      <Card title="Calculation Type">
        * **Standard (Default):** Any stocking event will add/subtract from this ingredient’s stock directly.
        * **Consume Sub-Recipes:** When a sub-recipe is linked to the product, stock adjustments will apply both to this ingredient and to the ingredients included in the sub-recipe.
          <Note> This option will only appear if the ingredient has a sub-recipe attached. Click here to learn about sub-recipes.</Note>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Unit">
        How the ingredient will be measured in a recipe. *i.e. milk = fluid ounces, espresso = oz, blueberry muffin = count, syrup = milliliters*

        <Note>
          **Custom Units**

          16 oz cups = custom unit of Case - 16 oz cups

          Chocolate Sauce = custom unit of Chocolate Sauce - 64oz
        </Note>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Default Cost (optional)">
        Cost of one unit of this ingredient. This cost will be used to calculate the cost of recipes, stocking events, and waste events.

        *i.e., \$0.10 per ml of syrup, \$3 per count of blueberry muffin, \$0.30 per oz of espresso*

        <Note>If sub-recipes exist, this is not configurable and is calculated based on the sub-recipe costs and quantities.</Note>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Par (optional)">
        Baseline inventory quantity you want to have in stock at any given time.
        <Note>This is for your own internal tracking and will not hinder supply chain usage.</Note>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Expiration Time (optional)">
        If added, stock added of an ingredient will expire (and therefore, decrease) after the set amount of minutes
      </Card>

      <Card title="Groups (optional)">
        The ingredient group that the ingredient should be added to
        <Note>Learn how to create ingredient groups here. Only existing groups will appear in the selection menu.</Note>
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Example Ingredients">
    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Whole Milk">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Espresso">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Vanilla Syrup">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Blueberry Muffin">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Card>

      <Card title="16 Oz Cup (custom unit)">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Chocolate Sauce (custom unit)">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

### Ingredient Groups

Organize your ingredients into groups to easily filter and manage your ingredient view.

<Accordion title="Create an Ingredient Group">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      On the ingredients page, click **View Ingredient Group** > Add a “New Group Name” > Click **Add New Group**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      To add an ingredient to an ingredient group, click **edit** on the ingredient to include > select the group

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Filter your ingredients by groups for easy viewing

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

### Activity Logs

**Track your Inventory History**

View all activity related to your ingredients:

✅ Sales   | ✅ Quick Stock adjustments
\| ✅ Waste   | ✅ Inventory Counts   | ✅ Purchase Orders

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

### Rules

**Automate ingredient restocking**

Set up automatic restocking schedules for individual ingredients—perfect for ingredients you receive or make on a regular basis.

<Accordion title="Create an Ingredient Rule">
  <iframe />

  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      On the Dashboard > Supply Chain > Ingredients > click **view** on an ingredient > **Rules** > **Create Rule**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Fill in the following fields:

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <CardGroup>
        <Card title="Stocking Type">
          **Reset**: The current inventory will be set to the selected quantity

          * ***Record Waste**: If selected, surplus stock will be designated as waste, and a corresponding waste event will be logged.*

          **Add**: The selected quantity will be added to the current inventory count
        </Card>

        <Card title="Quantity">
          The number of units that should be automatically stocked for that given rule
        </Card>

        <Card title="Unit">
          The unit to stock
        </Card>

        <Card title="Day(s) & Time">
          Select a minimum of one day when the rule will be automatically triggered and the time
        </Card>
      </CardGroup>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

### Sub Recipes

**Track ingredients composed of other ingredients by creating sub-recipes.**

Do you make your syrups in-house? Are your breads made fresh daily? Use subrecipes to track ingredients used to make those ingredients attached to products for sale.

Learn how to stock sub-recipe ingredients and their corresponding ingredients properly with **Production Events**.

<Accordion title="Create a Sub Recipe">
  In this example, we will create a subrecipe for house-made vanilla syrup.

  <iframe />

  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Create the ingredients that will be used to make the final ingredient (*i.e. vanilla syrup will be made up of two ingredients: simple syrup and vanilla extract*).

      <Tip>The process to make these ingredients is the same as any other ingredient!</Tip>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Create the sub recipe within the ingredient page.

      Navigate to **Ingredients** > **view** the ingredient.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click the **Sub-Recipe** tab > **Add Ingredient**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Add the ingredients one by one.

      <Tip>
        This ingredient of Vanilla Syrup is measured in fluid ounces. The sub recipe will consist of the quantity of ingredients needed to make 1 fluid ounce of Vanilla Syrup.

        For this example, let's say that to make 1 fluid ounce of Vanilla Syrup, 10ml of vanilla extract and 20 ml of simple syrup are needed.
      </Tip>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      View your sub-recipe below and edit the sub-recipe at any time

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Create a Production Event">
  Have you just finished making a fresh batch of house-made syrup?

  Use a production event to decrease the stock of the ingredients used in the sub recipe and in turn, restock the final ingredient.

  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Navigate to **Ingredients** > **view** the ingredient to stock (in this example, Vanilla Syrup)

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Create Production Event**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Stock the amount of the ingredient you've made (*i.e., 16oz of Vanilla Syrup*)

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      The stock of your ingredient has just increased, and the stock of the sub-recipe ingredients have subsequently decreased by the quantity used.

      View the activity logs of your sub-recipe ingredients to see the production event history.

      <CardGroup>
        <Card title="Vanilla Extract">
          <img />
        </Card>

        <Card title="Simple Syrup">
          <img />
        </Card>
      </CardGroup>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Build a Recipe

Every product in your menu has a recipe ready to build upon in Dripos Supply Chain.

When a product is sold on any Dripos platform, the stocks of ingredients linked to its recipe are automatically reduced by the amount used.

### Customizable Products

Follow these steps to create a recipe for a customizable product that relies on modifier options for ordering (i.e. espresso drinks, breakfast sandwiches, etc.)

<Accordion title="Create Recipe for Customizable Products">
  <iframe />

  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      On the Dashboard, navigate to **Menu** > **Supply Chain** > **Recipes** > select **Create** next to the desired product

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Understanding Variants">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      **Variant**: A variant is your product's pricing model. If the quantity of an ingredient used varies by size or price, you’ll need to select a variant when adding that ingredient to a recipe.

      *i.e., a 12oz latte will use 2oz of espresso, a 16oz will use 6oz of espresso*

      <Warning>If an ingredient's quantity used in a recipe **will be the same** regardless of the product size/price (i.e., 1 cup sleeve, 2 bread slices), a variant does not need to be selected prior to adding an ingredient.</Warning>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Add Ingredient to Variant">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      To add, for example, the ingredient espresso to different latte sizes, select the variant (12oz) > add the **recipe ingredient** > enter the quantity to use (2oz) > click **Add**. Repeat the action for other variants with their corresponding ingredient quantity.
    </Step>

    <Step title="Add Ingredient to Variant and Modifier">
      For example, a 12oz and 16oz latte will use different amounts of milk. To add the ingredient of whole milk to each variant, select the variant (12oz) > select the modifier **Milk** > select the whole milk **option** > add the recipe ingredient > enter the quantity to use (2oz) > click **Add**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Tip>
        Ensure you are using the right unit of measurement! Click the drop down next to the ingredient to select the correct unit. You want to add fluid ounces of milk to a latte, not gallons!
      </Tip>
    </Step>

    <Step title="View Recipes Ingredients">
      All added ingredients and their corresponding variants (if applicable) and modifiers will be listed at the bottom of the recipe page.

      Ingredients cannot be edited. Remove the ingredient and make a new ingredient to make changes.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

### Grab & Go Products

Use supply chain to track quantity of simple inventory products such as bakery items and canned beverages.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Single Product">
    Use these steps if you have a stand alone product for sale, *i.e. water bottle, croissant*

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Create Ingredients">
        Create a singular ingredient for the product (i.e., water bottle)

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add Ingredients to Recipe">
        Navigate to **Recipes** > find product and click **Create Recipe**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        Set the ingredient quantity to 1 so that each sale reduces the ingredient stock by one unit.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Product with Modifier Options">
    Use these steps if you have a product with modifier options acting as a singular flavor/type/choice, *i.e. product is muffins and has various flavor option modifiers*

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Create Ingredients">
        Create a singular ingredient for each modifier choice (i.e., an ingredient for each muffin flavor)

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add Ingredients to Recipe">
        Navigate to **Recipes** > find product and click **Create Recipe**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        Click the **modifier type** > select the modifier **option** > add the **recipe ingredient**.

        Set the ingredient **quantity to 1** so that each sale reduces the ingredient stock by one unit.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

### Modifier Recipes

**Attach an ingredient to a global modifier**

For example, all iced drinks use one straw. Add the ingredient of one straw to the **Temperature = Iced** modifier.

<Accordion title="Create Modifier Recipe">
  <iframe />

  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Click **Modifier Recipes** in the top right corner of supply chain > recipes

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Select the modifier and the modifier option (Temperature > Iced)

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Choose the sizing variant (optional) and input the ingredient and the respective quantity to use > click **create**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>


# Cost of Goods Sold
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/supply/supply-cogs

Understand the cost of ingredients sold

Track the cost of ingredients sold in each product using the **Cost of Goods (COGs) Report**

Find this report on the **Dashboard** and **Point of Sale** under **Reports** > **Cost of Goods Report**

<Steps>
  <Step title="Default Costs">
    Each recipe has a default cost based on the modifiers selected.

    For example, a 12oz and 16 oz latte with no modifiers has a base cost of \$1.80 and \$3.00, respectively.

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="12oz">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="16oz">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Cost of Goods Sold Report">
    When a product is sold, it's sale as well as the sale of those ingredients is recorded in the Cost of Goods Sold report.

    For example, a 12oz and a 16oz latte are sold today. The COGs report shows the following:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    > **Product**: Name of product/recipe sold
    >
    > **Sales**: Total sales made from the products sold
    >
    > **Estimated Cost**: *This column is currently undergoing maintenance*
    >
    > **Calculated Cost**: the total cost of the ingredients used to create each product sold (1x12oz + 1x16oz = \$1.80 + \$3.00 = \$4.80)
    >
    > * The percentage shown below (43.64%) represents the cost of goods divided by total sales—also known as your cost of goods sold (COGS) percentage.
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Inventory Management
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/supply/supply-manage

Learn how to manage your inventory on Dripos Supply Chain

## Adjust Inventory Stock

Make adjustments to your ingredient stock.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Dashboard">
    Make adjustments to your ingredient stock directly from your Dashboard.

    Navigate to **Menu** > **Supply Chain** > **Ingredients** > **View** ingredient

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Waste Remaining">
        Waste all remaining ingredient stock. This will set the quantity in stock to 0 and create a **Waste Event** for the ingredient.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Quick Stock">
        Add quantity to an ingredient's stock. Ensure the proper unit is selected. The Per Unit Cost will autofill. If a vendor item is attached, it too will autofill.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Production Event">
        Use a production event to decrease the stock of the ingredients used in the sub recipe and in turn, restock the final ingredient.

        Learn more about production events [here](/operations/supply/supply-basics#create-a-production-event)
      </Step>

      <Step title="Quick Stock from Ingredients Page">
        Additionally, edit ingredient stock directly from the Ingredients page.

        Select the Stock button to the right of the ingredient you want to add or subtract stock from.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Point of Sale">
    Make adjustments to your ingredient stock directly from your POS.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="View Ingredients">
        Ingredients are sorted by Out of Stock and In Stock

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Adjust Stock">
        Manually add or subtract (by inputting a negative value) stock from an ingredient.

        Once the stock value is inputted, press Edit Stock to confirm your changes.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Record Waste">
        Record and categorize waste to decrease ingredient stock. Once values are inputted, press Record Waste to confirm your changes.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Waste Remaining">
        Waste all remaining ingredient stock. Select then confirm.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Production Event">
        Use a production event to decrease the stock of the ingredients used in the sub recipe and in turn, restock the final ingredient.

        Learn more about production events [here](/operations/supply/supply-basics#create-a-production-event)

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Inventory Counts

Perform Inventory Counts to adjust the stock of multiple ingredients at once.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Dashboard">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Under **Menu** > **Supply Chain** > click **Inventory Counts** > **Create New Count**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Adjust the current stock of each ingredient in the **Counted Quantity** column. Click **Save as Draft**.

        <Warning>
          The inventory count is not yet completed!
        </Warning>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        View the inventory draft you've just created > click **Complete**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Point of Sale">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Click the **Supply Chain** tab on the POS > **Inventory Count**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Adjust the current stock of each ingredient in the **Counted Quantity** column. Press **Complete** to save.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Supply Chain Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/supply/supply-overview

Streamline your inventory management with Dripos Supply Chain

Supply Chain is an all-in-one inventory management system designed to streamline your shop’s inventory management ecosystem from ingredient tracking and recipe building to vendor management and more.

<iframe />

***

<Card title="Get started today with Dripos Supply Chain!" icon="flag-checkered" href="/operations/supply/supply-basics" />

***

Integrated across your front of house and back of house, Dripos Supply Chain has three main features:

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Inventory Management" icon="utensils" href="/operations/supply/supply-manage" />

  <Card title="Vendor Management" icon="handshake-simple" href="/operations/supply/supply-vendors" />

  <Card title="Cost of Goods Management" icon="receipt" href="" />
</CardGroup>


# Vendor Management
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/supply/supply-vendors

Add your Vendors into Dripos to organize your purchases

Dripos Vendor Management allows you to seamlessly add and organize your vendors and link your purchases directly to your inventory.

## Add Vendors

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    On the **Dashboard**, navigate to **Menu** > **Supply Chain** > **Vendors**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click **Create Vendor** and fill in the necessary fields.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Manage Vendors

All added vendors can be viewed in the Vendors tab. Click **View** to open the vendor's page

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Add Vendor Contacts">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Click **Add Contact**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Add contact information > press **Save**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Add Vendor Items">
    Determine which supply chain ingredients are supplied from a vendor.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Navigate to the **Vendor Items** tab > **Create Vendor Item**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Complete the following fields and click **Add**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        > **Attached Ingredient**: Select the ingredient from your Inventory to attach to your vendor
        >
        > **Vendor Item**: Enter the name that the vendor displays on their price list
        >
        > **SKU#**: Enter the product code that the vendor displays on their price list
        >
        > **Vendor Item Price**: Enter the cost of the vendor item
        >
        > **Vendor Item Quantity and Unit**: Enter the number of units contained in one case. For example, a shipment of 12 gallons of milk would have a case count of 12 and the unit as gallons.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Create Purchase Orders">
    Create and view past purchase orders with a selected vendor.

    ⭐ When a purchase order is created in Dripos, the stock of the ingredients purchase automatically increases.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        On the **Dashboard**, navigate to **Menu** > **Supply Chain** > **Purchase Orders** > **Create Purchase Order**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Outstanding Orders">
            The total value of all purchase orders that have been sent but not yet delivered.
          </Card>

          <Card title="Received this Week">
            The total number of orders received in the past 7 days.
          </Card>

          <Card title="Orders to Receive">
            The total number of orders where the delivery date has passed but have not been marked as received in Dripos.
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Complete the following fields and **Create Purchase Order** once complete

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        > **Vendor**: Select the vendor you’re purchasing from
        >
        > **Order Number**: Enter a number to label this purchase order
        >
        > **Delivery Date**: Specify the expected delivery date for this purchase order. This helps track average vendor delays.
        >
        > **Notes (Optional)**: Add any additional notes related to this purchase order
        >
        > **Vendor Items**: Click **Add Item** for each ingredients to include in this purchase order and their respective quantity
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Add a vendor contact as a recipient for the purchase order > click **Send Purchase Order** to email the vendor contact your order for fulfillment.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Tip>
          See a preview of the order to send to the vendor contact under **Preview**:

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Tip>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Once the goods are received, mark the purchase order as received to increase the stock of your ingredients accordingly.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        See your received items listed within the **Vendor Items** tab of the purchase order, and additionally see the purchase order in the activity log of the ingredient that was fulfilled.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Waste Management
Source: https://support.dripos.com/operations/supply/supply-waste

Easily track and reduce waste with Dripos’ Waste Management

Create custom waste types like “spillage”, log waste events at the Point of Sale, and monitor trends over time to identify inefficiencies and minimize loss.

## Create a Waste Type

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    On the Dashboard, navigate to **Menu** > \*\*Supply Chain > **Waste Management** > **Create Waste Type**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Add your Waste Type">
    Input the **Name** and **Description** on this waste type (i.e., spillage, drink was dropped or knocked over) > **Add**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Record Waste

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Navigate to the POS Supply Chain Tab:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Select an ingredient to record the Waste Event on the left hand side, and select **Record Waste** to bring up the Waste Modal:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Record Waste">
    The Record Waste modal will allow you to enter essential details on the event:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    > **Quantity to Waste**: The number amount to waste in this event.
    >
    > **Unit**: The unit of the amount to waste.
    >
    > **Waste Type**: Select the Waste Type you'd like to attach to this event.
    >
    > **Employee PIN**: The Employee PIN to be attached to the Waste Event.

    When ready, press **Record Waste** to complete the Waste Record.
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Manage Waste

<Steps>
  <Step title="Navigate to Waste Management Tab">
    On the Dashboard, navigate to **Menu** > **Supply Chain** > **Waste Management**

    The Waste Types page shows your monthly waste with the ability to group by **Waste Type**, **Employee**, and **Ingredient**.

    You can additionally find all of your Waste Types listed by **Name**, **Description**, and **Number of Events**:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Manage your Waste Types">
    Your Waste Types page will allow you to delete the Waste Type via the **Trash Button** as well as **Edit** the name and description:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="View your Waste Instances">
    Selecting **View** on a Waste Type will allow you to see individual instances of that Waste Type when recorded by on the POS. These are sorted by time:

    Your Waste Types page will allow you to delete the Waste Type via the **Trash Button** as well as **Edit** the name and description:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Navigating the Kitchen Display System
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/KDS/kds-navigate

Configure your KDS to match your shop's desired workflow

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="What is a Ticket Screen?">
    When an order is created, a ticket is created.

    Tickets can be managed and edited as they progress through the KDS

    ### Understanding a Ticket

    Tickets give a snapshot of an order so a team can communicate and deliver orders quickly and with ease.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="1">
        **Order Number & Name**
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="2">
        **Order Menu Products**
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="3">
        **Payment Status (only appears for unpaid tickets)**
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="4">
        **Ticket Type**: For Here, To-go, Mobile
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="5">
        **Progression Arrow**: click to move ticket to the next stage in order process (In-Progress, Completed)
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="6">
        **Regression Arrow**: move ticket back to the previous stage (Not Started, In-Progress)
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="7">
        **Checkboxes**: mark each product as completed
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="8">
        **Ticket Toggle**: collapse a ticket i.e minimize the order items and checkboxes to fit more tickets on the screen
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="9">
        **Time Created**: appears for orders that are to be made ASAP
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="10">
        **Time Scheduled**: appears for Scheduled orders
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>

    ***

    ### Understanding the Ticket Screen

    Learn how tickets appear on the KDS and how to complete a ticket

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="1">
        **Tickets**: patron orders awaiting completion
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="2">
        **Scheduled Orders**: pull up this tab to see the shop's scheduled orders
        <Tip> Scheduled Orders will appear on the main KDS automatically when it is time to start prepping the order</Tip>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="3">
        **Recently Completed**: pull up this tab to access tickets marked completed
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="4">
        **Quote Time**: edit the quote time for your online and delivery orders to be ready
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="5">
        **Received Tickets**: tickets will appear here first when created.
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="6">
        **In-Progress Tickets**: tickets will move here from *Received Tickets* using the progression arrows or checkboxes
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="7">
        **Complete All Button:** mark all tickets complete by hitting the complete all button
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Ticket Stages: Received, In-Progress, Completed">
    **Tickets have 3 stages:**

    <Icon icon="check" /> Received

    <Icon icon="check" /> In-Progress

    <Icon icon="check" /> Completed

    **There are 3 ways to progress a ticket toward completion:**

    <Icon icon="square-check" /> **Checkbox**

    Each item on a ticket has a checkbox

    Mark a checkbox to move to *In Progress*

    Mark all checkboxes to complete ticket

    <iframe />

    <Icon icon="arrow-right-long" /> **Arrows**

    Progress the ticket to the next stage with the blue arrow

    Regress the arrow to the previous stage with the red arrow

    <iframe />

    <Icon icon="money-check-dollar" /> **Transaction Status**

    Status can be progressed from the order's Transaction page

    <Note>Cannot progress backwards using this method, only forwards</Note>

    <iframe />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="View Recently Completed Tickets">
    View Recently Completed Orders and send them back to the KDS if necessary.

    <iframe />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="View Scheduled Orders">
    Scheduled Orders will automatically appear on the Ticket screen at just the right time.

    They appear based on when the order is set to be picked up minus how long it takes to prepare. That way, the staff knows exactly when to start prepping the order so it is always fresh and right on time!

    <Icon icon="calendar-days" /> Scheduled orders will display their pickup/delivery time beside the ticket Name

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    A Scheduled Order can also manually be sent to the Ticket screen at any time:

    <iframe />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Order Estimate Time">
    Edit quote times provided to customers for pickup and delivery orders.

    *Example: If the pickup estimate time is 15 minutes, if a customer places a mobile order at 3:45PM for ASAP pickup, the soonest their order will be ready is 4:00PM.*

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Mark All Tickets Complete">
    To clear the KDS at once, mark all tickets on the screen as complete.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Kitchen Display System Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/KDS/tickets-kds

Manage orders in real time with the Kitchen Display System

## What is a Kitchen Display System (KDS)?

<Icon icon="sitemap" /> A KDS, or Kitchen Display System, is a digital screen used in cafes and restaurants to help the bar and kitchen stay organized.

<Icon icon="print-slash" /> Instead of printing paper tickets, orders from the register or online go straight to the screen in the bar/kitchen.

<Icon icon="user-chef" /> This helps the baristas and cooks see what to prep, in what order, and makes it easier to keep track of everything—especially during busy times.

<Icon icon="person-running-fast" /> It’s faster, reduces mistakes, and helps your orders come out just right and on time!

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Simple Kitchen Display Screen">
    <img />
  </Card>

  <Card title="Quick Kitchen Display Screen">
    <img />
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Kitchen Display System Settings
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/KDS/tickets-settings

Streamline orders, reduce wait times, and keep your team in sync—so you can serve up great food and drinks, faster.

## Device Specific Settings

Navigate to the Point of Sale settings by pressing the **tribar (≡)** at the top left of the screen > **Settings** (⚙️) > **Tickets**

<Tip> Kitchen Display Settings are specific to each Point of Sale device at your location. Want the same setup on multiple devices? Just customize each one individually to match your needs.</Tip>

### Filter Settings

Use filtering to customize which categories, products, ticket types, and device orders appear on each KDS screen.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Filter KDS by Category">
    Select menu categories for the set device to display on ticket screens. Only the selected categories will display.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Filter KDS by Product">
    Select products you would like the set device to always display on ticket screens even if a category filter is active.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Filter KDS by Device">
    Select devices you would like the set device to display orders from on ticket screens. Only orders created from the selected devices will show.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Filter KDS by Order Type">
    Select the order types you would like the set device to display on ticket screens. Only the selected order types will show.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

### Screen Settings

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Set KDS Mode">
    Use this setting to switch between our two KDS Modes: Simple KDS & Two-Stage KDS. Simple KDS will show all orders until completed, while two-stage separates tickets by received and in-progress.

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Simple Kitchen Display Screen">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="Quick Kitchen Display Screen">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Set Time to Clear Incomplete Tickets">
    Choose a daily time to mark all orders as complete. *This will not impact any scheduled orders for future dates.*
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Set Default Ticket Type">
    Select a default ticket type for orders created on the set device.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Fire Ticket Settings

Choose when orders are sent to kitchen display screens and printers.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Checkout is complete (default)">
    Tickets appear on the Ticket screen as soon as the order is paid for.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Payment method is selected">
    As soon as a payment method is chosen (cash, card, etc.), the ticket will appear on the Ticket screen, even before payment is collected.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Order is named">
    Once an order is given a name—either through a Patron profile or a quick name entry—it will automatically appear on the Ticket screen.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Items added to cart">
    When a product is added to the cart, it will instantly appear on the Ticket screen—if it matches the selected filters.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

### KDS Options

Configure various KDS options to customize how tickets are completed

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Require Ticket Completion Confirmation">
    Completing tickets on the KDS will require a confirmation popup.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Highlight Mobile Orders">
    When new mobile orders appear on ticket screens, highlight tickets until they’ve been clicked on.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Collapse Orders by Default">
    Collapse all orders on KDS when using the Two-Stage KDS mode.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Enable Ticket Swipe">
    If enabled, swiping up with two-fingers will complete tickets. This setting applies to Simple KDS Mode displaying One Row.

    <iframe />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Hide Checkboxes">
    Remove checkboxes on tickets to fit more items per ticket.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Hide Modifier Names">
    If enabled, this will hide modifier names (not modifier selections) on the KDS.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Hide Ticket Numbers">
    If enabled, this will hide ticket numbers on the KDS.

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Display Ticket Number">
        <img />
      </Card>

      <Card title="Hide Ticket Number">
        <img />
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Hide Custom Products">
    If enabled, this will hide custom products from displaying on the KDS.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Show New Items Only">
    If enabled, this will hide completed items from tickets on the KDS and show only active items that still need to be prepared.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Show Number of Items in Full Ticket">
    If enabled, this will display the total item count alongside the filtered count at the bottom of each ticket. It does3 not include auto-completed items.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Set as Expo Screen">
    Set this device as an Expo Screen to complete expo tickets.
    <Warning>An Expo Screen will require an additional Point of Sale device for use.</Warning>

    An Expo Screen adds one more additional check before an order can be marked as complete.

    *Example workflow: The kitchen marks an order as complete from the Ticket screen. This order then is sent to the Expo screen at the front counter. The front counter employee then marks the order as comple from the Expo screen when it's ready to hand to the customer*

    **Complete the following steps on all ticket types that will require Expo completion:**

    <Steps>
      <Step title="View Ticket Type">
        On the **Dashboard**, navigate to **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Ticket Type** > **View**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Edit Information">
        Click **Edit Information** > **Require Expo Completion** = **Yes** > **Save**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

> **KDS Display Prep Time:** Chose how many minutes before a scheduled order time the ticket will appear on the kitchen display screen for preparation.

> **Show Ticket Timer:** Toggle this on, and set your warning times to automatically display how long a ticket has been on the KDS. Once warning times are hit, the timer will change to Orange (Warning), and then Red (Error).

### Sound Options

When a new ticket appears on the set device’s KDS, set a sound to play on the device.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Play Sound for Online and Third-Party Orders Only">
  To enable sounds solely for online and third-party orders, toggle ON both sound options

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Accordion>

### KDS Settings

Turn on these settings directly from the KDS by pressing the **tribar (≡)** at the top left of the screen > **KDS** > **KDS Settings** (⚙️)

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Show Pickup Quote Time">
  Turn on this setting to view quote times directly from the KDS.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Accordion>


# Checkout Basics
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/checkout/checkout-basics

Understand basic checkout flow on the Point of Sale

## Point of Sale Checkout Flow

Watch the video below to learn how to do a simple order checkout on the Point of Sale.

*This example incldues adding items to cart, adding a product discount, attaching a patron to an order, and sending an email receipt.*

<iframe />

<Tip> Learn more about ticket types and payment types [here](/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-tickets)</Tip>

***

## Split Payments

Allow for customers to pay for an order with 2+ payment methods.

Watch the video below to learn how to use numerous payment methods on an Point of Sale order.

<iframe />


# Checkout Flow
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/checkout/checkout-overview

Learn about checking out on the Dripos POS as well as managing checkout on all platforms

With the Dripos checkout flow, shops have the ability to personalize ticket types, payment options, and checkout prompts to create a customized checkout flow that perfectly fits their workflow.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## Learn Checkout

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Checkout Basics" icon="square-1" href="/orders/checkout/checkout-basics">
    Understand your basic checkout flow on the POS
  </Card>

  <Card title="Saved Tickets" icon="square-2" href="/orders/checkout/checkout-savedtickets">
    Use saved tickets to extend checkout on the POS
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

## Checkout Management

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Ticket Types" href="/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-tickets">
    Explore how ticket types are used
  </Card>

  <Card title="Payment Types" href="/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-payments">
    Explore how payment types are used
  </Card>

  <Card title="Checkout Prompts" href="/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-prompts">
    Explore how checkout prompts are used
  </Card>

  <Card title="Service Fees" href="/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-fees">
    Explore how service fees are applied at checkout
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Saved Tickets
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/checkout/checkout-savedtickets

Use saved tickets to extend checkout on the POS

Creating saved tickets on the Dripos Point of Sale allows you to add information to a transaction without having to check out immediately. This feature is useful for a variety of  workflows, such as drive-thrus, call-in or scheduled orders, and even keeping tabs.

With saved tickets, you can initially add products to a ticket and then conveniently access the ticket to check out and pay it off whenever needed.

## Create Saved Tickets

<Accordion title="How to Create a Saved Ticket">
  <Steps>
    <Step>
      Navigate to the **POS,**  press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" />  in the upper left hand corner and select **Register**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Press either the **saved tickets page icon** <Icon icon="clipboard-list" /> and then **New Order**, or press the **New Ticket +** button on the right hand side

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Fill out the required fields in the ticket; all tickets require a name at minimum
      <Note> You can change a variety of information on this page about the ticket, including ticket type and time ticket is scheduled. You can also pre-authorize a card for immediate payment when charged, and leave a pre- authorized tip. </Note>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Press **Create** to save the order, then add products as normal

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Press **Save & Send** to save the order to charge later

      <Note> By saving the **Save & Send** button, the ticket will send to any ticket screens and print if you have printer connections. If you would like to avoid printing, press the **Save Icon** <Icon icon="floppy-disk" /> </Note>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## View and Manage Saved Tickets

<Accordion title="How to View and Adjust Saved Tickets">
  Edit the ticket information, delete the ticket, or add more products to the ticket by following the steps below:

  <Steps>
    <Step>
      Navigate to the **POS** press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" />  in the upper left hand corner and select **Register**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Press the **saved tickets page icon** <Icon icon="clipboard-list" />

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      This leads to the **Saved Tickets** screen. Saved tickets are ordered from oldest to newest.

      <Note> You can filter saved tickets by the device they originated on if you have multiple devices in your shop. Press the filter icon <Icon icon="filter" /> to do this. </Note>

      To edit information on a saved ticket, press any ticket from the **Saved Tickets** screen.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      On the right hand side, press the **pencil icon** <Icon icon="pencil" /> to edit the ticket information.

      Press the **trash icon**  <Icon icon="trash-can" /> to delete the order.

      <Note> Any paid or partially paid orders cannot be deleted. </Note>

      Add more products to the saved ticket by adding to cart as usual and then pressing **Save and Send** or **Save**.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      If editing, edit any information you would like (ticket type, name, phone number, etc.), and save again.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Check Out Saved Tickets

<Accordion title="How to Check Out with Saved Tickets">
  <Steps>
    <Step>
      Navigate to the **POS,** press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" />  in the upper left hand corner and select **Register**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Press the **saved tickets page icon** <Icon icon="clipboard-list" />

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      From the **Saved Tickets** screen, select the ticket you would like to charge

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Press the **Charge** button in the lower right hand corner

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Proceed through checkout flow as normal
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Saved Ticket Settings

There are multiple setting that change how saved tickets can be used at the POS:

<Accordion title="Breakdown Saved Tickets">
  If **Breakdown Saved Tickets** is on, the saved tickets screen will be sorted into **ASAP, Scheduled, and Past:**

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  To turn on:

  <Steps>
    <Step>
      On the POS, press the **tribar icon**  <Icon icon="bars" />  in the upper left hand corner and select the **Settings** (⚙️) at the bottom of the screen
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Press **Global Ticket Options**
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Toggle **Break down saved tickets** on

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Default to Saved Ticket Screen">
  If **Default to Saved Ticket Screen** is on, a blank saved order will appear after the last order is checked out. This may be helpful if you only used saved tickets in your workflow:

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  To turn on:

  <Steps>
    <Step>
      On the POS, press the **tribar icon**  <Icon icon="bars" />  in the upper left hand corner and select the **Settings** (⚙️) at the bottom of the screen
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Press **Device Ticket Options**
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Toggle **Default to saved tickets screen** on

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Save Patron when Creating a Saved Ticket">
  If **Save Patron when Creating a Saved Ticket** is on, if a phone number isn’t recognized is entered in a saved ticket, the POS will prompt to save the patron.

  To turn on:

  <Steps>
    <Step>
      On the POS, press the **tribar icon**  <Icon icon="bars" />  in the upper left hand corner and select the **Settings** (⚙️) at the bottom of the screen
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Press **Device Ticket Options**
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Toggle **Save patron on Saved Ticket creation** on

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Close Saved Tickets Modal on Select">
  If **Close Saved Tickets Model on Select** is on, the saved tickets screen will close once a saved ticket is selected.

  To turn on:

  <Steps>
    <Step>
      On the POS, press the **tribar icon**  <Icon icon="bars" />  in the upper left hand corner and select the **Settings** (⚙️) at the bottom of the screen
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Press **Device Ticket Options**
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Toggle **Close Saved Tickets Modal on Select** on

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>


# Cash Rounding
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/checkout/checkout-settings/cash-rounding

Learn about Cash Rounding settings

With the discontinuation of pennies, cash rounding allows cash transactions to be automatically rounded to the nearest nickel, helping speed up checkout and reduce the need for small coins.

<Note> Cash rounding is a location-based setting and must be enabled individually for each location. </Note>

## Cash Rounding Process

Cash rounding is applied at the end of a transaction, after taxes, fees, and discounts are calculated.

Rounding only applies when **Cash** is selected as the payment method.
The transaction total is rounded to the **nearest nickel** — the adjustment may appear as either a small **discount** or an **additional charge**, depending on the final amount.

The cash rounding adjustment will be visible as soon as the **Cash** payment method is selected.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Warning> Cash rounding rules may vary by region. Please ensure this feature aligns with state and local cash-handling regulations. </Warning>

## Cash Rounding Dashboard Settings

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Navigate to your  Dashboard.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click the **Settings** (⚙️) in the upper-right corner.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Select **Settings** and navigate to **Order System** on the left sidebar.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Locate **Cash Rounding**, click **Edit**, and set **Enable Cash Rounding** to **Yes**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Select your preferred cash rounding method from the dropdown menu:

    * **Nearest \$0.05**: Rounds the total up or down to the nearest nickel.
    * **Always Round Up**: Always rounds the total up to the nearest nickel.
    * **Always Round Down**: Always rounds the total down to the nearest nickel.
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Refunding a Cash Rounded Transaction

When refunding a cash transaction that included rounding, you can choose whether or not to refund the cash rounding adjustment. For more information on refunding transactions, see [here](https://support.dripos.com/orders/tickets/tickets-overview#4-refund).

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## View Cash Rounding in Reports

To see total cash rounding adjustments across transactions:

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Navigate to **Reports**.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Open the **Sales Summary Report** or **Cash Drawers Report**.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    View the **Cash Rounding Adjustment** line item in the Sales Summary Report.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    View the **Cash Rounding** line item in the Cash Drawers Report.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

## View Cash Rounding in POS Cash Drawers

Cash rounding totals can also be reviewed directly from a cash drawer on the POS:

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Open the active **Cash Drawer**.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Locate the **Cash Rounding** line item to view the total adjustment amount.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Checkout Settings
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/checkout/checkout-settings/checkout-settings



Learn about checkout settings on the POS and Dashboard.

## Point of Sale Settings

Navigate to the Point of Sale settings by pressing the **tribar (≡)** in the top left of the screen and selecting the **Settings** (⚙️) at the bottom.

### Register Settings

Select Product, Cart, Checkout, and Camera Options that best fit your workflow.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

### Register Layouts

Customize your register layout and create custom dashboards.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Set Register Columns">
    Select the number of columns products will be arranged into on the Register tab

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Four">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Seven">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Set Default Register Category">
    Select a category or custom dashboard to auto-select upon returning to the Register tab after each transaction.

    * Defaults to “All Products”
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Custom Dashboards">
    Create an additional dashboard on the Register tab consisting of products that exist in other categories

    *A common custom dashboard is a list of bestsellers consisting of the most popular products sold at the POS.*

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press **Add Custom Dashboard**
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Name the custom dashboard > press **Create Dashboard**, *i.e. Bestsellers*

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Press the newly created custom dashboard > select the products to display within the custom dashboard > press **Save Changes**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        The newly created custom dashboard will appear at the top of the Register tab.
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Checkout Screens

Turn on Checkout Options that best fit your workflow.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Show Order Types Screen">
    If enabled, display order type screen during checkout

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

### Orders

Auto complete certain orders and review General Order Options.

**Auto Complete Settings**:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

> **Register**: If enabled, all orders originating from the Point of Sale app will auto-complete.

> **Kiosk**: If enabled, all orders originating from the Point of Sale app in Kiosk mode will auto-complete.

> **Order App**: If enabled, all orders originating from the Order App will auto-complete.

> **Order Website**: If enabled, all orders originating from the Order Website will auto-complete.

> **Saved Orders**: If enabled, all saved orders originating from the Point of Sale app will auto-complete.

> **Custom Products**: If enabled, all custom products created on the Point of Sale app will auto-complete

**General Order Options:**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Default to Name on Patron Popup">
    When Add Name or Patron is selected during checkout, Enter Name will be defaulted upon selection

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Card>

  <Card title="Breakdown Saved Orders">
    If enabled, the Saved Orders tab will filter into separate tabs for ASAP, Scheduled, and Past orders.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Card>

  <Card title="Enable Discounts for Gift Card Purchases">
    If enabled, discounts will also be applied to gift card purchases. Learn more [here](/orders/discounts/discounts-gc)
  </Card>

  <Card title="Create New Patron on Saved Orders">
    If enabled, creating a saved order with new patron information will prompt the creation of a new patron account

    <iframe />
  </Card>

  <Card title="Default to New Saved Order">
    If enabled, clicking New Order at the end of checkout will lead to a new Saved Order rather than the Register Screen

    <iframe />
  </Card>

  <Card title="Close Saved Orders on Order Selection">
    If enabled, the Saved Orders window will automatically closes when a Saved Order is selected
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

**Order Name Options:**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

When a ticket has both an order name (table, first name, etc.) and a patron with a name on file, choose which name appears and prints on the ticket. If the patron has no name on file, the order name is used. Even if you override a name tied to a patron, that patron still earns loyalty points for the order.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## Dashboard Settings

On the Dripos dashboard, click the **Settings Icon** in the upper right corner > **Settings** > **Ticket**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

**Autocomplete Settings**:

> **Register**: If enabled, all orders originating from the Point of Sale app will auto-complete

> **Kiosk**: If enabled, all orders originating from the Point of Sale app in Kiosk mode will auto-complete.

> **Order App**: If enabled, all orders originating from the Order App will auto-complete.

> **Order Website**: If enabled, all orders originating from the Order Website will auto-complete.

> **Saved Orders**: If enabled, all saved orders originating from the Point of Sale app will auto-complete.

> **Custom Products**: If enabled, all custom products created on the Point of Sale app will auto-complete


# Menu Markup
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/checkout/checkout-settings/menu-markup

Learn about Menu Markup settings

Menu markup upcharges the entire menu by a specified percent. Shops can offset processing fees by applying a menu-wide price increase, then offering a cash discount to customers who pay with cash.
<Note> Menu Markup is a location-based setting and must be enabled individually for each location. </Note>
<Warning> Menu markup and cash discount rules may vary by region. Please ensure this feature aligns with state and local regulations. </Warning>
<Danger> This feature is currently not supported for shops using inclusive tax rates. </Danger>

## Menu Markup Dashboard Settings

To turn on Menu Markup for a location:

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Navigate to your Dashboard.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click the **Settings** (⚙️) in the upper-right corner.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Select **Settings** and navigate to **Order System** on the left sidebar.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Locate **Menu Markup** and click **Edit**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Select which Payment Methods are eligible for cash discounts and enter your menu markup percentage for each platform.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Note> Your original menu prices will remain unchanged in the dashboard after you turn on menu markup settings. This markup will only appear on applicable platforms. In addition, your cash discount will deduct only by the marked up amount. </Note>
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Menu Markup and Cash Discounts on the POS

A menu markup of 3% will result in a menu-wide increase of 3% on the applicable platforms. The checkout total will display the price with the markup.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

A 3% discount will automatically be applied at checkout when a payment method eligible for a discount is selected.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

The cash discount will also be reflected on the transaction page.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## View Cash Discounts in Reports

To see cash discounts adjustments across transactions:

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Navigate to **Reports**.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Open the **Discounts Report**.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    View the **Cash Discounts** line item in the Discounts Report.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Staying Compliant with Card Network Rules

Menu markup and cash discounting are legal, but only when presented correctly. Card networks like Visa can flag a cash discount as a disguised surcharge if your menu, signage, checkout, and receipts do not line up. The practices below keep your setup compliant. This is not legal advice, so confirm the details for your area with your own advisor.

<Warning>
  **The core rule:** the price you advertise must be the price a credit card customer actually pays, with the cash discount subtracted from it at checkout. If you advertise the lower cash price and add the markup only for card payments, that reads as a surcharge, not a discount.
</Warning>

The same \$4.00 item, presented both ways:

| | Non-compliant | Compliant |
| - | - | - |
| Advertised menu price | \$4.00 | \$4.16 |
| Card customer pays | \$4.16 | \$4.16 |
| Cash customer pays | \$4.00 | \$4.00 (after a \$0.16 discount) |
| How it reads | \$0.16 added for card | \$0.16 off for cash |

The dollar amounts are identical. What matters is which price you advertise as standard.

**Best practices:**

* **Advertise the marked-up price everywhere.** Your menu, signage, and website should show the higher price as the regular price. The cash discount comes off that at checkout.
* **Disclose before payment, not just on the receipt.** Post clear notices at the entrance and register, and show the discount on the checkout screen before the customer pays. Receipt-only disclosure is not enough.
* **Keep the markup reasonable.** Align it with your actual cost of card acceptance rather than setting it higher.
* **Keep every touchpoint consistent.** Menu, signage, POS, and receipts should show the same prices and describe the program the same way.

<Note>
  This is provided to help you configure the feature responsibly and is not legal advice. Rules vary by state and change over time. For your specific situation, consult your legal or compliance advisor.
</Note>


# Service Fees
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-fees

Create and attach service fees to different ticket types and orders.

<Icon icon="check" /> Services fees are additional fees that can be added on top of the total dollar amount of a ticket.

<Icon icon="check" /> Add an automatic service fee to any ticket type

<Icon icon="check" /> Add a one-off service fee from the Point of Sale to any order

<Icon icon="check" /> All fees are either created as a percentage or a flat dollar ammount.

***

## Create a Service Fee

<Accordion title="How to Create a Service Fee">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="Add Service Fee">
      On the **Dashboard**, click **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Service Fees** > **Create Service Fee**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Complete the following fields:">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      **Name**: Service Fee Name

      **Calculate on Subtotal**: Selecting **yes** will calculte the service fee on the order total before tax and tips are applied

      **Tax Service Fee**: Selecting **yes** will attach the default tax rate to the service fee

      **Type**: Percentage or Flat Dollar Amount

      **Amount**: Percentage (5%) or Dollar amount (\$5.00)

      **Minimum Subtotal Amount**: The minimum subtotal value to apply this fee to

      **Maximum Subtotal Amount**: The maximum subtotal value to apply this fee to
    </Step>

    <Step title="Edit Service Fee">
      Edit a service fee anytime by clicking **Edit Information** on the service fee's page

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Add Service Fee to Ticket Type

<Accordion title="How to Add a Service Fee to a Ticket Type">
  Automatically attach a service fee to an order of a particular ticket type.

  <iframe />
</Accordion>

***

## Add Custom Fee to a Point of Sale Order

<Accordion title="How to Add a Custom Fee to an Order">
  Add a one time custom fee, either as a percentage or dollar amount, on the Point of Sale.

  <iframe />
</Accordion>


# Payment Types
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-payments

Learn how to create and manage payment types

## Overview

Utilize the standard Dripos payment methods that customers can use at checkout.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Point of Sale">
    <img />
  </Card>

  <Card title="Mobile Ordering">
    <img />
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Cash">
    Physical dollars
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Card">
    Physical debit and credit cards, as well as Tap to Pay using Apple Pay and Google Pay
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Manual Card">
    Physical debit and credit cards, typing the card number, expiry, and CSV into the POS
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Billing">
    Assign a payment to an existing billing account to be paid at a later date. Learn more [here](/operations/billing/billing-overview).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Gift Card">
    Physical or digital gift cards issued by Dripos. Learn more [here](/marketing/giftcards/giftcards-overview)
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Rewards">
    Redeeming loyalty points earned on a qualifying purchase. Learn more [here](/marketing/loyalty/loyalty-overview)
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Create New Payment Type

Create new payment methods to track payments collected from third party money transfer apps.

<Warning>
  Dripos does not integrate with third party payment platforms.

  Stores are responsible for the collections of funds from third party payment platforms.

  Dripos will only keep track of sales made with these third party payments and will **not** initiate any payment with third party payment platforms.
</Warning>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Point of Sale">
    <img />
  </Card>

  <Card title="Other Payment Methods">
    <img />
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

<Accordion title="How to Create a New Payment Type">
  <Steps>
    <Step>
      On the **Dashboard**, click **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Payment Types** > **Create Payment Type**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Complete the following fields > click **Add**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <AccordionGroup>
        <Accordion title="Name">
          Name to distinguish this custom payment type
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Tax Disabled">
          **Yes** = taxes will automatically be removed from an order using this payment method

          **No** = taxes will be chaged to an order using this payment method
        </Accordion>
      </AccordionGroup>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## View Payment Method Used

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    ### Point of Sale

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the **Point of Sale** view the **Transactions** page
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Select the desired transaction
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Scroll down within the transaction details to **Payments** to view the used payment method

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Web Dashboard">
    ### Web Dashboard

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Click on **Orders** > **Transactions**
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click **View** on the desired ticket
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Scroll down to the bottom of the ticket and click the **Payments** tab

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## View Payment Type Sales Report

View sales for all Dripos payment methods, as well as sales of custom payment methods created.

On the [**Dashboard**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/reports/payment-methods), click **Finance** > **Reports** > **Payment Methods** > select a date range and click **Generate Report**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>


# Checkout Prompts
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-prompts

Learn how to create and utilize checkout prompts

<Icon icon="check" /> Create **required** or **optional** checkout prompts for different **ticket types**.

<Icon icon="check" /> Customers will answer checkout prompts before they finish placing their order.

## Create Checkout Prompts

<Steps>
  <Step>
    On the **Dashboard**, click **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Checkout Prompts** > **Create Prompt**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Complete the following fields and click **Add**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Header Name">
        How the checkout prompt appears on the POS
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Full Prompt">
        How the checkout prompt appears on the Order Website and Order App
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Example Answer">
        An example answer to show the patron how to respond to the prompt
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Ticket Types">
        Select at least one ticket type for this checkout prompt to tie to.

        <Tip> **Example:** For the To-Go ticket type, a customer may need utensils. Use a checkout prompt for the To-Go ticket type to ask if they would like utensils included with their order.</Tip>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Platform">
        Select at least one of Dripos ordering platforms the checkout prompt will appear on; multiple may be selected at once
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Required">
        **Yes**= Checkout will be prevented unless the prompt is filled out

        **No** = A patron can checkout without completing this prompt
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Use Checkout Prompts

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Use Checkout Prompts on the Point of Sale">
    The checkout prompt will become available to complete on the Payment page in the checkout process.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Use Checkout Prompts on Dripos Go">
    Applicable prompts appear as chips under **Checkout Prompts** on the payment screen. Tap a chip to answer it.

    Required prompts are marked with an asterisk (\*) and must be answered before any payment method can be selected.

    <Tip>A prompt only shows on Dripos Go if **Dripos Go** is selected under **Platform** and the order's ticket type is selected under **Ticket Types**.</Tip>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Use Checkout Prompts with Mobile Orders">
    The checkout prompt will become available when the patron views their cart and adds their payment method.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## View Checkout Prompts

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Dashboard">
    On the dashboard, **View** the Transaction you would like to see the checkout prompt response for.

    Scroll down and select the **Checkout Prompts** tab to see the response.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Point of Sale">
    On the POS, click the tribar on the top left and navigate to Transactions.

    Select a transaction that has a checkout prompt and scroll down the see the response.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Ticket Types
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-tickets

Learn how ticket types are created and used for ordering

## Overview

<Tip>Ticket types help to determine how to prepare an order. Ticket types may also be referred to as Order Types when navigating on the Point of Sale.</Tip>

Four ticket types will automatically be set up in your Dripos system:

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="For Here" icon="plate-utensils" />

  <Card title="To-go" icon="cart-shopping-fast" />

  <Card title="Mobile" icon="mobile-screen">
    Learn more about Mobile ordering [here](/orders/mobile/mobile-overview)
  </Card>

  <Card title="Delivery" icon="car">
    If in-house delivery is enabled for your location
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

<Note>
  **In-house delivery** is turned on per location and is off by default for new shops. If you
  already take delivery orders, nothing changes. If you do not see Delivery on your POS, in the Hub
  app, or on your online ordering site, contact [support](/troubleshoot/contact-support) to have it
  enabled. Delivery through DoorDash, Uber Eats, and other partners is separate — see
  [Delivery Integrations](/orders/stream).
</Note>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## Create Ticket Types

<Accordion title="How to Create a New Ticket Type">
  ### Create a New Ticket Type

  Create additional ticket types for your shop's desired workflows.

  <Steps>
    <Step title="Navigate to Ticket Types page">
      On the **Dashboard**, click **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Ticket Types** > **Create Ticket Type**

      <img />
    </Step>

    <Step title="Fill in the following fields">
      Learn more about **ticket type components** below. Edit these fields at any time from the ticket's page > **Edit Information**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

### Ticket Type Components

Learn what makes up a Dripos Ticket Type and how to customize them.

<Accordion title="Edit Ticket Type Components">
  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Tabs>
    <Tab title="Type">
      <CardGroup>
        <Card title="In Store" icon="link">
          Available at the POS
        </Card>

        <Card title="Pay at Store" icon="link">
          Patron can place an order via the Order App and Order Website and pay upon arrival at the store
        </Card>

        <Card title="Mobile" icon="link">
          Patron can place an order via the Order App and Order Website and pay upon checkout
        </Card>

        <Card title="Delayed Tipping" icon="link">
          Available at the POS and allows the patron to tip via the printed receipt for tip entry at a later time
        </Card>
      </CardGroup>
    </Tab>

    <Tab title="Enabled">
      <CardGroup>
        <Card title="Yes">
          Ticket type is available upon checkout across all platforms.
        </Card>

        <Card title="No">
          Ticket type is **not** available upon checkout across all platforms.
        </Card>
      </CardGroup>
    </Tab>

    <Tab title="Mobile Enabled">
      <CardGroup>
        <Card title="Yes">
          Ticket type is available upon checkout on the order website and order app.
        </Card>

        <Card title="No">
          Ticket type is **not** available upon checkout on the order website and order app.
        </Card>
      </CardGroup>
    </Tab>

    <Tab title="Requires Expo Completion">
      Tickets will send to an Expo screen
    </Tab>

    <Tab title="Tip Splitting">
      <CardGroup>
        <Card title="Yes">
          Tips received on orders of this ticket type will be added into the employee tip pool.
        </Card>

        <Card title="No">
          Tips received on orders of this ticket type will **not** be added into the employee tip pool.
        </Card>
      </CardGroup>
    </Tab>

    <Tab title="Color">
      Ticket color on the kitchen display screen
    </Tab>

    <Tab title="Tax Disabled">
      Choose to disable taxes on this ticket type automatically at checkout
    </Tab>

    <Tab title="Auto Complete Tickets">
      If set to **yes**, tickets will **not** send to the kitchen display screen and be marked immediately as completed
    </Tab>

    <Tab title="Begin Ticket in Progress">
      Tickets will be marked as “In-Progress” immediately
    </Tab>
  </Tabs>
</Accordion>

***

## Set Default Ticket Type

<Steps>
  <Step title="Set Default Ticket Type">
    On the **Dashboard** > **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Ticket Types** > drag the desired default ticket type to the top of the list of ticket types

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Ticket Type Alerts

Ticket Type Notifications automatically send patrons a text after placing an order, completing the ticket, or both.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Tip>By default, new ticket types have notifications and statuses turned **off**</Tip>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Enable Ticket Type Notifications">
    #### Notifications

    Create messages to send to customers as soon as their order is placed and as soon as the order is ready!

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Card title="Order Placement">
      If enabled, as soon as order checkout is completed on any platform, the patron will receive this message.
    </Card>

    <Card title="Order Completed">
      If enabled, as soon as order is marked as complete on the kitchen display screen, the patron will receive this message.
    </Card>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Enable Ticket Type Status Indicators">
    #### Status Indicators

    Create messages to send customers at each stage of the order completion process.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Card title="Confirmed">
      Message to send when an order arrives on the kitchen display screen
    </Card>

    <Card title="In-Progress">
      Message to send when an order is marked as in-progress on the kitchen display screen
    </Card>

    <Card title="Completed">
      Message to send when an order is marked as completed from the kitchen display screen
    </Card>

    ### View Status on Order Website

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    ### View Status on Order App

    <img />
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## View Ticket Types

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    Enable and disable any ticket type on the [Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/flow/tickets), as well as edit all ticket type components.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    Determine ticket types for an order upon checkout at the Point of Sale

    <Accordion title="Disable Ticket Type Screen on Point of Sale">
      If your store only uses one ticket type and all orders should default to this ticket, you may disable the ticket type screen during checkout.

      <Steps>
        <Step title="Disable Order Type Screen">
          On the **Point of Sale**, navigate to the system settings > **Checkout Screens** > toggle **off** **Show Order Type Screen**

          <iframe />
        </Step>
      </Steps>
    </Accordion>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order Website">
    When ticket types are enabled on **Mobile** platforms, patrons can select any ticket types available to them on the order website.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Order App">
    When ticket types are enabled on **Mobile** platforms, patrons can select any ticket types available to them on the order app.

    <img />
  </Tab>
</Tabs>


# Create Discounts
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/discounts/discounts-basics

Learn about the different types of discounts Dripos offers

## Product Discounts

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Overview">
    <Icon icon="check" /> Product discounts are discounts that can be applied to an individual product

    <Icon icon="check" /> Product discounts are can be applied to a product when adding a product to cart

    <Icon icon="check" /> Product discounts are only applied on the Point of Sale

    <iframe />
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Create Product Discounts">
    ### Create Product Discounts

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the **Dashboard,** click **Menu** > **Discounts**. On the **Discounts** page, click **Create Discount** > **Product Discount**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Complete the following fields and click **Save**:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Card title="Discount Type & Amount">
          **Flat**: Dollar amount for the discount, **Amount**: 2, i.e. \$2 off a product

          **Percent**: Percentage amount for the discount, **Amount**: 10, i.e. 10% off a product
        </Card>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Select which products to attach this discount to:">
        Click **Add Product**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        Add one or multiple products at a time > click **Save**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Edit this product discount's name, type, and amount at any time by clicking **Edit Information**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Apply Product Discounts">
    ### Apply Product Discounts

    Apply product discounts from the Point of Sale and DriposGO

    **Point of Sale**

    <iframe />

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Press a product to add to cart
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Scroll to the bottom of the product page > press the product discount > press **Add** to cart
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Additionally, click on the product in cart to add or remove a product discount
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    **Dripos GO**

    <img />

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Select a product to add to cart
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Before adding to cart, select the product discount listed at the bottom of the product's page.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Any applicable product modifiers will be listed for use. Tap to add the discount and add the product to cart.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Edit & Delete">
    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Remove Products from Discount">
        **How to detach a discount from a product's page:**

        <Steps>
          <Step>
            Navigate to **Menu** > **Products** > **View** the product to remove a discount.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Scroll to the bottom of the product's page > click **Discounts** > click **Edit**

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Click **Remove** to detach this discount from the product

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Delete Discount">
        <Step>
          Navigate to the discount page (**Menu** > **Discounts** > **View** the discount) > click **Actions** > **Delete**

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Step>
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Ticket Discounts

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Overview">
    <Icon icon="check" /> Ticket discounts are discounts that will apply to an entire order

    <Icon icon="check" /> Ticket discounts can be applied to an order at any point before clicking 'Charge' and proceeding to payment

    <Icon icon="check" /> Ticket discounts are only applied on the Point of Sale

    <iframe />
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Create Ticket Discounts">
    ### Create Ticket Discounts

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the **Dashboard,** click **Menu** > **Discounts**. On the **Discounts** page, click **Create Discount** > **Ticket Discount**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Complete the following fields and click **Save**:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Card title="Discount Type & Amount">
          **Flat**: Dollar amount for the discount, **Amount**: 5, i.e. \$5 off an order

          **Percent**: Percentage amount for the discount, **Amount**: 20, i.e. 20% off an order
        </Card>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Edit this ticket discount's name, type, and amount at any time by clicking **Edit Information**.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Apply Ticket Discounts">
    ### Apply Ticket Discounts

    Apply ticket discounts from the Point of Sale and Dripos GO.

    **Point of Sale**

    <iframe />

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Add products to cart
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Press the **tag icon** <Icon icon="tags" /> at the top of the register to navigate to the **Main Register Page**
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Under **Discounts**, press the ticket discount you've created to apply it to the entire order
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    **Dripos GO**

    <iframe />

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Add product to cart
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Return back to menu home page and press **Menu Tools**
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Press **Discounts** and add a premade ticket discount
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Delete">
    <Step>
      Navigate to the discount page itself (**Menu** > **Discounts** > **View** the discount) > click **Actions** > **Delete**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Rule-Based Discounts

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Overview">
    <Icon icon="check" /> Rule-based discounts apply automatically to cart when the products in cart trigger a rule

    <Icon icon="check" /> Rule-based discounts are best for BOGO discounts

    <Icon icon="check" /> Rule-based discounts apply automatically to orders placed on the Point of Sale, Kiosk, Order Website, and Order App.

    <iframe />
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Create Rule-Based Discounts">
    ### Create Rule-Based Discounts

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the **Dashboard,** click **Menu** > **Discounts**. On the **Discounts** page, click **Create Discount**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Complete the following fields and click **Add**:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <AccordionGroup>
          <Accordion title="Trigger Scope">
            **Product Discount**: When added to cart, the products chosen for this rule will trigger this discount rule to apply to the order if the **Trigger Type** is met
            *Example: Americano*

            **Category Discount**: When added to cart, the products of the categories chosen for this rule will trigger this discount rule to apply to the order if the **Trigger Type** is met
            *Example: Bakery*

            **Order Discount**: Any products added to cart can trigger this discount rule to apply if the **Trigger Type** is met
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Trigger Type & Amount">
            **Dollar Amount**:

            <Card title="Product Discount">
              If the specified products are added to cart and their total price equals or exceeds the Trigger Dollar Amount, the rule will apply

              *Example: Amount is \$5, if two Americanos are added to cart for a total of \$6, this discount will trigger*
            </Card>

            <Card title="Category Discount">
              If products added to cart are of the specified category and their total price equals or exceeds the Trigger Dollar Amount, the rule will apply

              *Example: Amount is \$10, if two scones and a muffin are added to cart for a total of \$10, this discount will trigger*
            </Card>

            <Card title="Order Discount">
              If the order's total price equals or exceeds the Trigger Dollar Amount, regardless of what is in the cart, the rule will apply

              *Example: Amount is \$20, if the cart total is \$20 or greater, this discount will trigger*
            </Card>

            **Quantity**:

            <Card title="Product Discount">
              If the specified products are added to cart and their total price equals or exceeds the Trigger Dollar Amount, the rule will apply

              *Example: Amount is 2, if two Americanos are added to cart, this discount will trigger*
            </Card>

            <Card title="Category Discount">
              If products added to cart are of the specified category and their total price equals or exceeds the Trigger Dollar Amount, the rule will apply

              *Example: Amount is 3, if two scones and a muffin are added to cart, this discount will trigger*
            </Card>

            <Card title="Order Discount">
              If the order's total price equals or exceeds the Trigger Dollar Amount, regardless of what is in the cart, the rule will apply

              *Example: Amount is 5, if five or more products are added to cart, this discount will trigger*
            </Card>
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Discount Type & Amount">
            **Flat**: Dollar discount amount, i.e. **Discount Amount** = 5 = \$5

            <Card title="Product-based">
              Dollar amount to discount off one singular product in cart (the lowest priced product will be discounted)

              *Example: Trigger amount is \$5, Discount amount is \$2, if two Americanos are added to cart (\$3/ea), one Americano will be discounted \$2*
            </Card>

            <Card title="Category-based">
              Dollar amount to discount off one singular product of that category in cart (the lowest priced product will be discounted)

              *Example: Trigger amount is 3, Discount amount is \$1, if two scones (\$2/ea) and a muffin (\$3/ea) are added to cart, one scone will be discounted \$1*
            </Card>

            <Card title="Order-based">
              Dollar amount to discount from the order total

              *Example: Trigger amount is 5, Discount amount is 10%, if five or more products are added to cart, the order total will be discounted 10%*
            </Card>

            **Percent**: Percent discount amount, i.e. **Discount Amount** = 10 = 10%

            <Card title="Product-based">
              Percentage amount to discount off one singular product in cart (the lowest priced product will be discounted)

              *Example: Trigger amount is \$5, Discount amount is 20%, if two Americanos are added to cart (\$3/ea), one Americano will be discounted 20%*
            </Card>

            <Card title="Category-based">
              Percentage amount to discount off one singular product of that category in cart (the lowest priced product will be discounted)

              *Example: Trigger amount is 3, Discount amount is 20%, if two scones (\$2/ea) and a muffin (\$3/ea) are added to cart, one scone will be discounted 20%*
            </Card>

            <Card title="Order-based">
              Percentage amount to discount the order total

              *Example: Trigger amount is 5, Discount amount is 10, if five or more products are added to cart, the order total will be discounted 10%*
            </Card>
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Enabled">
            **Yes**: This rule-based discount will apply to cart automatically if triggered
            **No**: This rule-based discount is not active and will not apply to cart automatically
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Platforms">
            Select which platforms this rule-based discount should automatically apply to when triggered.
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Recurring Duration Settings">
            <CardGroup>
              <Card title="Range Option">
                Select **Forever** keep this setting active indefinitely. Select **Date Range** to specify a start and end date for this rule-based discount.
              </Card>

              <Card title="Recurring Days">
                Select which days of the week this rule will be active on during the set date range.
              </Card>

              <Card title="Date Start/End">
                Select the date this discount will first be active. If **Date Range** was selected, select the end date of this rule-based discount.
              </Card>

              <Card title="Time Start/End">
                Select the start and end time that this discount will be active on the specified days of the week you've select.
              </Card>
            </CardGroup>
          </Accordion>
        </AccordionGroup>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Apply Rule-Based Discounts">
    ### Apply Rule-Based Discounts

    When Enabled = **Yes**, a rule-based discount will apply automatically to cart when triggered upon checkout on all order platforms:

    <Icon icon="check" /> **Point of Sale**  <Icon icon="check" /> **Kiosk** <Icon icon="check" /> **Order Website**  <Icon icon="check" /> **Order App**  <Icon icon="check" /> **Dripos GO**

    When Enabled = **No**, a rule-based discount is considered inactive and will not apply to cart on any of the three order platforms.

    <iframe />
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Edit & Delete">
    To edit or delete a rule-based discount, either click **Edit Information** or **Actions** > **Delete**, respectively.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Custom Discounts

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Overview">
    <Icon icon="check" /> Custom discounts are percentage or dollar discounts that can be applied to a product or order on the fly

    <Icon icon="check" /> Custom discounts are only applied at the Point of Sale

    <iframe />
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Create & Apply Custom Discounts">
    ### Create & Apply Custom Discounts

    <Icon icon="check" /> Custom Discounts can be applied at the product level and the ticket level from the Point of Sale

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Create Custom Product Discount">
        <Steps>
          <Step title="Select a product to add to cart">
            Before adding the product to cart, scroll to the bottom of the product's page and select either **Add Percent Discount** or **Add Dollar Discount**.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Press **Add** discount and then **Add** the product to cart

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step>
            The custom discount will attach itself to the product in cart

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step>
            To delete a custom product discount, press on the product in the cart > scroll to the bottom of the product page and press **Remove Product Discount** > **Update**

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Create Custom Ticket Discount">
        <Steps>
          <Step>
            Add products to cart
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Before checkout, press the **tag icon** <Icon icon="tags" /> at the top of the register to navigate to the **Main Register Page**

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Near the bottom of the page, press **Custom %** or **Customer \$** to apply a customer percent or dollar discount, respectively.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Type in the dollar or percent discount amount. This discount will apply to the entire order total.

            <Info>
              Custom ticket discounts will always apply to the order's pre-tax total.
            </Info>

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step>
            To edit or delete a custom ticket discount in cart, press the discount in cart > **Remove Discount**

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>


# Bulk Add Discounts on the Web Dashboard
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/discounts/discounts-bulk

Learn how to quickly attach product discounts to multiple menu products at once.

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Bulk Add to Products">
    ### Bulk Add Product Discounts to Products

    <iframe />
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Bulk Add to Categories">
    ### Bulk Add Product Discounts to Categories

    <iframe />
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***


# Discount Gift Cards
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/discounts/discounts-gc

Discover how to discount gift cards on the POS.

Learn how to sell full price gift cards at a discounted price using a preset or custom ticket discount.

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Navigate to **POS Settings > Orders**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Under **General Order Settings**, enable **Enable Discounts for Gift Card Purchases**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Add a gift card to cart and apply a preset or custom ticket discount.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Discounts
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/discounts/discounts-overview

Learn how to create product and ticket discounts and apply them to orders

<Icon icon="check" /> Create discounts based on dollar amounts or percentages, applicable at both the product and order levels.

<Icon icon="check" /> Discounts can be protected with employee PINs, enabling owners to control which employees have permission to apply them at the Point of Sale.

<Icon icon="check" /> All discounts apply to products and orders on the pre-tax price

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Create Discounts" icon="square-1" href="/orders/discounts/discounts-basics">
    Learn about the four types of discounts on Dripos
  </Card>

  <Card title="Bulk Add Discounts" icon="square-2" href="/orders/discounts/discounts-bulk">
    Learn how to add discounts to multiple product at once
  </Card>

  <Card title="Discount Gift Cards" icon="square-3" href="/orders/discounts/discounts-gc">
    Learn how to apply discounts to gift card sales
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Create and Manage Menu Categories
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/categories/categories-basics

Organize your shop's menu with categories

## **Create a Category**

<Accordion title="How to Create a Category">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="Create Category">
      On the **Dashboard** click **Menu** > **Categories** > **Create Category**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Complete the following fields and click Save">
      **Enable on Point of Sale:** If **yes**, the category will be displayed on the POS.

      **Enable on Mobile:**  If **yes**, the category will be available for order on the Order App  and Order Website .

      **Enable on Kiosk:** If **yes**, the category will be available for order when the POS is in kiosk mode.

      **Enable on Third Party:** If **yes**, the category will be available for order on third party order websites, such as DoorDash.

      **Auto Complete Products:** If set to **yes**, products in the category will automatically be marked as complete and will not appear on the ticket screen.
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Manage Categories

Add and remove products, tax rates, and discounts from a category. Additionally, add a schedule to a category.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Manage Category Products">
    On the **Web Dashboard** click **Menu** > **Categories** > **View** category

    * To add an existing product to a category, click **Add Product** > select an existing product from the dropdown > **Add**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    * To add a new product to a category, click **Create Product**. Learn more about how to create a product [here](/orders/menu/products/products-basics).

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    * To add a global modifier to products in a category, click the checkbox next to the left of the product(s) > **Add Global Modifier**. Learn more about how to create modifiers [here](/orders/menu/modifiers/modifiers-basics).

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    * To delete a product from a category, click the checkbox next to the left of the product(s) > **Delete Product(s)**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reorder Category Products">
    Reorder the list of products within a category on all ordering platforms from the Point of Sale using **Edit Mode**. Learn how to use **Edit Mode** [here](/orders/menu/menu-editmode).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Add and Remove Category Tax Rates">
    Adding a tax rate to a category will automatically apply the tax rate to all products in the category.

    Learn how to add and remove tax rates from a category [here](/orders/menu/menu-taxrates)
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Create Category Schedule">
    Determine when a category is available for ordering on all enabled ordering platforms.

    If no schedule is set, the category will always be available during store hours.

    If a schedule is set, the category will only appear on enabled platforms during its scheduled time frames.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="View Category">
        On the **Web Dashboard** click **Menu** > **Categories** > **View** category

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add Schedule">
        Scroll down to the bottom of the category's page > **Add Schedule**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add Daily Schedule">
        Create a new schedule for each day of the week as necessary.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reorder Categories">
    The order for categories is set by the category order in your Dashboard [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/categories)

    Click and drag the categories using the tribar on the left to set the order you'd like categories to display on your POS and Mobile Ordering.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Delete a Category">
    On the **Web Dashboard** click **Menu** > **Categories** > **View** category

    Click **Actions** > **Archive Items**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Duplicate a Category

Duplicating a category will create duplicate products.

<Accordion title="How to Duplicate a Category">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="View Category">
      On the **Web Dashboard** click **Menu** > **Categories** > **View** category
    </Step>

    <Step title="Duplicate">
      Click **Action** and select **Duplicate Category**

      The duplicated category will appear as “Category Name — Duplicate” on your menu.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>


# Company Menu Categories
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/company-menu/categories

Create shared categories and choose where they are available.

Categories organize the products in your Company Menu. A category is shared across the company, while **Location Availability** controls which stores offer it.

<Note>
  These instructions apply to Company Menu. If your locations maintain separate menus, use [Create and Manage Menu Categories](/orders/menu/categories/categories-basics).
</Note>

## Create a category

<Steps>
  <Step title="Open Categories">
    On the Web Dashboard, go to **Menu** > **Categories**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Create the category">
    Click **Create Category** and complete the category information.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    * **Name:** The customer-facing category name.
    * **Internal Tag:** An internal label that helps your team tell similarly named categories apart. Customers do not see it.
    * **Enabled Platforms:** Choose whether the category appears on Point of Sale, Mobile & Web, Kiosk, Dripos Go, and Third Party ordering platforms.
    * **Location Availability:** Select every store that should offer this category.
    * **Auto Complete Products:** When enabled, products in this category are automatically completed after purchase and do not remain on the ticket screen.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Create">
    Click **Create**. The category is added to the shared Company Menu and appears only at its selected locations.
  </Step>
</Steps>

<Warning>
  Editing the category name, platforms, schedule, or other shared settings affects every location where the category is available.
</Warning>

## Manage category information

Open **Menu** > **Categories**, then click **View** on a category.

The Information section shows the customer-facing name, Internal Tag, Scheduled Category, Location Availability, and Auto Complete Products setting. Click **Edit Information** to update them.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## Manage platforms

Open the **Platforms** tab to control where customers can order products in this category.

* **Point of Sale**
* **Mobile**
* **Kiosk**
* **Dripos Go**
* **Third Party**

Click **Edit Platforms**, make the changes, and save. Platform settings are shared across the category's selected locations.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## Add products

Open the category's **Products** tab and click **Add Product**.

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Add from the menu">
    Choose an existing Company Menu product, then attach it to this category.
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Create Product">
    Create a new product from the category page. The current category is selected automatically, but you can choose another category before saving.
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

Products are offered at every store where the category is available. Adding a product to a category makes it available at all of that category's selected locations.

## Manage tax rates and discounts

Use the **Tax Rates** tab to attach or remove category tax rates. A category tax rate applies to products in that category unless a product's tax settings override it.

Use the **Discounts** tab to review discounts attached to the category. Discount availability must be compatible with the category and product locations.

## Create a category schedule

Open the **Schedule** tab to choose when the category is available on its enabled ordering platforms.

If there is no schedule, the category remains available during store hours. If a schedule exists, the category appears only during the configured date ranges or daily recurrence periods. Click **Add Schedule** to create one.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## Duplicate a category

1. Open the category.
2. Click **Actions** > **Duplicate Category**.
3. Confirm the duplicate.

The duplicate is created in the same Company Menu with its products and location availability copied. Review its name, products, platforms, and locations before using it.

## Remove a category

If the category contains products, open it and choose **Actions** > **Archive Items**. This archives the category's products and removes the category, so confirm that no location still needs those items.

If the category is empty, choose **Actions** > **Delete Category**.


# Company Menu Modifier Dependencies
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/company-menu/modifier-dependencies

Show modifier groups only when a customer makes a required earlier selection.

Modifier dependencies control when a modifier group appears. A dependent modifier remains hidden until the customer selects the required option from an earlier modifier.

<Note>
  These instructions apply to Company Menu modifiers. If your locations maintain separate menus, use the original [Modifier Dependencies guide](/orders/menu/modifiers/modifiers-dependencies).
</Note>

## How dependencies work

Use dependencies when a choice should be available only after another selection.

Examples:

* Show 24 oz options only after the customer selects **Iced**.
* Show Whipped Cream only after the customer selects **Hot**.
* Show chip choices only after the customer selects **Yes** for Add a Combo.

Dependencies follow the modifier order on the product. Place the controlling modifier before the dependent modifier.

## Add a dependency

<Steps>
  <Step title="Open the product">
    On the Web Dashboard, go to **Menu** > **Products** > **View** product > **Modifiers**.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Check modifier order">
    Make sure the modifier containing the required earlier choice appears before the modifier you want to hide. Drag the modifier handle to reorder if needed.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Edit the dependent modifier">
    Open the modifier that should appear conditionally and find **Dependencies**.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Choose the required selection">
    Select the earlier modifier and the option that should reveal this modifier.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Save and test">
    Save the modifier and test the complete product flow on every enabled ordering platform.
  </Step>
</Steps>

<Warning>
  A Global modifier can be attached to several shared products. Review each attached product before changing its dependencies or order.
</Warning>

## Test dependency behavior

Test both sides of the condition:

1. Add the product without selecting the required option. The dependent modifier should remain hidden.
2. Select the required option. The dependent modifier should appear.
3. Change the controlling selection. The dependent modifier should update correctly.
4. Repeat the flow on Point of Sale and customer ordering platforms where the product is enabled.

Location Availability and platform settings still apply. A correctly configured dependency will not make the product or modifier available at a store or platform where the product itself is unavailable.


# Company Menu Modifier Basics
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/company-menu/modifiers-basics

Create shared pricing and add-on modifiers for Company Menu products.

Modifiers customize how a product is priced or prepared. Company Menu supports **Pricing** modifiers and **Add-on** modifiers.

<Note>
  These instructions apply to Company Menu. If your locations maintain separate menus, use the original [Modifier Basics guide](/orders/menu/modifiers/modifiers-basics).
</Note>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## Choose the right modifier

Ask two questions before creating a modifier:

1. Does the selection change the product's base price, or add to it?
   * Use a **Pricing modifier** when size or type changes the base price.
   * Use an **Add-on modifier** for additions, substitutions, or customizations.
2. Is the modifier shared or product-specific?
   * Use a **Global modifier** when several Company Menu products use the same options.
   * Use a **Custom modifier** when the options belong to one product only.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## How Company Menu modifiers differ

Global modifiers are shared across the Company Menu. You do not need to sync separate copies between locations.

Editing a Global modifier updates every attached product. Since those products may be available at several stores, review the attached products before changing option names, prices, defaults, or availability.

Custom modifiers belong to one product. The modifier is product-specific, but the product can still be shared across several locations.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## Create a Global Pricing modifier

<Steps>
  <Step title="Start the modifier">
    On the Web Dashboard, go to **Menu** > **Modifiers** > **Create Modifier** > **Pricing**.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Enter modifier details">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    * **Name:** The customer-facing modifier name, such as Latte Sizes.
    * **Internal Tag:** An internal label used to distinguish similarly named modifiers. Customers do not see it.
    * **Modifier Multiples:** Allow option prices to scale with quantity when appropriate.
    * **Default Option:** The option selected automatically when the product is added.
    * **Required:** Require an option before checkout.
    * **Mobile Enabled:** Show the modifier on supported mobile ordering platforms.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Add pricing options">
    Add each size or type with its name, price, and Enabled setting.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Save">
    Save the modifier, then attach products from its Products tab.
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Create a Global Add-on modifier

<Steps>
  <Step title="Start the modifier">
    On the Web Dashboard, go to **Menu** > **Modifiers** > **Create Modifier** > **Add-On**.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Choose a modifier type">
    * **Single Select:** One option can be selected.
    * **Single Select w/ Quantity:** One option can be selected with an adjustable quantity.
    * **Multi-Select:** Several different options can be selected.
    * **Multi-Select w/ Quantity:** Several options can be selected with quantity limits.
    * **Multi-Select w/ Fixed Price:** Several options can be selected for one fixed modifier price.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Configure behavior">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Enter the Name and optional Internal Tag, then configure Default Option, Required, Mobile Enabled, and any Minimum or Maximum Selections. Dependencies are set on the product, see [Modifier Dependencies](/orders/menu/company-menu/modifier-dependencies).
  </Step>

  <Step title="Add options">
    Add each option with its Name, Price, and Enabled setting.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Save">
    Save the modifier, then attach products from its Products tab.
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Attach a Global modifier to products

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="From the modifier">
    Open **Menu** > **Modifiers** > **View** modifier > **Products** > **Add Product**.

    Select the Company Menu products that should use the modifier and click **Add**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="From a product">
    Open **Menu** > **Products** > **View** product.

    * For an Add-on modifier, open **Modifiers** > **Add Modifier** > **Global Modifier**.
    * For a Pricing modifier, open **Pricing**, select Sized Pricing, and attach a pre-made modifier.
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

A product must be available at a location before customers at that location can use its modifiers.

## Reorder product modifiers

Open the product's **Modifiers** tab and drag the modifier handle to change the checkout order. The order is saved to the shared product.

## Create a Custom modifier

1. Open **Menu** > **Products** > **View** product.
2. Open the **Modifiers** tab.
3. Click **Add Modifier** > **Custom**.
4. Configure the modifier type, behavior, and options.
5. Save.

Changes to a Custom modifier affect only that product.

## Remove or delete a modifier

To remove a modifier from one product, open that product and remove the modifier attachment.

To delete a Global modifier entirely, go to **Menu** > **Modifiers** > **View** modifier > **Actions** > **Delete Modifier**. Deleting it removes the modifier from every product and location that uses it, so review the attached products first.


# Company Menu Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/company-menu/overview

Manage one shared menu across every location in your company.

Company Menu gives multi-location businesses one place to manage categories, products, and modifiers. Instead of maintaining separate copies for each store, your team edits a shared company menu and chooses where each item is available.

<Note>
  If your dashboard uses separate menus for each location, continue using the original [Create Menu guides](/orders/menu/categories/categories-basics). Your current workflow has not changed.
</Note>

## What changes with Company Menu

| | Location-specific menus | Company Menu |
| - | - | - |
| **Menu setup** | Each location maintains its own categories, products, and modifiers. | The company manages one shared set of categories, products, and modifiers. |
| **Edits** | Changes apply to the menu item at the location you are viewing. | Changes apply to the shared item everywhere it is enabled. |
| **Location differences** | Each location has its own copy of the item. | Use **Location Availability** on a category to choose which stores offer it and its products. |
| **Modifiers** | Similar modifiers may need to be copied or synced between locations. | Global modifiers are shared and can be attached to products across the company menu. |

## Before you edit

Check the category's **Location Availability** before saving. A shared category and its products can be configured correctly but remain unavailable at a store if that location is not selected.

Changes to a shared category, product, or global modifier can affect multiple stores. Review the selected locations and attached products before saving, archiving, or deleting anything.

## Build your Company Menu

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Categories" icon="folder" href="/orders/menu/company-menu/categories">
    Organize products, choose store availability, manage platforms, and set schedules.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Products" icon="mug-hot" href="/orders/menu/company-menu/products">
    Create shared products and manage pricing, modifiers, schedules, taxes, platforms, and discounts.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Modifiers" icon="sliders" href="/orders/menu/company-menu/modifiers-basics">
    Build shared pricing and add-on modifiers, then attach them to products.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Company Menu Products
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/company-menu/products

Create shared products and manage where they are sold.

Products in Company Menu are shared across the company. Product details are managed once, and a product is sold at every store where its category is available. To control which stores sell a product, set **Location Availability** on the product's [category](/orders/menu/company-menu/categories).

<Note>
  These instructions apply to Company Menu. If your locations maintain separate menus, use [Create and Manage Menu Products](/orders/menu/products/products-basics).
</Note>

## Create a product

You can create a product from the Products page or from inside a category.

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="From Products">
    On the Web Dashboard, go to **Menu** > **Products** and click **Create Product**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="From a category">
    Go to **Menu** > **Categories** > **View** category > **Products** > **Add Product** > **Create Product**.

    The category is selected automatically. You can change it before saving.
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

Complete the product information:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

* **Name:** The customer-facing product name.
* **Product Category:** The category where the product appears.
* **Price:** The starting base price. You can change the pricing type and price on the Pricing tab after saving.
* **Description:** Optional customer-facing product details.
* **Product Image or Preset Image:** The image displayed on enabled ordering platforms.

A product does not have its own location list. It is offered at every store selected under its category's Location Availability.

Click **Create**, then open the product to configure pricing, modifiers, schedule, taxes, platforms, discounts, barcode, and settings.

<Warning>
  Product information is shared. Editing a product changes it everywhere the product is available. To offer a product at only some stores, put it in a category that is available at those stores.
</Warning>

## Product tabs

### Pricing

Choose how the product is priced, then click **Save Pricing**. The tab also shows **Product Price w/ Tax** and lets you enter an optional **Estimated Cost**.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Fixed Pricing">
    Use one base price for the product. Add-on modifiers can increase the checkout total.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Sized Pricing">
    Use a Pricing modifier when size or type changes the product's base price.

    * **Pre-made Modifier:** Attach a shared global Pricing modifier.
    * **Custom Modifier:** Build pricing options used only by this product.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Variable Pricing">
    Enter the product price during Point of Sale checkout. Variable Pricing should not be used for mobile ordering.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Weight Pricing">
    Calculate the price from the product's measured weight.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Modifiers

The Modifiers tab shows add-on modifiers attached to the product.

Click **Add Modifier** and choose:

* **Global Modifier:** Attach a shared Company Menu modifier.
* **Custom:** Create a modifier used only by this product.

Drag the modifier handle to change the order customers see during checkout. Reload the product after saving to confirm the order.

### Schedule

Use the Schedule tab to control when the product can be ordered.

* **Date Range:** Make the product available during a specific date and time range.
* **Daily Recurrence:** Set recurring availability for selected days and times.
* **Hide item when unavailable:** Prevent customers from adding the product outside its schedule.

A schedule does not add the product to a store. The store must be selected under the category's Location Availability.

### Taxes

Attach or remove product tax rates. Category tax rates apply automatically unless the product's tax configuration overrides them.

### Platforms

Choose whether the product is available on Point of Sale, Mobile, Kiosk, Dripos Go, and other supported ordering platforms.

A platform can be enabled while the product remains unavailable at a store because the category's Location Availability is evaluated separately.

### Discounts

Attach existing Product Discounts or create a discount for the product. A discount can be used only at locations where the discount and product are both available.

### Barcode

Add or update the barcode used to find the product during supported workflows.

### Settings

Manage product behavior including One Click, Auto Complete, preparation instructions, alcohol settings, mobile notice, minimum and maximum quantities, and related settings. Settings is the final product tab.

## Duplicate a product

Open a product, click **Actions**, and choose **Duplicate Product**.

The duplicate is added to the Company Menu. Review its name, category, pricing, modifiers, and platforms before enabling it for customers.

## Custom products

Custom Products are one-time items created during Point of Sale checkout and are not part of Company Menu. Use the original [Custom Products instructions](/orders/menu/products/products-basics#custom-products) for that workflow.


# Edit Mode on the Point of Sale
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/menu-editmode

Quickly edit your menu on the Point of Sale with Edit Mode

Make modifications to your menu directly from the Point of Sale in Edit Mode.

<Icon icon="check" /> Add new menu products

<Icon icon="check" /> Disable mobile ordering for specific products, modifiers, and modifier options

<Icon icon="check" /> Rearrange the order of products within a category

## Add New Products

Add new menu products from the Point of Sale using Edit Mode. Edit these menu products at any time from the Point of Sale or from the Web Dashboard.

<iframe />

***

## Disable Products from Mobile Ordering

Instantly disable and enable specific products from mobile ordering using Edit Mode.

<iframe />

***

## Disable Modifiers from Mobile Ordering

Disable and enable an entire modifier group from a product on mobile ordering platforms using Edit Mode.

<iframe />

***

## Disable Modifier Options from Mobile Ordering

Disable and enable a singular modifier option from a product on mobile ordering platforms using Edit Mode.

<iframe />

***

## Rearrange Ordering of Products

Reconfigure the order in which products are displayed on the Point of Sale. This will also change the order that products are listed within a category on mobile ordering platforms.

<iframe />

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>


# Menu Building
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/menu-overview

Learn how to build your menu on Dripos

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Categories" icon="square-1" href="/orders/menu/categories/categories-basics">
    Create categories to organize products
  </Card>

  <Card title="Products" icon="square-2" href="/orders/menu/products/products-basics">
    Create and manage individual products for sale
  </Card>

  <Card title="Modifiers" icon="square-3" href="/orders/menu/modifiers/modifiers-basics">
    Customize menu products with modifiers
  </Card>

  <Card title="Tax Rates" icon="square-4" href="/orders/menu/menu-taxrates">
    Learn how to apply taxes to menu products
  </Card>

  <Card title="Product Tags" icon="square-5" href="/orders/menu/menu-tags">
    Attach tags to products to easily filter reports
  </Card>

  <Card title="POS Edit Mode" icon="square-6" href="/orders/menu/menu-editmode">
    Quickly edit your menu on the Point of Sale
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Menu Tags
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/menu-tags

Organize products with menu tags

Attach tags to products to easily filter products in reports and within the menu

<Steps>
  <Step title="Create a tag">
    On the **Dashboard**, click **Menu** > **Product Tags** > **Create Tag**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Give the tag a name and click **Save**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Attach a tag to a product">
    On the **Dashboard**, click **Menu** > **Products** > **Quick Edit** on a product to tag

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Scroll down to **Miscellaneous** > add **Product Tags** > click **Save**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Filter by tags">
    Use tags to filter reports such as the **All Product Sales** report

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Tax Rates
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/menu-taxrates

Learn how to properly set up sales tax for your products on Dripos

Add local and state sales tax rates to apply to your menu. Taxes may be applied to specific products, categories, and ticket types.

<Warning>
  Dripos is **not** responsible for determining the tax rates applied to products at your shop. Please ensure compliance with local and state regulations when setting tax rates.
</Warning>

## **Create Tax Rates**

<Accordion title="How to Create a Tax Rate">
  Navigate to the [**Dashboard**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/taxes) to create a tax rate.

  <Steps>
    <Step title="Click Menu > Tax Rates > Create Tax Rate">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Fill in the following fields and click Create">
      <Tip>
        Select a minimum of one tax rate to be the store's **default tax rate**. A store can have multiple default tax rates that will be combined when calculating the total tax.
      </Tip>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Note>
        **Tax Rate Exclusivity**

        Tax rates can either be included in the price of a product or added on top
        of a product’s price.

        **Exclusive**: Taxes are applied in addition to a
        product’s price, i.e. \$5 latte with a 5% NY State Tax = \$5.25 total

        **Inclusive**: Taxes are included in the total price of a product
        i.e. \$5 latte with a 5% NY State Tax = \$4.75 latte and \$0.25 NY State Tax = \$5 total
      </Note>
    </Step>

    <Step title="To edit existing tax rates, click View on the existing tax rate > Edit Information">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Apply Tax Rates

Apply a tax rate to any of the following items:

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Category">
    ### **Apply Tax Rates to a Category**

    <Info>
      Tax rates will automatically be applied to all products within the category.
    </Info>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="On the Dashboard click Menu > Categories > click View on the desired category">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Scroll to the bottom of the page > click the Tax Rates tab > Add Tax Rate">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Select a tax rate to apply to the category">
        To apply an additional tax rate to a category, repeat these steps. There is no limit to the number of tax rates that can be applied to a category.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Products">
    ### **Apply Tax Rates to a Product**

    <Steps>
      <Step title="On the Dashboard click Menu > Products > View on the desired product">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Scroll to the bottom of the page > click the Tax Rates tab > Add Tax Rate">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Select a tax rate to apply to the product">
        To apply an additional tax rate to a product, repeat these steps. There is no limit to the number of tax rates that can be applied to a product.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Service Fees">
    ### **Apply Tax Rates to a Service Fee**

    <Steps>
      <Step title="On the Dashboard, click Orders > Checkout Flow > Service Fees > click Edit on the desired Service Fee">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Click Edit Information">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Select at tax rate to apply to the service fee">
        To apply an additional tax rate to a category, repeat these steps. There is no limit to the number of tax rates that can be applied to a service fee.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Ticket Types">
    ### **Apply Default Tax Rates to a Ticket Type**

    <Steps>
      <Step title="On the Dashboard click Orders > Checkout Flow > Ticket Types > click View on the desired ticket type">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Click Edit Information">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Select enable or disable to taxes for this ticket type">
        <Info>
          Disable Taxes = **'No'** is to **enable** taxes on thsi ticket type. The default tax rates of products in cart will apply to the ticket

          Disable Taxes = **'Yes'** is to **disable** taxes on this ticket type entirely.
        </Info>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Custom Products">
    ### **Apply Tax Rates to Custom Products on the POS**

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Create a Custom Product on the POS">
        Press the **Tag Icon** <Icon icon="tags" /> > select **Custom Product**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Turn the Enable Tax toggle on or off to apply or disable the default tax rate, respectively">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale Orders">
    ### **Disable Tax Rates on POS Orders**

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Before pressing Charge, turn the Tax toggle on or off to enable or disable taxes on an order">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## **Delete Tax Rates**

<Accordion title="How to Delete a Tax Rate">
  <Note>
    Deleting a tax rate will remove the tax rate from all products, categories, and service fees.
  </Note>

  <Steps>
    <Step title="Click Menu > Tax Rates > click View on the existing tax rate">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Click Actions > Delete Tax">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## **View Sales by Tax Rate**

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="View Tickets">
    ### View Tickets

    See every ticket that utilized a specific tax rate

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Click Menu > Tax Rates > click View on the existing tax rate">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Note>
          **Inclusive:** An inclusive tax rate means the tax is already included in the menu price of the item. Because the tax is built into the item price, the final price may not always round to a whole number, particularly when using half-percent tax rates.

          **Exclusive:** An exclusive tax rate means the tax is calculated and added to the item’s subtotal after the menu price has been determined.
        </Note>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Scroll to the bottom of the page and click the Line Items tab to view tickets">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="View Tax Categories Reports">
    ### View Tax Categories Reports

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Click Finance > Reports > Tax Categories > Select a date range > Click Generate Report">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Info>
          **Tax Collected**: The dollar amount of tax collected from sales

          **Taxable Amount**: The dollar amount of sales that tax was collected on
        </Info>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>


# Modifier Basics
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/modifiers/modifiers-basics

Customize your menu products with modifiers

There are two types of modifiers: **Pricing** and **Add-on**. Both types can be created globally and applied to multiple products on the menu or custom to one specific product.

To determine what type of modifier to create, walk through the questions below:

1. Will the modifier ***change*** the base price of the product or ***add-on*** to the base price?
   * Change the base price, based on size or type of product -> **Pricing Modifier**
   * Add-on to the base price, based on additions or substitutions -> **Add-on Modifier**
2. Will the modifier be used for multiple products or is it specific to one product?
   * Used for multiple products, such as Milk Options available for several coffee products -> **Global**
   * Custom made specific to one product, such as Breakfast Sandwich Add-Ons only available for one breakfast product -> **Custom**

# Global Modifiers

Global modifiers can be applied to multiple products on the menu.

When a global modifier is edited or deleted, it will be edited or deleted for all products using this modifier.

### Create Global Pricing Modifiers

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Create Global Pricing Modifier">
    On the **Dashboard**, navigate to **Menu** > **Modifiers** > **Create Modifier** > **Pricing**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Fill out the following fields:">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        **Name**: i.e., Latte Sizes

        **Internal Tag**: If two modifiers have the same name, the internal tag helps differentiate them. This name is not displayed on the POS.

        **Modifier Multiples**: If **Yes**, the prices of modifiers attached to this product will be multiplied by the amount inputted for each option

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        **Default Option**: Create modifier options first, then select a default option if applicable

        **Required**: If **Yes**, the product cannot be added to cart until a modifier option is select

        **Mobile Enabled**: If **Yes**, the modifier will be shown on mobile ordering platforms
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add Options">
        Click **+ Add Option** to add a modifier option.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        **Name**: i.e., 12oz - Hot, 12oz - Iced

        **Price**: Price of the option

        **Enabled**: If **Yes**, this modifier option will be available for ordering on all platforms
      </Step>

      <Step> Click **Save**</Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Attach Global Modifier to Products">
    Once a global modifier is created, it can be added to products.

    ### Pricing Global Modifier

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Add from Modifier Page">
        Find the modifier on the **Dashboard** under **Menu** > **Modifiers** > **View Modifier**

        Scroll to the bottom of the modifier's page to add a product by clicking **Add Product**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add from Product Page">
        Find the product on the **Dashboard** under **Menu** > **Products** > **View** product

        Scroll to the bottom of the product's page > **Pricing** > select **Sized Pricing** > **Pre-Made Modifier** > select the **Modifier** > **Add**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Remove Global Modifier from Product">
    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Find the product on the **Dashboard** under **Menu** > **Products** > **View** product
      </Step>

      <Step>
        On the product page, scroll down to **Pricing** > **Remove Sized Pricing**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Create Global Add-On Modifiers

Add-on modifier is a selection that adds on to the base price of a product, such as Milk Options, Syrup Flavors, Extra Shot

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Create a Global Modifier">
    On the **Dashboard**, navigate to **Menu** > **Modifiers** > **Create Modifier** > **Add-On**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Fill out the following fields:">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        **Name**: i.e., Syrups

        **Internal Tag**: If two modifiers have the same name, the internal tag helps differentiate them. This name is not displayed on the POS.

        **Modifier Type**:

        * ***Single Select:*** Customers can only select one option *(i.e, 1 pump of raspberry syrup)*

        * ***Single Select w/ Quantity:*** Customers can select only one option but can change the quantity of that option *(i.e., 4 pumps of raspberry syrup)*

        * ***Multi-Select:*** Customers can select multiple options *(i.e., 1 pump of raspberry syrup and 1 pump of white chocolate)*

        * ***Multi-Select with Quantity:*** Customers can select multiple options and set the minimum/maximum total quantity across all options *(i.e., 4 pumps of raspberry syrup and 2 pumps of white chocolate)*

        * ***Multi-Select with w/ Fixed Price:*** Customers can select multiple options but at one price, does not stack with multiple options *(i.e., select raspberry syrup and white chocolate for fixed price of \$0.50)*

        **Default Option**: Create options first, then select a default option if applicable

        **Required**: If **Yes**, product cannot be added to cart until a modifier option is select

        **Mobile Enabled**: If **Yes**, modifier group will be available on mobile ordering platforms
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add Options">
        Click **Add Option** to add a single option. There is no limit to the number of modifier options that can be added.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        **Name**: i.e., raspberry syrup

        **Price**: Cost of modifier to add on to base price of product

        **Enabled**: If **Yes**, this modifier option will be available for ordering
      </Step>

      <Step> Click **Save**</Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Attach a Global Modifier to Products">
    Once a global modifier is created, it can be added to products.

    ### Add-On Global Modifier

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Add from Modifier Page">
        Find the modifier on the **Dashboard** under **Menu** > **Modifiers** > **View Modifier**

        Scroll to the bottom of the modifier's page to add a product by clicking **Add Product**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add from Product Page">
        Find the product on the **Dashboard** under **Menu** > **Products** > **View** product

        Scroll to the bottom of the product's page > **Modifiers** > select **Add Modifier** > **Global Modifier** > select the **Modifier** > **Add**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Remove Global Modifier from Product">
    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Find the product on the **Dashboard** under **Menu** > **Products** > **View** product
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Scroll to the bottom of the product's page > **Modifiers** > **Edit** Global Modifier

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click **Remove**
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Delete Global Modifer">
    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Find the modifier on the **Dashboard** under **Menu** > **Modifiers** > **Edit Modifier**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click **Delete**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Custom Modifiers

Custom Modifiers are made for one specific product.

Changes made to this modifier will only ever affect the product it is attached to.

To make a modifier for multiple products to use, see **Global Modifiers** above.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Create Custom Modifier">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Select Product">
        Find the product to add a modifier to on the **Dashboard** under **Menu** > **Products** > **View** product
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add Custom Modifier">
        Scroll to the bottom of the product's page > **Modifiers** > **Add Modifier** > **Custom**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Fill out the following fields:">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        **Name**: i.e., Syrups

        **Internal Tag**: If two modifiers have the same name, this is used to uniquely identify them. This name is not displayed on the POS.

        **Modifier Type**:

        * ***Single Select:*** Customers can only select one option *(i.e, 1 pump of raspberry syrup)*
        * ***Single Select w/ Quantity:*** Customers can select only one option but can change the quantity of that option *(i.e., 4 pumps of raspberry syrup)*
        * ***Multi-Select:*** Customers can select multiple options *(i.e., 1 pump of raspberry syrup and 1 pump of white chocolate)*
        * ***Multi-Select with Quantity:*** Customers can select multiple options and set the minimum/maximum total quantity across all options *(i.e., 4 pumps of raspberry syrup and 2 pumps of white chocolate)*
        * ***Multi-Select with w/ Fixed Price:*** Customers can select multiple options but at one price, does not stack with multiple options *(i.e., select raspberry syrup and white chocolate for fixed price of \$0.50)*

        **Default Option**: Create options first, then select a default option if applicable

        **Required**: If **Yes**, product cannot be added to cart until a modifier option is select

        **Mobile Enabled**: If **Yes**, modifier group will be available on mobile ordering platforms
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add Options">
        Click **Add Option** to add a single option. There is no limit to the number of modifier options that can be added.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        **Name**: i.e., raspberry syrup

        **Price**: Cost of modifier to add on to base price of product

        **Enabled**: If **Yes**, this modifier option will be available for ordering
      </Step>

      <Step> Click **Save**</Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Edit Custom Modifier">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Edit from Product Page">
        Find the product on the **Dashboard** under **Menu** > **Products** > **View** product

        Scroll to the bottom of the product's page > **Modifiers** > **Edit** Custom Modifier

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Delete Custom Modifier">
    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Find the product on the **Dashboard** under **Menu** > **Products** > **View** product
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Scroll to the bottom of the product's page > **Modifiers** > **Edit** modifier

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click **Remove**
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Modifier Dependencies
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/modifiers/modifiers-dependencies

Streamline and consolidate your menu with modifier dependencies

### Video Overview

For a video overview of how to set up this feature, [check out this link!](https://www.loom.com/share/60f67820ca37407bab13e0519c46b467?sid=2c795ac2-cfb3-4b83-b6d5-fbddf080f9c0)

***

### Utilizing Modifier Dependencies

Modifier dependencies are used to build a product order based on different modifier selections.

For example:

1. A 24oz drink can only be ordered if the modifier selection for temprature = "Iced"

2. Whipped cream can only be added if the modifier selection for temprature = "Hot"

3. A selection of a type of chip bag can only be selected if the modifier selection for 'Order Combo' = "Yes"

In short, modifier dependencies only display a modifier if a previous modifier selection (dependency) has been made.

***

### Modifier Dependencies During Checkout

[Check out this video](https://www.loom.com/share/83f69521148f4d0088e2968c9dfe29b2?sid=2265821f-6ce0-4c6c-a62f-9a94a16e21ba) to see how modifier depdencies work on the Order Website .

[Check out this video](https://www.loom.com/share/6b01712d79eb4fa3b35bbed785458f71?sid=5d8a7f57-ab23-4128-aa89-afaf6f8880a8) to see how modifier depdencies work the Point of Sale


# Create and Manage Menu Products
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/menu/products/products-basics

Create menu products and allocate them to a respective menu category.

## Create a Product

<Accordion title="How to Create a Product">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="Create new product">
      On the **Dashboard**, select **Menu** > **Products** > **Create Product**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Fill in the following information:">
      * **Product Name**

      * **Product Category**

      * **Product Description**

      * **Product Image:** Upload an image of the product that will display on all ordering platforms

      * **Preset Image:** Select a preset image that will display next to the product on all ordering platforms

      * **Platforms:** Select which of your ordering platforms you want the product to be enabled on for ordering

      <Accordion title="Tax Settings">
        - **Tax Disabled:** If set to **yes**, this product will not be taxed.

        - **Tax Override:** If set to **yes**, taxes will be applied to this product even if ordered with a tax disabled order type
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="POS Settings">
        * **One Click:** If set to **yes**, selecting this item on the POS will automatically add it to the cart.
        * **Auto Complete Product:** If set to **yes**, the product will be automatically completed upon purchase, and will not appear on the ticket screen.
        * **Icon Color for the POS:** Select a background color for the optional icon that will display on the register screen of the POS
        * **Abbreviation for the POS:** Select up to a four-letter abbreviation of the product.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Mobile Settings">
        * **Require Advanced Notice:** If set to **yes**, the product will require advanced notice when ordering. You will then need to specify the number of days notice be given to order this product in the box below.
        * **Minimum Quantity:** Optionally input a minimum quantity of this product that must be ordered for mobile orders. This does not impact POS orders.
        * **Maximum Quantity:** Optionally input a maximum quantity of this product that can be purchased in a mobile order. This does not impact POS orders.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Miscellaneous">
        * **Preparation Instructions:** Optionally attach preparation instructions for the cooks / baristas to view when making the product. These instructions will be displayed on printed Make Tickets printed with the Legacy Printing mode.
        * **Is Alcohol:** If set to **yes**, this indicates that the product contains alcohol
      </Accordion>
    </Step>

    <Step title="Save Product">
      Click **Create** in the bottom right corner. The product will then be added into the system and will display at the top of your product list.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

## Product Pricing

There a multiple ways in which a product can be priced.

To add pricing to a product,

* Go to product's page on the **Dashboard** (**Menu** > **Products** > **View Product**)
* Scroll down to the bottom of the product's page
* Click the **Pricing** tab
  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Fixed Pricing">
    The product's base price will be one fixed cost *(i.e., a \$3 muffin, a \$5 one-sized cold brew)*

    Modifiers can be added on to the base price to increase the product's total cost at checkout.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Sized Pricing">
    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Pre-made Modifier">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        This is a global pricing modifier that can be used across multiple products.

        Learn how to create a global pricing modifier [here](/orders/menu/modifiers/modifiers-basics#global-modifiers).

        <Tip>Global pricing modifiers are especially useful if multiple menu products will use the same sizes and pricing.</Tip>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Custom Modifier">
        Create a specific tiered pricing for this product and it's unique sizes.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Steps>
          <Step title="Add Pricing">
            Click **Add** and complete the fields below:

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>

            * **Name**

            * **Internal Tag**: If two modifiers have the same name, this is used to uniquely identify them. This name is not displayed on the POS, but is useful in reporting.

            * **Modifier Multiples**: If set to **yes**,

            * **Default Option**: The size to automatically be selected upon adding product to cart before any adjustments are made (must create size options first)
          </Step>

          <Step title="Add Size Options">
            Click **Add Option** to add different sizes and prices for this product

            * **Placeholder Name**: i.e. 12oz, Small, Half Dozen, etc.

            * **Price**

            * **Enabled**: If **yes**, this size option will be available for ordering
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Variable Pricing">
    Price will be set at checkout on the Point of Sale. Set a base price and adjust the product total price upon checkout.

    <Warning>Should not be used for mobile products.</Warning>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Weight Pricing">
    The price of the product will depend on its weight. Set a base price and adjust the product total price upon checkout.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Manage Products

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Product Modifiers">
    <Tip>Learn how to create modifiers for products [here](/orders/menu/modifiers/modifiers-basics).</Tip>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Product Availability">
    Determine the days and time for which this product will be available for ordering on all Dripos platforms.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Add Availability">
        On the **Dashboard** under **Menu** > **Products** > **View** a product > see **Availability** at the bottom of the page > **Add Availability**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Pick Availability Type">
        <Tabs>
          <Tab title="Date Range">
            Select a date range for when this order can be available.

            If **Hide item when unavailable** is set to **Yes**, customers will be able schedule an order ahead of time for pickup on the available date range

            *i.e., February 14th 8:00AM to February 15th 5:00PM, if item is not hidden a customer may place an order on February 8th for pickup on February 14th at 10AM*
          </Tab>

          <Tab title="Daily Recurrence">
            Select one day of the week and a respective time period during that day a product is available for ordering.

            Repeat this step for every day of the week you'd like to schedule availability for.

            If **Hide item when unavailable** is set to **Yes**, customers will be able schedule an order ahead of time for pickup on the available date range.

            *i.e., Mondays from 8AM-10AM, if item is not hidden a customer may place an order ahead of time on Monday at 7AM for pickup the same day at 8:30AM.*

            *i.e., Tuesdays from 11AM-1PM, if an item is hidden a customer can only add the item to cart on Tuesdays from 11AM-1PM.*
          </Tab>
        </Tabs>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Product Tax Rates">
    Add tax rates to a product at the very bottom of the product's page.

    Additionally, if the product's category has a tax rate applied to it that tax rate will automatically be applied to the product.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Product Discounts">
    <Tip>
      Explore the various types of discounts to apply to products [here](/orders/discounts/discounts-basics)
    </Tip>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Duplicate a Product

Duplicate a product in it's entirety onto your menu

<iframe />

***

## Custom Products

Create a one time product off the menu during checkout on the Point of Sale

<Accordion title="How to Create a Custom Product">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="Create Custom Product">
      <iframe />
    </Step>

    <Step title="View Custom Product Sales">
      View custom product sales on the Web Dashboard under **Reports** > **[All Product Sales](https://dashboard.dripos.com/reports/all-products-sales)**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>


# Create Mobile Menu
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/mobile/mobile-manage-menu

Customize the Mobile menu separately from the Point of Sale menu

Determine which categories and products will be available on mobile ordering platforms following the steps below:

## Add / Remove Categories

*Watch the video below to learn how to easily enable and disable **categories** from mobile ordering:*

<iframe title="Add Category to Mobile" />

## Add / Remove Products

*Watch the videos below to learn how to easily enable and disable **products** from mobile ordering on either the **Dashboard** or the **Point of Sale**:*

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    <iframe title="Add Product to Mobile Web Dash" />
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    <iframe title="Add Product to Mobile POS" />
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

## Add / Remove Modifiers

*Watch the videos below to learn how to easily enable and disable **modifiers** from mobile ordering on either the **Dashboard** or the **Point of Sale**:*

<Warning>
  Enabling and disabling a global modifier from one product's page will enable/disable the global modifier on all products that utilize it.
</Warning>

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    <iframe title="Add Modifier to Mobile Orders Web Dash" />
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    <iframe title="Add Modifier to Mobile Orders Web Dash" />
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

## Create Menu Availability

Determine when certain menu items are available for ordering on your shop's mobile platforms as well as the Point of Sale using the options below:

### Category Availability

Determine when an entire category and its products are available for ordering on both the mobile platforms and the Point of Sale.

<Note>
  Categories will not appear on the mobile platforms or the POS outside of their set availability.
</Note>

<Steps>
  <Step title="Select a Category">
    On the **Dashboard**, navigate to **Menu** > **Categories** > **View** a category > **Schedule** > **Add Schedule**

    <iframe title="Add Category Schedule" />
  </Step>

  <Step title="Set Availability">
    **Day of the Week**: Select one day at a time

    **Start & End**: Time period during that day the category will be available for ordering

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

### Product Availability

Determine when a product is available for ordering on both the mobile platforms and the Point of Sale.

<Warning>
  If a product's category has set availability, a product will never appear outside of the category set availability.
</Warning>

<Steps>
  <Step>
    On the **Dashboard**, navigate to **Menu** > **Products** > **View** a product > **Availability** > **Add Availability**

    <iframe title="Add Product Availability" />
  </Step>

  <Step title="Determine Recurring or One-Time Availability">
    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Recurring Product Availability">
        **Recurring Product Availability**

        Set up weekly availability for specific products, *i.e. available to order every Monday from 8:00AM - 11:30AM*

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Steps>
          <Step title="Type">
            Select **Type** = **Daily Recurrence**
          </Step>

          <Step title="Day of the Week">
            Select one day of the week for availability

            <Note>
              There is no limit to the amount of daily recurrences that can be set up, but they must be created one at a time.
            </Note>
          </Step>

          <Step title="Start & End">
            Select a time period for daily availability

            <Note>
              For full day availability, set start and end times to 12:00AM - 11:59AM, respectively.
            </Note>
          </Step>

          <Step title="Hide item when unavailable">
            **Yes** = Item will only appear on order website during availability period

            **No** = Item will be available on the order website always, but can only be scheduled for pick up during the availability date range & time, i.e preorder
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="One-time Product Availability">
        **One-time Product Availability**

        Set up a specified date range for when a product is availability

        <Tip>
          **Examples:**

          * Valentine's Day Specials can only be scheduled for pick up or ordered on February 14th
          * Limited time products only available for a week
        </Tip>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Steps>
          <Step title="Type">
            Select **Type** = **Date Range**
          </Step>

          <Step title="Start and End Time">
            This will be the beginning and end time for the period, *i.e. from March 10th at 9AM to March 11th at 10PM.*
          </Step>

          <Step title="Hide item when unavailable">
            **Yes** = Item will only appear on the order website during the availability period

            **No** = Item will be available on the order website always, but can only be scheduled for pick up during the availability date range & time, *i.e pre-order*

            <Note>
              **Example:** The Valentine's Day Special is only available for pick up on February 14th, but on February 12th it is available for pre-order on the order website

              <Frame>
                <img />
              </Frame>

              <Frame>
                <img />
              </Frame>
            </Note>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Advanced Notice for Products

Require an advance notice to order a product on all ordering platforms, *i.e. a product must be ordered 2 days ahead of pickup time.*

<Accordion title="How to Set Advanced Notice for a Product">
  <Steps>
    <Step>
      On the Dashboard, navigate to **Menu** > **Products** > **View** the desired product
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Click **Edit Information** > **Mobile Settings** > **Require Advanced Notice** = **Yes**

      Set the Advanced Notice in days

      **Optional**: Select a minimum or maximum quantity for ordering

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>


# Manage Mobile Orders
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/mobile/mobile-manage-orders

Learn how to receive and manage mobile orders on the Point of Sale

<iframe />

## Receive Mobile Orders

<Icon icon="check" /> Mobile orders will immediately send to the Point of Sale in the form of a ticket.

<Icon icon="check" /> View mobile order tickets on the Kitchen Display Screen

<Icon icon="check" /> Print mobile orders automatically to your Dripos Printer

### Kitchen Display Screen

Use the Tickets screen to view all incoming tickets or customize the Tickets screen to only display mobile ticket types:

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="View All Tickets">
    <img />
  </Card>

  <Card title="View Mobile Tickets">
    <img />
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

<Accordion title="Filter KDS by Mobile Ticket Types">
  <Warning>
    Kitchen Display Screen settings are specific to each device. Every tablet using Dripos should be logged into using a different device name. See here for how to create a new device.
  </Warning>

  <Steps>
    <Step title="Navigate to Device Ticket Options">
      On the Point of Sale tablet using the Kitchen Display Screen, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press the **Settings** (⚙️) button > scroll down to **Tickets**
    </Step>

    <Step title="Select a Filter">
      Use filtering to customize which categories, products, ticket types, and device orders appear on each KDS screen.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <CardGroup>
        <Card title="Filter KDS by Category">
          Select menu categories for the set device to display on ticket screens. Only the selected categories will display.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Filter KDS by Product">
          Select products you would like the set device to always display on ticket screens even if a category filter is active.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Filter KDS by Device">
          Select devices you would like the set device to display orders from on ticket screens. Only orders created from the selected devices will show.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Filter KDS by Order Type">
          Select the order types you would like the set device to display on ticket screens. Only the selected order types will show.
        </Card>
      </CardGroup>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

### Print Mobile Orders

If your shop utilizes a printer with Dripos, it can be used to print mobile order tickets automatically.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Print Mobile Orders">
    Once your printer is added to Dripos, learn how to add make tickets and receipt templates to your printer and filter mobile tickets to print out.

    Follow [these steps](/hardware/print/basics/print-rules) and reach out to Dripos Support with any questions!
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reprint Tickets">
    **To reprint a ticket:**

    <Steps>
      <Step> Press the ticket on the **Kitchen Display Screen**</Step>
      <Step> Press **Print Make Ticket** or **Print Receipt** depending on your printer setup</Step>
    </Steps>

    <iframe />
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

### Scheduled Orders

Set **Allow Scheduled Orders** to **Yes** to allow customers to schedule orders for future pickup.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="View Scheduled Orders on KDS">
    **Scheduled Orders** will live in their own tab on the **Tickets** page to view until it is time to prep the order, to which it will then move to the **Kitchen Display Screen** screen to start.

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the **Tickets** screen, press **Scheduled Orders** to see all scheduled orders for the future.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        **Scheduled Orders** will automatically move to the **Kitchen Display Screen** when it is time to start prepping the order (Scheduled Pickup Time minus the Order Estimate Time in minutes)

        <Tip>
          Order estimate time is **15 minutes**. If an order is placed at **9:00AM** and is scheduled for pickup at **3:00PM**, the order will move from the **Scheduled Orders** page to the **Kitchen Display Screen** at **2:45PM**.
        </Tip>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        To move a **Scheduled Order** to the **Kitchen Display Screen** sooner, press the **Scheduled Orders** tab > press the order > scroll down and press **Start Ticket**

        <iframe />
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Print Scheduled Orders">
    <Tip>
      **Scheduled orders default to printing upon creation.** If an order is placed at **9:00AM** and is scheduled for pickup at **3:00PM**, the order will print at **9:00AM**.
    </Tip>

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        To print scheduled orders closer to the pickup time, navigate to **POS Settings > Tickets & KDS** to enable the following settings:

        * **Printer Prep Time:** Delays make ticket printing for scheduled orders until a set number of minutes before the scheduled time
        * **Set as Mobile Order Quote Time:** Sets tickets to print based on your current quote time — automatically updating whenever that time changes. This setting is per-device, so each station can use its own manual time or follow the quote time.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Complete Mobile Orders

Mark an order as complete to [alert a customer](/orders/mobile/mobile-setup#create-customer-order-notifications) that their order is ready.

View all completed tickets in the **Recently Completed** tab at the top of the **Tickets** screen.

<iframe />


# Dripos Mobile Ordering
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/mobile/mobile-overview

Allow customers to place orders ahead of time with Dripos mobile ordering

<div>
  <video />

  <video />
</div>

## What's included?

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Custom Ordering Platforms" icon="shop">
    Every store location with Dripos a dedicated order website URL and a store page on the [**Dripos Mobile App** <Icon icon="arrow-up-right-from-square" />](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/dripos/id1454117694)
  </Card>

  <Card title="Seamless Integration with Point of Sale" icon="cart-shopping-fast">
    Mobile orders will appear on the POS Ticket screen once placed
  </Card>

  <Card title="Flexible" icon="sliders">
    Adjust mobile order settings in real time
  </Card>

  <Card title="Customizable Menu" icon="utensils">
    The mobile menu can be adjusted separately from the Point of Sale menu
  </Card>

  <Card title="Included with Dripos Subscription" icon="check">
    Mobile ordering is included in the standard monthly Dripos subscription
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# QR Codes for Mobile Ordering
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/mobile/mobile-qr

Create QR codes to help direct customers to your Dripos ordering platforms

Create QR codes from the **Web Dashboard** > **Settings** > **QR Codes**

<img />

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Order Website">
    Direct customers to your store's order website.

    * **QR Code Type**: Order website homepage

    * **Category to focus**: Direct customers to a specific category on the order website

    * **Download file name**: Name your QR code file

    * **QR Code Image Size (px)**: Increase or decrease image size

    * **Background and Foreground**: Change the color of the QR code

    Generate QR Code!

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Patron Signup">
    Direct customers to sign up for your shop's loyalty program

    * **QR Code Type**: Patron signup page

    * **Download file name**: Name your QR code file

    * **QR Code Image Size (px)**: Increase or decrease image size

    * **Background and Foreground**: Change the color of the QR code

    Generate QR Code!

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Dripos Order App">
    See the below QR codes for downloading the Dripos Order App on Apple and Android Devices

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Apple Store Download">
        Click to download image

        <a href="/images/Dripos App Apple QR Code.png">
          <img />
        </a>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Google Play Store Download">
        Click to download image

        <a href="/images/Dripos App Google Play QR Code.png">
          <img />
        </a>
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>


# Weighted Queue Time
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/mobile/mobile-queue

Discover how to prevent or add additional estimated order time to mobile orders

## Create Weighted Queue Times

<Steps>
  <Step title="Navigate to Settings">
    On the **Web Dashboard**, click on the **Dripos Logo** in the top right corner > **Settings** > **Mobile Ordering**

    Scroll down to the **Weighted Queue Time** section at the very bottom of the page > **Add Threshold**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Create Threshold Type">
    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Dollar Amount">
        If an order meets or exceed a certain dollar amount, choose to either add minutes to the estimated order time or prevent the order entirely.

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Add Minutes">
            <img />
          </Card>

          <Card title="Prevent Order">
            <img />
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Number of Products">
        If a certain number of products are ordered, or a certain number of a specific product, choose to either add minutes to the estimated order time or prevent the order entirely.

        <Tip>
          **Example:**

          If more than 5 White Chocolate Mochas are ordered, add an additional 30 minutes to the order estimate time.

          If more than 15 products of any kind are ordered, prevent the order from being placed.
        </Tip>

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Add Minutes">
            <img />
          </Card>

          <Card title="Prevent Order">
            <img />
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Products in Category">
        If a certain number of products from a specific category are ordered, choose to either add minutes to the estimated order time or prevent the order entirely.

        <Tip>
          **Example:**

          If more than 5 products from the Espresso category are ordered, add an additional 30 minutes to the order estimate time.

          If more than 20 products from the Lunch category are ordered, prevent the order from being placed.
        </Tip>

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Add Minutes">
            <img />
          </Card>

          <Card title="Prevent Order">
            <img />
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Determine Threshold Weights">
    <Icon icon="check" /> Decide which threshold is looked at first when an order is placed.

    <Icon icon="check" /> Thresholds will be scanned from highest to lowest, and the first threshold to pass will be selected.

    <Icon icon="check" /> A **Threshold Weight of 1** is the highest priority, then 2, 3, 4 and so on.

    <Tip>
      The threshold with the most expensive dollar amount or most products should be the highest weighted.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Mobile Ordering Settings
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/mobile/mobile-settings



Configure Mobile Ordering settings. Changes saved will go into effect immediately.

<Accordion title="Dashboard Settings">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Navigate to **Dashboard** settings > **Mobile Ordering**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <CardGroup>
        <Card title="Enable Mobile Ordering">
          If disabled, Mobile Ordering is immediately disabled from the mobile order website and mobile order app.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Require Patron Login">
          If enabled, require patrons to login in order to place a mobile order.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Enable Scheduled Orders">
          If enabled, allow patrons to order ahead and place scheduled orders.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Enable ASAP Orders">
          If enabled, allow patrons to order ahead and place orders as soon as the Set Pickup Quote Time  and Weighted Queue Time thresholds are met.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Enable Product Notes">
          If enabled, allow customers to add custom notes to ordered products.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Enable Order Notes">
          If enabled, allow customers to add custom notes to the entire order.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Set Minimum Order Amount">
          Set the minimum dollar amount required to place a mobile order.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Show Price Previews on Order Page">
          If enabled, display product prices on the mobile order homepage.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Enable Order Tracker">
          If enabled, allow customers to track their order status.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Set Pickup Quote Time">
          Sets the number of minutes added to mobile order estimates to account for preparation time before the order is ready for pickup.
        </Card>

        <Card title="Set Receipt Note">
          Adds a custom note at the checkout screen.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Card>

        <Card title="Set Receipt Note Position">
          Set the Receipt Note position at the beginning or end of the Checkout page.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Card>

        <Card title="Require Confirmation for Scheduled Orders">
          If enabled, displays a pop-up when selecting scheduled requiring customer to Acknowledge before scheduling an order one or more days in advance.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Card>

        <Card title="Require Confirmation at Checkout">
          If enabled, displays a pop-up at Checkout to Confirm before completing an order.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Card>

        <Card title="Enable Gift Card Only Mode">
          If enabled, only digital gift cards are available for purchase (directing customers to the gift card screen by default).
        </Card>

        <Card title="Weighted Queue Time">
          Enter an item or dollar amount threshold to be met that prevents orders or adds time to the minimum scheduled time. Learn more [here](/orders/mobile/mobile-queue)
        </Card>
      </CardGroup>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Point of Sale Settings">
  Configure the Point of Sale Mobile Ordering Settings:

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <CardGroup>
    <Card title="Enable Mobile Ordering">
      When disabling mobile ordering, set a time to autoenable mobile orders again.

      If no time is selected, mobile ordering will reopen the next day when the store opens.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Card>

    <Card title="Allow Scheduled Orders">
      If enabled, allow patrons to order ahead and place scheduled orders.
    </Card>

    <Card title="Allow ASAP Orders">
      If enabled, allow patrons to order ahead and place orders as soon as the Set Pickup Quote Time, and Weighted Queue Time thresholds are met.
    </Card>

    <Card title="Add Order estimate to ASAP Order Pickup Time">
      Add the order estimate to the time an ASAP order was placed and set that as the scheduled pickup time.
    </Card>

    <Card title="Set Mobile Ordering Quote Time">
      Sets the preparation time (in minutes) added to all mobile orders before they can be picked up.
    </Card>
  </CardGroup>
</Accordion>


# Set Up Mobile Ordering
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/mobile/mobile-setup

Learn how to enable Mobile Ordering with Dripos

## Activate Mobile Order Platforms

To activate a location's mobile ordering website and page on the Dripos Mobile Order app:

<Steps>
  <Step>
    On the **Dashboard**, click the **Settings** (⚙️) in the upper right corner
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Scroll to the last setting, **Advanced Settings** > click **Edit** > enable **Show Location on Mobile Website and App**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Customize Online Store

To view and edit the order website link:

<Steps>
  <Step>
    On the **Dashboard**, click the **Settings** (⚙️) in the top right corner and navigate to **Order Website Links**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click **Edit** to adjust the following fields:

    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Change Location URL">
        ### Change Location-Specific Order Website URL

        <Steps>
          <Step title="">
            <Icon icon="globe-pointer" /> The URL for a specific location's mobile order website will be [https://order.dripos.com/\[Location\_Slug](https://order.dripos.com/\[Location_Slug)]
          </Step>

          <Step title="">
            <Icon icon="pen-to-square" /> To change the **Location\_Slug**, edit the **Location Slug** field

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Change Company URL">
        ### Change Company Order Website URL

        <Note>
          This applies to companies using Dripos for multiple store locations. The company order website is a home page where customers can select a location to order from.
        </Note>

        <Steps>
          <Step title="">
            <Icon icon="globe-pointer" /> The URL for a company's mobile order website will be [https://order.dripos.com/\[Company\_Slug](https://order.dripos.com/\[Company_Slug)]
          </Step>

          <Step title="">
            <Icon icon="pen-to-square" /> To change the **Company\_Slug**, edit the **Company Slug** field

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Set Store Password">
        ### Set Store Password (Optional)

        Require customers to input a **password** to place mobile orders at this specific location

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Change Store Image">
        ### Change Store Image

        Change the **header image** on the order website and app:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Steps>
          <Step>
            On the **Dashboard** click the **Settings** (⚙️) in the upper-right corner > **Shop Info** > **Images**
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Edit **Shop Image**

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Set Store Hours

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Daily Store Hours">
    ### Store Hours

    Set store hours to determine when customers can place mobile orders.

    <Warning>
      Store hours will automatically be set in the timezone of the shop address on file under [**Shop Information** > **Hours**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/shop). To manually set a different timezone, click **Set Timezone**.
    </Warning>

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the **Dashboard**, click the **Settings** (⚙️) in the upper right corner and navigate to [**Shop Information** > **Hours**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/hours)

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click **Edit** and set daily store hours from open to close. Uncheck a day to mark the shop as closed all day and click **Save**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Hours Overrides">
    ### Hours Overrides

    Override daily store hours with a Full Day Closing or Special Hours on a specific date. Daily hours will remain the same outside of overrides.

    <Info>
      Overrides are a great option for setting holiday hours, special event hours, or emergency closings.
    </Info>

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the **Dashboard**, click the **Settings** (⚙️) in the upper right corner > [**Shop Information** > **Hours Overrides**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/overrides) > **Add Override**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Full Day Closing">
        Set a date range to close store hours all day

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Special Hours">
        Set special hours for one day at a time

        *Example: on 3/20/25 the store is open from 1PM-3PM*

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Mobile Ticket Types

<Icon icon="check" /> Create new ticket types specifically for mobile checkout.

<Icon icon="check" /> Existing ticket types, such as For Here or To-Go, can also be used at checkout.

To create or adjust mobile ticket types, on the **Dashboard** click **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Ticket Types**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Enable Existing Ticket Types for Mobile Ordering">
    Any existing ticket types, such as For Here or To-Go, can be enabled for checkout on the mobile ordering platforms:

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the **Dashboard**, click **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Ticket Types** > click **View** on an existing ticket type > click **Edit Information**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Change **Enable on Mobile** to **Yes** > click **Save**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        The ticket type will then appear as a **Method** (ticket type) for customers to select at checkout.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Create New Ticket Types for Mobile Ordering">
    Create new ticket types that are only available for mobile checkout:

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the **Dashboard**, click **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Ticket Types** > **Create Ticket Type**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Select Type">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        Select one of the two following options for **Type**:

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Mobile">
            Standard mobile ticket type requiring payment (card, Apple Pay, Google Pay, gift card) before completing mobile checkout
          </Card>

          <Card title="Pay at Store">
            Allow customers place a mobile order without inputting a payment method at checkout, and instead pay at pickup.
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Set **Enable on mobile** to **Yes** and click **Save**
      </Step>

      <Step>
        The ticket type will then appear as a **Method** (ticket type) for customers to select at checkout.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Create Customer Order Notifications">
    Enable text notifications for customers to receive when their order is received and when the order is ready for pickup.

    <Note>
      Notifications are created per ticket type.
    </Note>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Navigate to Ticket Type">
        On the **Dashboard**, click **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Ticket Types** > **View Ticket Type**
      </Step>

      <Step title="Edit Notifications">
        Scroll down to see **Notifications** > **Edit Information**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Enable/Disable Notifications">
        Select **Yes** or **No** enable or disable each notification type, respectively.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Accordion title="Writing Custom Messages">
          Write a custom message to your customers and utilize these variables to tailor the message to each customer automatically.

          * \{\{LOCATION}}: Automatically adds the name of the shop location
          * \{\{NAME}}: Automatically adds the name attached to the order
          * \{\{RECEIPT}}: Automatically adds a link to a digital order receipt
        </Accordion>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Create Checkout Prompts">
    Add optional or required checkout prompts to mobile ticket types

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Create new Checkout Prompt">
        On the **Dashboard**, click on **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Checkout Prompts** > **Create Prompt**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Complete the following fields">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <AccordionGroup>
          <Accordion title="Header Name">
            Internal label for the checkout prompt. Only visible from the **Dashboard** and **Point of Sale**
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Full Prompt">
            Customer-facing description of the answer needed for the checkout prompt
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Ticket Types">
            Select a minimum of one ticket type to apply this checkout prompt to
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Platform">
            Select a minimum of one platform for this checkout prompt to be visible on. Select both **Mobile** and **Web** to apply this checkout prompt on the **Order App** and the **Order Website**, respectively
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Example Answer">
            An example answer to show the patron how to respond to the prompt.
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Required">
            **Yes**: Customers will not be able to complete checkout without answering the prompt

            **No**: The prompt is optional and checkout may be completed without answering the prompt
          </Accordion>
        </AccordionGroup>
      </Step>

      <Step title="View an order's Checkout Prompt answer from the Tickets screen">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="View an order's Checkout Prompt answer from the Transactions page">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Mobile Ordering Settings

<Warning>
  **Review all mobile ordering settings before launching your mobile ordering platforms!**
</Warning>

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Web Dashboard">
    ### Configure Mobile Ordering Settings

    Use Mobile Ordering settings to configure the best workflow for your shop.

    Navigate to the **Dashboard** > click on the **Settings** (⚙️) in the top right corner > **Mobile Ordering**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Note>
      Any changes made to these settings will automatically take effect across all mobile ordering platforms.
    </Note>

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Enable Mobile Ordering">
        If disabled, Mobile Ordering is immediately disabled from the mobile order website and mobile order app.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Require Patron Login">
        If enabled, require patrons to login in order to place a mobile order.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Enable Scheduled Orders">
        If enabled, allow patrons to order ahead and place scheduled orders.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Enable ASAP Orders">
        If enabled, allow patrons to order ahead and place orders as soon as the Set Pickup Quote Time  and Weighted Queue Time thresholds are met.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Enable Product Notes">
        If enabled, allow customers to add custom notes to ordered products.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Enable Order Notes">
        If enabled, allow customers to add custom notes to the entire order.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Set Minimum Order Amount">
        Set the minimum dollar amount required to place a mobile order.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Show Price Previews on Order Page">
        If enabled, display product prices on the mobile order homepage.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Enable Order Tracker">
        If enabled, allow customers to track their order status.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Set Pickup Quote Time">
        Sets the number of minutes added to mobile order estimates to account for preparation time before the order is ready for pickup.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Set Receipt Note">
        Adds a custom note at the checkout screen.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Set Receipt Note Position">
        Set the Receipt Note position at the beginning or end of the Checkout page.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Require Confirmation for Scheduled Orders">
        If enabled, displays a pop-up when selecting scheduled requiring customer to Acknowledge before scheduling an order one or more days in advance.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Require Confirmation at Checkout">
        If enabled, displays a pop-up at Checkout to Confirm before completing an order.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Card>

      <Card title="Enable Gift Card Only Mode">
        If enabled, only digital gift cards are available for purchase (directing customers to the gift card screen by default).
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    ### Quick Edit Mobile Ordering Settings

    Adjust basic Mobile Order settings from the Point of Sale

    Navigate to the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press the **Settings** (⚙️) button > scroll down to **Mobile Settings**

    <video />

    <Note>
      Any changes made to these settings will automatically take effect across all mobile ordering platforms.
    </Note>

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Order Estimate (in Minutes)">
        Input the estimated amount of time (in minutes) that it will take for a mobile order to be ready for pickup.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Disable Mobile Ordering (Temporarily)">
        If this toggle is turned **ON**, orders will not be able to be placed through the order website and mobile app until turned back **OFF**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Pay at Store">
        If this toggle is turned **ON**, customers will be able to place a mobile order without inputting a payment method at checkout, and instead pay at pickup.

        A [**Pay at Store Ticket Type**](/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-tickets) will need to be created as well.

        <Note>
          Orders will appear within **Saved Tickets** screen on the POS until paid.
        </Note>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Allow ASAP Orders">
        If this toggle is turned **ON**, customers will be able to place orders on the order website and mobile app and be able to pick it up "as soon as possible".

        <Note>
          The soonest pickup time will be based on order estimate and weighted queue times (see more below).
        </Note>

        <Warning>
          In order for a mobile order to be placed, one of the following **must** be enabled: **ASAP Orders** or **Scheduled Orders** - or both.
        </Warning>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Allow Scheduled Orders">
        If this toggle is turned **ON**, customers will be able to place a mobile order for pickup at a future time.

        <Warning>
          In order for a mobile order to be placed, one of the following **must** be enabled: **ASAP Orders** or **Scheduled Orders** - or both.
        </Warning>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Add Order Estimate To ASAP Order Time">
        If this toggle is turned **ON**, the order estimate time chosen will be added to the current time when an ASAP mobile order is placed, and set that as the scheduled time for the ticket.
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>


# Order System Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/orders-overview

Streamline your coffee shop operations with Dripos' Order System.

Dripos is designed to simplify and enhance the way you run your coffee shop.

Dripos Order System offers a suite of tools to manage everything from menu creation to mobile ordering.

Select a feature below to learn more!

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Transactions" icon="receipt" href="/orders/tickets/tickets-overview">
    Learn how to manage all current, future, and past orders.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Checkout Flow" icon="cart-shopping-fast" href="/orders/checkout/checkout-overview">
    Set up ticket types, payment types, checkout prompts, service fees
  </Card>

  <Card title="Tipping" icon="gratipay" href="/orders/tipping/tipping-overview">
    Customize and manage your customer's tipping options
  </Card>

  <Card title="Kitchen Display Screen" icon="laptop" href="/orders/KDS/tickets-kds">
    Set up your Ticket screen to easily reference and make orders
  </Card>

  <Card title="Cash Management" icon="cash-register" href="/operations/cash/cash-overview">
    Track cash flows in and out throughout the day
  </Card>

  <Card title="Invoicing" icon="receipt" href="/operations/invoices/invoice-overview">
    Send customers an invoice to pay off
  </Card>

  <Card title="Billing Accounts" icon="file-invoice-dollar" href="/operations/billing/billing-overview">
    Let recurring patrons charge to an account and settle up later
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Dripos Go
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/platforms/platforms-go

Your POS on the Go!

Dripos Go is the mobile version of the Dripos POS, available on both Apple and Android devices, and on an S700 card reader.

Go syncs effortlessly with the POS, making it easy to manage tickets and access the full menu from anywhere.

Plus, accept payments with tap-to-pay right from a mobile device - perfect for fast, flexible checkouts.

<video />

## Download Dripos Go

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="iOS (requires iPhone XS or later)" icon="apple" href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/dripos-go/id6478636472">
    Click to Download
  </Card>

  <Card title="Android (requires NFC Compatible device)" icon="android" href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=co.frostbyte.driposreader">
    Click to Download
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

***

## What's New in Dripos Go

<Note>
  Update to the latest version of Dripos Go to get these features. Your version number is shown at
  the bottom of the **Account** tab.
</Note>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="PIN Protection" icon="lock">
    Your PIN Protection settings now apply to Dripos Go, including discounts, refunds, sales, and Settings.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Offline Mode" icon="wifi-slash">
    Keep taking orders when the internet drops. Offline orders are saved on the device and sent
    automatically when you reconnect.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Split Payments" icon="divide">
    Split a ticket by amount or by item, and take as many payments as you need to close it out.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Checkout Prompts" icon="comment-question">
    Checkout prompts enabled for the Dripos Go platform now appear on the payment screen.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Faster Setup" icon="bolt">
    No more device picker. Dripos Go creates and reuses its own device for each location
    automatically.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Dark Mode" icon="moon">
    Choose Light, Dark, or System Default under **Settings** > **Appearance**.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Tap to Pay on Android" icon="android">
    Take contactless payments directly on a supported NFC Android phone.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Go on a Card Reader" icon="credit-card">
    Pair an S700 card reader as a standalone register. No host tablet required.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Device Settings" icon="sliders">
    Tune checkout, menu layout, connectivity, and appearance per device from inside the app.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

***

## Getting Started

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Get Started with Dripos Go">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Log In">
        Once downloaded, log in using an Admin phone number and input the 6-digit authentication code that is texted to you.
        <Note> Location Services and Bluetooth must be enabled for the Dripos Go app in the mobile device’s settings for the app to function properly. </Note>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Select Your Location">
        Select your location from the list. You can search the list by name if you have several locations.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Note>
          **There is no longer a device selection step.** Dripos Go now sets up its own device
          automatically: the first time this phone is used at a location, the app creates a Dripos Go device
          for it, and every login after that reuses the same device.
        </Note>

        <Tip>
          Because Dripos Go has its own device, its tickets are already separated from your Point of Sale
          tickets. To separate them on reports and receipts as well, create a dedicated
          [ticket type](/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-tickets#create-ticket-types) for Dripos Go.
        </Tip>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Watch the Tap to Pay Tutorial">
        Watch the Tap to Pay video tutorial the first time you take a card payment.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Switch Locations or Devices">
    Working a second location, or moving a phone between shops?

    Navigate to the **Account** tab > **Switch Location** and choose the new location. Dripos Go sets up (or reuses) this phone's device at that location for you.

    <Warning>
      You cannot switch locations, log out, or restart the app while there is an unfinished payment or a
      pending offline order on the device. Finish the payment, or process the offline orders, first.
    </Warning>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Run Dripos Go on an S700 Card Reader">
    Turn an S700 reader into its own standalone register. Once paired, the reader displays your full menu and can take orders and payment on its own, without a separate tablet.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Open the reader list on the POS">
        On the Point of Sale, navigate to **Settings** >  **Readers** and press **Add Reader**
      </Step>

      <Step title="Choose the reader type">
        Set the reader type to **Dripos GO**
      </Step>

      <Step title="Generate a pairing code on the reader">
        On the card reader, swipe from left to right on the screen > press **Settings** > enter pin **07139** > **Generate Pairing Code**
      </Step>

      <Step title="Pair the reader">
        Enter the pairing code shown on the card reader, including the dashes.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Save">
        Press **Save**. The reader appears in your reader list labeled **Dripos Go** and loads the Dripos Go app.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    <Note>
      There is no host device to pick and no reader mode to choose. Pairing a Go reader does not change
      any other reader at your location: every other reader keeps running exactly as before.
    </Note>

    <Note>
      A reader running Dripos Go does not log in. It inherits the location and device from the pairing
      you created on the POS, so there is no phone number, no authentication code, and no location list
      to pick from.
    </Note>

    <Info>
      Shops that have not yet migrated to V3 card readers will see **Dripos Go (Legacy)** in the reader
      type list instead. It pairs the older way, including choosing a host device and restarting the
      reader afterward. Reach out to support if you are unsure which applies to your shop.
    </Info>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="The Reader Says 'Reader Not Paired'">
    This means the reader's serial number has no pairing yet, or the reader had no network connection when it tried to claim its pairing.

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the Point of Sale, navigate to **Settings** > **Card Readers** and confirm a reader is paired for the serial number shown on the reader's screen
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Confirm the reader is on the same Wi-Fi network as the Point of Sale
      </Step>

      <Step>
        On the reader, press **Try Again**
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Navigating Dripos Go

Dripos Go is organized into five tabs: **Menu**, **Saved**, **Sales**, **Account**, and **More**.

Patrons, Gift Cards, Billing Accounts, and Settings all live under the **More** tab.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Create Ticket Type">
    If applicable, create a new ticket type for checkout on Dripos Go via the Dashboard.

    By doing so, sales from the Dripos Go app can be separated out from sales at the shop on the Point of Sale.

    <Tip>Creating a new ticket type is useful if you're running an event outside of daily shop operations.</Tip>

    Learn how to create a new ticket type [here](/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-tickets#create-ticket-types)
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Checkout Flow">
    Place orders, enter patron information, collect payment, and distribute receipts- all with Dripos Go!

    Watch the video below on how to checkout using Dripos Go.

    <video />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Payment Methods">
    On the payment screen, Dripos Go offers:

    <Icon icon="check" /> **Tap to Pay on iPhone** or **Tap to Pay on Android**

    <Icon icon="check" /> **Manual Card**: Key in or scan a card with the phone's camera

    <Icon icon="check" /> **Cash**

    <Icon icon="check" /> **Gift Cards**

    <Icon icon="check" /> **Billing Account**

    <Icon icon="check" /> **Other Payment**: your custom payment types

    <Icon icon="check" /> **Split**: see Split Payments below

    <Note>
      Card payments must be at least \$0.50. If a card payment is unavailable, tap **Learn why** for
      the exact reason from Stripe. The most common causes are no internet connection, NFC turned
      off, or incomplete device setup.
    </Note>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Split Payments">
    Split a ticket across multiple payments, either by dollar amount or by individual item.

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Build the ticket and press **Charge**
      </Step>

      <Step>
        On the payment methods screen, press **Split** at the bottom
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Choose **By Amount** or **By Item**

        * **By Amount**: pick **Half**, **Remainder**, or **Custom** to enter any dollar amount up to what's left on the ticket
        * **By Item**: check off the items this person is paying for. Fees and gratuity are divided proportionally across the split and are included in the amount shown.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Take the payment as usual. The payment screen then shows how much of the ticket is paid (for example, "$6.50 of $18.00 paid")
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Repeat until the ticket is paid in full. The receipt screen appears once the balance reaches zero.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    <Note>
      Once the first partial payment goes through, the split type is locked for that ticket, so paid
      items can't be mixed with an amount-based split. Rewards can only be redeemed before the first
      split payment, since a reward changes the whole ticket total.
    </Note>

    <Warning>Split payments require an internet connection.</Warning>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Checkout Prompts">
    Checkout prompts now appear on Dripos Go.

    Applicable prompts are shown as chips under **Checkout Prompts** on the payment screen. Tap a chip to answer it. Required prompts are marked with an asterisk (\*) and must be answered before any payment method can be selected.

    <Tip>
      A prompt only appears on Dripos Go if **Dripos Go** is selected under **Platform**, and the
      order's ticket type is selected under **Ticket Types**, when the prompt is created. Learn how
      to create checkout prompts
      [here](/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-prompts).
    </Tip>

    Responses are viewable on the transaction from the Dashboard, the Point of Sale, and Dripos Go.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Create Saved Tickets">
    1. Create a Saved Ticket to be paid at a later time.

    2. Press **Saved** at the bottom of the app > press the **+** button up top > enter in the ticket information > add items to cart

    3. Instead of checking out, press **Save for Later**.

    4. When ready to checkout, navigate to **Saved** at the bottom of the app > press the ticket you've created > navigate to cart and checkout

    <video />

    <Tip>Press the sort icon on the Saved tab to flip between newest-first and oldest-first.</Tip>

    <Warning>Saved tickets require an internet connection. They are not available while the device is offline.</Warning>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Add Discounts to Orders">
    **Add Product Discounts**

    Premade product discounts can be added to products ordered on Dripos Go.

    <video />

    Learn how to premake product discounts for use [here](/orders/discounts/discounts-basics#product-discounts).

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Select a product to add to cart
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Before adding to cart, select the product discount listed at the bottom of the product's page.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Any applicable product modifiers will be listed for use. Tap to add the discount and add the product to cart.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    **Ticket Discounts**

    Premade tickets discounts can be added to orders placed on Dripos Go.

    <video />

    Learn how to premake ticket discounts for use [here](/orders/discounts/discounts-basics#ticket-discounts).

    <Steps>
      <Step>Add product to cart</Step>
      <Step>Return back to menu home page and press **Menu Tools**</Step>
      <Step>Press **Discounts** and add a premade ticket discount</Step>
    </Steps>

    <Note>
      Custom percent and dollar discounts can also be entered from this screen. Both premade and custom
      discounts can be PIN protected. See [PIN Protection on Dripos Go](#pin-protection-on-dripos-go).
    </Note>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Filter Dripos Go Tickets on Point of Sale">
    Include or exclude your Dripos Go tickets from your Point of Sale ticket screen.

    <Tip>If Dripos Go is being used at an event outside of the main shop location, it will be important to separate out the event tickets from the shop's tickets. Ensure a [new ticket type](/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-tickets#create-ticket-types) is created first!</Tip>

    1. On the Point of Sale device being used, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press the **Settings** (⚙️) button

    2. Navigate to **Device Ticket Options**

    3. If the Point of Sale is to **exclude** the Dripos Go ticket *(i.e., ticket type named Farmers Market)* from the ticket screen, filter the device by all tickets **except** Farmers Market

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    4. If the Point of Sale is to **include** only the Dripos Go ticket *(i.e., ticket type named Farmers Market)* in the ticket screen, filter the device by only the Farmers Market ticket type

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Print Dripos Go Tickets on the Point of Sale">
    Include or exclude your Dripos Go tickets from printing at your Point of Sale.

    <Tip>If Dripos Go is being used at an event outside of the main shop location, it will be important to separate out the event tickets from the shop's tickets. Ensure a [new ticket type](/orders/checkout/checkout-setup/checkout-tickets#create-ticket-types) is created first!</Tip>

    1. On the Point of Sale device being used, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press the **Settings** (⚙️) button

    2. Navigate to **Printer Settings**

    3. Ensure printer is connected first > create new **Receipt \<> Printer Connection**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    4. Click **Setup Toggles**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    3. If the Point of Sale is to **exclude** the Dripos Go ticket *(i.e., ticket type named Farmers Market)* from printing, filter the connection by all tickets **except** Farmers Market

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    4. If the Point of Sale is to **include** only the Dripos Go ticket *(i.e., ticket type named Farmers Market)* in the ticket screen, filter the connection by only the Farmers Market ticket type

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    5. Click **Save**
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="View Transactions">
    View all Dripos Go transactions on multiple Dripos platforms

    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Web Dashboard">
        **Web Dashboard**

        View all Dripos Go transactions on the Web Dashboard > Orders > Transactions > filter by Ticket Type.
        Additionally, you can filter by Platforms > Dripos Go.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Point of Sale">
        **Point of Sale**

        View all Dripos Go transactions on the Point of Sale > Transactions > filter by Ticket Type

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Dripos Go">
        **Dripos Go**

        View all Dripos Go transactions on the app under **Sales**. Search for any past order, or press the filter icon to narrow by date, platform, or payment type.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="View Dripos Go Sales Reports">
    View Dripos Go sales from multiple Dripos Reports

    **Ticket Type Sales Report**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    **Platform Sales Report**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## PIN Protection on Dripos Go

Your existing [PIN Protection Settings](/team/setup/setup-access) now apply to Dripos Go, not just the Point of Sale. There is nothing new to turn on in the app. If a setting is already enabled for your shop, Dripos Go will start asking for an employee PIN.

Dripos Go honors the following PIN Protection Settings:

| Setting | What it protects on Dripos Go |
| - | - |
| Require PIN for Discounts | Applying a premade ticket discount at checkout |
| Require PIN for Custom Discounts and Fees | Applying a custom percent or dollar discount at checkout |
| Require PIN for the Transactions page | Opening the **Transactions** tab |
| Require PIN for Refunds | Refunding a transaction |
| Require PIN for Settings | Opening **More** > **Settings** |

<Steps>
  <Step title="Turn on PIN Protection">
    On the **Dashboard**, click **Settings** (⚙️) > **Employee Management** > press **Edit** next to
    **PIN Protection Settings**, then enable the settings you want.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Give the right roles permission">
    An employee can only pass the PIN prompt if their role holds the matching permission. Employees
    with **Admin Full** access always pass. Learn how to manage permissions
    [here](/team/setup/setup-permissions).
  </Step>

  <Step title="Enter a PIN on Dripos Go">
    When a protected action is taken, an **Employee PIN** prompt appears. Enter the employee's PIN
    and press **Confirm**.

    If the PIN doesn't belong to an employee with permission, Dripos Go shows **Invalid PIN. You
    don't have permission to do this.**
  </Step>
</Steps>

<Note>
  PIN prompts are skipped while the device is offline. Verifying a PIN requires a connection to
  Dripos, so Dripos Go lets staff keep working rather than blocking them at the counter.
</Note>

***

## Offline Mode on Dripos Go

Dripos Go keeps taking orders when the internet drops. Orders taken offline are saved on the device and sent to Dripos automatically once you reconnect.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Is my device offline?">
    A red banner appears directly above the bottom menu bar. The banner tells you why:

    * **No internet connection**: the device itself has no network
    * **Dripos isn't responding**: the network is fine, but Dripos can't be reached
    * **Offline mode is on**: offline mode was turned on manually in Settings (the banner also shows a **Forced** tag)

    The banner's second line shows how many orders are saved locally, and the **Charge** button in the cart changes to **Charge (Offline)**.

    <Tip>Tap the banner at any time to see the orders waiting to be sent.</Tip>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Take orders in offline mode">
    Build the ticket as usual and press **Charge (Offline)**. The following payment methods stay available:

    <Icon icon="check" /> **Cash**

    <Icon icon="check" /> **Manual Card**: key in the card, on a phone or tablet

    <Icon icon="check" /> **Other Payment**: your custom payment types

    Tap to Pay, Gift Cards, Split payments, Billing Accounts, and Saved Tickets all need a connection and are hidden while offline.

    <Warning>
      Double-check manually entered card details. If anything is incorrect, the transaction will fail
      when you're back online and the sale will be lost.
    </Warning>

    <Note>
      Manual Card offline requires this device to have been online at least once at this location, so
      it can cache the key used to encrypt the card. If it hasn't, Dripos Go shows **Manual Card
      needs this device to reconnect before it can be used offline.**
    </Note>

    <Warning>
      An S700 reader running Dripos Go has no Manual Card option, so **Cash** and **Other Payment**
      are the only offline methods available on a reader.
    </Warning>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Send offline orders when you reconnect">
    Offline orders are sent automatically as soon as Dripos Go reconnects. While that's happening, the banner reads **Syncing orders** with a progress bar.

    Tap the banner at any time to open the offline orders list, which shows each order's name, item count, payment method, and how long ago it was taken.

    <Warning>
      The banner stays visible after you're back online until every saved order has been sent. Do not
      log out, switch locations, or restart the app until it clears. Dripos Go will block those
      actions to protect the payments.
    </Warning>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="An offline order failed">
    If an order can't be sent after several attempts, it moves to a failed list so it can't hold up the rest. The banner reads **Orders failed** or **Orders need attention** even while you are online.

    Tap the banner and choose:

    * **Retry** to try sending the order again
    * **Dismiss** to permanently delete it

    <Warning>
      Dismissing a failed order permanently deletes its payment record and cannot be undone. Only
      dismiss an order you are certain will never process.
    </Warning>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Turn offline mode on manually">
    You can force a device into offline mode. This is useful for testing, or for an event where you know the connection is unreliable.

    Navigate to **More** > **Settings** > **Connectivity** and enable **Force Offline Mode**.

    Orders are saved on the device and sent automatically when you turn it back off. The setting survives a restart, so remember to turn it off when the event is over.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Dripos Go Device Settings

Each device running Dripos Go can be tuned on its own from **More** > **Settings**.

<Note>
  If **Require PIN for Settings** is enabled for your shop, an employee PIN is required to open this
  page.
</Note>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Menu">
    Show categories and products as a **List** of rows or a **Grid** of tiles. The **Category
    Screen** and **Product Screen** are set independently, and the change applies immediately.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Checkout">
    Checkout settings for this device. Changes are saved when you press **Save**.

    * **Require Name at Checkout**: prompt for an order name before payment
    * **Show Order Types Screen**: turn off to skip the order type screen and use the default
    * **Default Order Type**: the order type applied automatically to orders on this device
    * **Receipt Auto-Timeout** and **Timeout Delay**: return to the menu automatically after a receipt, from 10 to 60 seconds
    * **Cash Quick Amounts**: the quick-tender buttons on the cash screen
    * **Order Name Priority**: whether an attached patron's name or a typed order name wins
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Connectivity">
    **Force Offline Mode**: see [Offline Mode on Dripos Go](#offline-mode-on-dripos-go).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Appearance">
    **Theme**: choose **Light**, **Dark**, or **System Default** to follow the phone's own setting.
    The change applies immediately.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Update or Restart Dripos Go

Navigate to the **Account** tab to manage the app itself.

* **Update App** appears at the top of the list when a new version is ready. Press it to download and reload.
* **Restart App** reloads Dripos Go. This is the first thing to try if the app is behaving unexpectedly.
* **Log Out** signs this device out and returns to the welcome screen.

<Warning>
  Update, Restart, and Log Out are all blocked while there is an unfinished payment or a pending
  offline order on the device. Finish the payment or process the offline orders first.
</Warning>


# Kiosk Mode
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/platforms/platforms-kiosk

Learn how to set up a self-serve kiosk on the POS app

With a self-service kiosk, customers can independently add items to their cart and complete their transaction using a card.

<Note>
  Cash payments are not accepted in Kiosk Mode.
</Note>

***

## Set Up a Kiosk

<Tip>Before converting your POS into a kiosk, connect a card reader into  [Kiosk Reader Mode](/hardware/reader/reader-s700) for self-service payments</Tip>

<iframe />

<Steps>
  <Step>
    On the device to be a Kiosk, navigate to the Point of Sale settings > **Kiosk**
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Turn on the **Enable Kiosk** toggle
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click on the grey **Kiosk Order Ticket Type** > select the ticket type for kiosk orders (e.g. For here or to-go)
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Set your Kiosk Exit Pin
    <Note>The default Dripos Kiosk Pin is 120398. You may change it to a pin of your choice. </Note>
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Press **Enter Kiosk Mode**
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Configure Kiosk Menu

Enable and disable any category and its products for kiosk ordering.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Categories">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        On the **Dashboard**, navgiate to **Menu** > **Categories** > **Quick Edit** next to a category

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Enable or disable the category from kiosk > press Save

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Products">
    <Note>
      A product's category must be enabled on kiosk in order to enable a product
    </Note>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        On the **Dashboard**, navgiate to **Menu** > **Products** > **Quick Edit** next to a product

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Press **Platforms** > enable or disable the product from kiosk > press Save

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Kiosk Settings

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

* **Enable Kiosk**: If enabled POS devices can enter Kiosk mode.
* **Set Kiosk Ticket Type**: Select a default ticket type created from kiosk devices e.g To GO, For Here, Pay at Window.  This must be set before entering kiosk mode.
* **Set Kiosk Exit Pin**: This pin will be used to move a device out of kiosk mode when entered under ‘order phone number’.  The default pin is 120398 for all devices.
* **Enter Kiosk Mode**: This button will enter the current device into kiosk mode.

***

## Exit Kiosk Mode

<Steps>
  <Step title="Start Order">
    Press **Start Order**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Enter Exit Pin">
    Enter the predetermined exit pin from your Kiosk settings > press **Enter**

    *The default pin is 120398 for all devices.*

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Offline Mode
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/platforms/platforms-offline

Continue to take orders without an internet connection.

<Icon icon="check" /> Offline Mode provides the ability to take orders when the Point of Sale is disconnected from the internet.

<Icon icon="check" /> Accept cash, card, and manual card payments with the V3 Card Reader in Offline Mode.

<Icon icon="check" /> When the internet comes back online, process all offline orders to complete the transactions.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Is my POS Offline?">
    There are several places you can reference to determine if your Dripos Point of Sale device has gone offline:

    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Status Bar">
        **The Status Bar**

        If the top status bar is red and says **Internet Status: Offline** or **Internet Status: Offline (Forced)** this means the POS is in Offline Mode:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Notification Banner">
        **Notification Banner**

        A notification banner appears at the bottom of the screen while offline and stays visible when you're back online until all pending orders are processed.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Side Bar Icons">
        **Icons**

        If there are **offline orders** and **time cards** that need to be processed, **icons** will appear on the left-side menu of the POS.

        The orders and time cards will need to be processed in order for the icons to disappear.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Checkout Warning">
        **Checkout Warning**

        If an order is started while in Offline Mode, a pop-up will appear when you click "Charge".

        A banner will also display at the bottom of the POS during the entire checkout flow when offline.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Manually Entering Offline Mode">
    Manually entering offline mode allows you to take the POS offline intentionally, rather than waiting for a connection drop, useful for testing offline workflows or preparing for a planned outage.
    <Danger> **Only use this if instructed by a Dripos support agent, or ahead of a known/expected internet outage.** Manually forcing offline mode outside of those cases will interrupt normal card processing.</Danger>

    **Entering Offline Mode**

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Open the POS app and go to Settings
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Select Advanced Settings, found at the bottom of the Settings menu
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Toggle "Enter Offline Mode" ON.
        **Key requirement:** Once enabled, the status bar should read "Internet Status: Offline (Forced)," confirming the toggle took effect.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    **Exiting Offline Mode**

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Go to Settings > Advanced Settings (bottom of the Settings menu)
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Toggle "Enter Offline Mode" OFF
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Confirm the status bar returns to a normal "Internet Status: Online" reading
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Take Orders in Offline Mode">
    In Offline Mode, you can still take orders with **cash**, **manual payment**, and **card payments** via the V3 Card Reader.

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Add items to cart as usual and press **Charge** to proceed to payment

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        The POS will warn you that you are in Offline Mode with a pop-up. Press "Confirm" to proceed.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Once on the payment methods screen, if you are connected to a V3 Card Reader you will be able to select **cash**, **manual card**, or **card**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        With our improved V3 Card Reader, you can select **Card** to process a card transaction as you normally would.

        Select **Cash** to take a normal cash transaction (once the order is processed online, the cash drawer amounts will adjust).

        Select **Manual Card** if a customer has a physical debit or credit card and enter the card details to charge.

        <Note>
          Double-check manually entered card details. If anything is incorrect, the transaction will fail when you're back online and the sale will be lost!
        </Note>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Process Offline Orders">
    <Warning>
      Offline orders will be stored locally on the POS iPad. Offline orders will only be lost if you delete the POS app or log out of the POS App. If you have offline orders pending, **do not** delete the POS app or log out of the POS App unless instructed by a support agent.

      Once the Point of Sale is reconnected to internet, **all offline orders must be processed within 36 hours of the in order to ensure completed transactions.**
    </Warning>

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Press the red banner at the bottom of your screen that reads **"You are offline or have pending offline orders, tap to view"**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        This will prompt the offline mode screen to appear, which will display all orders taken while offline as well as the order name, time, status, and amount.

        Press **Process Orders** in the top right corner

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        A pop-up will appear asking if you would like to send these orders to the KDS.

        * If you have already made these orders, press **No** and the tickets will be marked as complete.

        * If you want them to be sent to the ticket screen to be made, press **Yes**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        A modal will appear showing a summary of your offline session. You can filter your view by **cash**, **manual card**, or **card** transactions as well as see the processing status for each transaction. If a transaction failed to process, you will see a clear message explaining why.

        <Warning>Dripos is not responsbile for payments that failed due to incorrect card information or insufficient funds on card</Warning>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        To remove an order that failed to process, press **Done** and select the remaining order on the offline summary screen. Press **Remove**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reasons Why Offline Payments May Fail">
    1. **Incorrect card info for manual entry**
       * Any typo in card number, expiry, CVC, or ZIP.
       * When you come back online and process, Stripe declines it because the data is invalid.
    2. **Insufficient funds / card declined**
       * Cardholder didn’t have enough funds or the bank declined the transaction.
       * While offline, the reader “stores” the attempt; these only show up when Stripe actually processes the stored transaction.
    3. **Card / bank restrictions**
       * Card not allowed for that type of transaction, expired card, etc.
    4. **Reader just came back online and hasn’t synced yet**
       * V3 stores offline transactions on the reader and then sends them to Stripe when back online.
       * If the merchant tries to process immediately, before the reader has finished sending data, it can lead to temporary errors.
         * Wait a couple of minutes and try processing offline orders again.
         * Restart POS and Card Reader then try and process
    5. **Network issues when coming back online**
       * POS or reader not truly online (weak Wi‑Fi, wrong network, firewall blocking Stripe).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Utilizing the Time Clock in Offline Mode">
    Allow for employees to clock in and clock out from the Point of Sale even when in offline mode.

    <Warning>If your store utilizes **cash tip payouts** at the end of each shift, those tips will not be calculated until the Point of Sale is back online and time cards are processed. Employees will see those tips added on to their next shift payout.</Warning>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Clock In and Out">
        Enter employee pin to punch in as usual.

        Instead of pressing Clock In, the button will say **Record Offline Time Stamp**. Press this button to mark the start of a time card.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        This will prompt a pop-up to appear letting you know that this is an offline time stamp and that you will need to come back to process it once your device is back online. Press **OK** to confirm.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Process Offline Time Cards">
        Offline time cards must be processed once the internet is back online. See next steps to learn how to process these time cards.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Process Offline Time Cards">
    Offline time cards must be processed once the internet is back online.

    This also ensures that earned tips are attached to the correct time cards.

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Once the Point of Sale is back online, navigate to **Time Cards**. Press the bottom bar that reads: **You are offline or have pending offline time cards, tap to view**:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Press **Process Time Cards**.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        To view the now processed time card, navigate back to **Time Cards** > **Today's Cards** > press the new time card to view.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Alternative POS Modes
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/platforms/platforms-overview

Expand your POS setup beyond the standard ticket screen and register

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Offline Mode" icon="wifi-slash" href="/orders/platforms/platforms-offline">
    Keep processing payments and completing transactions even without an internet connection.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Dripos Go" icon="person-running-fast" href="/orders/platforms/platforms-go">
    A mobile app for taking orders and processing payments directly from your phone.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Kiosk Mode" icon="basket-shopping-simple" href="/orders/platforms/platforms-kiosk">
    Set up an additional point of sale as a self-checkout station for patrons.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Delivery Integrations
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/stream

Connecting Third-Party Ordering Platforms to Dripos

Dripos' third-party delivery integration simplifies operations and helps you serve more customers with less hassle.

Manage all your delivery platforms in one system for \$50 per month per location.

With every order flowing through Dripos, your team can focus more on serving great products and less on technical headaches.

## Why Integrate?

* **Major Platform Support**: Seamlessly connect with UberEats, DoorDash, and GrubHub —fully integrated into your Dripos system
* **Menu Syncing Made Easy**: Automatically update your Dripos menu across all supported delivery platforms — no double entry required
* **Smart Inventory Tracking**: Third-party orders feed directly into Dripos’ inventory tools for accurate, real-time stock management
* **Unified Order Management**: See all orders—including those from delivery apps — directly through your POS and right into the Dripos ticket screen
* **Centralized Reporting**: Full visibility into third-party sales and orders in your reports
* **Streamlined Workflow**: Operate with ease using a single system — no need for extra hardware

Want to get started? Follow the guide below to connect your delivery platforms to Dripos.

***

## Getting Started

<Steps>
  <Step title="Create Merchant Accounts">
    Create merchant accounts for each order platform (Uber, DoorDash, GrubHub) you would like to integrate with Dripos. Ensure that you are live and active on each platform.

    <Tip>
      When setting up your merchant account on each third-party platform, select the following options when prompted to select a POS partner:

      **UberEats** — Select *Nothing*

      **DoorDash** — Select *Email and phone number*

      **GrubHub** — Select *Stream*
    </Tip>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Complete Integration Form">
    Complete in the following [Stream Integration Form](https://forms.gle/Jjd2WtKNchPjV8qh6) once for each platform to integrate with Dripos.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Reach out to Dripos Support">
    Once you've completed the integration form, reach out to the Dripos Support Team to begin the integration!
  </Step>
</Steps>

<Note>
  Dripos does not collect payments for Third Party Orders and does not handle tip splitting for these orders.

  Refunds for Third Party Orders are not processed through Dripos. Any refunds for these orders will need to be issued through the corresponding third-party merchant portal.
</Note>

***

## Menu Synchronization

Once integrated, your Dripos menu will automatically sync with third-party platforms, including updates to hours, descriptions, images, and pricing.

<Note>
  All menu changes should be made in Dripos to ensure proper syncing with third-party platforms. Menu changes made directly on third-party platforms will be overridden by your existing Dripos menu.
</Note>

<Danger>
  Please note, menu items with [modifier dependencies](/orders/menu/modifiers/modifiers-dependencies) will have to be recreated to sync properly with the third party platform. Please reach out to Dripos Support if you need assistance in setting this up.
</Danger>

**Enable your menu on third-party platforms:**

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Enable Categories">
    Enable and disable menu categories on third party platforms

    1. On the **Web Dashboard** click **Menu > Categories > View**

    2. Click **Edit Information**
       <Frame>
         <img />
       </Frame>

    3. Set **Enable on Third Party** to Yes
       <Frame>
         <img />
       </Frame>

    <Warning>
      If menu items aren’t syncing correctly, double-check your menu in Dripos and manually sync your menu on the Web Dashboard under **Menu > Delivery Integrations** and click **Manual Sync**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Warning>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Enable Products">
    Enable and disable menu products on third party platforms

    1. On the **Web Dashboard** click **Menu > Products > View**

    2. Click **Edit Information**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    3. Navigate to **Platforms** > Set **Third Party Enabled** to Yes

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Warning>
      If menu items aren’t syncing correctly, double-check your menu in Dripos and manually sync your menu on the Web Dashboard under **Menu > Delivery Integrations** and click **Manual Sync**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Warning>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Recreate Products with Modifier Dependencies">
    Products with modifier dependencies will not sync properly to third party platforms. The modifier dependencies will either need to be removed or the products will need to be recreated without modifier dependencies to sync properly.

    **Recreate Products with Modifier Dependencies (Category Wide)**:

    * If most or all of the products in a category have modifier dependencies, **View** the category and click **Actions** > **Duplicate**
    * Click **Edit Information** in the duplicated category and disable all platforms other than **Third Party** under **Platforms**
    * **View** the original category > click **Edit Information** > only disable **Third Party** under **Enabled Platforms**
    * Edit the products in the duplicated category to remove modifier dependencies by clicking into the **Product** > **Modifiers** > **Edit** the applicable modifier and deselect all options from the **Dependencies** dropdown
    * Attach a different modifier without dependencies to the products in the duplicated category if needed

    **Recreate Products with Modifier Dependencies (Product Specific)**:

    * If only a few products in your menu have modifier dependencies, **View** each product and click **Actions** > **Duplicate**
    * Click **Edit Information** in the duplicated products and disable all platforms other than **Third Party** under **Platforms**
    * **View** the original products > click **Edit Information** > only disable **Third Party** under **Enabled Platforms**
    * Edit the duplicated products to remove modifier dependencies by clicking in to the **Product** > **Modifiers** >  **Edit** the applicable modifier and deselect all options from the **Dependencies** dropdown
    * Attach a different modifier without dependencies to the products if needed
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Menu Markup Settings

Dripos’ markup feature lets you adjust your menu prices on third-party order platforms to account for delivery platform commissions and fees.

<Accordion title="Third Party Pricing Markup">
  1. On the **Web Dashboard** click **Menu > Delivery Integrations**

  2. Click **Edit Settings** to input your menu mark-up settings:

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  > **Menu Percent Markup:** Percent that you want the total menu prices to be marked up by. For example, if your product costs \$3.13 it will cost \$3.91 on your third party platforms.

  > **Product Round Up:** Cent amount you want to round to for products. For example, if your product costs \$3.13 it will round up to \$3.25 on your third party platforms.

  > **Modifier Round Up:** Cent amount you want to round to for products. For example, a modifier is \$0.63 it will round up to \$0.75 on your third party platforms.
</Accordion>

***

## Set Third-Party Hours

Set daily hours for third-party platforms, so customers can only place orders when you’re ready to serve—keeping things smooth and on your schedule.

<Accordion title="Set Third-Party Store Hours">
  1. On the **Dashboard**, click **Settings** (⚙️) and navigate to **Shop Information > Hours > [Third Party](https://dashboard.dripos.com/hours?tab=thirdParty)**

  2. Click **Edit Hours** to set daily third-party store hours

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  3. Choose whether to match your third-party hours with your mobile ordering store hours or set custom hours instead:

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  4. Uncheck a day to mark the shop as closed all day > click **Save**

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <Tip> If your store hours are closed on a given day, third party hours will automatically be marked as closed as well</Tip>
</Accordion>

***

## Third Party Ticket Types

Once your third-party delivery platforms are integrated with Dripos, ticket types will automatically be created in the system *after the first third-party order is placed.*

<Accordion title="View Third Party Ticket Types">
  1. To view and edit these ticket types, on the **Web Dashboard** click **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Ticket Types**

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  2. Click View to edit ticket types, just like other ticket types. Third-party ticket types can also be disabled from this screen.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Accordion>

***

## Third Party Order Notifications

<Icon icon="check" /> Third Party orders will immediately send to the Point of Sale in the form of a ticket.

<Icon icon="check" /> View third party order tickets on the Kitchen Display Screen

<Icon icon="check" /> Print third party orders automatically to your Dripos Printer

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="View 3P Orders on the Kitchen Display Screen">
    The Tickets screen will automatically display all tickets type.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Alternatively, learn how to customize the Tickets screen to **only display third party ticket types**.

    <Warning>
      Kitchen Display Screen settings are specific to each device. Every tablet using Dripos should be logged into using a different device name. See here for how to create a new device.
    </Warning>

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Navigate to Device Ticket Options">
        On the Point of Sale tablet using the Kitchen Display Screen, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press the **Settings** (⚙️) button > scroll down to **Device Ticket Options**
      </Step>

      <Step title="Filter by Ticket Type">
        Scroll down to **Display Tickets - By Type** and select the ticket types that will display on this Kitchen Display Screen.

        <Warning>
          If additional filter are set on this KDS (**By Category** or **By Products**), you may risk missing a third party order if the products ordered do not fall into those filters.

          Filtering **By Device** will automatically disclude third party ticket types from the KDS.
        </Warning>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How to Print 3P Orders">
    If your shop utilizes a printer with Dripos, it can be used to print third party order tickets automatically.

    Once your printer is added to Dripos, follow these steps to add a receipt/make ticket that prints out third party tickets only.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Navigate to Printer Settings">
        On any Point of Sale tablet, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > press the **Settings** (⚙️) button > scroll down to **Printer Settings**
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add a Connection">
        Under **Receipt \<> Printer Connections** press **Add Device**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Configure Connection">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        * **Print Receipts on Ticket Creation** = **ON**

        * **Only Print New Items** = Optional

        * **Printer is enabled** = **ON**

        * Select a **Receipt Template**

        * Select a **Receipt Printer**
      </Step>

      <Step title="Setup Toggles">
        Press **Setup Toggles** to filter what prints on this receipt.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Add Filters">
        To filter this receipt type to only print third party ticket types, add the desired ticket type(s) under the **Ticket Type** filter

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Edit Existing Connections">
        To edit any existing connections, click the pencil icon <Icon icon="pencil" /> next to the connection

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## View Third Party Sales Reports

View sales from integrated third party platforms on multiple Dripos reports.

On the **Web Dashboard** navigate to **Reports**

On the **Point of Sale** press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Reports**

On the **Hub App** press **Reports** on the home page

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Sales Summary Report">
    View Third Party sales at the bottom of the Sales Summary Report on the Web Dashboard, POS, and Hub app.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Payment Methods Report">
    View Third Party sales on the Payment Methods Report on the Web Dashboard, POS, and Hub app.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Ticket Type Sales Report">
    View Third Party sales on the Ticket Type Sales Report on the Web Dashboard, POS, and Hub app.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Platform Sales Report">
    View Third Party sales on the Platform Sales Report on the Web Dashboard, POS, and Hub app.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Dripos Transactions
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/tickets/tickets-overview

Understand your shop's daily customer transactions

<Icon icon="check" /> View all order history across all Dripos ordering platforms your shop utilizes

<Icon icon="check" /> Every customer order creates a transaction record in the Dripos system

<Icon icon="check" /> Use transaction history to void and refund orders, resend receipts, and view order history

## View Transactions

View all transactions from the Dashboard and the Point of Sale

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Click **Orders** > **Transactions**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Filter transactions by

        * Ticket Name
        * Phone Number
        * Ticket #
        * Last 4 Card Digits
        * Total (\$)
        * Time Range
        * Payment Types
        * Ticket Types
        * Platforms
        * Status

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click **View** or the new tab icon to open a transaction's page

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        View transaction information:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <AccordionGroup>
          <Accordion title="Actions">
            Click **Actions** and select one of the following options

            * Download ticket as PDF
            * Send Receipt
            * Refund
            * Void

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Edit Information">
            Edit the ticket's name, phone number, email, order type, and include any order notes.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Payment Overview">
            Understand all payment details that make up the total order cost.
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Order Items">
            View the products ordered
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Payments">
            View the payment method(s) used for this order
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Refunds">
            View refund information for this order
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Activity Log">
            Understand when an order was placed (created), when it was paid for, started, and completed.
          </Accordion>
        </AccordionGroup>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Transactions**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Filter transactions by

        * Ticket Name
        * Phone Number
        * Ticket #
        * Last 4 Card Digits
        * Total (\$)
        * Order Type
        * Platform Ordered On
        * Order Time
        * Date Range

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Tap a transaction to view

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <AccordionGroup>
          <Accordion title="1) Edit Ticket">
            Edit a transactions name, phone number, ticket type, order time, and order type.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="2) Patron Phone Number">
            If a patron has entered their phone number during the checkout process, the patron and their phone number will be linked here
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="3) Message">
            If a patron has entered their phone number during the checkout process, send the patron a message directly to their phone.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="4) Refund">
            Choose to refund the entire order, specific products, or a custom dollar amount

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="5) Send Receipt">
            Resend a receipt via text or email

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="6) Print Receipt or Make Ticket">
            Reprint either the receipt or the make ticket for this order, if you have a Dripos printer properly set up to do so
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="7) Ticket Type">
            The ticket type for this order (for here, to go, etc)
          </Accordion>
        </AccordionGroup>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <AccordionGroup>
          <Accordion title="Status">
            View and adjust the order status from date created, to started, to completed!
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Payments">
            View the payment method details for this order.

            Press **Void** to both refund and cancel the entire transaction
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Refunds">
            View any refunds for this order
          </Accordion>
        </AccordionGroup>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <AccordionGroup>
          <Accordion title="Products">
            View the products ordered and reorder the same products, creating a new order.
          </Accordion>

          <Accordion title="Loyalty">
            View the loyalty points earned and redeemed for this order, if applicable.

            <Warning>
              After a transaction is complete, loyalty points earned and redeemed as well as the patron attached cannot be changed.

              Adjust the points on a patron profile by navigating to the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Patrons** > search for the patron > Edit Patron Info > Points
            </Warning>
          </Accordion>
        </AccordionGroup>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>


# Automatic Gratuity
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/tipping/tipping-autogratuity

Use auto gratuity to charge an automatic tip amount on certain orders

Set up auto gratuity rules to apply to specific orders that meet a predetermined threshold.

*Examples:*

* *If an order total is \$50 or greater, automatically add 10% gratuity.*

* *If an order contains a specific product, automatically add 15% gratuity.*

<Accordion title="How to Create an Auto Gratuity Rule">
  <Steps>
    <Step>
      On the **Dashboard**, click **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Gratuity**
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Click **Create Rule**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Complete the following fields:

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <AccordionGroup>
        <Accordion title="Gratuity Rule Name">
          Label this rule
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Type">
          **All**: Apply rule to an entire order

          **Product Based**: Apply rule to specifc product(s)

          **Category Based**: Apply rule to specific categories
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Threshold Type">
          **Count**: Number of items

          **Dollar**: Dollar amount to reach
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Apply Threshold">
          If **Threshold Type = Count**, put the number of products to trigger this rule

          If **Threshold Type = Dollar**, put the dollar amount to trigger this rule
        </Accordion>

        <Accordion title="Gratuity Amount (Percent)">
          Add a numerical amount for what percentage gratuity will be added to an order
        </Accordion>
      </AccordionGroup>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Click **Save**
    </Step>

    <Step title="Disable a rule">
      To disable an auto gratuity rule, click **View** into the rule page > **Actions** > **Disable Rule**
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>


# Customer Tipping
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/tipping/tipping-basics

Learn how to customize tip options shown on the register, card reader, and Dripos ordering platforms

## Tipping Types

Dripos enables shops to configure **Regular Tipping** and **Small Ticket Tipping**.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Regular Tipping">
    Default tip options shown to your shop’s customers
  </Card>

  <Card title="Small Ticket Tipping">
    Adds flexibility to your tipping workflow by displaying a different set of tipping options to customers with smaller orders
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

<Tip>
  Tip settings can be updated at any time in the Dashboard and Point of Sale settings and automatically take effect across your shop.
</Tip>

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    ### Dashboard

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Log in to the Dashboard and click on the Dripos icon at the top right corner > select **Settings** > **Tipping**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Regular Tipping settings">
        <Tip>
          Tip options can be a percentage or dollar amount. To input a percentage, add the **%** symbol after entering the value.
        </Tip>

        **Enable Tipping:** If enabled, choose default tip amounts to be presented to the customer during checkout.

        **Enable No Tip Option for Mobile Ordering:** If enabled, a No Tip option will appear on the mobile ordering checkout page.

        **Set Tip Option 1, 2, 3:** Amounts can either be percentages (add the % character to the end of the amount) or dollar amounts. In addition to these amounts, customers can select a custom option.

        **Set Default Online Tip:** If enabled, a default tip amount will be set for online orders, overriding preset options
      </Step>

      <Step title="Small Ticket Tipping settings">
        <Tip>
          Tip options can be a percentage or dollar amount. To input a percentage, add the **%** symbol after entering the value.
        </Tip>

        **Small Ticket Tipping Enabled:** If enabled, tickets with smaller total dollar amounts will be presented with different tipping options than than regular tickets.

        **Set Maximum Small Ticket Amount:** Tickets below this dollar amount will be presented with small ticket tipping options.

        **Set Small Ticket Tip Option 1, 2, 3:** Amounts can either be percentages (add the % character to the end of the amount) or dollar amounts. In addition to these amounts, customers can select a custom option.

        **Set Default Online Small Ticket Tip:** If enabled, a default small ticket tip amount will be set for online orders, overriding preset options
      </Step>

      <Step title="Autogratuity">
        **Allow Tipping on Auto-Gratuity:** If enabled, customers will be able to select a tip regardless of whether auto-gratuity has been applied.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    ### Point of Sale

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Navigate to Point of Sale Settings">
        Log in to the Point of Sale. Press the **tribar (≡)** at the top left of the screen. Press the **Settings** (⚙️)
      </Step>

      <Step title="Edit Tipping Settings">
        Navigate to the **Tipping** section

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <CardGroup>
          <Card title="Enable Tipping">
            If disabled, customers will not be able to tip on their order
          </Card>

          <Card title="Allow Tipping on Auto-Gratuity">
            If enabled, customers will be able to tip regardless of whether auto-gratuity has been applied.
          </Card>

          <Card title="Enable Small Ticket Tipping">
            If enabled, small ticket tipping will take place effective immediately

            * **Set Maximum Small Ticket Amount:** Tickets below this dollar amount will be presented with small ticket tipping options.

            * **Set Small Ticket Tip Option 1, 2, 3:** Amounts can either be percentages (add the % character to the end of the amount) or dollar amounts. In addition to these amounts, customers can select a custom option
          </Card>

          <Card title="Tipping Mode">
            * **After Payment** will display tip options after payment has been taken for a transaction.

            * **Before Payment** will display tip options before payment has been taken for a transaction. Tipping will appear after a payment method is selected.
          </Card>
        </CardGroup>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>


# Delayed Tipping
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/tipping/tipping-delayed

Learn how to set up delayed tipping to allow restaurant-style tipping on customer receipts

## Set Up Delayed Tipping Ticket Type

**Delayed Tipping** ticket types can be used to capture tips added on paper receipts after payment. Shops can create multiple ticket types with **Delayed Tipping** to support For Here, To Go, Dine-In, and other workflows as needed.

<Steps>
  <Step>
    On the Dashboard, navigate to **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Ticket Types**

    <img />
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click **Create Ticket Type** and select **Delayed Tipping** as the type. Adjust the settings as needed before clicking **Add**.

    <img />
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Create New Receipt Template

Create a new receipt template to use for delayed tipping tickets. This allows customers to write in their desired tip amount, total, and sign.

<iframe title="Delayed Tipping Receipt Template Tutorial" />

<br />

## Set Up Printer Filter

<Steps>
  <Step>
    On the Point of Sale, navigate to **Settings** > **Printers** and select **Add Printing Rule**.

    <img />
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Choose the delayed tipping receipt as the receipt template and select which printer it should print from. Adjust the other settings as needed before clicking **Edit Filters**.

    <img />
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Select **Edit Filters** and add your delayed tipping ticket type to **Filter By Ticket Type**

    <img />
  </Step>

  <Step>
    **Save** the filters and **Save** the printer rule.
  </Step>
</Steps>

<br />

## Delayed Tipping on the POS

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Charge a customer for their order and select the delayed tipping ticket type.

    <img />
  </Step>

  <Step>
    After the customer fills out the receipt fields, go to the **Transactions** tab on the POS to update the tip amount.

    <img />
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click the **Add Tip & Capture Payment** button to enter the tip amount.

    <img />
  </Step>

  <Step>
    The transaction will reflect the new total, including the tip.

    <img />
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Tipping System
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/tipping/tipping-overview

Customize tip options, tip splitting, and tip payouts for your shop on Dripos

Learn how to set up customer tip options and automatic gratuity for certain orders.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Customer Tipping Options" icon="square-1" href="/orders/tipping/tipping-basics">
    Customize customer tipping options
  </Card>

  <Card title="Automatic Gratuity" icon="square-2" href="/orders/tipping/tipping-autogratuity">
    Automatically charge tip amounts on orders
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Employee Tip Payouts
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/tipping/tipping-payout

Learn how to automatically calculate tips for payouts in cash or via payroll

## Cash Tip Payouts

Dripos can automatically calculate the total tips earned per shift by each employee. Using the cash tip payouts feature, you can easily determine how much each employee should take home upon clocking out.

### Important FAQs

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="When should cash tip payouts be used?">
    This workflow is specifically for shops paying out tips owed to employees in cash at the end of each shift. It should only be used if tips are split evenly between clocked-in employees, known as tip splitting by transaction in Dripos.

    *For example, if only one barista is clocked in, all tips received during this shift will go to that employee. When a second barista clocks in, all subsequent tips will be split evenly between both clocked-in employees.*

    Learn more about tip splitting methods [here](/orders/tipping/tipping-basics).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do cash tip payouts work?">
    Dripos calculates tips owed to employees based on time cards. Employees with tip-enabled roles join the tipping pool upon clock in. Upon clock out, Dripos calculates their portion of tips to be paid out in cash for that shift.

    A manager or owner is responsible for confirming these tip payouts and distributing the amount due in cash.

    <Tip>Cash tips recorded as Tip Bucket Payins are included in cash tip payouts to employees. For this specific workflow, Tip Buckets must be recorded before **each** shift change (before an employee clocks in or out). Learn more about Tip Buckets [here](/operations/cash/cash-tipbuckets).</Tip>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="What if the time cards are incorrect? ">
    * Dripos calculates tip payouts based on existing time cards. If time cards are missing or incorrect at the time of a tip payout, employees may be under- or over-awarded tips at the end of their shift.

    * Dripos uses a **credit and debit system** to correctly redistribute tips if time cards are added or edited after a tip payout has occurred. This calculation evens out the incorrectly paid out tips at the time of the next clock out by crediting employees that are owed more tips, or debiting employees that were overpaid tips.

    * These credits and debits are tracked on each time card and can be viewed on the Web Dashboard.

    <Warning>
      We highly recommend making corrections to time cards as soon as they are noticed. This allows the credit and debit system to correctly redistribute tips to each impacted employee upon clocking out of their next shift.
    </Warning>

    <Note>
      **Credit and Debit System Example:**

      * Veronica and Betty are scheduled for a shift together, however Veronica forgets to clock in.
      * Upon clock out, the system does not account for Veronica due to the missing time card and Betty is overpaid tips.
      * The manager creates the missing time card for Veronica on the Web Dashboard.
      * Dripos accounts for the retroactively created time card and recalculates the tips owed to each employee on that shift.
      * Betty clocks in for her shift the next day and upon clock out, the tips she was overpaid the previous day is **debited** (subtracted) from the tip payout she is owed. Veronica clocks in for her shift the next day and upon clock out, the tips she was not paid from the previous day is **credited** (added) to the tip payout she is owed.
    </Note>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do cash tip payouts work with Dripos payroll?">
    If your shop uses Dripos payroll and cash tip payouts, you can set your payroll settings to automatically report these payouts for tax purposes.

    For this specific workflow, turn **Calculate Tips with Dripos** to Yes. The **Tip Calculation Method** must be By Transaction, with **Tip Payout** set to Cash Tips. Learn more about payroll settings [here](/orders/tipping/tipping-payout#payroll-tip-payouts).

    <Note>
      Dripos payroll reflects the cash tips each employee should have taken home based on existing time cards within the pay period. It is the responsibility of the employer to confirm these numbers match the actual amount the employee has taken home.

      If there are any pending credits or debits, this can only be applied the next time the affected employee clocks out of their shift.
    </Note>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Setup Payouts

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Cash Tip Payout Setup">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Navigate to POS settings">
        On the Point of Sale, press the **tribar (≡)** at the top left of the screen, press the **Settings** (⚙️)
      </Step>

      <Step title="Navigate to Timesheets section">
        Toggle **on** the following settings:

        * **Require Tip Confirmation:** Upon clock out, employees are notified of how much in tips they are owed from that shift.

        * **Tip Confirmation Creates Cash Drawer Payout:** When an employee confirms the tips received at the end of a shift, a payout is automatically recorded to balance out the open cash drawer.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Cash Tip Payout Workflow">
    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the Point of Sale, press the **tribar (≡)** at the top left of the screen and navigate to the **Cash** tab

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Confirm there is an Open drawer for the day to ensure all cash flow is properly tracked

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Press the **tribar (≡)** at the top left of the screen and navigate to the **Time Clock** tab

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Employee will clock out at the end of their shift

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Time cards requiring a tip payout will appear under the **Tip Payouts** section

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click on the time card requiring a tip payout to view the amount & input the Manager Pin

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Review the tip amount shown and select the cash drawer to record the cash tip payout in

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Press **Confirm Tips** to finalize the payout

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Pay out the tip amount to the employee in cash and review the cash drawer events

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="View Cash Tip Payout Details">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Log in to the Web Dashboard and navigate to **Team > Time Management > Time Cards**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click on the time card you would like to view more information for
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click **View Tip Payout Breakdown** and use the dropdown arrows to show more details

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        * **Tip Breakdown:** Breakdown of tips earned by the employee from each transaction that occurred during this shift

        * **Total Paid Out:** Summary of tip amounts paid out and any pending credits or debits

        * **Tip Payout:** Actual tip amount paid to the employee at the end of this shift

        * **Credits / Debits:** View any credits (tips added) or debits (tips subtracted) to this tip payout
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Payroll Tip Payouts

Automatically pay out tips earned by your employees for each pay period with Dripos Payroll.

Learn more about Dripos payroll [here](/finance/payroll/payroll-overview).

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Payroll Tip Splitting Settings">
    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Log in to the Web Dashboard and navigate to **Finance > Payroll > Settings**
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click **Edit Settings**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        * **Paycheck Tips:** If you are paying out tips to employees via paycheck, ensure **Calculate Tips with Dripos** is set to **Yes** and select **Paycheck Tips** for Tip Payout.
          <Tip>When running payroll, paycheck tips will automatically populate on the Hours & Pay page for each employee.</Tip>

        * **Cash Tips:** If you are paying out tips to employees via [cash](/orders/tipping/tipping-payout#cash-tip-payouts), ensure **Calculate Tips with Dripos** is set to **Yes** and select **Cash Tips** for Tip Payout.
          <Tip> Cash tips will not pay employees additional tips via payroll, but it will account for these taxes when calculating payroll taxes</Tip>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Employee Tipping Setup
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/tipping/tipping-split

Customize tip pooling and tip splitting for your employees

## Employee Tip Pool

A tip pool is a system where all tips are combined into a collective pool and redistributed among eligible employees.

Dripos allows your shop to configure the tipping pool based on **Roles** and **Ticket Types.** 

Include or exclude roles from earning tips and manage which order types contribute tips to the pool:

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Step 1: Determine Roles to Include">
    Manage which roles to include or exclude from the tipping pool.

    *For example, you may want to include baristas and cashiers in the tipping pool, but exclude owners or salaried managers.*

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Log in to the Web Dashboard and navigate to **Team > My Team > Roles**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click **Edit** on the role you would like to include or exclude from the tipping pool
      </Step>

      <Step>
        On the **Role Information** page, click **Edit Information** in the top right corner

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Update the **Tips Disabled** setting and Save

        <Tip>
          If set to **Yes**, this role will **not** be included in the tipping pool. If set to **No**, employees with this role **will** receive a share of the tips.
        </Tip>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Step 2: Determine Ticket Types to Include">
    Manage which ticket types contribute to the tipping pool.

    *For example, you may want tips on “To-Go” and “For Here” orders to make up the tipping pool, but not tips left on delivery orders.*

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Log in to the Web Dashboard and navigate to **Orders** > **Checkout Flow** > **Ticket Types**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click **View** on the ticket type you would like to include or exclude from the tipping pool
      </Step>

      <Step>
        On the Ticket Type **Details** page, click **Edit Information** in the top right corner

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Update the **Tip Splitting** setting and **Save**

        <Tip>
          If set to Yes, tips received on this ticket type will contribute to the tipping pool.
        </Tip>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Tip Splitting Methods

Dripos can calculate and split tips amongst employees with tip-enabled roles in the following ways:

**By Transaction**: Tips left on each transaction are split evenly between clocked in employees.

* *For example, if Betty is the only employee clocked in when a \$10 tip is left, she earns all \$10. If Betty and Veronica are both clocked in when a \$10 tip is left, the tip is evenly split and they earn \$5 each.*

**By Day**: Tips are split proportional to the hours worked by every employee clocked in that day.

* *For example, a total of \$100 in tips were received that day. Betty worked 7 hours and Veronica worked 3 hours. Proportional to the hours they worked that day, Betty earns \$70 and Veronica earns \$30*

**By Week**: Tips are split proportional to the hours worked by every employee clocked in that week.

* *For example, a total of \$500 in tips were received that week. Betty worked 25 hours,  Veronica worked 15 hours, and Archie worked 10 hours. Proportional to the hours they worked that week, Betty earns \$250, Veronica earns \$150, and Archie earns \$100.*

**By Period (for Dripos Payroll)**: Tips are split proportional to the hours worked by every employee clocked in that pay period.

<Note>
  With [Weighted Tip Splitting](/orders/tipping/tipping-weightedtipping) enabled, every method above also factors in each role's tip weight. Weights are saved onto a time card when it is created, so they apply going forward rather than retroactively — see [When Tip Weights Apply](/orders/tipping/tipping-weightedtiming).
</Note>

***

## View Collected Tips

Use the Time Cards Report to review and analyze all tips collected by employees within a designated time period.

<Accordion title="Time Cards Report">
  <Steps>
    <Step>
      Log in to the Web Dashboard and navigate to **Finance > Reports > Time Cards**
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Input the desired time frame and tip splitting method
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Click **Generate Report**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="View Tips on Hub App">
  Allow your employees to view the tips they've earned on each time card from the Hub App
  <Note> This feature only applies to tips split by transaction. Learn more about tip splitting methods [above](/orders/tipping/tipping-split#tip-splitting-methods)</Note>

  <img />

  <Steps>
    <Step>
      On the **Web Dashboard** > **Dripos logo** in the right hand corner > **Settings** > [Employee Management](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings?tab=employee-management)

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step>
      Click **Edit** > **Show Employee Tips on Hub App** > **Yes**
    </Step>
  </Steps>

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Accordion>


# When Tip Weights Apply
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/tipping/tipping-weightedtiming

Learn why updating a role's tip weight only changes tips going forward

Every time card saves its role's tip weight the moment it is created. Tips for that shift are always calculated using the weight saved on the card.

This means updating a role's tip weight only affects shifts worked from that point forward. Shifts that already happened keep the weight they were worked at.

<Note>
  **Example:**

  * Veronica works a shift on August 1st, while her role's tip weight is 50.
  * On August 15th, you update her role's tip weight to 75.
  * Her August 1st shift still uses a weight of 50.
  * Any shift she works after August 15th uses a weight of 75.
  * If both shifts fall in the same pay period, both weights are counted.
</Note>

<Tip>
  To have a weight apply to a whole pay period, update it **before** that pay period begins.
</Tip>

***

## Important FAQs

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Does re-saving a time card update its tip weight?">
    No. The time card keeps the weight it was created with. Editing a card's hours can change the tip amounts for that shift, but never its tip weight.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do I apply a new tip weight to a shift that already happened?">
    Delete the time card and create it again. The new time card saves your current tip weight, and tips are redistributed.

    <Warning>If payroll has already been run for that pay period, those tips are frozen. Reach out to Dripos Support before changing any time cards in a closed period.</Warning>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="What happens when I turn Weighted Tip Splitting on or off?">
    Only future time cards are affected. Existing time cards keep the weight they were created with, and the weights on your roles are right where you left them when you turn it back on.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

To see how tips are divided once weights are applied, visit [Weighted Tip Splitting](/orders/tipping/tipping-weightedtipping).


# Weighted Tip Splitting
Source: https://support.dripos.com/orders/tipping/tipping-weightedtipping

Assign tip proportions by role so back-of-house and support staff receive a fair, configurable share of every tip pool.

By default, Dripos splits tips evenly — every clocked-in employee with a tip-enabled role receives an equal share. **Weighted Tip Splitting** lets you give each role a tip proportion (1–100%) so that, for example, a Kitchen role earns a smaller share of the pool than a Barista role, automatically, on every transaction.

Weighted Tip Distribution is an opt-in feature. It must be enabled before any proportion values take effect. When disabled, tips continue to split as before.

* **This setting is per-location.** It must be turned on separately for each location where you want it active.
* **Roles are company-wide.** Since Roles are shared across all Locations in your Company, any tip weight you set on a role will apply at every Location where Weighted Tip Distribution is enabled. You cannot set different proportions for the same role at different locations.

***

## How It Works

### By Transaction

Every clocked-in employee contributes their role's tip proportion to a total pool weight. Each employee's share is:

<Info>
  **Employee Share = (Employee Role Weight ÷ Total Pool Weight) × Total Tip Amount**
</Info>

**Example — 1 Barista (100%) + 1 Kitchen (25%), \$10 tip:**

* Total Pool Weight = 125
* Barista → (100 ÷ 125) × \$10 = \$8.00
* Kitchen → (25 ÷ 125) × \$10 = \$2.00

**Example — 2 Baristas (100% each) + 1 Kitchen (25%), \$9 tip:**

* Total Pool Weight = 225
* Each Barista → (100 ÷ 225) × \$9 = \$4.00
* Kitchen → (25 ÷ 225) × \$9 = \$1.00

### By Day, By Week, and By Period

With these methods the pool covers a whole day, week, or pay period, so each employee's weight is their **hours worked multiplied by their role's tip proportion**:

<Info>
  **Employee Share = (Hours Worked × Role Weight ÷ Total Pool Weight) × Total Tip Amount**
</Info>

**Example — 1 Barista (100%) + 1 Kitchen (25%), each working 40 hours, \$1,000 in tips for the period:**

* Barista weight = 40 hours × 100 = 4,000
* Kitchen weight = 40 hours × 25 = 1,000
* Total Pool Weight = 5,000
* Barista → (4,000 ÷ 5,000) × \$1,000 = \$800.00, or \$20.00 per hour
* Kitchen → (1,000 ÷ 5,000) × \$1,000 = \$200.00, or \$5.00 per hour

Each time card saves its role's tip weight when it is created, so updating a weight only affects shifts going forward. Learn more about [when tip weights apply](/orders/tipping/tipping-weightedtiming).

<Tip>
  When every active role is set to 100%, the math is identical to the standard even split — so enabling the feature with all roles at the default has no impact on tip calculations.
</Tip>

***

## Enable Weighted Tip Distribution

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Log in to the Web Dashboard and navigate to **Shop Settings > Employee Management**
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Locate the **Enable Weighted Tip Splitting** setting and toggle it to **Yes**
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Once enabled, configure each role's proportion from **Team > My Team > Roles**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Set or Update Tip Weights

All Roles default to a Tip Weight of **100**. You can configure each Role's proportion at any time, but it will only impact your Employees' tip splitting when it is enabled.

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Navigate to **Team > My Team > Roles**
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click **Edit** on the role you want to update
  </Step>

  <Step>
    On the Role Information page, click **Edit Information**
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Update the **Set Tip Weighting** field and click **Save**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

Each time card saves its role's tip weight when the time card is created, and tips are always calculated from that saved weight. Turning the feature on or off, or updating a role's weight, only affects shifts worked from that point forward.

<Note>
  If you update a weight partway through a pay period, that pay period will contain time cards at both weights, and each one is counted at its own weight. Learn more about [when tip weights apply](/orders/tipping/tipping-weightedtiming).
</Note>

<Note>
  If a role has **Tips Disabled** set to **Yes**, that role is excluded from the tip pool entirely. The remaining clocked-in employees split the tip based on their own proportions, unaffected.
</Note>

***

## Viewing Tip Calculations

Weighted tip values are reflected everywhere tips appear in Dripos:

* **Dashboard > Finance > Reports > Time Cards** — the Tips column shows each employee's weighted earnings for the selected period, using the tip splitting method you select on the report.
* **Payroll Export** — weighted tip amounts are included in payroll calculations

<Note>
  Once a payroll period is closed, the tips recorded on those timesheets are frozen. Changing a role's tip proportion after a payroll closes will not affect previously closed periods — only the current open period reflects the updated weights.
</Note>


# Approval Center
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/approval/approval-overview

Review, edit, and approve all employee time cards and time-off requests

The Dripos Approval Center allows managers to efficiently review, edit, and approve all employee-related requests from the Dashboard and Hub App:

* Time Cards
* Trade Requests
* Time Off Requests
* Open Shifts

***

## Access the Approval Center

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Web Dashboard">
    **Access Approval Center on Web Dashboard**

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        On the **Web Dashboard** > select **Team** > **Approval Center**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click on the **Time Cards, Time Off Requests, Trade Requests, or Open Shifts** tabs to view the respective time cards or requests that require manager approval

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Hub App">
    **Access Approval Center on the Hub App**

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Navigate to the **My Time** tab on the Hub App and click **Approval Center**
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Press **Time Cards, Time Off, Trade Requests, or Open Shifts** tabs at the top of the page to view the respective time cards or requests that require manager approval

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Utilize the Approval Center

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Approve Time Cards">
    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Dashboard">
        <Steps>
          <Step>
            On the **Dashboard**, select **Team** > **Approval Center**
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Click on the **Time Cards** tab to view all time cards that require manager approval:

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step>
            To **approve** a time card and remove it from the approval center, click on the **green checkmark** to its right.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>

            <Note>
              To edit a time card’s information, click on the **Edit** button to its right.

              This will prompt a pop-up to appear where you can edit the **Location, Employee, and Role** attached to the timecard, as well as the recorded **start and end times** for the shift.

              To delete a time card altogether, click on the **Delete** button at the bottom left of the pop-up page.

              <Frame>
                <img />
              </Frame>
            </Note>

            <Tip>
              Filter the requests based on Employee Role

              <Frame>
                <img />
              </Frame>
            </Tip>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Hub App">
        <Steps>
          <Step>
            On the Dripos Hub App, select **My Time** > **Approval Center**
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Click on the **Time Cards** tab to view all of your employees’ pending time cards
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Select a time card to reveal it’s details.

            * Here you can edit the Time Card’s Employee, Role, and Recorded Hours before approving via the “Save & Approve Time Card” button:

            <Note>
              If you wish to delete the time card all together, click on the **Remove** at the bottom of the pop-up page:
            </Note>

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Approve Time Off Requests">
    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Dashboard">
        <Steps>
          <Step title="">
            Log in to the Dashboard and navigate to **Team > Approval Center**

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step title="">
            Navigate to the **Time Off Requests** tab and use the ✓ to approve or X to reject requests.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>

            <Note>
              Click **View Details** next to a request listed to view the days / times the employee has requested off, the day the request was made, attach notes for the employees to see, and approve or reject the request.

              <Frame>
                <img />
              </Frame>
            </Note>

            <Tip>
              Filter the requests based on Location and / or Request Status

              <CardGroup>
                <Card title="">
                  <img />
                </Card>

                <Card title="">
                  <img />
                </Card>
              </CardGroup>
            </Tip>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Hub App">
        <Steps>
          <Step title="">
            Log in to the Hub App and navigate to **My Time > Approval Center**

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step title="">
            Navigate to the **Time Off Requests** tab and view **Pending** requests

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step title="">
            Select the request to review and use the ✓ to approve or X to deny. Optional approval or rejection notes can be included in the Reviewer Notes section.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>

          <Step title="">
            View all **Approved** or **Declined** requests.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Approve Trade Requests">
    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Dashboard">
        <Steps>
          <Step>
            On the **Dashboard**, select **Team** > **Approval Center**
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Click on the **Trade Requests** tab to view all submitted trade requests that require manager approval
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Select the shift to review and use the ✓ to approve or X to deny.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>

            <Note>
              Click **View Details** next to a trade request to view the shift being traded, who the shift was originally made for, who the shift is being traded to, and time the trade was made.

              You can also attach notes that the employees will be able to see and approve or reject the request:

              <Frame>
                <img />
              </Frame>
            </Note>

            <Tip>
              Filter the requests based on Location and / or Trade Status

              <CardGroup>
                <Card title="">
                  <img />
                </Card>

                <Card title="">
                  <img />
                </Card>
              </CardGroup>
            </Tip>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Hub App">
        <Steps>
          <Step>
            On the Dripos Hub App, select My Time > Approval Center
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Click on the **Trade Request** tab to view all of your employees’ pending trade requests:
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Select a request to reveal shift details as well as **Approve** and **Reject** buttons:

            <CardGroup>
              <Card title="">
                <img />
              </Card>

              <Card title="">
                <img />
              </Card>
            </CardGroup>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Approve Open Shift Requests">
    <Tabs>
      <Tab title="Dashboard">
        <Steps>
          <Step>
            On the **Dashboard**, select **Team** > **Approval Center**
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Click on the **Open Shifts** tab to view all open shifts that your employees have requested to pick up
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Select the shift to review and use the ✓ to approve or X to deny.

            <Frame>
              <img />
            </Frame>

            <Note>
              Open shifts do not automatically display in the approval center.

              To learn how to enable picked up open shifts to appear in the approval center, click [**here**](https://support.dripos.com/team/approval/approval-settings).
            </Note>

            <Tip>
              Filter the requets based on Location and / or Status:

              <CardGroup>
                <Card title="">
                  <img />
                </Card>

                <Card title="">
                  <img />
                </Card>
              </CardGroup>
            </Tip>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Tab>

      <Tab title="Hub App">
        <Steps>
          <Step>
            On the Dripos Hub App, select My Time > Approval Center
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Click on the **Open Shift Requests** tab to view all open shifts that your employees have requested to pick up:
          </Step>

          <Step>
            Select a request to reveal shift details as well as **Approve** and **Reject** buttons:

            <CardGroup>
              <Card title="">
                <img />
              </Card>

              <Card title="">
                <img />
              </Card>
            </CardGroup>
          </Step>
        </Steps>
      </Tab>
    </Tabs>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Approval Center Settings

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Auto-approve Settings">
    If enabled, time cards will be auto-approved if they fall within the designated threshold of shift start and end times

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Access Auto-Approval settings from the [**Web Dashboard**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings?tab=auto-approval) > **Settings** > **Time Cards:**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        View your shop’s existing auto-approval settings under the **Time Card Auto-Approval** section:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        To modify your current auto-approval settings, click on the **Edit** box to its right:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        This will prompt a pop-up to appear to modify the allowed minute differences from **clock in / out** to **shift start / end** for time cards to be auto approved:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Click **Save** to confirm any changes made.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Approve All Settings">
    If enabled, time cards with no amount paid will be approved when approving all in the approval center.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Access Auto-Approval settings from the [**Web Dashboard**](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings?tab=auto-approval) > **Settings** > **Time Cards:**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        View your shop’s existing settings for approving all time cards under the **Approve All Settings** section:

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        To modify your existing *approve all* settings, click the **Edit** button.
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        This will prompt a pop-up to appear to select from the dropdown to **approve no pay time cards:**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Once you have finished making your desired changes, click **Save.**
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Employee Messaging
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/chat/chat-overview

Communicate with your employees with Dripos Team Messaging

💬 Create team chats

🗣️ Send out announcements

📱 Message individual employees

Access Team Chats from both the Dashboard and the Hub App!

***

## Create Team Chats

Easily create team chats with all employees or a selected group.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Create Team Chats from the Dashboard">
    View your Team Messages and start a **New Message** on the Dashboard by navigating to **Team > Team Messaging**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Create Team Chats from the Hub App">
    <video />
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Create Team Chats with Auto Rules

Create team chats and autopopulate the chats with employees that meet the selected criteria

> **Quick Rules**: Click **Add** to include employees in this chat who work either today or tomorrow

> **Auto Add Rules**: Add employees to chat if they work at a specific location, are in a department, or are of a certain role

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Hub App">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Send Images and Files in Chats

Images and files may be sent in chats for all to view

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Hub App">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Remove Employees from Chats

The individual who created the chat has the ability to remove participants from the chat

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    **Remove Employees from Chats on the Dashboard**

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        In the chat, press the **Settings** (⚙️) button > **View Employees**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click **Remove** next to an employee

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Hub App">
    **Remove Employees from Chats on the Hub App**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Leave Team Chats

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Dashboard">
    **Leave Team Chats from the Dashboard**

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        In the chat, press the **Settings** (⚙️) button
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click **Leave Chat**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Hub App">
    **Leave Team Chats from the Hub App**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>


# Checklist System Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/checklists/checklists-overview

Keep track of your employee's tasks with checklists

Dripos Checklists helps to create a digitalized to-do list for employees to complete during their shifts whether they’re at the POS or on their Hub App.

Turn laminated paper checklists into digital time-stamped tasks for easier management and seamless updates.

## Create Checklists

Create checklists from the dashboard to then be accessed via the POS and Hub App.

<Accordion title="How to Create a Checklist">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Click **Team** > **Checklists** > **Create Checklist**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Complete the following fields to create a checklist:

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      > **Duration (minutes):** Number of minutes employee(s) has to complete the checklist.

      > **Duration (hours):** Number of hours employee(s) has to complete the checklist.

      > **Duration (days):** Number of days employee(s) has to complete the checklist.

      > **Require Employee Pin:** If **No**, the employee is not prompted to enter their Pin.

      > **Pin Entry Type:** If require employee Pin is **Yes**, employee Pin is required when completing each task. Or toggle to only require employee Pin when closing the checklist.

      > **Target Roles:** If selected, the employee attached to the role will be notified of a checklist requiring attention.

      > **Validate Role on Pin Entry:** If **Yes**, only employees attached to the target role can complete the checklist. **Require Employee Pin** must be set to **Yes**.
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Create**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Create Tasks

Tasks are individual action items within the checklist to complete

<Accordion title="How to Create Tasks">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Within a checklist, click **Add Task**
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Complete the following fields:

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      > **Name:** Title of the task

      > **Type:** How the task can be completed

      > **Optional:** If No, the task will be required in order to complete the checklist

      > **Ask For Notes:** If Yes, the task will have a textbox to enter additional notes regarding the task
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Depending on the necessary function of the task, there are different types of tasks that employees can complete.

      * **Checkmark**

      * **Yes or No**

      * **Number**: displays a number to type in

      * **Dropdown**: displays pre-determined options to choose from

      * **Radio Select**: displays pre-determined options to choose from as a bubble-option

      * **Short Answer**: displays a text box

      * **Long Answer**: displays a text box
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Click **Add**
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Create Rules

Rules are the frequencies at which the checklist should appear on the POS and Hub App.

<Note>At least one rule must be created in order for the checklist to appear on the POS and Hub App.</Note>

<Accordion title="How to Create Rules">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Within a checklist > click **Rules** > click **Add Rule**
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Complete the following fields:

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      > **Time:** The specific time the checklist will appear on the POS and Hub App

      > **Type:** The frequency at which this rule will prompt the checklist to appear on the POS and Hub App

      > **Checklist Rule Types:**
      >
      > * **Daily**: Prompts the checklist to appear every day at a specified time
      > * **Weekly**: Prompts the checklist to appear once a week on a specified day at a specified time
      > * **Bi-Weekly**: Prompts the checklist to appear once every other week on a specified day at a specified time
      > * **Monthly**: Prompts the checklist to appear once a month on a specified day at a specified time
      > * **One Time**: Prompts the checklist to appear once on a specified day at a specified time
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Checklist Instances

Instances are the individual occurrences when a checklist is sent to the POS or Hub app either automatically through rules or manually via the “Send to POS” button.

<Note>For example, if an “Opening Checklist” checklist is scheduled to send every morning at 7:30 AM, each daily delivery counts as a separate instance.</Note>

<Accordion title="View Checklist Instances">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="Within a Checklist > Instances">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      **Location:** The location the checklist is assigned to.

      **Start Time & Date:** The time and date the checklist appears automatically based on the checklist rules.

      **Recorded Tasks:** The number of tasks that have been completed / the number of total tasks in the checklist.
    </Step>

    <Step title="View all Checklist Instances">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="View an individual instance">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Complete a Checklist

Employees may complete checklists from the **Point of Sale** or the **Hub App**

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Point of Sale">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Press the tribar in the left corner > **Checklists**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        View the checklist to complete. Once all tasks are filled out, a prompt to mark the checklist as completed will appear.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Answers to tasks will appear in blue color with additional notes displaying as “Notes:"

        The time and employee name will appear in blue color next to each task.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Hub App" />
</Tabs>


# Managing Documents
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/onboarding/documents-basics

Learn how to create and manage company documents for your onboarding packets. 

Each onboarding **packet** must consist of one or more company documents. Dripos' onboarding features allow you to include default documents that are commonly required for employee onboarding, as well as custom documents that may be specific to your business, such as employee handbooks, policies, and the like.&#x20;

## Default Documents

Right now, there are two different types of default documents pre-populated for your use in Dripos onboarding. These are a federal I-9 form and a federal W-4 form.&#x20;

These are documents commonly needed to be filled out by employees when hired, and retained by employers. See [ucis.gov](https://www.uscis.gov/i-9) for information and guidelines regarding federal I-9 forms and [irs.gov](https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs/about-form-w-4) for federal W-4 forms.&#x20;

These documents are not able to be edited, only filled out by employers and employees. Find them under *Team > Onboarding > Company Documents > Default:*&#x20;

<Note>
  Note: Since these default documents contain sensitive information, reviewers of these documents will need specific permissions to be able to fill out the employer portions of these documents as well as view them. This permission is called 'Onboarding Document Review' and can be found in the permissions tab of any given role in the 'Teams' section. Read more about permissions [**here**](https://support.dripos.com/team/setup/setup-permissions#employee-role-permissions).&#x20;
</Note>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## Custom Documents&#x20;

Custom documents are documents specific to your business. You can upload them to Dripos and edit them to require employee signatures, acknowledgement, and more. Learn how to create and manage custom company documents below.&#x20;

### Creating Custom Documents

To create a custom document:&#x20;

1. Go to *Team > Onboarding.* You can either press *+New > Add Document*, or navigate to the *Company Documents* tab.&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

2. This will take you to the document creation flow. Click the upload box to select an existing .pdf from your computer, or drag and drop a file:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

3. Once your file has successfully been uploaded, you'll see a confirmation. Press *Start Editing* to configure your document.&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

4. You'll be brought to the pdf editor. Here, you can configure your document: &#x9;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

&#x9;If you would like your employees to just acknowledge that they viewed the document, use the *Acknowledge Only* function. You can then edit the message that they're acknowledging:&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

**Form Fields** allows you to add customizable fields to your document for employees or employers to fill out. Available field types include signature, date, text, and checkbox. Fields can also be marked as optional, giving you flexibility over what is required.

Once added, all fields can be dragged, resized, and repositioned anywhere within the document.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

5. Once you've configured your document as you see fit, press *Save Changes* to finalize. &#x9;
   <Frame>
     <img />
   </Frame>

6. Your document will then be successfully created, and can be found under the *Company Documents* tab.&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

### Managing Custom Documents&#x20;

Once custom documents are created, you may need to make an edit or change to a document. You can do this from the *Team > Onboarding > Company Documents.*&#x20;

To manage a company document, use the *View, Edit,* or *Archive* buttons.&#x20;

* The *View* button will automatically download the document and open it in a new tab.&#x20;

* The *Edit* button will take you back to the PDF editor so you can make changes. If you make changes to a document, its *Version* number will change to indicate that this document has been iterated on.&#x20;

* The *Archive* button will move the document to the *Archived* tab, and this document will no longer be able to be included in onboarding packets.&#x20;


# Employee Guide - Onboarding
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/onboarding/employee-guide-onboarding

Learn how to fill out onboarding packets assigned by your employer. 

Using the Dripos Onboarding features, your employer may have assigned you an onboarding packet to fill out after you've been hired. You'll need to log into your employee online hub in order to fill out any assigned packets. See the below steps for how to complete your onboarding!&#x20;

<Note>
  Note: We strongly recommend using a computer or laptop to fill out your onboarding packet. We're working on putting these features on the Dripos hub app in the near future!&#x20;
</Note>

1. Once your employer has assigned you a packet, you'll receive an email notifying you:&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

Click the link. This will take you to your online employee hub, where you can fill out any documents. If you are not already signed in, you may have to sign in using your phone number.&#x20;

<Note>
  Note: If you want to return to your online employee hub, you can find it anytime at this link: [dashboard.dripos.com/hub](https://dashboard.dripos.com/hub). The onboarding specific link is [dashboard.dripos.com/hub/employee-onboarding. ](https://dashboard.dripos.com/hub/employee-onboarding)
</Note>

1. Once you sign in, you will see any packets assigned to you currently or in the past. Anything requiring action will be marked *Incomplete*. Press *View* to start filling out your documents.&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

2. When you press *View*, you'll be able to see the separate documents within the packet. Documents that have not been started at all will have a blank bubble next to them, indicating that they require action.&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

Press *View*  to start filling out a document.&#x20;

1. You will be prompted to fill out any required fields in the document:&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

Press *Submit* to finalize.&#x20;

2. You will then be taken back to the employee online hub, where you can see the status of your documents. Completed documents will appear with a check mark next to them:&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

3. Once you have completed all documents in your packet, the packet will get sent to your employer for review. Once your employer approves your packet, the packet will show as complete!&#x20;


# Get Started
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/onboarding/onboarding-basics

A quick guide to the basics of Dripos Onboarding features. 

To get started with Dripos onboarding, you'll first create an onboarding packet, and then assign it to employees for them to fill out.

<Note>
  Team onboarding and payroll onboarding are handled independently. To complete payroll onboarding for your business and employees, visit the [Payroll](/finance/payroll/payroll-onboard) section.
</Note>

## Create your First Onboarding Packet

1. Log into your Dripos Web Dashboard at dashboard.dripos.com and navigate to *Team* > *Onboarding*:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

2. You'll need to make your first packet to begin. Create your packet by going to *+Create* > *Packet*:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

3. You'll be taken to the packet creation process. Start by naming your packet in the *Packet Name* field:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

4. Next, you'll need to select what documents you'd like to include in your packet. Some default documents exist for you to include, including a federal I-9 form and a federal W-4 form.

<Note>
  Note: if you use Dripos payroll, W-4 forms are sent to employees during the payroll- specific onboarding process, and will override any W-4 forms created through the onboarding process. You should only use W-4 forms here if you do not use Dripos as a payroll provider. See more information on Dripos payroll [**here**](https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-overview#payroll-overview).

  Please see [ucis.gov](https://www.uscis.gov/i-9) for information on federal I-9 forms and [irs.gov](https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs/about-form-w-4) for information on federal W-4 forms.
</Note>

Use the check boxes to select which documents you'd like to include in the packet. You can also upload and customize custom documents here, for example your businesses' employee handbook or any other training materials you might like your employees to interact with.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

You can add documents here by using the *Add Document* button if you haven't already made them in the *Company Documents* section of the dashboard. This will take you to the document creation process. See **here** for step by step instructions on how to upload and configure a custom document.

Once you've selected all documents you want included in a packet, press the *Create Packet* button to finalize.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

## Assign and Manage your Onboarding Packets

Once your first packet has been created, it's time to assign it to one or more employees! Once the packet has been assigned, the packet will be sent to the employee via email so they can fill out all required documents. To assign:

1. Navigate to your onboarding dashboard at *Teams > Onboarding.*
2. Press the *Assign Packet* button:
3. You will then be taken to the packet assignment flow. You will need to select a packet to assign,  as well as one or more employees to assign the packet to. You can also select a due date, which is optional:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

4. Press *Assign Packet* to finalize.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

Once you've created and assigned packets, your employees will need to fill them out before you can take any further action!

Learn more about reviewing documents finished by your employees [**here**](https://support.dripos.com/team/onboarding/reviewing-onboarding), and see an employee guide for filling out onboarding packets [**here**](https://support.dripos.com/team/onboarding/employee-guide-onboarding)**.**


# Overview 
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/onboarding/onboarding-overview

Manage the onboarding of new employees through Dripos. 

## What is Dripos Onboarding?&#x20;

Dripos Onboarding enables employers to create custom onboarding packets for new hires, streamlining the process in one seamless platform. These packets can include essential compliance documents like I-9s and W-4s, as well as your shop’s specific training guides, employee handbooks, policies, and more.

With Dripos, employees can easily view, sign, and acknowledge documents in one place, while employers maintain organized records in a centralized dashboard.

You have full control over your onboarding packets—choose, customize, and edit the documents you need. Once finalized, simply assign the packet to new hires. Completed documents will automatically be stored for easy review and access.

Get started with Dripos Onboarding using the quick links below:

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Quick Start Guide " icon="book" href="/team/onboarding/onboarding-basics">
    Learn about default documents and building custom documents to include in onboarding packets.&#x20;
  </Card>

  <Card title="Onboarding Documents" icon="book" href="/team/onboarding/documents-basics">
    Learn about default documents and building custom documents to include in onboarding packets.&#x20;
  </Card>

  <Card title="Reviewing Packets" icon="book" href="/team/onboarding/reviewing-onboarding">
    Learn about reviewing and approving documents and packets after your employees have filled them out.&#x20;
  </Card>

  <Card title="Employee Guide - Onboarding" icon="book" href="/team/onboarding/employee-guide-onboarding">
    See how employees can fill out their onboarding packets from their online employee hub.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

Keep in mind that if you use Dripos payroll, W-4s and payroll withholding documents may already be accounted for with those features. Reach out to [support@dripos.com](mailto:support@dripos.com) with any questions.&#x20;


# Reviewing Documents and Packets
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/onboarding/reviewing-onboarding

Once packets are assigned to your employees, track their progress and review completed documents from your onboarding dashboard. 

## Your Onboarding Dashboard&#x20;

Once you've created your company documents and packets and assigned them to employees, you can monitor employee progress and review completed documents from your onboarding dashboard.&#x20;

To view your onboarding dashboard, go to *Team > Onboarding:*

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

From here, you can:&#x20;

* Easily view all outstanding employee documents

* Resend links to remind employees to fill out their documents&#x20;

* Unassign packets from employees&#x20;

* See if any documents or packets require your review&#x20;

* View completed onboarding packets&#x20;

* Quick create a new document or packet, or assign a packet&#x20;

## Reviewing Documents and Packets&#x20;

Once your employees finish filling out documents, they will start to appear in the *Pending Review* section of the onboarding dashboard. The *Pending Review* section is separated into two sections: *(1) Documents Needing Review* and *(2) Packets Needing Approval.*

### Reviewing Documents as an Employer&#x20;

If any documents need specific action from the reviewer, they will appear in the *Documents Needing Review* section. This includes I-9 documents and any custom document that uses employer form fields. See **here** for details on custom documents. To review a document:&#x20;

1. Click *Review* next to the document:&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

2. You will be taken to the document and prompted to fill out any required fields. You will be prompted to *Verify* if you are filling out an I-9 document, or *Submit* if filling out a custom document:&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

3. The document will then disappear from the *Documents Needing Review* section.&#x20;

### Approving Packets&#x20;

After **every** document in a packet has no more action available (by employee and employer), it will appear in the *Packets Needing Approval* section. To approve a packet:&#x20;

1. Click the arrow next to the packet to expand the view and which documents are included in the packet. Press *View* to download and view each document separately.&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

2. Once you've viewed the documents and would like to finalize the packet, press the check mark to approve.&#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

3. &#x20;The packet will then show up in the *Completed* section of the onboarding dashboard. &#x20;

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>


# Scheduler
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/schedule/schedule-basics

Learn how to read and utilize the Dripos scheduler tool

On the dashboard, navigate to **Team** > **Scheduling** to view the current week and all employees categorized by their role (Group View).

### Scheduler View

* View the schedule by the week, day, or month
* View and filter the schedule sorted by employees, roles, or both

<Frame>
  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  <img />
</Frame>

### Events, Shifts & Hours

* **Events** created on the scheduler will display on the Hub app to remind employees of upcoming events
* **Open Shifts** can be created for employees to pick up
* The number of hours scheduled and associated pay for the scheduled time will appear under an employee’s name

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

* The total number of hours and associated pay for all shifts scheduled that day is displayed under each day of the week.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

* At the top above the date range, the total number of hours and pay for the entire date range will display.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## Scheduler Blocks

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Draft Shifts">
    A shift will appear with a dark colored border and light colored fill if the shift hasn’t been published to the scheduler for all employees to view

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Published Shifts">
    A shift will appear with a dark colored border and fill if the shift has been published to the scheduler for all employees to view

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Unavailability">
    If an employee has unavailability marked in their Shift Preferences, a gray block displays on the specified days.

    <Note>
      In order for employees to submit their availability and for these gray blocks to appear on the schedule, **Shift Preferences** must be enabled in your dashboard settings under **Employee Management**.
    </Note>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Preferred Shifts">
    If an employee has preferred hours marked in their Shift Preferences, a smaller gray block will display on the specified days.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Create a Schedule

Learn how to create a week's schedule on both the Dashboard and the Hub App

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Dashboard">
    1. Click **Team** > click **Scheduling** > click **+New Shift**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    2. Click the **Employee Name** dropdown to view all employees or type an employee’s name > click the **Role** Dropdown to view the employee’s attached roles

    3. Click on the **Location** dropdown to select the location to schedule the employee at

    <Tip>
      If your company has more than one **location** you can create shifts on the scheduler for any locations for the employees attached to other locations.

      The shifts scheduled for the selected locations will display with the location listed within the shift’s colored block

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Tip>

    3. Click the **Date** field to display the monthly calendar

    4. Click the **Time** field to select or type the start and end time of the shift

    5. You can add **Notes** for the employee to view

    6. You can select multiple days of the week under **Duplicate Days** to create multiple shifts for the employee with the same times

       <Frame>
         <img />
       </Frame>

    7. Hit **Save**

    8. The shift will appear under the Date to the right of the employee’s name with a dark colored border and light colored fill with the shift information
       * The dark colored border and light colored fill block indicates the shift is a draft and not yet published for employees without the associated permissions to view

         <Frame>
           <img />
         </Frame>

    9. To publish the shift click **Publish** > click the **Notification Settings** dropdown to select who will receive the publish notification

       <Frame>
         <img />
       </Frame>

    10. Click the pre-selected **Send Text** and **Send Email** checkboxes to select how the employees will receive the publish notification > click **Publish**
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

    11. Once published, the shift will appear as a solid color
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Hub App">
    <video />

    1. Tap the **Schedule** icon at the bottom > tap the blue pencil icon <Icon icon="pencil" />

    2. Tap **Create Shift**

    3. Complete the following fields > tap **Create**
       1. Employee
       2. Role
       3. Select multiple days to duplicate the shift
       4. Start Time
       5. End Time
       6. Optional Notes

    4. The shift will appear under the Date within All Shifts with the shift information as a draft

    5. To publish the shift tap <i /> > tap **Publish Shifts**
       * Tap Notification Settings to select who will receive the publish notification
       * Tap the pre-selected **Email** and **Text** toggles to select how the employees will receive the publish notification > tap **Publish Shifts**

    6. The published shift will appear without a red “Draft” notice
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Create Open Shifts

An Open Shift is a shift assigned to a role rather than a specific employee, giving eligible team members the opportunity to claim and work the shift if they choose.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Dashboard">
    1. Click Team > click Scheduling > click the white space under the Open Shifts row for a specific day

       <Frame>
         <img />
       </Frame>

    2. Within the Open Shift pop-up select a role by clicking the Role dropdown

       <Frame>
         <img />
       </Frame>

    3. Complete the following fields > click **Save**:
       * Date
       * Time
       * Optional: Notes
       * Optional: Duplicate Days

    4. The open shift will appear as a draft > click **Publish**

       <Frame>
         <img />
       </Frame>

    ### Assign an Open Shift to an Employee

    1. Click on the published open shift > click the **Assign To** dropdown to select an employee assigned to the open shift’s role > click **Assign**
       <Frame>
         <img />
       </Frame>
    2. Once assigned, the Open Shift will move from the Open Shifts row to the assigned employee’s row as a published shift
       <Frame>
         <img />
       </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Hub App">
    <video />

    1. Tap the **Schedule** icon at the bottom > tap the blue pencil icon <Icon icon="pencil" />

    2. Tap Create Shift

    3. Complete the following fields > tap **Create**
       * Role
       * Select multiple days to duplicate the shift
       * Start Time
       * End Time
       * Optional Notes

    4. The shift will appear under the Date within All Shifts and Open Shifts with the shift information as a draft

    5. To publish the open shift tap <i /> > tap **Publish Shifts**
       * Tap Notification Settings to select who will receive the publish notification
       * Tap the pre-selected **Email** and **Text** toggles to select how the employees will receive the publish notification > tap **Publish Shifts**

    6. The published open shift will appear with an “Up For Grabs” notice without a red “Draft” notice and
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Scheduler Tools

Use the <Icon icon="gear" /> **Scheduler Tools** to customize your schedule

Click **Team** > click **Scheduling** > click <Icon icon="gear" /> **Tools**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Refresh">
    Reloads the schedule to display any changes not yet displayed
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Show / Hide">
    1. Show Scheduled Only: Removes employees without shifts during the time frame from the schedule display

    2. Hide Preferences: Removes employees’ shift preferences and unavailability from the schedule display

    3. Hide Labor Cost: Removes the hours scheduled and associated pay from the employee column and day header rows
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Print Friendly View">
    Hides all of the display options listed in “Show / Hide” for an easy to read schedule view

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Sort By">
    1. First Name: Displays employees alphabetically by first name

    2. Last Name: Displays employees alphabetically by last name

    3. Custom: Displays roles and employees by a custom order

    Drag and drop each line's tribar to rearrange the order

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Copy Week">
    Duplicates the displayed schedule’s shifts to the following week(s)

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Shift Tags">
    Creates a tag to differentiate a shift from others based on your team’s needs by color

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Template">
    Creates the displayed schedule as a template to apply to future weeks when needed.

    Click the calendar icon to add the shifts attached to the template to the current week displayed

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Clear Drafts">
    Removes any drafted shifts from the schedule display
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Scheduler Settings">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    > **Default to Role View on the Scheduler Page**: Toggle to change how employees and roles will display upon clicking Scheduling

    > **Enable Employee Shift Confirmation**: Toggle to allow employees to acknowledge newly published shifts via the Hub App for shift confirmation

    > **First Day of the Week**: The day that appears as the first day of the week on the scheduler

    > **Duration Display on Shifts**: Toggle to display the length of a shift in hours on the shift block

    > **Enable Approval for Open Shifts**:  Toggle to require manager approval when employees claim Open Shifts

    > **Weekly Schedule Emails**: If enabled, employees will be sent a recurring weekly schedule email with upcoming shifts and open shifts

    > **One Time Unavailability**: - If enabled, employees will be able to create unavailability and shift preferences for a specific date
    > <Note> Unavailability and Shift Preferences are separate from Time Off Requests </Note>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Employee Guide
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/schedule/schedule-employees

Learn how to view and manage your schedule as an employee

📲 All employees have an account ready for use in the [Dripos Hub App](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/dripos-hub/id1502503322).

## Access the Schedule

On the Hub App, press **Schedule** > by default you will see **All Shifts** for today.

Tap specific days and **My Shifts** to view your own shifts.

<img />

***

## Add Preferred Availability

Employees can add days and times of the week they prefer to work for their employer to view when scheduling

<Accordion title="Add Preferred Weekly Availability from the Hub App">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Press on **My Time** > **Shift Preferences**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Press **Add Hour Preferences**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Either add recurring weekly preferred hours to work or recurring weekly unavailability

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Submit Time Off Requests

Employees can view their enrolled policies and submit time off requests directly from the Dripos Hub App.

<Accordion title="Submit Time Off Requests from the Hub App">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Log in to the Hub App and navigate to **My Time > Time Off Requests** to see all enrolled policies

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Press **View** to see additional information about **Lifetime Used Hours** and **Lifetime Accrued Hours** for that time off policy

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Select **Create Request,** fill in the following fields and **Submit Request.**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      > **Date Range:** Select the date or date range you would like to request time off for.
      >
      > **Partial Days:** If turned on, input the number of hours and/or minutes you would like to request off per day.
      >
      > **Notes (Optional):** Include a note with the request.
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Confirm the request appears in the **Requests** tab in the **Time Off Section**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Tip>The request will remain here until approved by a manager. You can tap on the request to find the delete option.</Tip>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Acknowledge Shifts

If your employer requires that you acknowledge your scheduled shifts, follow these steps:

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    On the **Dashboard** tab, tap **View All** next to your shifts
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Tap the three vertical dots > **Mark as Acknowledge**
  </Step>
</Steps>

<img />

***

## Put Shifts Up for Grabs

Allows other employees with the same role to take the shift in the Open Shifts tab. If not taken, the originally-scheduled employee is responsible.

<Steps>
  <Step>
    Tap your shift on the schedule to put up > tap **Put Up for Grabs**

    <img />
  </Step>

  <Step>
    If the shift is taken, it will no longer appear under **My Shifts**
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Take back the shift before anyone claims it by tapping the shift > **Take Back Shift**

    <img />
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Claim Open Shift

Shifts that are up for grabs or open shifts published by your employer will appear here.

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    On the schedule, tap **Open Shifts** > tap the shift to claim > once approved, the shift will appear under **My Shifts**

    <img />
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Submit Trade Requests

Trade shifts with another employee with the same role.

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Tap the shift on the schedule you'd like to trade and select the employee's shift to trade for.

    <img />
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Scheduling System
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/schedule/schedule-overview

Learn about scheduling your employees through Dripos

Create, manage, and publish shifts for employees with the Dripos Scheduling feature.

Once shifts are published, employees can view and manage their shifts from the Hub App.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Scheduling Basics" icon="square-1" href="/team/schedule/schedule-basics">
    Learn how to navigate and use the scheduler tools
  </Card>

  <Card title="Employee Guide - Scheduling" icon="clipboard-user" href="/team/schedule/schedule-employees">
    Learn how to view and manage your schedule as an employee of a Dripos Shop
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Schedule Settings
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/schedule/schedule-settings



## Dashboard Settings

Click the **Settings** (⚙️) > click **Scheduler**:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

**Scheduler Settings**

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Enable Shift Confirmation">
    Toggle to allow employees to acknowledge newly published shifts via the Hub App for shift confirmation.

    When enabled, employees will receive a confirmation prompt when new shifts are published and will need to acknowledge these shifts. Acknowledged shifts will appear on the scheduler with a checkmark.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Set Default Scheduler View">
    Toggle to change how employees and roles will display upon clicking Scheduling
  </Card>

  <Card title="Start Week On">
    The day that appears as the first day of the week on the scheduler
  </Card>

  <Card title="Display Duration on Shiftstle">
    Toggle to display the length of a shift in hours on the shift block
  </Card>

  <Card title="Require Approval to Claim Open Shifts">
    Toggle to require manager approval when employees claim Open Shifts
  </Card>

  <Card title="Enable Weekly Schedule Emails">
    If enabled, employees will be sent a recurring weekly schedule email with upcoming shifts and open shifts
  </Card>

  <Card title="Enable One Time Unavailability">
    If enabled, employees will be able to create unavailability and shift preferences for a specific date
    **Unavailability and Shift Preferences are separate from Time Off Requests**
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

**Scheduler Hints**

Gain insights into recently completed shifts using Scheduler Hints to schedule employees more efficiently.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

**Enable Scheduler Flags**: If enabled, scheduler shifts will display flags for late clock-ins and no shows.
<Note>Hover over the icon in the bottom right corner of the scheduler event to see those flags.</Note>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Set Late Threshold">
    The time at which the employee’s scheduled shift will be marked as a late clock-in

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Card>

  <Card title="Set No Show Threshold">
    The time at which the employee’s scheduled shift will be marked as a no-show

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

***

## Access Settings from Scheduler

Use the <Icon icon="gear" /> **Scheduler Tools** to customize your schedule

Click **Team** > click **Scheduling** > click <Icon icon="gear" /> **Tools** > **Settings**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Accordion title="Scheduler Settings">
  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  > **Default to Role View on the Scheduler Page**: Toggle to change how employees and roles will display upon clicking Scheduling

  > **Enable Employee Shift Confirmation**: Toggle to allow employees to acknowledge newly published shifts via the Hub App for shift confirmation

  > **First Day of the Week**: The day that appears as the first day of the week on the scheduler

  > **Duration Display on Shifts**: Toggle to display the length of a shift in hours on the shift block

  > **Enable Approval for Open Shifts**:  Toggle to require manager approval when employees claim Open Shifts

  > **Weekly Schedule Emails**: If enabled, employees will be sent a recurring weekly schedule email with upcoming shifts and open shifts

  > **One Time Unavailability**: - If enabled, employees will be able to create unavailability and shift preferences for a specific date
  > <Note> Unavailability and Shift Preferences are separate from Time Off Requests </Note>
</Accordion>


# PIN Protected Features
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/setup/setup-access

Grant or deny access to specific Dripos Point of Sale features

## PIN Protected Features

PIN protect access to the following features on the Point of Sale:

<Icon icon="check" /> Tax Toggle on POS

<Icon icon="check" /> Reports page on POS

<Icon icon="check" /> Edit Mode on POS

<Icon icon="check" /> Refunds on POS

<Icon icon="check" /> Discounts on POS

<Icon icon="check" /> Custom Discounts and Fees on POS

<Icon icon="check" /> Transactions page on POS

<Icon icon="check" /> Settings on POS

<Icon icon="check" /> Supply Chain on POS

<Icon icon="check" /> Edit Patron Points

<Note>
  **PIN Protection now covers Dripos Go.** The Discounts, Custom Discounts and Fees, Transactions page, Refunds, and Settings gates all apply to [Dripos Go](/orders/platforms/platforms-go) as well as the Point of Sale. Nothing extra needs to be enabled. If the setting is on for your shop, Dripos Go will ask for an employee PIN. PIN prompts are skipped while a Dripos Go device is offline, since verifying a PIN requires a connection.
</Note>

<Steps>
  <Step title="Navigate to Employee Management Shop Settings">
    On the **Dashboard** click the **Settings** (⚙️) > **Employee Management**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Press **Edit** next to **PIN Protection Settings**

    Enable or disable PIN protection on the following settings:

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="PIN Protect Tax Toggle">
        If enabled, an employee with sufficient permissions will have to input their pin to disable taxes on an order.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="PIN Protect Transactions Page">
        If enabled, an employee with sufficient permissions will have to input their pin to view the Transactions page.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="PIN Protect Reports Page">
        If enabled, an employee with sufficient permissions will have to input their pin to view Reports page.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="PIN Protect Edit Mode">
        If enabled, an employee with sufficient permissions will have to input their pin to use Edit Mode.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="PIN Protect Settings Page">
        If enabled, an employee with sufficient permissions will have to input their pin to view the Settings page.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="PIN Protect Discounts">
        If enabled, an employee with sufficient permissions will have to input their pin to apply a discount to an order.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="PIN Protect Custom Discounts and Fees on POS">
        If enabled, an employee with sufficient permissions will have to input their pin to apply a custom discount or fee to an order.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="PIN Protect Refunds">
        If enabled, an employee with sufficient permissions will have to input their pin to refund an order.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="PIN Protect Editing Patron Points">
        If enabled, an employee with sufficient permissions will have to input their pin to edit the amount of points attached to a patron's profile.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="PIN Protect Supply Chain">
        If enabled, an employee with sufficient permissions will have to input their pin to view the Supply Chain page.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## PIN Protect the Point of Sale

Require an employee pin to be entered into the POS to continue using the app. This will keep track of who is taking orders.

<CardGroup>
  <Card>
    <img />
  </Card>

  <Card>
    <img />
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

<Accordion title="How to PIN Protect the Point of Sale">
  <Steps>
    <Step> On the **Point of Sale**, press the **tribar** <Icon icon="bars" /> in the upper left screen corner > **Settings** (⚙️) button > **Register Settings**</Step>

    <Step>Enable **Employee Pin Protect Point of Sale** and set in seconds how frequently an employee pin must be inputted to continue using the POS.</Step>
  </Steps>

  <iframe />
</Accordion>


# Employees
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/setup/setup-employees

Create and track your employees on your Dripos Web Dashboard

## Create an Employee

<Steps>
  <Step title="Create an Employee">
    On the **Web Dashboard**, click **Team** > **My Team** > **Employees** > **Create Employee**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Complete Employee Information Fields">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Phone">
        Ensure the employee's phone number is their own unique number and is able to receive text messages.

        <Warning>
          Employees cannot share phone numbers.
        </Warning>
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="PIN">
        Unique PIN used to clock in and access PIN protected settings, if applicable.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Default Role">
        Role that the time clock defaults to unless otherwise selected.
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Complete Location Fields">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Home Location">
        The primary location an employee has permissions at and is scheduled at.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Additional Home Locations">
        Gives employees permissions to the following locations, in addition to their home location.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Additional Scheduling Locations">
        Additional locations besides the Home Location that an employee can be scheduled at.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Notification Locations">
        Locations where the employee receives trade request and late clock-in notifications.
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Complete Compensation Fields">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Compensation Type">
        **Hourly**: Rate that employee will earn per hour clocked in

        **Salary**: Lumpsum amount that an employee will earn per year. Weekly pay will automatically be calculated at Salary ÷ 52 *(i.e., a salary of \$50,000 will have a weekly pay of \$961.54)*
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Hourly Pay Calculation (Hourly Compensation Type Only)">
        **Role Based Rate**: Employee will be paid a rate that is assigned to the role they clock in with

        **Employee Specific Rate**: Employee will be paid a rate specific to their individual self
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Optional Settings">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Start Date">
        Select the employee's start date on the calander. This is solely for your viewing and will not impact payroll (if applicable).
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Department">
        This is an optional field that you can select if your shop has departments set up.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Manager">
        This is an optional field that you can utilize to assign the employee a specific manager.
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Step>
</Steps>

<Tip>
  For any changes to employee phone numbers, please contact Dripos Support via email, the chatbot, or by calling (781) 583-3699.
</Tip>

***

## Terminate and Reactivate Employees

Remove an active employee through termination. Reactivate a terminated employee at any time.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Terminate Employee">
    Terminate an employee in Dripos if they are no longer employed at the shop or are a seasonal employee that will not return for an extended period of time.

    An employee profile will always live in the Dripos system and can be reactivated at anytime.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="View Employee">
        On the **Dashboard** click **Team** > **My Team** > **Employees** and click **View** on the employee you wish to terminate.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Terminate Employee">
        **View** employee > click **Action** > **Terminate Employee**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Complete following fields if applicable">
        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reactivate Employee">
    View all terminated employees in the **Inactive Employees** tab. An employee profile will always live in the Dripos system and can be reactivated at anytime.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="View Inactive Employee">
        On the **Dashboard** click **Team** > **My Team** > **Employees** > **Inactive Employees** and click **View** on the employee you wish to reinstate.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Reactivate Employee">
        **View** employee > click **Action** > **Reinstate Employee**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

<br />

<Tip>
  For any changes to employee phone numbers, please contact Dripos Support via email, the chatbot, or by calling (781) 583-3699.
</Tip>


# Build Your Team in Dripos
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/setup/setup-overview

Create employees and assign them team roles, pay rates, and permissions.

**Get started with the steps below!**

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Roles" icon="square-1" href="/team/setup/setup-roles">
    Create different roles for employees in the shop *(Manager, Barista, Cook)*
  </Card>

  <Card title="Permissions" icon="square-2" href="/team/setup/setup-permissions">
    Determine which roles have access to different Dripos features *(Access to reports, apply discounts, etc)*
  </Card>

  <Card title="PIN Protected Settings" icon="square-3" href="/team/setup/setup-access">
    Determine which settings are pin protected and which roles have access to those settings
  </Card>

  <Card title="Employees" icon="square-4" href="/team/setup/setup-employees">
    Create an employee, assign them to a role, and determine their payrates.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Employee Role Permissions
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/setup/setup-permissions

Determine which roles have access to different Dripos features

## Edit Role Permissions

<Tip>
  Permissions are role-based, not employee based. Assign employees to roles based on the permissions you'd like to grant them in the Dripos system.
</Tip>

<Accordion title="View and Edit Role Permissions">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="View Role">
      On the **Web Dashboard** click **Team** > **My Team** > **Roles** > **View** Role
    </Step>

    <Step title="Edit Role Permissions">
      Scroll to bottom of Role's page > **Permissions** > **Edit** each

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## List of Permissions

There are seven different categories of permissions:

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Admin">
    **Admin:** If this permission is **on** for a role, all attached employees will be granted full access to all permissions and features on the Dripos Point of Sale, Web Dashboard, and Hub App:

    <Note>
      The only permission not given to an employee with Admin permissions is the ability to log in on the POS.

      If you require this permission, contact Dripos Support for further assistance.
    </Note>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Shop">
    **Shop Full:** This permission grants the role all shop permissions, as well as access to all shop settings.

    **Shop:** This permission grants the role access to the 'My Shop' tab in your Web Dashboard shop settings, allowing them to change the shop address, time zone, name, and more.

    **Devices:** This permission grants the role access to the 'Devices' tab in your Web Dashboard shop settings, allowing them to delete or rename your POS devices.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Sales">
    **Sales Full:** This permission grants the role access to the entire Sales tab on the Web Dashboard.

    **Menu Full:** This permission grants the role access to the 'Menu' page and the ability to edit or manage your entire menu, including products, categories, modifiers, tax rates, and more.

    **Ticket Full:** This permission gives the role the ability to access the 'Tickets' page under the Sales tab of the Web Dashboard.

    **Edit Sent Tickets**: Gives employee the ability to edit saved tickets if PIN protected.

    <Tip>
      First enable the setting 'Require PIN to Edit Sent Tickets' under [settings > Order System > Employee Management](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings/employee-management) and then set the role permission.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Tip>

    **Checkout Flow:** This permission grants the role the ability to view the checkout flow section of the dashboard, as well as manage payment types, ticket types, and checkout prompts for your store.

    **Discounts:** This permission grants the role access to the 'Discounts' page under the Sales tab of the Web Dashboard.

    **Refunds:** This permission grants the role access to refund and void tickets.

    **Tags:** This permission grants the role access to the 'Tags' page under the Sales tab of the Web Dashboard.

    **Tips:** This permission grants the role access to tip management on the POS, including tip confirmations during clock out as well as the ability to contribute to a tip bucket.

    **Menu Sync:** This permission gives the role the ability to manage menu syncing across your locations.

    **Cash:** This permission gives the role access to all of cash management under the Web Dashboard Sales tab.

    **Ingredients:** This permission gives the role access to creating and managing ingredients in the Ingredients section from the dashboard.

    **Simple Inventory:** This permission gives the role access to the inventory page on the Web Dashboard.

    **Invoices:** This permission gives the role the ability to create and manage invoices under the invoice tab of the Web Dashboard.

    **Supply Chain:** This permission gives employee access to the Supply Chain page under the Web Dashboard Sales tab.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Team">
    **Team Full:** This permission gives the role access to all team permissions, including access to the entire Team tab on the Web Dashboard.

    **Pay Rates:** This permission allows the role to see how other employees are paid, and change pay rates on the Web Dashboard.

    <Note>
      Only employees with either the Pay Rates permission or the Admin permission enabled will be able to access how other employees are paid.

      If neither of these roles are enabled, all employee pay related information will be hidden.
    </Note>

    **Gift Card Editing:** This permission grants the role the ability to edit and create new gift cards.

    <Note>
      Only employees with either this permission or the Admin permission will be able edit gift cards.

      Neither the 'Marketing Full' nor the 'Gift Cards' permissions listed below will give employees the ability to edit gift cards.
    </Note>

    **Approvals (Full Access):** This permission gives the role access to the entire approval center, as well as the ability to approve time cards, time off requests, and trade requests.

    **Time Card Approvals:** This permission grants the role access to the time card tab in the approval center.

    **Time off Approvals:** This permission grants the role access to the time off tab in the approval center.

    **Trade Request Approvals:** This permission grants the role access to the trade request tab in the approval center.

    **Open Shift Approvals:** This permission grants the role access to the open shift tab in the approval center.

    **My Team:** This permission gives the role access to the 'My Team' page on the Web Dashboard, allowing them to create, edit, and manage both employees and roles.

    **Roles:** This permission gives the role access to the roles and permissions tabs on the Web Dashboard.

    **Scheduling:** This permission gives the role access to scheduling page, allowing them to schedule employees and manage the schedule in full.

    **Time:** This permission gives the role access to the time cards page on the Web Dashboard, allowing them to edit and manage all employee time cards.

    **Memos:** This permission gives the role access to the memos page on the Web Dashboard.

    **Checklists:** This permission gives the role the ability to create and manage checklists from the Web Dashboard.

    **Employee Files:** This permission gives the role access to viewing any employee files under specific employee pages.

    **Tax Toggle:** This permission gives the role access to the tax toggle on the POS if it is PIN protected, allowing employees to disable tax on individual orders.

    **Edit Mode:** This permission gives the role access to edit mode on the POS if it is PIN protected.

    **Settings Page:** If the employee PIN protect setting is **on**, this permission gives the role access to the POS settings page with their individual employee PIN.

    **Discounts:** This permission gives the role access to applying discounts on the POS if discounts are PIN protected.

    **Onboarding:** This permission gives the role access to the onboarding tab on the Web Dashboard.

    **I9 Forms:** This permission gives the role the ability to complete the second half of an I9 form, which is the employer's responsibility.

    **Mobile Clock In:** This permission grants the role the ability to clock in from the Hub App.

    * Cross check this permission by clicking the Settings icon (⚙️) in the top right of the dashboard > navigate to Employee Management > click “Edit” > verify whether “Enable Mobile Clock In for All Employees” is toggled on or off. If this is turned off, only employees assigned a role with the Mobile Clock In permission turned on will be able to clock in via mobile.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Marketing">
    **Marketing Full:** This permission gives the role access to all marketing permissions, as well as the entire marketing section of the Web Dashboard.

    **Marketing Campaigns:** This permission gives the role access to creating email and text marketing campaigns on the Web Dashboard.

    **Promotions & Coupons:** This permission gives the role access to creating promotions and coupons on the Web Dashboard.

    **Loyalty:** This permission gives the role to the loyalty page on the Web Dashboard, allowing them to manage or edit any of your existing earning or redeeming rules.

    **Gift Cards:** This permission gives the role access to the gift cards page of the Web Dashboard.

    **Patrons:** This permission gives the role access to the Patrons page on the Web Dashboard.

    **Fundraisers:** This permission gives the role access to the Fundraisers page on the Web Dashboard.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reports">
    **Reports Full:** This permission gives the role access to all reports on the Web Dashboard.

    **Sales Summary Report:** This permission gives the role access to the Sales Summary Report.

    **Payment Methods Report** This permission gives the role access to the Payment Methods Report.

    **Product(s) Report:** This permission gives the role access to the All Product Sales Report.

    **Modifier Report:** This permission gives the role access to the Modifier Sales Report.

    **Category Sales Report:** This permission gives the role access to the Category Sales Report.

    **Platform Sales Report:** This permission gives the role access to the Platform Sales Report.

    **Ticket Type Sales Report:** This permission gives the role access to the Ticket Type Sales Report.

    **Time Cards Report:** This permission gives the role access to the Time Cards Report.

    **Taxes Report:** This permission gives the role access to the Taxable Sales Report.

    **Discounts Report:** This permission gives the role access to the Discounts Report.

    **Labor vs Sales Report:** This permission gives the role access to the Labor vs. Sales Report.

    **Cash Drawers Report:** This permission gives the role access to the Cash Drawers Report.

    **Invoicing Report:** This permission gives the role access to the Invoicing Report.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Finance">
    **Finance Full:** This permission gives the role access to the entire Finance tab of the Web Dashboard, which includes Reports, Payouts, Payroll, Accounting, and Billing.

    **Instant Cash & Payouts:** This permission grants the role access to the Banking and Billing pages of the Web Dashboard.

    **Accounting:** This permission gives the role access to the Accounting page of the Web Dashboard.

    **Payroll:** This permission grants the role access to the entire Payroll tab on the Web Dashboard, allowing them to run and manage payroll.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Team Roles
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/setup/setup-roles

Create different roles to assign to employees

Roles must be created first, before adding an employee to the system.

## Create a Role

<Steps>
  <Step title="Add Role">
    On the **Web Dashboard** click **Team** > **My Team** > **Roles** > **Add Role**
  </Step>

  <Step title="Enter Basic Information">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Role Name">
        **Examples:** Barista, Cashier, Manager, Line Cook
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Color">
        Assign a color for this role on the scheduler
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Tips Disabled">
        **No**: Employees clock in with this role will be included in the tipping pool

        **Yes**: Employees clock in with this role will **not** be included in the tipping pool
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Set Up Notifications">
    <Note>
      Notification settings are managed from the **Notifications** tab on the role's page after the role has been created.
    </Note>

    Open the role > click the **Notifications** tab > set up each notification setting in the modal

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Notification of Trade and Time Off Requests">
        Employees with this role will receive notifications for **all** trade and time off requests placed. This setting is mainly for Owner or Manager roles.

        Select **No** for trade and time off request notifications **not** to be sent to employees with this role
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Notify of Late Clock Ins">
        Employees with this role will receive notifications for **all** late clock ins. This setting is mainly for Owner or Manager roles.

        Select **No** for late clock in notifications **not** to be sent to employees with this role
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Notify of Upcoming Shifts">
        Employees with this role will receive Hub app push notifications for upcoming shifts within the next 2 hours.

        Select **No** for Hub app notifications **not** to be sent to employees with this role
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Notify of Up For Grabs Shifts">
        Employees with this role will receive notifications when a shift is put up for grabs.

        Select **No** for up for grab shift notifications **not** to be sent to employees with this role
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Notify of Claimed Up For Grabs Shifts">
        Employees with this role will receive notifications when an up for grabs shift is claimed and needs approval. This setting is mainly for Owner or Manager roles.

        Select **No** for claimed up for grab shift notifications **not** to be sent to employees with this role
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Set Role Permissions">
    <Note>
      This is an optional step in the role creation process, and can always be modified after the role has been created.
    </Note>

    See [here](/team/setup/setup-permissions) for more information on permissions.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Determine Pay Rates">
    Click **Add Pay Rate** to set the default pay rate for employees with this role.

    <Tip>
      If you have employees with a “Role Based Rate”, ensure the role attached to the employee has a Pay Rate set.

      A custom rate can be set up within an employee's profile, if applicable.
    </Tip>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Accordion title="Rate Type">
      **Hourly**: Dollar amount earned per hour clocked in with this role

      **Time Range**: Hourly rate to pay employees during a specifically time during the day

      *(Example: employees in this role working the morning rush from 6AM-8AM are paid a rate that is 1.5x higher than the typically hourly rate)*

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Accordion>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Edit a Role

Edit an existing role and its components at any time

On the **Web Dashboard** click **Team** > **My Team** > **Roles** > **Edit** a role

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Edit Information">
    Click the **Edit Information** button to edit the basic role information.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Add and Remove Employees">
    Navigate to the **Active Employees** tab on the role's page

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Add employees to this role by clicking **Add Employees**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    Remove an employee from a role by clicking **View** on the employee > scroll to the bottom of their employee page to **Roles** > **Edit** role > **Remove**
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Permissions">
    Click **[here](/team/setup/setup-permissions)** for more information on permissions.
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Notifications">
    Navigate to the **Notifications** tab on the role page to configure notification settings.
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Pay Rates">
    Add another pay rate to this role by clicking **Add Pay Rate**

    Edit an existing pay rate by clicking **Edit** and alter the fields as needed > **Save**

    Remove a pay rate from this role by clicking **Edit** > **Delete**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Archive Role">
    To archive a role, click **Actions** > **Delete Role**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>
</Tabs>


# Team Management Overview
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/team-overview

Simplify the way you manage your team with Dripos Team Management.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Approval Center" icon="gavel" href="/team/approval/approval-overview">
    View every time card and time off request and approve or deny them.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Team Setup" icon="people-group" href="/team/setup/setup-overview">
    Create roles and employees and determine pay rates for each.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Scheduling" icon="calendar-days" href="/team/schedule/schedule-overview">
    Swap out your scheduling tool for Dripos Scheduler
  </Card>

  <Card title="Time Management" icon="clock-desk" href="/team/time/time-overview">
    Track time cards, breaks, and time off for your team in one place.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Checklists" icon="clipboard-list-check" href="/team/checklists/checklists-overview">
    Create checklists of tasks for your employees to complete in-shop.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Onboarding" icon="List" href="/team/onboarding/onboarding-overview">
    Manage hiring of employees through Dripos Onboarding.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Team Messaging" icon="List" href="/team/chat/chat-overview">
    Communicate with your employees via Team Messaging
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Employee Breaks
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/time/time-breaks

Use Dripos to keep track of employee paid or unpaid breaks

If your state requires employees to take breaks during shifts—or if you’d like more accurate time tracking—Dripos offers built-in break management features to help you stay compliant and organized.

**What Are Break Types?**

Break types in Dripos let you define specific break durations that employees can select during their shifts. You can create:

**Paid breaks**: The employee remains on the clock during the break.

**Unpaid breaks**: The employee is temporarily clocked out.

These break types can be customized to fit your business’s policies or legal requirements.

***

## Create Break Type

To enable employees to start a break using the Dripos time clock, you’ll first need to create at least one break type in the system.

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    On the **Dashboard** navigate to **Team** > **Breaks** > **Create Break Option**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Enter the break time, the duration of the break in minutes, and indicate if the break is to be paid. Press the **Add** button to save.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    View and edit existing breaks on this page. Any break listed here can now be used with the **Time Clock**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Start & End Breaks

Start and end an employee break in real time from the **Point of Sale**.

<Tip>Employees must be clocked in to be able to start and end a shift break.</Tip>

<iframe />

<Note>View and edit the employee break directly from their completed time card on the Point of Sale.</Note>

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

***

## Add and Edit Breaks on Existing Time Cards

Did an employee forget to start and/or end their break in real time? Not a problem - add and edit breaks on existing time cards from the **Dashboard**.

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Navigate on the **Dashboard** to **Team** > **Time Management** > click on any time card line to edit.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Edit existing break times and types at the bottom of the time card, or press the red **X** to delete the break.

    Click **Add Break** to add a new break to the existing time card.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click **Save** to confirm changes made.
  </Step>
</Steps>


# Time Card System
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/time/time-overview



Time cards provide a clear view of your labor costs, making it easier to manage payroll, control expenses, and run your business more efficiently.

Each time an employee clocks in or out, a time card is automatically created. Learn how to use the time clock and get a clear view of your team’s hours and activity.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Time Cards" icon="square-1" href="/team/time/time-timecards">
    Easily track employee hours and tips earned with Time Cards
  </Card>

  <Card title="Time Off" icon="square-2" href="/team/timeoff/timeoff-overview">
    Create time off policies for your team
  </Card>

  <Card title="Breaks" icon="square-3" href="/team/time/time-breaks">
    Keep track of paid and unpaid employee shift breaks
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Time Card Settings
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/time/time-settings

Configure your timecard settings for your employees

Access Time Card settings from the [Dashboard](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings?tab=auto-approval) and the Point of Sale.

## Dashboard Settings

Click the **Settings** (⚙️) > click **Time Cards**

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="Calculate Overtime with Dripos">
    **Calculate Overtime with Dripos**

    If enabled, Dripos will apply a 1.5x overtime rate to employee time cards for all hours worked past 40 hours per week.

    <Note>
      Overtime is automatically calculated for customers utilizing Dripos Payroll.
    </Note>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Auto-Approval">
    **Time Card Auto-Approval**

    If enabled, time cards will automatically be approved if clocked-in and clocked-out within **x** minutes of the scheduled shift. Otherwise, the time card will appear in the Approval Center for review.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Note>
      If a time card is edited but within the time card auto-approval time windows, it will appear in the Approval Center for review.
    </Note>

    > **Clock-In Before Shift Start:** Number of minutes early an employee can clock in for a shift to be auto-approved.
    >
    > **Clock-In After Shift Start:** Number of minutes late an employee can clock in for a shift to be auto-approved.
    >
    > **Clock-Out Before Shift End:** Number of minutes early an employee can clock out for a shift to be auto-approved.
    >
    > **Clock-Out After Shift End:** Number of minutes late an employee can clock out for a shift to be auto-approved.
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Time Off Request Notice">
    **Time Off Request Notice**

    **Set Time Off Request Advanced Notice:** Set the minimum number of days in advance an employee must submit a time off request before the request’s start date.
    <Note>This restriction can be bypassed by managers submitting time off on employees’ behalf.</Note>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="Approval Center Settings">
    **Approval Center Settings**

    **Enable No Pay Time Card Approval**: If enabled, time cards with no pay rates attached will be approved when “approve all” selected in the Approval Center.
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## Point of Sale Settings

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Require PIN for Early Clock-In">
    If enabled, employee must enter manager’s PIN if they clock in early for their shift.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Require Tip Confirmation">
    If enabled, manager pin must be entered to approve tip payouts when an employee clocks out.

    *Relevant for shops that pay out credit card tips in cash.*
  </Card>

  <Card title="Create Cash Drawer Payout when Tip Confirmed">
    If enabled, tip payouts will automatically create a cash drawer payout at the end of employees shift.

    *Relevant for shops that pay out credit card tips in cash.*
  </Card>

  <Card title="Show Alert if Break Ended Early">
    If enabled, employees will receive an alert if they end a break before the alloted time.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Time Cards
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/time/time-timecards

Keep track of hours worked & tips earned by your employees with Time Cards

## Create a Time Card

<Icon icon="check" /> Time cards are created when an employee clocks in and out for a shift.

<Icon icon="check" /> Time cards can also be created manually by the employer from the Web Dashboard or the Hub app.

### Using the Time Clock

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How to Clock In and Out on the Point of Sale">
    <iframe />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How to Clock In and Out on the Hub app">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Enable Mobile Clock In">
        <Tip>
          To allow only specific employees to clock in via the Hub App, enable the Mobile Clock In permission instead. Learn more about Team permissions [here](/team/setup/setup-permissions#team).
        </Tip>

        To allow for **all** employees to clock in using the Hub App:

        On the Web Dashboard click the **Dripos logo** in the upper right corner > **Settings** > **Employee Management**

        Click **Edit** > **Mobile Clock In** = **Yes** > **Save**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="Clock In & Out">
        <video />
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Manual Creation

Did an employee forget to clock in today? No worries! You can easily create a time card with their correct start—and end—time, if needed.

<Warning>If this time card should be included in the tip pool, make sure to resave each time card from that day to reallocate tips accordingly. Resaving reallocates tip amounts, but it does not pull in a new role tip weight — see [When Tip Weights Apply](/orders/tipping/tipping-weightedtiming).</Warning>

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How to Create a Time Card from the Web Dashboard">
    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Click **Team** > **Time Management** > **Create**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Complete the following fields.
        <Tip>If the employee is still clocked in, leave the **To** field blank.</Tip>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How to Create a Time Card from the Hub App">
    <Tip>If the employee is still clocked in, leave the **Clock Out** field blank.</Tip>

    <video />
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

***

## Time Card Components

Learn what makes up a Dripos time card.

<Frame>
  <img />
</Frame>

<Tabs>
  <Tab title="1">
    **Location**

    The shop that this employee clocked in at
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="2">
    **Employee**

    The employee whose time card this is
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="3">
    **Role**

    The role the employee was clocked in as
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="4">
    **From**

    The clock-in time
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="5">
    **To**

    The clock-out time
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="6">
    **View Tip Payout Breakdown**

    View the tips the employee earned during this shift

    <Warning>
      The tip payout displayed on a time card will be calculated as tips split by transaction. Learn more about tip splitting methods [here](/orders/tipping/tipping-split#tip-splitting-methods).
    </Warning>

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="7">
    **Total Hours**

    The duration of this shift in hours
  </Tab>

  <Tab title="8">
    **Save**

    To save changes made to a time card, or to simply resave a time card, click **Save**
  </Tab>
</Tabs>

***

## View and Manage Time Cards

Review, edit, and understand tip breakdowns within employee time cards from multiple places within Dripos.

<Warning>If editing a time card will affect how the tip pool is divided, make sure to resave each time card from that day to reallocate tips accordingly.</Warning>

### Time Cards Page

View and manage time cards from the [Time Cards](https://dashboard.dripos.com/cards) page on the Web Dashboard.

(Team > Time Management)

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Filter Time Cards">
    Filter the Time Cards page by employee name, role, date range, and location.

    <iframe />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="View & Edit Time Cards">
    Edit a time card's location, employee, role, and clock in & out times.

    View the tips earned on the time card by clicking **View Tip Payout Breakdown**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Employee Page

View and manage time cards from an Employee profile on the Web Dashboard

(Team > My Team > Employees > View Employee)

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Filter Time Cards">
    Filter time cards by location

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="View & Edit Time Cards">
    Edit a time card's location, employee, role, and clock in & out times.

    View the tips earned on the time card by clicking **View Tip Payout Breakdown**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Time Card Report

View and manage time cards from the [Time Card Report](https://dashboard.dripos.com/reports/time-cards) on the Web Dashboard

(Finance > Reports > Time Cards)

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Filter Time Cards">
    Filter the Time Card report by date, location, employee or role, and tip splitting methods

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="View & Edit Time Cards">
    Edit a time card's location, employee, role, and clock in & out times.

    View the tips earned on the time card by clicking **View Tip Payout Breakdown**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Approval Center

View and manage time cards from the [Approval Center](https://dashboard.dripos.com/approvals) on the Web Dashboard

Learn more about the Approval Center [here](/team/approval/approval-overview)

(Team > Approval Center)

<Accordion title="View & Edit Time Cards">
  <img />
</Accordion>

### Point of Sale

View and manage time cards from the Point of Sale

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="View & Edit Time Cards">
    <iframe />
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Hub App

View and manage time cards from the Hub App

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="View & Edit Time Cards">
    <img />
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Create Time Off Policies
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/timeoff/timeoff-create

Create, edit and run time off policies

## **Create Time Off Policies**

All Dripos locations start with an unpaid “Basic Time Off” policy that employees are automatically enrolled in. You can create additional paid and unpaid time off policies on the Web Dashboard.

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Log in to the Web Dashboard and navigate to **Team > Time Management > Time Off**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click **Create Policy** in the top right corner

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Set Up Policy Details">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    <Accordion title="Policy Detail Selections">
      **Type:** Generic Time Off, Paid Time Off (PTO), Parental Leave, Sick Leave, Vacation, Personal Time, or Holiday.

      **Description (Optional):** Input a description for the time off policy.

      **Time Off Requires Approval:** If set to Yes, Time Off Requests will need to be approved by a manager in the Approval Center. Learn more about approving Time Off Requests [here](/team/approval/approval-overview).

      **Unlimited Hours:** If set to Yes, there is no limit on the number of hours an employee can request under this policy.

      **Paid Hours:** If set to Yes, employees will be paid for hours they take off under this policy.

      **Paid Dismissal:** If set to Yes, employees will be paid out any accrued time off hours upon dismissal.

      **Policy Categories:** If set to Yes, employees will need to select the category under this policy they would like to request time off from.

      **Notice Needed:** If **Policy Categories** is set to Yes, use the **+Add Category button** to input a **Name** and **Notice Needed** (in days).

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Accordion>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Set Up Accrual Details">
    Select the applicable Accrual Method for the policy.

    <Accordion title="Fixed Rate">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      **Yearly Allotted Hours (Optional):** The number of hours allotted per earning cycle.

      **Earning Cycle:** Set the policy earning cycle to **Percent Every Quarter, Starting Today,** or **Every Calendar Year**.

      **Percent Every Quarter:** This will allocate 25% of the Yearly Allotted Hours amount to enrolled employees every quarter.
    </Accordion>

    <Accordion title="Hourly Rate">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      Input the hourly accrual rate.

      **Hours Worked:** Number of hours the employee must work to earn time off.

      **Hours Earned:** The number of hours earned per the number of Hours Worked.

      *For example, the employee may need to have 30 Hours Worked per 1 Hour Earned.*
    </Accordion>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Set Up Policy Limits">
    Determine specific limitations for the policy.

    <Accordion title="Fixed Rate">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      **Accrue Waiting Period:** The number of days an employee must wait before accruing hours under this policy.

      **Request Waiting Period:** The number of days an employee must wait before requesting time off under this policy.
    </Accordion>

    <Accordion title="Hourly Rate">
      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      **Maximum Hours Tracked:** The maximum amount of hours in a calendar year that will be tracked and used to calculate time off accrual.

      *For example, if the Maximum Hours Tracked is 1440, the employee will not be awarded any policy hours after working 1440 hours.*

      <Tip>
        If the policy has a maximum amount that can be earned in a calendar year, use Maximum Hours Tracked to implement this limit.

        *For example, a policy with an accrual rate of 1 Hour Earned per 30 Hours Worked and a maximum calendar year accrual limit of 48 hours, the Maximum Hours Tracked should be set to 1440.*
      </Tip>

      **Maximum Employee Balance:** The maximum amount of hours an employee can earn before hours are no longer accumulated.

      **Reset Hours:** If set to Yes, balances accrued under this policy will reset the next calendar year.

      **Max Number of Hours:** If Reset Hours is set to Yes, this is the maximum number of hours that can be carried over to the next policy year.

      **Accrue Waiting Period:** The number of days an employee must wait before accruing hours under this policy.

      **Request Waiting Period:** The number of days an employee must wait before requesting time off under this policy.
    </Accordion>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Save the Time Off Policy">
    Confirm the details of the policy before clicking **Submit**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Edit Time Off Policy">
    Time off policies can be updated by clicking **Edit Information** on the Time Off Policy information page.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Enroll Employees in Time Off Policies

After creating Time Off Policies, enroll employees to start accruing hours under applicable policies.

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Log in to the Web Dashboard and navigate to **Team > Time Off Policies**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click **View** for the policy to enroll employees in.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Navigate to the **Enroll Employees** tab and click the **Enroll Employee** button.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Enroll Employees">
    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>

    **Employee:** Select the employee to enroll.

    **Employee Hours (Optional):** Input any hours the employee has already accrued under this policy to include in their current balance.

    **Override Approvals:** If set to Yes, time off requests from this employee will be automatically approved.
  </Step>

  <Step>
    Click **Add** and enroll other employees as needed.
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## **Run a Time Off Policy**

If your shop is not using Dripos payroll, time off policies must be ran manually before totaling payroll.

For policies with an Hourly Rate accrual method, running the time off policy calculates the hours accrued by employees based on existing time cards and adds to their current balance.

<Steps>
  <Step title="">
    Log in to the Web Dashboard and navigate to **Team > Time Off Policies**

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Click the **Run all Policies** button.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    Review the total **Hours Worked, Hours Earned,** and **Hours Balance** for each time off policy.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>

  <Step title="">
    After confirming, click **Next** to review the **Hours Tracked** and **Total Earned**. After reviewing, click **Submit**.

    <Frame>
      <img />
    </Frame>
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## **Review Time Off Settings**

Update relevant time off settings in the Dashboard.

<Accordion title="Time Off Request Notice">
  Require advanced notice for time off requests.

  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Log in to the Web Dashboard and click on the Dripos icon in the top right corner to access **Settings**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Navigate to the **Time Cards** tab and click **Edit** next to **Time Off Request Notice**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Input the minimum number of days notice required before the start date of a time off request and **Save**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Role-Based Permissions">
  Ensure applicable roles have permissions to review time off requests.

  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Log in to the Web Dashboard and navigate to **Team > My Team**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Navigate to **Roles** and **View** the applicable role

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Navigate to the **Permissions** tab and click **Edit** next to **Team**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Ensure the role has either **Team Full, Approvals (Full Access)** or **Time Off Approvals** turned on and **Save**.

      <Info>**Time Off Policies** should be turned on only if this role should be able to to create and edit time off policies.</Info>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>


# Time Off Policies
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/timeoff/timeoff-overview

Create time off policies for your team

<Icon icon="check" /> Create paid and unpaid time policies

<Icon icon="check" /> Enroll employees in applicable policies

<Icon icon="check" /> Employees can earn and request time off

<Icon icon="check" /> Managers can approve time off requests

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Time Off Policies" icon="square-1">
    Create and run time off policies
  </Card>

  <Card title="Submit Time Off Requests" icon="square-2">
    Submit time off requests as an employee
  </Card>

  <Card title="Manage Time Off Requests" icon="square-3">
    Review and approve time off requests as a manager
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Manage Time Off Requests
Source: https://support.dripos.com/team/timeoff/timeoff-requests

Creating and approving time off requests

## Create Time Off Requests

Managers can manually submit time off requests on behalf of employees on the Dashboard.

<Accordion title="Create Time Off Requests from the Dashboard">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Log in to the Web Dashboard and navigate to **Team > My Team**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Navigate to **Employees** and click **View** for the employee you wish to submit a time off request for

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Navigate to the **Time Off** tab in the employee page and select the **Add Time Off** button

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Input the time off request details in the pop-up and click **Add Time Off** when finished

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      > **Time Off Policy:** Select which enrolled time off policy to use for the request.

      > **From:** Select the request start date.

      > **To:** Select the request end date.

      > **Partial Days:** Check the box to input the number of hours and/or minutes to request off per day.

      > **Notes (Optional):** Include a note with the request.
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## Submit Time Off Requests - Employee Guide

Employees can view their enrolled policies and submit time off requests directly from the Dripos Hub App.

<Accordion title="Submit Time Off Requests from the Hub App">
  <Steps>
    <Step title="">
      Log in to the Hub App and navigate to **My Time > Time Off Requests** to see all enrolled policies

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Press **View** to see additional information about **Lifetime Used Hours** and **Lifetime Accrued Hours** for that time off policy

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Select **Create Request,** fill in the following fields and **Submit Request.**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      > **Date Range:** Select the date or date range you would like to request time off for.
      >
      > **Partial Days:** If turned on, input the number of hours and/or minutes you would like to request off per day.
      >
      > **Notes (Optional):** Include a note with the request.
    </Step>

    <Step title="">
      Confirm the request appears in the **Requests** tab in the **Time Off Section**

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Tip>The request will remain here until approved by a manager. You can tap on the request to find the delete option.</Tip>
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

***

## **Approve Time Off Requests**

Managers can approve time off requests on the Dashboard and Hub App.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Approve Time Off Requests from the Dashboard">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Log in to the Dashboard and navigate to **Team > Approval Center**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Navigate to the **Time Off Requests** tab and use the ✓ to approve or X to reject requests. To include a note alongside the approval or rejection, use the **View Details** button.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Approve Time Off Requests from the Hub App">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="">
        Log in to the Hub App and navigate to **My Time > Approval Center**

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Navigate to the **Time Off Requests** tab and view **Pending** requests

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        Select the request to review and use the ✓ to approve or X to reject. Optional approval or rejection notes can be included in the Reviewer Notes section.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>

      <Step title="">
        View all **Approved** or **Declined** requests.

        <Frame>
          <img />
        </Frame>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Contact Dripos Support
Source: https://support.dripos.com/troubleshoot/contact-support



Dripos isn't just your payment processor, we're your partner in growing your business. Our team is here to answer questions, show you how to get the most out of Dripos' features, and help you run a smoother, more profitable shop, no question is too small.

> **Starting September 1, 2026:** Messaging in your Dripos Dashboard and Hub App replaces text as our primary way to connect. Standard support hours are also updating (see below).

Need help with Dripos? **Choose the support option that works best for you.**

| | **Availability** | **Best for** |
| - | - | - |
| ☎️ **Call** | **24/7 for Urgent Issues** <br /> 9 AM–5 PM ET for standard support | Troubleshooting and hands-on support |
| 💬 **Messaging** | **24/7 with Hazel AI** <br /> 9 AM–5 PM ET with our Support team | Questions, guidance, and general support |
| ✉️ **Email** | **Available 24/7** <br /> Response within 24 hours | Non-urgent questions and support requests |
| 🎥 **Video Call** | **By Appointment** | Feature walkthroughs, training, and in-depth troubleshooting |

## 🚨 Need Urgent Help?

**Call (781) 583-3699 — available 24/7**

Call us right away if you're experiencing an issue that is preventing you from operating, including:

* **POS Failures** — you're unable to take orders or use your POS
* **Payment Errors** — customers can't pay or payments aren't processing
* **Hardware Issues** — essential hardware won't connect or work
* **Issues Running Payroll** — you're unable to run payroll or an issue requires immediate attention

**Urgent Support is available 24/7, including weekends and Federal Bank Holidays.**

For everything else, **Messaging is the fastest way to get help.**

## 💬 Message Us

Message us right in your Dripos Dashboard or the Hub App, no need to call or email. Because you're already logged in, we skip the verification questions and get straight to solving your issue, and your conversation history stays in one place so you can always pick it back up.

* Get help from **Hazel**, our AI support assistant, 24/7
* Ask questions about Dripos features
* Troubleshoot issues
* Get step-by-step guidance
* **Connect with a Support Agent** whenever you need a person

> **Meet Hazel:** Hazel pairs AI speed with the care of our support team, quick answers and walkthroughs any time, day or night, with a smooth handoff to a person for anything bigger. Same trusted support you count on, just faster.

## ☎️ Call Us

Call **(781) 583-3699** during standard support hours:

**Monday to Friday: 9:00 AM – 5:00 PM ET**

The team staffed on this line is highly knowledgeable in all things Dripos and can assist with:

* Guiding you on how to use various Dripos features and answering educational questions
* Customizing Dripos features to suit your shop's workflow
* Actively listening to and documenting your product feedback
* Reporting issues you or your staff are experiencing

And more! No question is too small, we're here to support both shop owners and staff.

> **Note:** Only Urgent Support runs on Federal Bank Holidays. For non-urgent questions, message us instead, Hazel is available any time. See [**here**](https://www.frbservices.org/about/holiday-schedules) for the holiday list.

If call volume sends you to voicemail, we'll call you back as soon as we can. Messaging is usually faster.

## ✉️ Email Us

* [**support@dripos.com**](mailto:support@dripos.com) — system and feature inquiries, questions, troubleshooting
* [**payroll@dripos.com**](mailto:payroll@dripos.com) — payroll and payroll tax inquiries

We aim to respond within the day. For anything urgent, call instead, for a real-time answer, try Messaging.

## 🎥 Video Calls

As your partners, we're always happy to meet face-to-face and walk through features or troubleshooting together over Zoom.

To schedule a video call, email [**support@dripos.com**](mailto:support@dripos.com) or message us with a brief description of the topics you'd like to cover.

***

Support channels, including Messaging, are reserved for customers live on Dripos. If you're still working with your implementation specialist to go live, please reach out to them via email for the most tailored assistance.


# Troubleshooting Guides
Source: https://support.dripos.com/troubleshoot/troubleshoot-overview

Fix common Dripos hardware and system issues, or reach our support team.

<Warning>
  **For immediate customer assistance, call Dripos Support at <a href="sms:+17815833699">(781) 583-3699</a>. <br /><br />We have a team of experts ready to assist!**
</Warning>

***

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Card Reader Tips and Troubleshooting" icon="credit-card" href="/troubleshoot/troubleshoot-readers">
    A reader that will not process payments, connect to Wi-Fi, charge, or respond.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Printer Troubleshooting" icon="print" href="/hardware/print/basics/print-troubleshoot">
    A printer that will not print or has fallen off the network.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Internet and Wifi Setup" icon="wifi" href="/hardware/hardware-router">
    Network requirements, speeds, and router setup for your shop.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Offline Mode" icon="wifi-slash" href="/orders/platforms/platforms-offline">
    Keep taking orders and payments when your internet goes down.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Contact Dripos Support" icon="headset" href="/troubleshoot/contact-support">
    Support hours, urgent 24/7 coverage, and which channel to use.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Card Reader Tips and Troubleshooting
Source: https://support.dripos.com/troubleshoot/troubleshoot-readers

Fix a Stripe S700 card reader that won't process payments, connect to Wi-Fi, time out, or respond.

<Note>
  To open the settings menu on your reader, swipe right from the left edge of the reader screen to reveal a Settings button. Tap Settings and enter the admin PIN **07139**. This is Stripe's default admin PIN for all Stripe Reader S700 devices.

  Stripe readers aren't liquid-proof! Stripe recommends that users make appropriate efforts to make sure their devices remain dry. If your device has experienced liquid ingress, we recommend that you stop using the device and let it dry thoroughly before attempting to re-use or charge the device.
</Note>

## Battery and Charging Status

When the Stripe Reader S700 is on, you can check the battery level in the charging LED indicator.

<Warning>
  When charging, you must remove the reader from the dock and plug the cable directly into the side. It will not charge properly if it is plugged into the side while sitting on the dock.
</Warning>

## How to Tell if You're on Reader V1 or V3

Go to **POS Settings > Advanced Settings** and look for the **Enable V3 Card Reader** toggle.

* If this toggle is **on**, you're running Reader V3.
* If this toggle is **off** (or you instead see an **Enable V1 Card Reader** toggle), you're running Reader V1 (Legacy).

<Note>
  Your reader version doesn't change the troubleshooting steps below, but it's helpful information to have on hand if you contact Support.
</Note>

## Troubleshoot by Error Message

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Error Loading Device">
    The error loading screen appears when the card reader loses its connection to the Dripos POS App.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Restart and re-pair">
        Restart the POS app and re-pair the Card Reader using a new pairing code. See the Stripe S700 Pairing Guide.
      </Step>

      <Step title="If that doesn't work, hard reset">
        Hold down the power button on the right hand side of the card reader until the screen turns black to perform a Hard Reset. Ignore the pop-up options to "Power Off" or "Restart" the device.

        While the card reader is turning back on, press the tribar in the upper left corner of the POS, then press the refresh button (circular arrow) next to the Dripos logo.

        Once the card reader turns on, the error message should disappear. Give it about a minute to fully resync before trying another transaction.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Connection Timeout">
    If your card reader is showing a Connection Timeout error, try the following:

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Remove the reader">
        Go to POS Settings > Card Readers and remove the current reader pairing.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Factory reset">
        Hold down the power button and both volume buttons at the same time until the reader asks you to confirm a factory reset.
      </Step>

      <Step title="Re-pair from scratch">
        Re-pair the reader as a new instance. You'll need your Wi-Fi password on hand. See the Stripe S700 Pairing Guide.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Could Not Connect to Reader">
    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Press the tribar in the upper left corner of the POS.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Press the refresh button (circular arrow) that appears next to the Dripos logo at the top of the side menu.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        On the card reader, press Confirm on the "Could Not Connect to Reader" message.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Select the appropriate register on the "Connect to Register" screen on the card reader after the POS has refreshed.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Device Tampered / Card Payments Not Available">
    <Warning>
      This indicates a hardware issue and cannot be resolved through troubleshooting. Do not attempt to factory reset or continue using this reader.
    </Warning>

    Contact Dripos Support with your reader's serial number (swipe left to right on the reader screen to find it). We'll arrange a replacement and, if needed, a return label for the affected reader.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reader Beeping Twice">
    If your card reader is beeping twice or asynchronously doing actions, your reader may be connected twice on both Kiosk Reader Mode and Advanced Card Reader settings.

    To disconnect and unpair your Card Reader on Wi-Fi Pairing, click the "X" on the right of where it says "Reader is Set Up."
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reader Keeps Flashing">
    If your card reader screen keeps flashing, this likely means multiple readers are connected to the same host device.

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Slide left to right on the reader to open the side menu.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Click Reconnect.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Select a different host device for each reader, so no two readers are assigned to the same device.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reader Frozen / Stuck">
    If the card reader screen is unresponsive for an extended period, it may be best to force restart the reader by pressing and holding the power button for \~12 seconds.

    <Tip>
      If nobody can get to the reader, [contact support](/troubleshoot/contact-support). Our team can see which of your devices are online and restart a register or card reader remotely, and reconnect a reader to the right register, without anyone touching the hardware.
    </Tip>

    <Note>
      The reader's own **Restart Reader** button has been removed from its settings drawer. Hold the
      power button to restart the reader instead, or ask support to restart it for you.
    </Note>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reader Is Slow / Has Bad Connection">
    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Make sure you're on a stable network with consistent speeds. If offline, try another network if available.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Restart your router.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Restart the card reader.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Delete the Card Reader Pairing and re-pair the Card Reader. See the Stripe S700 Pairing Guide.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reader Won't Charge / Won't Hold a Charge">
    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Try a different cord, charging block, or outlet — the included cord is a common failure point.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        If you're using a dock, stop using the dock and plug the cable directly into the side of the reader instead.
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    If neither of these works, this is likely a hardware issue — contact Support for a replacement.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Reader Can't Connect to the Internet / Wi-Fi">
    To check connectivity, go to reader settings and select Wi-Fi settings. This displays all available Wi-Fi networks. Tap the connected network name to see more details.

    Make sure:

    * The network is connected and has internet access
    * The signal strength is good
    * The device has an IP address assigned
    * The subnet matches the one that your POS device is connected to

    If speeds seem slow across the board, try restarting your router before continuing.

    <Note>
      If your reader and POS both show as connected to Wi-Fi but still won't pair or communicate, ask about "band steering" — some routers automatically switch devices between Wi-Fi bands, which can put your POS and reader on effectively different networks even though the network name looks the same.
    </Note>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Updates Taking More Than 10 Minutes">
    If a card reader update has been running for more than 10 minutes without finishing, hold down the power button to hard restart the reader, then check for updates again once it powers back on.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Failed to Apply Updates">
    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Press the Try Again button on the reader.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        If that doesn't work, perform a hard reset.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        If it still fails, plug the reader in to charge for 20 minutes and check again.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="POS App Keeps Crashing or Shows Offline when Internet is Working">
    Reset Network Settings on the iPad.

    <Warning>
      **Important:** This will remove saved Wi-Fi networks and passwords, VPN settings, and other network settings. It **will not** delete apps, photos, or other data.
    </Warning>

    <Steps>
      <Step>
        Open your iPad Settings and select  **General**.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Scroll down and tap **Transfer or Reset iPad**.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Select **Reset > Reset Network Settings**.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Enter the iPad passcode if prompted.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        Tap **Reset Network Settings** again to confirm.
      </Step>

      <Step>
        The iPad will restart automatically. Reconnect it to Wi-Fi and try the connection again.
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Still Stuck?

Contact Dripos Support at (781) 583-3699 or [support@dripos.com](mailto:support@dripos.com). Having the following on hand speeds things up:

* Reader serial number (swipe left to right on the reader to find it)
* Whether you're on Reader V1 or V3
* What error message (if any) is showing


# Status Updates
Source: https://support.dripos.com/updates/product-status



Stay in the loop! Subscribe to Dripos Status Updates to receive real-time notifications from our team in the rare event of any system issues.

<Card title="Live Status Updates" icon="megaphone" href="https://status.dripos.com/">
  Click here to subscribe to live status updates from Dripos (via text or email)
</Card>


# Product Updates
Source: https://support.dripos.com/updates/product-updates

Check out new features and updates being released from Dripos HQ.

<Update label="October 6, 2026" description="POS v1.14.96-a">
  ## Gearing Up For Gift Card Season 💳

  October means gift card season is closer than it feels. Between now and the end of December, gift cards go from a nice-to-have at your counter to a real chunk of revenue, and most of it shows up in a three week window you don't want to be caught flat for.

  So that's where our attention went this release went. Customers can now swipe an existing gift card at the register and regulars can reload their card straight from your online ordering page without making an account. Alongside that, we did a round of reliability work on printing, including monitoring that tells us a printer went down before you have to tell us.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Swipe gift cards at the register and card reader

  This is one of the single largest feature requests our team has received over the last few years and it's officially live! Customers can now swipe their existing gift cards on your card reader at checkout, just like a credit card, for a quicker handoff at the counter.

  If the reader ever loses its connection, your team can instantly switch to scanning the card's barcode or looking it up by number, so the line keeps moving.

  ### Let customers reload gift cards online

  Regulars can now add money to the gift card they already have, right from your online ordering page. They don't need an account or a login. They just enter their card and pick an amount.

  Now it's easy for them to keep their balance topped up, so their next visit is already paid for.

  ### More Reliable Printer, Plus Instant Alerts

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  We fixed a set of issues that were slowing down kitchen tickets and receipts at several cafes, so orders get from the register to your printers without lag. We also added monitoring that flags a location the moment its printer stops responding. Our team now catches printer outages within hours instead of days, often before you notice anything is wrong.

  This work continues our broader product efforts to build the most stable and consistent platform in the market.

  ### Quote times are back on the KDS

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  Your KDS conditionally shows pickup and delivery quote times, and your team can adjust them with a single tap. When the rush hits and the line backs up, staff can push times out in seconds so customers get accurate expectations and fewer "is my order ready?" questions.

  ### Additional Improvements

  * Tipping options shown on the POS screen (percentage-based) didn't match what showed on the card reader (small-ticket flow) during a billing payoff.
  * Ability to move a ticket between house accounts on the POS.
  * Warning modal appears on the Dashboard when disabling a product's POS availability, explaining it will be pulled from the active register immediately.
</Update>

<Update label="September 22, 2026" description="POS v1.14.95-a">
  ## New Season, New Updates 🍁

  This release has one headline feature: billing accounts got a full rebuild. The rest of the update is sharpening what you already use every day, including a much faster POS menu, a solid round of Dripos Go improvements, and a long list of reporting improvements.

  We've also got several much bigger releases landing over the next two months. Stay tuned.

  ### Rebuilt Billing Accounts

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  Our team rebuilt billing accounts from the ground up, with the goal of increasing consistency across all of our features and making payments simpler to handle.

  Settling a house account now works the way the rest of your checkout does. Pick the tickets you're paying off, then take payment by cash, check, card, or gift card. Cash payoffs go straight to the right drawer, you can refund a billing payment in full or in part without leaving the dashboard, and tips and processing fees finally show up where you expect them in Sales Summary and the Payment Methods report.

  "Send Invoice" is now "Send Payment Link", the Invoices tab is now Billing Reminders, and you can decide whether those payment links ask for a tip.

  ### Dripos Go Gets Even Better

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  We've been continuing to build new functionality on the newly released Dripos Go app, making our mobile POS better than ever.

  We restored the ability to send a saved (unpaid) ticket straight to the kitchen display and printers on Dripos Go, so kitchens can get a head start on orders that haven't been paid yet. There's a new setting to auto complete Go orders as they arrive, plus reader and keypad fixes throughout.

  Additionally, Dripos Go orders now show up as their own platform in POS and dashboard reporting, so you can see exactly what it's bringing in.

  ### Additional Improvements

  * **POS menu loads quicker:** Product images are now sized for the register instead of loading at full resolution. A typical menu with 150 items pulls about 1 MB of images instead of 6 MB, so tiles appear faster on open, especially on a fresh install or a slow connection. Kiosk and cart screens got the same treatment.
  * **Reporting Improvements:**
    * Taxable Sales no longer counts cash rounding toward your net, so the number you file against matches what you rang up.
    * Filtering All Product Sales by platform keeps third party orders in the results instead of dropping them.
    * ACH invoice payments now record their processing fee on Transactions.
    * Order Type Sales groups correctly by order type.
    * Tax and Cash Drawer reports load meaningfully faster, and large discount log exports no longer time out.
    * Team Sales report now includes a total line.
  * **Offline loyalty fix:** Rewards sign-ins made on a card reader while offline now correctly attach to the customer once you're back online, so patrons never lose the points they earned.
  * **Miscellaneous fixes:**
    * Fixed a bug that let customers reorder discontinued drink/food modifiers from their order history. Orders now always reflect your current menu, avoiding kitchen confusion and mistaken orders.
    * Removed the Gift Cards Report and Custom Tips Report as we continue to make our entire reporting ecosystem faster. A new gift card report is in progress.
</Update>

<Update label="September 9, 2026" description="POS v1.14.94-a">
  ## Settling Into Fall ☕

  ### Labor vs Sales % in Payroll History

  All payroll customers can now see an actual labor cost calculation as a percentage of sales right in their Payroll History report. We’ve made it easier than ever to spot when staffing costs are cutting into margins.

  This calculation runs with the fully baked payroll cost, so you can understand a true labor cost number for each pay period. Please note, this number will vary from the Labor Cost report as it’s taking into account payroll taxes and the full cost of labor.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Nonprofit Accounting Support

  Nonprofit organizations can now onboard to Dripos accounting with the correct 501(c)(3) chart of accounts set up automatically, no manual cleanup required. We are continuing to expand the availability of accounting + bookkeeping tools to allow all Dripos customers to leverage them.

  Read more [here](https://support.dripos.com/finance/accounting/accounting-overview#multi-unit-shops).

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Duplicate receipt templates across locations

  Built a receipt template once and want to use it again? Now you can copy it to any other location in your company instead of rebuilding it from scratch.

  From Orders > Checkout Flow > Receipts, select a receipt and choose Duplicate, pick the destination location, and the name, type, and content carry over exactly. Great for multi-location businesses that want consistent branding without repeating setup work at every shop. (Printer and device assignments stay location-specific, since those are tied to each location's hardware).

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Additional Improvements

  * **Dripos Go via Card Reader:** Our brand new Dripos Go mobile POS is now available via the Card Reader. Read the full guide [here](https://support.dripos.com/orders/platforms/platforms-go).
  * **Multi-Location Invoice Tags:** Businesses with multiple locations can now tag invoices and filter their accounting by location, saving time when reconciling books across a growing business.
  * **More Accurate Gift Card Reporting:** Discounted gift cards appear as their own line item in the Sales Summary report, so shops get a clearer, more accurate view of their revenue.
  * **Correct Time-Off Balances:** Fixed an edge case rounding issue that could cause hourly employees' time-off balances to accrue incorrectly, so employees see accurate PTO balances.
</Update>

<Update label="August 25, 2026" description="POS v1.14.93-c">
  ## Dripos Go, rebuilt from the ground up

  When we first shipped Dripos Go, it was deliberately simple: a way to take a quick order away from the counter. You told us simple was not enough. If it is going to run your drive-thru window or your farmers market booth, it needs to behave like the register your team already knows.

  So we rebuilt it. Same app, all new foundation, and the features that were missing are now available.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Keep taking orders when the internet drops

  This is the big one. Go now has a real offline mode. If your connection goes down mid-rush, you will see a clear offline banner instead of a spinner, and you can keep ringing up orders. Every ticket is held safely on the device and sent to Dripos automatically the moment you are back online, with a progress indicator so you can watch the queue drain.

  Nothing is silently dropped. If an order cannot be processed, it remains in the queue until someone from your team can manually handle it. Offline orders take cash and manually entered cards, and you can scan the card with your camera rather than typing the number.

  There is also a Force Offline Mode toggle in *More* → *Connectivity*, for when you already know the venue's wifi is going to be a problem.

  <img />

  <img />

  ### Split payments, finally

  Split a ticket by dollar amount or by individual item. Tap the items one guest is covering, take that payment, then move on to the next. Partial payments track the remaining balance for you, so a four-way split at a market stall is no longer a reason to walk back to the tablet.

  ### Tipping that matches your POS settings

  Go now respects your real tipping configuration, including before-payment tipping, which it never supported before. Your preset percentages, your separate small-ticket presets, custom amounts, and auto-gratuity all carry over. Tips work across card, manual card, cash, gift card, and other payment types.

  ### Custom items and discounts on the fly

  Ring up something that is not on the menu with Custom Item, apply a discount, or sell and load a gift card, all from a dedicated Menu Tools section. Categories and products are now cleanly separated, so browsing the menu no longer means scrolling past everything at once. Prefer tiles to rows? Switch either screen between list and grid.

  ### PIN protection where it matters

  Go now honors the same PIN rules as your POS. Discounts, custom discounts and fees, settings, and transaction access can each be gated behind an employee PIN with the right permission checks. *Note that pin protection does not work when in offline mode!*

  ### Saved tickets that pick up where you left off

  Opening a saved ticket brings you directly back to the cart, with an “Add Items” button when you want to keep building. If you have checkout prompts configured for an order type, these will pop up accordingly as you move through the checkout flow.

  ### Do more with less hardware

  That is the point of all of it. Running a farmers market on Saturday does not have to mean buying another tablet. Opening for a one-off event does not have to mean a second register. The phone already sitting in your apron pocket can be the register, and it will behave the way your team expects.

  This release covers iOS and Android. Dripos Go on the card reader is coming at a later date.

  Dripos Go is rolling out now. [Read the docs](https://support.dripos.com/orders/platforms/platforms-go) or reach out to your account manager to get set up.

  ### Everything else you will notice

  * Swipe back from any screen instead of hunting for a Go Back button
  * Dark mode, with Light, Dark, and System Default options
  * Scan a card with the camera instead of manually typing the number
  * Full patron support: search, create, attach, loyalty rewards, and history
  * Gift card management and activity
  * Search and filter past transactions, and issue refunds
  * Each device running Go now registers under its own name, so you can tell them apart
</Update>

<Update label="August 11, 2026" description="POS v1.14.92-b">
  ## More Control, Fewer Surprises

  ### Payroll Tax Filings

  Track every federal, state, and local payroll tax filing that Check submits on your behalf, all from one page. See which filings are **Blocked** and need your attention before their due date, place a hold on a filing while you sort things out with an agency, and download a copy once it's **Filed**.

  Find this under **Finance > Payroll > Tax Filings** on your dashboard, or read the full guide [here](https://support.dripos.com/finance/payroll/payroll-tax-filings).

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Discounts by Platform

  Coupons, promotions, and rule-based discounts can now be scoped to specific platforms — Point of Sale, Mobile, Web, Dripos Go, or Kiosk — instead of applying everywhere automatically. Keep in-store deals in-store and online promos online.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Weighted Tip Splitting for All Periods

  Weighted tip splitting now works across **Day**, **Week**, and **Pay Period** settings, not just By Transaction. Tips get distributed fairly no matter how your shop splits them.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Additional Improvements

  * **Daily Insights Email reliability fix:** Fixed a bug causing Daily Insights Emails to fail to send for some locations.
  * **Patron search clears for the next customer:** The attached patron on the register screen now clears automatically after a transaction, so the next customer's order doesn't get attached or charged to the previous one.
  * **Easier-to-navigate POS pages:** Cleaned up spacing and layout across gift cards, patrons, time clock, and a few other POS screens.
  * **Cash rounding fixed on split tickets:** Fixed a bug where cash rounding could calculate incorrectly on split payments.
</Update>

<Update label="July 28, 2026" description="POS v1.14.91-a">
  ## A Fresh Pour of Dashboard Updates 💻

  ### Checklist Instances on the Dashboard

  We modified the Checklists page in the dashboard to show the start time, date created, and the progress on each instance. When you click into an instance, you can now see the exact status as well as who completed each task. Previously, this data was only viewable on the POS.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Payroll Tax Documents Cleanup

  To help make tracking payroll compliance easier, we've simplified where we organize all Tax Documents into one place. Company, Employee and Contractor tax documents can now all be found under Payroll → Tax Documents.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Employee Role Notification Tracking

  As the amount of potential employee notifications has increased, we made the change to slot all options into a unique tab within the role page for easier setup and tracking.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Additional Payout Details

  Viewing an upcoming payout now displays additional details [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/payouts)

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Additional Improvements

  * **Multi-locations reports on POS:** You can now select additional locations on POS reports.
  * **Platform performance logs:** Our team implemented a new internal logging and product analytics tool to help us proactively find areas of the product to speed up and improve.
  * **Approved time off shows on the schedule:** Approved time-off requests now appear as blocked time on the desktop scheduling calendar, making it easier to build accurate shifts.
  * **Checkout Prompts are simpler:** We’ve updated the layout and verbiage when creating checkout prompts for an easier experience.
  * **Loyalty fix:** We fixed an edge case bug that impacted applying the discount at checkout when redeeming a reward.
  * **More accurate cash pricing:** Cash rounding is now calculated after other discounts are applied, so cash customers are charged the correct total.
</Update>

<Update label="July 16, 2026" description="POS v1.13.90-b">
  ## 📣 Minor Updates!

  We pushed a small hotfix tonight to squash a few bugs we wanted to get ahead of quickly.

  ### Improvements

  * **Numerical keyboard input:** Fixed an issue where the numerical keyboard was blocking numbers from being typed in properly on iPads updated to the most recent iOS version (26.5.2). This change swapped out the full keypads for a pop-up number pad. We have resolved the issue and the normal keypad displays again.
  * **V1 card reader declines:** Fixed an issue where certain manual card transactions were declined for a subset of V1 card reader users.
  * **Hub App reports graph:** Fixed an issue where the sales report graph was cutting off numbers in the Hub App.

  We’ll see you on the 28th for our next scheduled update!
</Update>

<Update label="July 14, 2026" description="POS v1.13.90-a">
  ## Heating Up Summer with New Features

  ### Dashboard Navigation Cleanup

  The web dashboard navigation was reorganized to reduce top-level sections and simplify the dropdown menus, improving usability on smaller laptop screens.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ⚙️ Access Settings on the top navigation bar

  📊 Reports moved into the Finance tab

  📋 The Operations section was removed and reorganized into the following sections:

  * Cash Management was moved under Orders and renamed “Cash Drawers”
  * Invoicing and Billing Accounts also moved under Orders
  * Checklists was moved under Team
  * Simple Inventory, Supply Chain, and Service Fees moved under Menu
  * Customer Chats was retired from the Dashboard

  📌 New grouped tabs were added

  * Checkout Flow tab under Orders (Ticket Types, Payment Types, Checkout Prompts, Receipts, Gratuity, Service Fees)
  * Time Management under Team (Time Cards, Time Off, Breaks)

  🏷️ Tags was renamed to “Product Tags” and moved under the Menu sub-navigation

  ### Weighted Tip Splitting

  With By Transaction tip distribution, pooled tips can now be split proportionally by each role's tip weight instead of split evenly. Turn on this feature via the "Enable Weighted Tip Splitting" toggle under **Shop Settings > Employee Management** and assign each role a tip weight from 1 to 100 (default 100) via the Set Tip Weighting field on the role's Edit Information screen in **Team > My Team > Role**.

  Tips are calculated using the settings active at the time of the transaction, so changing a role's weight only affects tips processed afterward and never alters past tip distributions. Leaving every role at the default weight of 100 reproduces the exact even split, and weighting applies only to the By Transaction distribution method, not to By Day, By Week, or By Pay Period tips.

  Learn more about [Weighted Tip Splitting](https://support.dripos.com/orders/tipping/tipping-weightedtipping#weighted-tip-splitting) and set this up on the dashboard [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/settings/employee-management).

  ## Test Printer Button

  A new "Test Printer" button in **POS Settings > Printers > Edit** printer prints a "Printer Connection Successful" slip, bypassing all printing rules and allowing for troubleshooting connection.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Additional Improvements

  * **Partner Perks:** We have updated our list of partner perks [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/perks)!
  * **Payroll time cards tips display:** The tips column in the payroll time cards breakdown now matches the location's tip calculation method instead of defaulting to by transaction
  * **Patron fully unlinks on cart clear:** Clearing the cart now fully removes the patron from the transaction state, so the previous customer no longer receives loyalty points on the next sale
  * **Print All Categories with a category filter:** Restores the legacy option to print an entire order on a category-filtered printer as long as at least one item matches the filter
  * **"Show Employee Tips on Hub" setting:** Resolves an issue where the setting was greyed out for eligible shops
  * **Shop address:** Latitude and Longitude automatically updates when updating your shop address
</Update>

<Update label="June 30, 2026" description="POS v1.13.89-a">
  ## Wrapping Up June, Gearing Up for July

  ### Smarter Scheduled-Order Printing 🖨️

  If you use **Printer Prep Time** to delay make ticket printing for scheduled orders, you can now sync it to your **Mobile Order Quote Time**.

  Just enable the **"Set as Mobile Order Quote Time"** toggle beneath the Printer Prep Time field, and tickets will print based on your current quote time — automatically updating whenever that time changes. This setting is per-device, so each station can use its own manual time or follow the quote time.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Cleaner Ticket Name

  A new POS setting called **"Order Name Options"** lets you control which name is prioritized on a ticket when an order has both a manually entered name and a linked patron name. Even if you override a name tied to a patron, that patron still earns loyalty points for the order.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Accounting & Bookkeeping

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  **Accounting & Bookkeeping** is now available in your Dripos web dashboard under the **Finance** tab. Connect your business banking accounts and credit cards, categorize your transactions, and see a live picture of your business financials without touching a spreadsheet or opening a second platform.

  With Dripos **Bookkeeping**, you get a dedicated bookkeeper in your corner. This will be someone who actually knows your numbers, keeps your books spotless, and makes sure your finances are always working for you.

  Learn more about **Accounting & Bookkeeping** from our Counter Talk blog post [here](https://www.dripos.com/counter-talk/accounting-bookkeeping-launch).

  Start setting up your Dripos **Accounting & Bookkeeping** account today on your dashboard [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/accounting).

  ### Additional Improvements

  * **Product Updates:** Changes announced via the Guidebook and product release emails will also pop up as a notification in the Hub App for employees to see
    <img />

  * **Wifi Card Reader Renaming:** “Wifi Card Reader” verbiage in Advanced Settings has been reworded to say “Kiosk Reader Mode”

  * **Custom Category in All Product Sales Report:** Custom products added to an invoice will display in the “Custom” category on the All Product Sales report

  * **Reordered Dropdown Options:** The “Create New” option for adding invoice line items is now shown at the bottom of the options to select instead of the top

  * **Product Tag Column:** Added product tag column to the All Product Sales report when exported

  ### Officially Removed

  * The **Gift Card Sales, Inventory Sales, Cash Flow, and Checklists reports** are now fully retired as we work to revamp our reports with newer, more useful data.
  * **Front Facing Display (FFD) between two tablets** has been fully removed from the product. Front-facing display on the Stripe S700 card reader is unaffected and remains fully supported.
  * The **Stripe M2 and BBPOS WisePOS E card readers** are retired and no longer supported. The Stripe S700 is the only supported card reader.
</Update>

<Update label="June 16, 2026" description="POS v1.13.88-a">
  ## Fresh Updates for a Busy Summer 🌞

  ### Seamlessly Upgrade to V3 Card Reader

  Our V3 Card Reader is the fastest, most reliable reader we have built. On your POS device, you will see a banner at the top of the screen that reads “Update Card Reader to Latest Version.”

  Simply tap **Update**, confirm your tablet and reader are on the same WiFi network, restart your reader, and you’re all set!

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Additional Improvements

  * **See why a payment failed:** When a card is declined, your POS now shows you the reason right away, so you can help your customer on the spot.
</Update>

<Update label="June 2, 2026" description="POS v1.13.87-e">
  ## V3 Card Reader Improvements ⚙️

  ### Smarter Reconnection for Uninterrupted Service

  Your V3 card reader now restores its connection to the POS automatically, even after the tablet has been locked or left idle for an extended period. When you return to the device, the reader detects your POS on the local network and re-establishes the connection in the background, with no manual pairing or restarts required.

  ### Control Which Devices Appear to Connect on Your Card Reader

  You can now choose exactly which devices show up on your V3 card reader's selection screen. From **Shop Information > [Devices](https://dashboard.dripos.com/devices?status=1)**, open any device and enable **Hide from device selection screen on card reader** to keep non-payment devices,
  like a kitchen display or back-office terminal, out of the list your staff sees when pairing.

  Every device stays visible by default and the current setting is always displayed right on the device's summary card in the Dashboard. The result is a cleaner, more intuitive setup that helps your team connect to the right register faster.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Resolved Blank Screen on the Card Reader

  We fixed an issue where the V3 card reader could occasionally go to a blank, unresponsive screen that required a manual reset to recover. This typically happened when a transaction was started while the reader was still re-establishing its connection, such as right after the tablet had been locked or idle. As mentioned above, the reader now handles these reconnections gracefully by recovering on its own.

  ### Smarter Transaction Search

  We've reworked how transaction search works on the POS to help you find what you're looking for faster. When searching for a transaction, select from one of the filters on the right hand side (**Ticket Name, Phone Number, Ticker #, Last 4 Card Digits, Total \$**), enter your search, and the results will filter accordingly.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Additional Improvements

  * We have released a new version of POS for Android Users. Please go to your Google Play Store and download version **1.13** to utilize the V3 card reader.
</Update>

<Update label="May 19, 2026" description="POS v1.13.86-r">
  ## Core Stability Updates & Scheduled Maintenance

  ### Offline Mode Improvements

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  When processing offline tickets, a summary now displays the orders placed, the total value of successful tickets, a filter for payment methods, and the number of failed transactions during your session. If any transactions fail, you'll see a breakdown explaining why.

  ### New Diagnostic Tool

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  Now available under Advanced Settings: ‘Diagnostics’ allows you to pull up a full snapshot of your device and network connection, exactly what our support team needs to help you troubleshoot quickly.

  ### Improved POS Status Bar and Connectivity

  A redesigned status banner at the top of your POS makes it instantly clear whether you're online, offline, or in forced offline mode. You will now have a clearer picture of the network status of your device. Additionally, we've updated our connection methods to provide a more seamless experience when switching between online and offline automatically.

  ### Additional Announcements

  * **Inventory Tracking Restored:** Inventory updates have been restored during the checkout flow with live stock across all devices. Our checkout flow is also now faster and more reliable thanks to a major query optimization behind the scenes.

  ## Upcoming Scheduled Downtime

  Here's what to know:

  * **Date:** Wednesday, May 27th, 2026
  * **Time:** 2:00 – 5:00 AM EST
  * **Duration:** Up to 3 hours
  * **What's happening:** An infrastructure update to improve platform speed and stability. Order processing and the POS will be unavailable during this window. The dashboard may experience some downtime, as well. If your shop is open during these hours, please plan to take orders in offline mode or reach out to our team for workarounds. In order to take orders while offline your card reader needs to be in V3 mode. No other action is needed before or after maintenance.

  ## Subscribe to the Dripos status page

  Please subscribe to [https://status.dripos.com/](https://status.dripos.com/) for real-time status updates. We recommend subscribing via both text and email to receive immediate alerts if any Dripos platform experiences downtime. 
</Update>

<Update label="May 5, 2026" description="POS v1.13.86-a">
  ## May Updates, Served Hot 🔥

  ### Add PIN protection to custom discounts and fees

  You can now require a PIN before custom discounts or fees are applied on POS. Turn it on in **Shop Settings > Employee Management > PIN Protection Settings**, and use the new **Apply Custom Discounts and Fees** team permission to choose which role(s) can bypass the prompt. Pre-made discounts can still be applied without a pin.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Edit stock from the Dashboard product table 

  The click-to-edit stock control is back on the Dashboard Product View, matching how it already works in **Category > Products** View. Update a stock count without clicking into the product detail page every time.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Rule-based discounts available on Kiosk

  Promotions like "Free Topping Tuesday" now apply automatically in Kiosk Mode, just like they do on POS. Whether a customer orders at the counter or the kiosk, they'll see the same total for the same cart.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Bonus Update:

  * **Link cards directly from V3 card reader:** The "link card" option from V1 readers is back on V3. Your team can now link a card to a patron right from the receipt screen on the reader, no extra steps required.
</Update>

<Update label="April 21, 2026" description="POS v1.13.85-b">
  ## Freshly Brewed Product Updates ☕️

  ### POS Sidebar Restart Button

  We added a restart button to the POS sidebar. You can also still trigger a restart from Advanced Settings or by using the button in the top-right corner of the sidebar.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Location Events Appear in Hub App Scheduler

  Location events now appear chronologically alongside work shifts in both the calendar and list views of the scheduler, so employees can see their work schedule in the context of broader store activities.

  ### Require a Name at Checkout

  In **POS Settings > Register Settings**, you can enable the **Require Name at Checkout** setting. A screen will then pop up during the checkout process requiring a name to be entered.

  ### Print Orders Based on Scheduled Prep Time

  In **POS Settings > Tickets & KDS**, you can now enable the **Printer Prep Time** setting to delay make ticket printing for scheduled orders until a set number of minutes before the scheduled time.

  ### Additional Improvements

  * **Up for Grabs Shift Approval Notification:** Send a notification to selected roles when an Up for Grabs shift is claimed and needs approval.
  * **Min and Max Quantity on Multi-Select w/ Quantity Modifiers:** Set minimum and maximum limits on both the number of modifiers selected and the total quantity across all selected options.
  * **Sort Employee Pay Rates Table:** All columns in this table can now be sorted in ascending/descending order.
  * **Send Daily Insights Email to Multiple Recipients:** Multiple recipients can now receive the daily insights email, allowing managers and stakeholders to stay informed without having to forward or share reports manually.
  * **KDS Indicator to Show How Many Items Are in the Ticket:** If you use multiple KDS screens to route different items from the same ticket, each screen now shows its item count relative to the total. For example, one KDS might display 3/5 while another shows 2/5, so staff can easily see how the ticket is split across stations.
  * **Checkout Prompt Response Visible on Dashboard:** You can see checkout prompt responses when clicking **View** into a transaction on the Dashboard.
  * **Gift Card Order Link Available on Dashboard:** The link to view your unique gift card order website is available on the dashboard under **Settings > Order Website Links**.
  * **Order Gift Cards Outside of Store Hours:** A gift card can be purchased outside of store hours.
</Update>

<Update label="April 7, 2026" description="POS v1.13.84-a">
  ## Spring forward with new Dripos features! 🌼

  ### Show New Items Only Toggle for KDS

  When this setting is enabled, any item within a ticket that has been marked as complete will be hidden from the KDS ticket view.

  On the POS, navigate to **Settings** > **Tickets** and scroll down to the bottom to turn on **Show New Items Only**.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Meal Period Premium Pay

  For CA payroll customers in particular, we have added a new earning type called **Meal Period Premium Pay** under **Other Earnings**.

  When running payroll, you can add this earning type which will then be visible on the employee's paystub.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  #### Additional Improvements

  * When creating a custom document for use in an onboarding packet, you can set fields as **Optional**. Simply select the component you would like to use from the **Optional** section.
  * Show a warning indicator on POS products when stock falls below a preset threshold for simple inventory. Navigate to dashboard **Settings** > **Order System** > **Inventory Settings** and turn on **Enable Low Stock Flag** to set the threshold amount.
</Update>

<Update label="March 24, 2026" description="POS v1.13.82-a">
  ## It’s been quite a busy start to the year! 🎉

  We have a lot of exciting improvements to share with you!

  ### We recently released cash rounding! Here’s what you need to know.

  If you have the cash rounding setting enabled, a cash transaction ending in 1-4 or 6-9 will automatically be rounded to the nearest nickel. For example, a cash transaction of \$2.04 will be rounded up to \$2.05. See our blog post [here](https://www.dripos.com/counter-talk/cash-rounding) to learn more!

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### All product sales report

  We have decreased the load time for this specific report. You can now pull a years worth of data across multiple locations in a matter of seconds. We are improving this for additional reports moving forward, so keep an eye out for these updates!

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Display items in reverse chronological order on the POS and KDS

  We have added a setting that will enable items added to the cart on the POS and KDS to display in reverse chronological order, with the most recently added item appearing at the top. This update ensures staff can quickly identify new items during order building and fulfillment across both the POS cart view and KDS.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Employee unavailability restriction window

  We have a new scheduler setting that will limit the time within which employees can submit unavailability in their shift preferences. To set the restriction window, navigate to dashboard **Settings > Scheduler**. You can edit the **Scheduler Settings** to set the number of days in advance within which you would like to restrict your employees from entering unavailability.

  An employee can submit one time unavailability as well as recurring unavailability.

  Warnings will be displayed throughout the Hub App and dashboard.

  ### Export checklist data

  You can now export checklist data in either a summarized or detailed view. This allows you to quickly audit specific responses or view high-level trends for any given time period.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ### Additional improvements

  * When a category is disabled for mobile, this is properly reflected on both Apple and Android devices.
  * Minimum order amounts will prevent checkouts below the minimum threshold on the order app.
  * When running off-cycle payroll for only a few employees, you can easily remove the employees that *should not* be included in the off-cycle payroll en masse.
</Update>

<Update label="November 24, 2025" description="POS v1.11.73-1a">
  ## **Happy Thanksgiving from the Dripos Team!** 🦃

  We're thankful to all of our customers for choosing us as their trusted point of sale this year! We're working to end this year on a high note, making improvements and adding new features for all to use.

  ### **NEW! Dripos Marketing Platform**

  After many months of effort and research, our team is beyond excited to roll out two game-changing upgrades to Dripos Marketing features: a completely rebuilt campaign system with AI native features, and recurrence rules on our loyalty program.

  💌 Including an SMS and email marketing dashboard with:

  * **One Campaign Builder**: Create and manage both your email and text campaigns from one interface—no more jumping between tools.

  * **Audience Segments**: Our enhanced audience segment builder will allow you to target your campaigns towards specific customers.

  * **AI Tools**: Use our new AI tool to create the body of your campaign, as well as build out audience segments.

  * **Automated Sequences**: Turn these on and we automatically send out message for patron birthdays, first time visits, and winning back those who haven’t visited in a while.

  Other marketing dashboard updates will include a refreshed design, enhanced drag-and-drop editor and a seamless mobile experience.

  This feature is now available for all users who have not used our previous campaign builder! We will be rolling this feature out to all previous marketing users over the coming weeks.

  Learn more about how to utilize Dripos Marketing [here](https://support.dripos.com/marketing/communications/overview).

  ### Payouts Breakdown

  We've updated the breakdown of your payout reports to provide a more granular understanding of your payouts. This includes adding line items for loan payments (applicable to Dripos Capital users) as well as invoice and billing account payments.

  We've additionally added a button on each payout report that allows users to view the corresponding sales summary and payment method reports for the payout.

  ### Faster Payouts for Capital Users

  Our customers using Dripos capital are now eligble for faster payouts!

  *Please note, stores using Dripos' tax withholding feature will be **ineligible** for faster payouts.*

  ### PIN Protect Saved Tickets

  We've created a setting that PIN protects making edits to tickets that have already been sent to the KDS.

  Learn how to enable this setting [here](/team/setup/setup-permissions#sales) under 'Edit Sent Tickets'.

  <iframe />
</Update>

<Update label="November 5, 2025" description="POS v1.11.70-a">
  Winter is upon us! ❄️ The days are shorter but we're working harder to bring you new features and fixes to the Dripos system!

  ## 🛠️ Quick Fixes

  * We fixed an issue where saving custom modifiers within a product resulted in an infinite spin.

  * We fixed the transaction filter tool on the Dashboard. Filtering by date and time on the Dashboard under **Orders** will now correctly show the tickets in chronological order from most recent to oldest for **date paid**.

  * We fixed an issue where clicking the **View Tickets** button on a payout report page did not directly bring the user to view all transactions for the selected date range.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  * Payroll customers that **split tips by Transaction** now have the ability to show Employee Tips on Hub App. Enable this setting on the Dashboard under Settings > Employee Management > Show Employee Tips on Hub App = Enabled.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  * Employers will now receive more detailed information about an employee's time off request. The initial email/text notice will now state:

  "New Time Off Request for \[Employee] Date - Date, X Hours"

  ## 📈 Labor vs Sales Report

  * The Labor vs Sales report has been calculating values incorrectly for certain dates / time periods for the past few months. Our team has fixed the reporting discrepancies, backdating past reports and ensuring future reports are accurate.

  ## 💵 Pay Stubs

  * All accrued paid time off, whether or not an employee uses it, will now have the option to be visible on the paystubs/wage statements. Before, paid time off accruals did not appear on paystubs unless time off was used that period.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  * All paid breaks are now visible on employees' paystubs/wage statements.
</Update>

<Update label="July 17, 2025" description="System Outage">
  ## System-wide Outage - July 17, 2025

  This afternoon, Dripos experienced a system-wide error that disrupted card payments, took the point of sale offline, and temporarily disabled the dashboard.

  We apologize for this unexpected system outage today, and we appreciate your patience as we worked to resolve it.

  The Dripos system is back online and fully functioning, including the Point of Sale, Dashboard, DriposGO, and Order website and app.

  Please see below for next steps if you are experiencing any of the following issues:

  <AccordionGroup>
    <Accordion title="I'm still offline. How do I reconnect to the internet?">
      If your system is still offline, please follow these steps:

      <Steps>
        <Step title="Restart the Point of Sale">
          Navigate to your **POS settings** > **Advanced Settings** > **Restart App**

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Step>

        <Step title="Ensure you are connected to the internet on your device">
          Double check that you have Wi-Fi enabled on your iPad or Android device, as our support team may have instructed you to disable your Wi-Fi connection.
        </Step>

        <Step title="Disable Enter Offline Mode">
          Ensure that you've disabled the Enter Offline Mode setting within the POS settings, as our support team may have instructed you to enable this setting.

          <Frame>
            <img />
          </Frame>
        </Step>
      </Steps>
    </Accordion>

    <Accordion title="I'm logged out of my Point of Sale. How do I log back in?">
      To log back in to your Point of Sale, please use a phone number that belongs to someone with admin permissions, typically an owner or manager.

      Once logged in, please select **Existing Device** and select the device typically used for this iPad.

      <Warning>
        Be sure to select the correct device—this is the one your card reader will connect to!
      </Warning>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Accordion>

    <Accordion title="My card reader won't connect to my device.">
      If your card reader will not connect, we suggest deleting the device and repairing it entirely.

      Please follow [these steps](/hardware/reader/reader-s700-trouble#how-to-repair-an-existing-reader) to remove and repair your reader.

      <Tip>
        Have your Wi-Fi password accessible to you as the reader may ask you to reconnect to the network!
      </Tip>
    </Accordion>

    <Accordion title="I have pending offline orders. How do I process them?">
      Please follow [these steps](/orders/platforms/platforms-offline#process-offline-orders) to process your pending offline orders.
    </Accordion>

    <Accordion title="I'm still receiving payment errors on my Point of Sale.">
      If you are still receiving payment errors, please be sure to delete any items in cart that were originally there when your POS was offline.

      You will need to start a brand new order in order to begin checkout again.

      <Frame>
        <img />
      </Frame>
    </Accordion>
  </AccordionGroup>
</Update>

***

<Update label="July 1, 2025" description="POS v1.11.65-1b0">
  ## Recurring automatic discounts, easier hardware ordering, marketing beta, and more!

  Lots of improvements being made at Dripos HQ! Before we get into it, a few key reminders for the upcoming 4th of July Holiday:

  * Remember, payouts may be affected by bank closures this Friday, July 4th as the Federal Reserve does not allow money movement on this day. Please see our previous email announcement for more information!

  * If you are a Dripos payroll partner, you will also have received an email about your updated payroll deadline as July 4th is not an eligible day for pay direct deposit. Please see your dashboard for updates.

  * Our normal support lines will be closed on July 4th in observance of the holiday. Our escalated support line is available for payments and payroll issues only at (781) 650- 9105.

  Now, for some exciting updates! 👏

  ### 🔁 Recurring Automatic Discounts

  We're excited to announce that our rule- based discounts feature can now be used on a recurring basis! If you like to run promotional events at your shops, you can now implement automatically applied discounts every day at a certain time, every weekday or a repeating weekday, or for a certain period with an end date!.

  Head to the dashboard > Menu > Discounts for more!

  ### 🛍 New Dripos Hardware Website

  We’ve created a website for our existing customers to order additional hardware for their live locations! Whether you’re replacing hardware or wanting additional equipment, simply head to hardware.dripos.com and tell us more about your reason for purchasing.

  All of our hardware offerings now exist in one place for you to determine the best hardware for you!

  ### 🔊 Marketing Campaign Improvements

  **Beta Program:**

  We're working on overhauling our text and email campaign UI, and we're looking for some partners of ours to test out our new features! If you currently use Dripos marketing features and would like to partner with the Dripos team to give some feedback and help us improve, please email us at [support@dripos.com](mailto:support@dripos.com) and we'll see if you're a good fit to help us test!

  ### 🪲 Continuing Improvements

  * Unpaid tickets can now easily be removed from billing accounts!

  * We resolved an issue where recurring invoices were not adhering to the correct end date if the end date had already passed in the current year.

  * We fixed a problem where some tax values on transactions were displaying incorrectly. This did not affect the collection of tax or any reports.
</Update>

<Update label="May 7, 2025" description="POS v1.11.60-1d">
  Our team is coming off an incredible attendance at this year's Specialty Coffee Expo where we connected with so many of you and hosted sessions on key topics like cost of goods sold tracking and advanced Dripos features! It was great getting to catch up with our growing customer base in person.

  In the meantime, we’ve been hard at work back at HQ wrapping up a massive round of improvements. This update is loaded with advancements — from daily summary emails, to enhanced transaction and inventory tools, to dozens of bug fixes aimed at making everything faster, clearer, and more reliable.

  Here's everything new this update 👇

  ## ✨ Daily Summary Email

  ### Introducing Daily Summary Emails

  We want Dripos to be more than a software tool — it should be the pulse of your shop. That’s why we’ve built a new daily summary email, sent to each location’s admin email, that recaps key metrics like sales, labor, COGS, and more. Stay on top of your shop’s performance with insights pulled from the entire Dripos platform.

  Find this in the Dashboard > Shop Settings > Reports.

  ## 💵 Pass Processing Fees → Cash Discounts

  ### Account for processing fees via Cash Discounts:

  To ensure broader compliance with the evolving requirements of card providers in the US, and simplicity for all partners, we are transitioning from a card processing surcharge model to a menu markup + cash discount model. This means if you previously had ‘pass on processing’ settings on, you will need to transition your shops to new settings!

  Read our previous email announcement for more info on this change.

  To use the menu markup + cash discount feature:

  1. Go to your web dashboard.

  2. Press the Dripos Logo in the upper right hand corner > Settings.

  3. Under Order System, scroll down to Menu Markup and press Edit.

  4. Change Cash Discount Enabled to Yes.

  5. Enter the percentage price increase you would like to implement.

  6. Press Save.

  ## 🔀 Transactions View in the Web Dashboard

  ### View and filter Transactions faster:

  We’ve redesigned the Transactions page in the dashboard to make it easier to manage and review activity. You’ll now find clearer filters, improved verbiage, and a detailed view showing all timestamps and key dates associated with each ticket.

  Additionally, we improved the navigational elements in the Dashboard header by separating Sales into two sections:

  * Menu: All Dripos features related to building and editing menu items, categories, taxes, etc.

  * Orders: View transactions, control payment and ticket types, and track all features related to the order system.

  ## 🤖 Bonus Updates

  ### Feature Improvements

  * Third Party Order Notifications: Added sound alerts to the KDS for third party orders, aligning them with standard KDS notifications. Find this under POS > Settings > Device Ticket Options.
  * Kiosk Menu Availability: Product availability settings from the dashboard now automatically reflect in Kiosk menus.
  * Out of Stock Warnings: When re-ordering from previous POS transactions, an “Out of Stock” warning will now display if the product is unavailable.
  * Improved Error Messaging: When creating employees with duplicate phone numbers, clearer and more specific error messages now appear.
  * Multi-Location Support: Released new tools to better support multi-unit operators, improving functionality for Simple Inventory, Cash Management, and Customer Chats.

  ### Bug Fixes

  * Corrected Labor vs. Sales reports to display accurate values.
  * Fixed issues with Default Ticket Types when “Fire Ticket When Named” is enabled.
    Resolved an issue preventing time cards from being created via the Hub app and Web Dashboard.
  * Fixed legacy printing setup issues.
  * Corrected display errors where employee names appeared with a ‘Danger’ tag in Hub app time card reports when a break was out of compliance.
  * Resolved incorrect out-of-stock flags for products and modifiers from third party platforms.
  * Fixed Modifier Recipes incorrectly attaching to products without modifiers.
  * Corrected real cost per unit calculations when production events are used.
  * Resolved recipe creation issues on certain products.
  * Fixed issues preventing Vendor Items from being deleted.
  * Resolved missing product sales in the Ingredient Activity Log.
  * Fixed recipes not deleting when linked product variants were removed.
    Corrected line item calculations on purchase orders.
</Update>

<Update label="April 23, 2025" description="POS v1.11.58-1b">
  This week’s updates focus on tightening up the gift card experience and tools for increasing your menu prices with the click of a button. From giving patrons more flexibility when buying gift cards to adding helpful context around pay rate edits and sales reporting, we’re continuing to build the most thoughtful and complete platform for coffee shop operators.

  Let’s get into it 👇

  ## 🌶️ Menu Markup Tool

  ### Automatically increases prices via Dripos Settings

  To help combat rising costs, our team built a simple tool to help automatically increase the prices of your menu based on a pre-set percentage.

  * Navigate to the Web Dashboard → Settings → Order System, to enable a percentage increase for the various Dripos order platforms.
    <iframe />

  ## 🎁 Gift Cards Availability

  ### Gift Card availability via the Order Website and Order App

  We made a change to our Order Website and Order Apps to allow the purchasing of gift cards outside of store hours. This allows your patrons to purchase and send out gift cards whenever they want, as long as Mobile Ordering is enabled.

  ## 🤖 Bonus Updates

  ### Feature Improvements

  * Edit warning for Role Based pay rates: When editing a role-based pay rate via a specific employee’s profile, we now display a warning that edits will impact all employees using the edited pay rate. Our team added this extra check to prevent incorrectly editing team member pay rates.
  * Gross Sales on Hub App reporting: We edited the sales graph on the homepage of the Hub app reports to display ‘Gross Sales’ rather than ‘Total Collected’ to more accurately show sales performance.

  ### Various Fixes

  * In our previous update, our team had changed the default sorting on the Scheduler to ‘Alphabetical’. This change caused our custom sorting feature to break, which has now been resolved.
  * Resolved an issue restricting the completion of a pay run when a non-automatic tip credit adjustment was added to an employee.
  * Resolved an issue with third party sales not accurately displaying inside Dripos reporting.
  * Resolved an edge case with Checklists not completing and moving into a user's history.
  * Resolved a display issue that blocked Checklist Instances without duration from displaying in the Hub App.
</Update>

<Update label="April 7th, 2025" description="POS v1.11.58-1a">
  Spring is in full swing here in NYC—the cherry blossoms are out, the sidewalks are finally thawed, and our team at Dripos HQ has been busy preparing another great list of product additions.

  From completing Checklists right from your phone to faster scheduling and cleaner invoice displays, we’ve wrapped up a ton of projects just in time for this new season of growth. And don’t worry—we’ve got plenty more exciting updates coming in the weeks ahead.

  ## ✅ Checklists via the Hub App

  We have added the ability for Checklist instances to appear on your team's phone directly via the Hub app! Employees are able to view instances, complete tasks associated to checklists, and perform all the same functionality you expect on the POS.

  ## 🪪 Team Enhancements

  ### Sorting Employees Alphabetically

  We changed how employees are sorted across a few key areas of the dashboard to allow for easier access. My Team, Employees, and the Employee View of Scheduling all sort alphabetically by first name now.

  ### Scheduler Loading Speed

  Our engineering team has updated some underlying tools that support the Dripos Scheduler to improve the speed of loading for shifts, preferences, time off, and more. You should notice a big usability improvement when drafting a schedule.

  ### Miscellaneous Team Improvements

  * When selecting "Improve All" via the dashboard Approval Center, we now display the total amount of actions being approved in the confirmation popup to ensure clarity on what is being approved.
  * If an employee is already clocked into a different role, but scheduled for a second shift, we will no longer send late clock in notifications.
  * We fixed an issue uploading custom documents to Employee Onboarding.
  * We fixed an issue with links in the Hub app on Android devices not generating hyperlinks.
  * We fixed an issue with updating bank accounts on draft pay runs pulling from previous accounts.

  ## 🤖 Other Updates

  **Enjoy a mixture of additional updates from our engineering team:**

  * **Invoice payment method display.** We improved the formatting of payment methods that display in the dashboard on paid invoices to be more clear.
  * **Purchase Order PDFs.** Purchase orders sent out via Supply Chain now have an added column for SKU and display dates for when it was sent and expected delivery.
  * **Display '# of #' on printed make tickets.** If you are using multiple printers at various stations for a single ticket, we now display the # of tickets at the top of each make ticket that is printed to flag there are other items on an order.

  ### Various Fixes:

  * Fixed a pricing issue with multi-select w/ fixed price modifier sets.
  * Fixed an issue preventing the deletion of invoices.
  * Fixed an issue with deleted invoices appearing as outstanding.
  * Fixed an issue with the Dripos Go app displaying tax for tax disabled ticket types.
  * Fixed an issue with POS login permissions for team members.
</Update>

<Update label="March 24th, 2025" description="POS v1.11.57-1a">
  The weather’s finally warming up here in NYC, the trees are starting to show some green, and just like you might be swapping out winter specials for iced lattes—we’ve been tidying things up on our end too.

  This update is all about wrapping up ongoing projects and giving your all-in-one coffee shop software another serious tune-up. We squashed a bunch of pesky issues, polished up key features, and laid the groundwork for a new set of projects we are kicking off this week!

  **⚠️ All app updates - POS, Hub App, and Order App - require an update via the App Store itself this week.**

  ## 📑 Invoice Quotes

  <u>Send Invoice Quotes to receive Customer confirmation:</u>
  We added the ability to send out Invoice Quotes before finalizing and sending a payment link to customers. When a quote is received, customers can confirm the items on the invoice, leave notes, and then receive a payment link when finalized!

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ## 📝 Company Based Checklists

  The first of many Company Based features!
  Our engineering team’s push to make the dashboard easier to use for multi-unit businesses is officially underway! Checklists can now be added to multiple locations at once through the creation process or when editing an already existing checklist.

  We’ll be going feature by feature over the next few months doing the same to the entire dashboard. It's our team's goal that a Dripos user will never need to add data more than one time if setting up features across locations.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  ## 🔮 Supply Chain Advancements

  <u>Automatically calculated Default Cost:</u>
  When a sub-recipe is setup on an ingredient, that ingredient’s Default Cost will now automatically be set to the sum of the default costs on the attached ingredients to make your workflow simpler! With this change, you will no longer be able to edit the Default Cost of any ingredient with a sub-recipe and a warning will display when attempting to edit.

  Our engineering and product teams did not stop there! We implemented the following Supply Chain advancements:

  * **Hide Production Events.** When there is no sub-recipe on an ingredient, we now hide the Production Event button from displaying on the POS and Dashboard.
  * **Ingredient Stock via Recipe Page.** We moved the display of an ingredient’s Current Stock from the Recipe Modal into the table dropdown on the Recipe’s page.
    -**Simpler Homepage.** We have simplified the homepage of Supply Chain by directing it to the Ingredients page directly. The recommended restock quantity has been removed as we work to implement a PO process directly from the ingredients page.
  * **Ingredient Names in Recipes.** When adding an ingredient to a recipe, we made long ingredient names new line rather than get cut-off.
  * **Ingredient Search.** We implemented a new search method into Supply Chain to ensure keywords pull up all related ingredients.
  * **Removed Ingredient Usage Report.** We have removed the old ingredients usage report as our team works to implement newer useful reports inside Supply Chain.

  ## 🤖 Other Updates

  Enjoy a mixture of miscellaneous features in this week's product update:

  * **Gift Card Tracking.** When viewing a transaction where a gift card was used as the payment method via the Web Dashboard or POS, we will now link to the specific card that was used.
  * **Loyalty Verbiage.** We changed the verbiage of Loyalty Earning rules from ‘Flat Amount’ to ‘Earning Rate’.
  * **Tax Withholding Page.** When tax withholding is turned off, the page for this feature will now continue to display so users will not lose previous data.
  * **Faster Branded Apps.** We implemented a change that makes Branded Apps much faster.
  * **Payroll Onboarding.** We edited the “Pay Run” tag when onboarding new employees onto payroll to be more clear of the current onboarding status. We have also removed the requirement for 2-3 months of Bank Statements.
  * **Permission for viewing Transactions.** We added a Role Permission for viewing Transactions via the POS and Web Dashboard. To enable, go to Settings → Employee Management → Pin Protect Transactions Page. From there, you will then need to add the permission to any role that you want to provide access to.
  * **Timezone Clarity.** We changed how most pages in the dashboard display time when viewing from a different time zone than your shop settings.
  * **Employee Start Dates.** We have expanded the Employee Start Date to 2000-2025 to account for longer tenured employees.

  As highlighted in our last Product Update, stability continues to be a major focus for the product.

  **We fixed the following bugs this update:**

  ### Supply Chain

  * Fixed an edge case where an ingredients stock was not being tracked in the activity log and COGS report.
  * Fixed an edge case where Supply Chain restock rules were not going into affect at the desired times.
  * Fixed an issue that was resulting in Vendor Item Case price being set as an ingredient’s Real Cost per Unit.
  * Fixed an issue with decimal formatting when editing an ingredient’s Real Cost per Unit inside the Activity Log.
  * Fixed an issue that allowed more than the current stock of an ingredient to get added to the POS cart.
  * Fixed an issue that was preventing a new recipe from being created on products with specific settings.
  * Fixed the Default Cost field validation to only allow numbers to be typed in.
  * Fixed an issue that allowed ordering out of stock products via Third-Party platforms.

  ### Teams

  * Fixed an issue that prevented Employee PINs beginning with a 0 from being created.
  * Fixed an issue editing a published shift’s location to a different location.

  ### Other

  * Fixed an edge case where checklist instances were not appearing on the POS at the desired time.
  * Fixed a UI component inside our calendar select in the Dashboard to be easier to use.
  * Fixed an issue causing tickets to sometimes not display inside the KDS recently completed tab.
  * Fixed an issue that was causing duplicate Patrons to be created when logging into the Order App or Branded App.
  * Fixed an issue with Third Party hours syncing incorrectly due to Daylight Savings.
  * Fixed our payouts export to include all relevant columns.
  * Fixed an issue with checkout prompts not creating via the Dashboard.
</Update>

<Update label="March 10th, 2025" description="POS v1.10.55-1g">
  If software updates had a training montage, this one would be running up the Rocky steps. 🏃☕

  We’ve spent the last two weeks upgrading our system across the board, making everything stronger, smoother, and more reliable—just in time for a major new wave of exciting projects over the coming months (more on that below).

  While there aren't any specific new features to highlight in this product update, you should notice quality of life updates across the entire platform. Think of it like tuning up the espresso machine before a rush: we’ve fine-tuned performance, optimized workflows, and ensured your favorite all-in-one platform is operating at its best. 

  ### 🛋️ Dripos Coffee Chat - Episode 1

  **<u>A conversation with the Co-Founder of Dripos </u>**
  A new monthly series giving you sneak peeks at upcoming features, longer walk-throughs of features we've recently released, and a space to keep you in the loop on all things Dripos! 

  [  <img />](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4Ymt-By8pd4)

  In this episode, we’ll spend time talking about a couple of previews from the next few months of development as well as demoing new features that have been released so far in 2025, including:

  * **Revamped Onboarding** – Smoother, bug-free, and perfect for onboarding new hires.

  * **Supply Chain Revamp** – Track vendors, inventory, and labor costs like never before.

  * **Recurring Invoices** – Set it, forget it, and get paid on time, every time.

  * **Improved Messaging** – Upload PDFs, photos and use reactions

  * **Rule Based Discounts** – Automatic discounts applied on all ordering platforms.
</Update>

<Update label="February 24th, 2025" description="POS v1.10.55-1e">
  The updated Onboarding functionality now allows you to create onboarding *Packets* with custom or default *Documents* for employees to complete. You can access these changes under **Team → Onboarding** in the Web Dashboard.

  Were you using the beta version of our onboarding feature? No worries! While onboarding now looks different, any files previously filled out by employees using the old system have been retained. You can find them under **Employee Profile → Files**.

  Read the full walkthrough in the [Dripos Guidebook](https://dripos.us6.list-manage.com/track/click?u=f3d56b320972cc8794d05efc0\&id=735d878897\&e=9da0fa662a).

  ### 📐 Rule-Based Discounts

  **<u>Introducing Rule-Based Discounts!</u>**
  Now, you can set up automatic discounts that apply via the POS, Kiosk, Order Website, and Order App when certain products are added to the cart.

  <img />

  Perfect for “Buy One, Get One” & similar use cases! When a patron’s order meets the criteria for a discount rule, the discount is automatically applied to their cart. Rule-Based Discounts were one of the most requested features across our Dripos user base, and now they’re here! Access them via the Web Dashboard: **Sales** **→ Discounts → Rule Based Discounts**

  ### 📝 Onboarding Overhaul

  **<u>Our product team has rebuilt Onboarding from the ground up!</u>**
  We’ve designed this update to simplify the process of gathering key documents—like I-9s—and any other important information for new hires at your company. Once signed, these documents are automatically stored in the employee’s profile within the Web Dashboard.

  <img />

  The updated Onboarding functionality now allows you to create onboarding *Packets* with custom or default *Documents* for employees to complete. You can access these changes under **Team → Onboarding** in the Web Dashboard.

  Were you using the beta version of our onboarding feature? No worries! While onboarding now looks different, any files previously filled out by employees using the old system have been retained. You can find them under **Employee Profile → Files**.

  Read the full walkthrough in the [Dripos Guidebook](https://dripos.us6.list-manage.com/track/click?u=f3d56b320972cc8794d05efc0\&id=735d878897\&e=9da0fa662a).

  ### 🧾 Invoice Updates

  **<u>New Feature Alert: Recurring Invoices!</u>**
  Do you have customers who receive invoices at regular intervals? Now, you can set up invoices to generate and send automatically at those set time periods. Select day, week, or month intervals as well as a frequency to customize the time between each invoice. You can access this via the **Web Dashboard → Invoices → Recurring Invoices**.

  <img />

  **<u>Smoother Invoice Creation.</u>**
  Alongside this highly anticipated invoice feature, we’ve improved the Web Dashboard’s invoice creation process by separating **invoice details** and **invoice line items** for a more intuitive experience.

  ### 📁 PDFs in the Chat

  **<u>Send & Download PDFs in the Dripos Messenger!</u>**
  You can now share and download PDF files via both the Hub App Chats and the Web Dashboard Employee Chats. This feature is great for sending out company wide communications, menu updates, and more to your team.

  ### ⛓️ Supply Chain Enhancements

  As the coffee industry continues to face rising costs, our engineering teams continue the momentum with our updates to Supply Chain. It’s our goal to build the best possible feature for you to manage your costs and run a successful shop!

  * **Inventory Counts via POS.** You can now run inventory counts directly from the POS, making it easier to track stock levels without needing a laptop on hand.

  * **Receive Vendor POs on the POS.** No more switching devices—vendor purchase orders can now be received inside the Supply Chain tab on the POS.

  * **Role-Based Supply Chain Permissions.** Secure access with PIN-restricted permissions for both the POS and Web Dashboard.

  * **Improved POS UI for Supply Chain.** We’ve enhanced the Production Event and Add Stock pages on the POS for a cleaner, more intuitive experience.

  ### 🤖 Other Updates

  * **Time Zone Settings Have Moved:** You’ll now find them under Hours in the Web Dashboard settings.

  * **Payroll Update:** Post-Tax Deductions Visible! You can now view all post-tax deductions in the ‘Review and Submit’ step of payroll processing.

  * **Off-Cycle Payroll Timing Issue Fixed.** Resolved an issue where off-cycle payrolls did not visually account for the 2 PM EST processing deadline.

  * **Patrons Table Now Shows Marketing Opt-Ins.** Easily track email and text marketing opt-in statuses separately in the Web Dashboard via the Patrons page.

  * **Full Patron Data Exports!** Exporting the Patrons table now includes all columns displayed in the Web Dashboard.

  * **Gift Card Purchases Are Smarter!** Customers are now prompted to enter a recipient’s name when purchasing a gift card online, preventing unnamed patron records.

  * **Easier Gift Card Tracking:** When viewing transactions via the Web Dashboard, a gift card line item will now link directly to the corresponding gift card's page.

  * **Checkout Prompts Fix:** Fixed an issue where certain required checkout prompts could be bypassed.
</Update>

***

<Update label="February 11th, 2025" description="POS v1.8b.57-1a">
  ### 📋 Role Based Checklists

  **<u>Restrict Checklist Completion by Role</u>**
  Another long-time request from the Dripos customer base! In addition to last update's ability to set target roles that are notified about checklists upon clock-in, you can now restrict completion as well. Enable a setting on Checklists via the web dashboard to restrict certain checklists by the selected "Target Role".

  <img />

  ### ⛓️ Supply Chain Advancements

  ***<u>Legacy Ingredients Removed</u>***
  *As a part of this update, Legacy Ingredients are now fully removed from the product as we have transitioned to Supply Chain. We first mentioned this transition towards the end of 2024, and maintained an in-product warning leading up to this transition via the web dashboard. If you need help moving from our legacy ingredients feature, please do not hesitate reaching out to Support!*

  **<u>Track Recipe Costs in Real Time</u>**
  An exciting new update to our Recipe Builder, live recipe costing! As you build a recipe, you’ll now see the total ingredient cost calculated instantly, giving you visibility into your product costs while building recipes.

  The recipe cost is calculated from the sum of the attached ingredient's "Default Cost", which you can set via the ingredients page.

  <img />

  Another week, another list of additional Supply Chain advancements!

  * **“Waste Remaining Stock” Button:**&#x49;nstantly set stock to zero when wasting all remaining inventory.

  * **Purchase Order Improvements:**&#x46;ixed issues with saving and editing purchase orders, ensuring totals reflect correctly.

  * **Consistent Terminology:**&#x55;pdated tooltips and labels across Supply Chain for clarity.

  * **Recipe Fixes:**&#x52;esolved a rare issue where modifier ingredients duplicated within product recipes.

  * **More Accurate Inventory Counts:**&#x49;nventory counts now properly adjust ingredient stock based on counted differences.

  * **New Default Waste Type:**&#x41;dded “Inventory Count Waste” to track inventory loss from counting discrepancies.

  * **Waste Management UI Upgrade:**&#x49;mproved design and restricted deletion of default waste types for better organization.

  ### 🤖 Other Updates

  * **Partial Invoice Refunds:** You can now refund invoices by line item or custom amount, rather than only the entire invoice amount.

  * **Category Scheduling Now Works Properly:** Our team fixed an issue with menu availability. Customers will no longer be able to order from a category outside its scheduled availability via any platform.

  * **Barcode Scanning Improvements:** Barcodes configured in the Web Dashboard now sync correctly with the POS system making menu setup much simpler.
</Update>

<Update label="February 4th, 2025" description="POS v1.8b.53-1a">
  ### ⛓️ Supply Chain Updates

  **Recipe Builder V2:** It’s official - Supply Chain has a new recipe builder! We’ve redesigned our recipe builder on the web dashboard to account for faster recipe building, smoother UI across any device, and the ability to set the ingredient’s unit of measurement while building recipes. Additionally, if you click into a recipe from the product dropdown via the Recipes page, the recipe builder will open with the recipe pre-selected. 

  <img />

  **<u>More Supply Chain updates!</u>**

  * **Default Cost Auto-Update:** For those setting a default cost at the ingredient level, we’ll now auto update the set value if you change the unit.

  * **Ingredient Group Management:** We have moved the ingredient group tracking to a button inside of the ingredients page for simpler UI and ongoing management.

  * **Enhanced Price Precision:** Our backend price tracking now supports up to 10 decimal places for more accurate rounding.

  * **Purchase Order Display Fixes:** We resolved issues affecting purchase order notes and ordered total price calculations.

  * **COGS Report Accuracy:** Fixed a scenario causing incorrect sales totals to display in COGS reports.

  * **Inventory Count Completion:** Resolved an error when finalizing draft inventory counts.

  * **Inventory Counts Display:** All of your inventory counts will now sort by newest → oldest for faster access to the most recent counts.

  * **Waste Submission on Android POS:** Employees can now correctly enter and submit waste counts on Android tablets.

  ### 📋 Multi-day Checklists & Clock In Pop-up

  **Time Settings:** Our team is spreading the update magic to Checklists! Due to popular demand, we’ve released the ability for Checklists to last for periods longer than 24 hours. Perfect for those weekly Checklists that go beyond one day. To access this setting: navigate to the web dashboard, select a checklist, then choose the values for minutes, hours, and days.

  **POS Pop-ups:** Set target Roles for different checklists. Upon clock-in, employees with the specified roles will receive a pop-up notification prompting them to complete the list.

  <img />

  **<u>Additional improvements made to Checklists:</u>**

  * **Simplified question types:** Our team has consolidated the types of questions available when creating checklist instances for simplified setup.

  * **Faster tracking:** Checklist instances now sort from newest → oldest via the web dashboard.

  ### 🤖 Other Updates

  * **Apple Pay Fix for Mobile Orders:** Customers can now successfully use Apple Pay for mobile orders, even when the “Require Mobile Ordering Login” setting is enabled.

  * **Time Card Deletion Permissions:** Users with proper permissions can now successfully delete time cards from the Hub App.

  * **Invoice Duplication Bug Fix:** Invoices can now be successfully duplicated from the Operations Tab on the Web Dashboard.

  * **Gift Card Printing Update:** Gift card purchases will no longer print physical make tickets but will still appear on receipts.

  * **Sales Summary Report CSV Fix:** Exported reports now include correct date headers for daily, weekly, and other filtered views.

  * **Email Campaign Bounce Rate Accuracy:** Resolved an issue causing incorrect bounce rate reporting in the web dashboard.

  * **Verbiage Updates to Marketing:** ‘Campaigns list’ has been renamed to ‘Campaigns’, ‘Subscriber lists’ has been renamed to ‘Subscribed Patrons’, and ‘Patron Lists’ has been renamed to ‘Segments’.
</Update>

<Update label="January 13, 2025" description="POS v1.8b.52-1a">
  ### 👍 Message Reactions

  We are excited to introduce **message reactions to the Dripos Hub app**! This new feature allows your team to hold down on any message to leave an emoji reaction of their choosing. All employees are able to see the reactions tallied up from everyone in the chat.

  **This feature requires an iOS app store update to version 2.4. The Android update will be available later <u>today</u>.**

  <img />

  Our team received feedback from many users who had been craving an additional way to acknowledge messages beyond read receipts. Reactions are great for marking a message as confirmed, providing team members positive feedback, or leaving a fun reaction on any message!

  ### 🛋 Time Clock Breaks in the Hub App

  You are now able to allow your team to access Breaks via the Hub app.

  * **Mobile Breaks -** Employees that are clocked in are now able to initiate a break via the Hub app's mobile time clock and resume their shift when the break has finished.

  * **Accessibility -** If you currently have any breaks built out via the Dripos Dashboard and have the mobile time clock enabled, then team members will be able to access this feature with no additional work.

  ### Other Changes:

  * **Employee text notifications -** Text notifications for trade requests and other employee requests will now link to the Hub app rather than the Dashboard website.

  * **Re-order via the POS -** When viewing past transactions via the POS app, selecting to “Re-order” will no longer apply previously used discounts to the new transaction.

  * **Supply Chain Enhancements** 

    * We changed the column header in the ingredients table to “Default Cost” rather than just “Cost” for verbiage consistency.

    * The “Update cost” button now only displays if a value in the “Default Cost” column has been edited.

    * Fixed a bug preventing waste events on Android POS devices.

    * and various other improvements...
</Update>

<Update label="January 6, 2025" description="v1.8b.51-2f">
  ### 🌟 Loyalty as a Discount

  We’re excited to announce a key update to how Dripos handles loyalty. Loyalty will now be treated as a **discount rather than a payment method** to be more in line with industry standards.

  This change will not affect your checkout flow. Customers will continue to redeem loyalty as they always have, but redemptions will now act as a discount and be displayed as such, rather than appearing as an additional payment.

  With this update, we’ve also completed the transition from our simple loyalty system to our enhanced loyalty platform, offering more flexibility with custom earning and redemption rules. If you were an impacted customer, your loyalty system has already been recreated under the new custom system. This ensures continuity with your loyalty program while adding more powerful tools to be leveraged in the future.

  ### 🤖 Android Native Update

  **Action Required: Update Your Android POS App**

  To ensure you have access to the latest features and improvements, the Android Point of Sale app now requires a native update through the Google Play Store.

  Please visit the Google Play Store on your device to download the latest version of the app. This update is essential for maintaining compatibility and ensuring the best performance of your POS system.

  If you have any questions or need assistance, our support team is here to help!

  ### **🎅 Tip Credit Adjustment to Minimum Wage**

  We’ve added the ability to automatically add a tip credit adjustment earning to employee’s payrolls if an employee's average wage including tips for the period does not meet state minimum wage.

  To turn this function on, go to *Finance > Payroll > Settings and set ‘Automatic Tip Credit Adjustment to Minimum Wage’ to Yes.*

  This feature will only be available in states where tip credits are allowed. Please note that employers using this function are still responsible for setting their regular pay rates in compliance with state and federal guidelines.

  ### 📊 M**ajor improvements to our reporting systems**.

  As we continued to grow throughout 2024, we received feedback of slower speeds when generating reports across multiple locations or large date ranges. We listened, and our team made it a major year-end goal to revamp our systems to deliver reports at near-instant speeds. 

  These changes have been successfully made and you can now generate reports via the Dashboard, Point of Sale, and Hub App **95% faster than our previous system**.

  **Note that these speed ups are specific to the Sales Summary Report and Payment Methods report only at this time.** Further updates to other Dripos reports are coming soon!

  We hope you all are enjoying the Holidays, and we look forward to building an even better version of Dripos in 2025! As always, please don’t hesitate to reach out with any questions to our support team.

  ### Other Changes:&#xA;

  **<u>Payroll Earnings Changes</u>**

  As end of year approaches, our fintech team has been hard at work improving our payroll system!

  **Expanded Earnings Types -** We’ve added the ability to add a variety of other earnings to payrolls to accommodate different payroll workflows and needs. This includes:

  * Group term life

  * Severance

  * Non Hourly Regular

  * Other Imputed

  * Tip Credit Adjustment (if not using automatic tip credit adjustment settings)

  View these changes on the ‘hours and pay’ step of any regular or off- cycle payroll that you run!
   

  **Post Tax Deductions -** We’ve added the ability to create post- tax deductions for payrolls from the partner end! To create a post tax deduction for one or more employees, navigate to *Finance > Payroll > Post Tax Deductions.*

  Any post tax deductions added to payrolls previously by our payroll team will also reflect here for your records.

   

  **<u>Supply Chain Enhancements and Bug Fixes</u>**

  Feature Enhancements

  * **Estimated Cost for Pricing Variants -** View estimated costs for pricing variants, giving you better insights into profit margins and pricing strategies of different types of products.

  * **Decimal Support in Inventory Counts -** You can now use decimal quantities during inventory counts, improving accuracy for items measured in smaller units.

  **<u>Bug Fixes</u>**

  We’ve resolved several issues to enhance functionality and accuracy:

  * Stocking rules now work as expected.

  * Resolved an issue that prevented deleting modifier recipes.

  * Supply chain tracking settings now properly affect the Out-of-Stock popup on Dripos Point of Sale and Order Apps.

  * Fixed issues with removing ingredients from recipes.

  * Updated calculations for ‘Ingredients Sold this Week’ on Supply Chain landing page.

  * Fixed a crash on the Web Dashboard when editing supply chain recipes from product pages.

  * Improved inventory count calculations for greater reliability.

  * Dates in the inventory counts table now display consistently.

  * Inventory counts now save faster.
</Update>

<Update label="December 9, 2024" description="POS v1.8b.49-1a">
  ### ✅ Permissions

  * **POS Login Permissions**: We've a specific permission to control login access to the POS. This is found under the “Shop” Area in setting permissions on the Web Dashboard (Team > My Team > Roles > Permissions)Continuous scrolling through schedules makes it easier than ever to plan ahead and view upcoming shift.

  ### 📦 Supply Chain

  * **Added Modifier Recipe Tool**: We’ve added a Modifier Recipes Tool to connect your Ingredients to your Global Modifiers and all of the products that use them. This is found on the Supply Chain platform under the Recipes Tab:

  * **Recipe Stock Visibility**: Added the ability to display available stock and units when viewing recipes in Supply Chain

  * **Ingredient Group Management**: Added the ability to edit and manage ingredient groups after creation.

  * **Out-Of-Stock (OOS) Tools**: Added an OOS flag and filter for ingredients on the Web Dashboard for easier management.

  #### Other Changes:

  * **Auto-Save during Email Marketing Editing**: Email campaigns now auto-save during editing to prevent accidental data loss.

  * **Improved Approval Center Notifications**: We've enhanced Hub app notifications for the approval center to ensure timely updates.
</Update>

<Update label="November 25, 2024" description="POS v1.8b.49-1a">
  ### 📱 **Hub App Improvements**

  * **Backdate PTO requests with ease:** Team members can now backdate PTO directly from the Hub app, streamlining schedule adjustments.

  * **View contact info for your team:** If you have the “My Team” permission, you can now see contact details for other team members right in the Hub app.

  * **Improved schedule navigation:** Continuous scrolling through schedules makes it easier than ever to plan ahead and view upcoming shift.

  ### 💰 **Invoicing Improvements**

  * **Clearer invoice PDFs:** Modifiers are now differentiated on invoice PDFs, improving readability.

  * **Easier check payments:** Added a field to include check numbers when paying invoices by check.

  * **Customize your Current Invoice Numbers:** You can now customize your invoice numbers. This setting can be found via your Shop Settings > Invoices Tab on the Web Dashboard.

  * **Default invoice notes:** Save time by setting default notes that auto-fill on invoices. This setting can be found via your Shop Settings > Invoices Tab on the Web Dashboard.

  * **Bulk actions for efficiency:** Select multiple invoices at once and perform actions in bulk.

  * **Improved organization:** Added a company column on the invoicing page for better clarity.

  * **Smarter PDF exports:** Exported invoice PDF file names now match the invoice numbers for easier tracking.

  * **Instant sharing:** Automatically send a PDF copy of an invoice upon creation.

  #### **Other Changes:**

  * **Flexible PTO entries:** Added the ability to input PTO in partial hours, making it easier to track and plan shorter time-off requests.

  * **Email campaign sub-headers:** Sub-headers can now be added to email drafts, giving your campaigns a polished, professional look.
</Update>

<Update label="November 12, 2024" description="POS v1.8b.48-1a">
  ### 💌 Business Insurance Estimate Widget

  You can now instantly see your potential savings on an insurance policy by uploading your current one! Many customers are saving 25-30% with Dripos Business Insurance, as we cover only what you need—no extras. Check out the new widget on your Web Dashboard > Finance > Business Insurance page or access it directly [here](https://dripos.us6.list-manage.com/track/click?u=f3d56b320972cc8794d05efc0\&id=c4aec8381d\&e=a0225959cb).

  ### ⛓️ Supply Chain Activity Log

  We've introduced a new way to track ingredient usage with an Activity Log tab for each ingredient. This feature lets you view stock changes for each ingredient, along with the reason for the change (such as Sale, Waste, Recipe Creation, or Quick-Add). Any inventory activity that took place before this update will show “N/A” in the Type field, but all changes moving forward will display the correct type.

  #### Other Changes

  * Fire Tickets When Item Added to Cart Improvements: We’ve resolved a few issues with the cart behavior when the “Fire tickets when item added to cart” toggle is enabled in your Ticketing Options > POS Settings.

  * Supply Chain Fixes

    * Corrected a display issue that caused units to appear twice when adjusting stock on the POS.

    * Enhanced the display of ingredients and recipes during a production event for better clarity.

    * Stocking Rules now accurately adjust inventory based on the rules you’ve set.

    * Made minor visual adjustments to improve ease of use.

  * Patron Improvements — Patron Pages now load faster on the POS, making it quicker to view and manage patron information.
</Update>

<Update label="October 29, 2024" description="POS v1.8b.47-1a">
  ## 🔄 Recurring Promotions

  We’re excited to announce the ability to create recurring promotions in Dripos! This feature allows you to set up automated specials that appear at specific times—perfect for daily happy hours, weekly deals, or monthly bonuses to reward your patrons. No more manual setup for repeat events—just create your promotion once, and Dripos will handle the rest.

  To make a recurring promotion, go to Marketing > Promotions & Coupons on the Web Dashboard and select "Recurring" when creating your new promotion. Set the timing and frequency that best fit your needs, and watch as your promotions roll out seamlessly, keeping customers engaged with less effort on your part.

  With this addition, keeping your customers excited and engaged has never been easier. Try it out today and see the difference recurring promotions can make!

  ### Other Changes

  * Fixed an issue where employee discounts wouldn't appear on the report

  * Default Ticket Types on the POS now default on both Regular and Saved Tickets

  * Minor improvements across Supply Chain and the Mobile Ordering experience
</Update>

<Update label="October 22, 2024" description="POS v1.8b.46-1a">
  ## 📆 Time Off Notice Settings

  **Time Off Advance Notice Requirements**: You can now require that your employees submit their time off requests with enough notice on the Web Dashboard. To do so, navigate to your Shop Settings (Top Right on Web Dashboard) > Settings > Time Cards Tab. From there, you'll find the new setting that lets you set how many days are required before the start date of a time off request can be submitted.

  For example, setting the Number of Days as 2 would make it so someone submitting a time off request for 10/22 must do so before 10/20.

  Hope this is helpful ahead of the Q4 Holidays!

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  **Order Website and Order App Speed Improvements**: We’ve made significant improvements to the **Dripos Order App** and **Order Website** to enhance performance. You should now experience much faster load times, ensuring smoother and quicker access for both your staff and customers. Please let us know if you or your patrons are still dealing with non-internet related difficulties loading any of our order platforms
  **Minor Improvements and Minor Bug Fixes**: Minimal improvements to the Web Dashboard and Point of Sale app!
</Update>

<Update label="October 16, 2024" description="POS v1.8b.45-1a">
  **Minor Improvements and Minor Bug Fixes**: Minimal improvements to the Web Dashboard and Point of Sale app!
</Update>

<Update label="October 8, 2024" description="POS v1.8b.44-1a">
  **🎁Set Gift Card Purchase Presets:** You can now customize the default Gift Card Preset options when purchasing gift cards on the POS. These settings can be found on the Web Dashboard via Shop Settings → Gift Cards → Gift Card Presets. The defaults will otherwise continue to be $5, $10, $15, $20, $25, and $50.

  **💬 Unread/New Messages Line on the Hub App:** We added a visual cue on the Hub app messenger to let you know when you've got a new message!

  **Sort Products Button:** We added a "Sort Products" button on the Web Dashboard Categories page! Press the button to sort all of your products Alphabetically. This can specifically be found on the Web Dashboard via Sales > Menu > Categories > Viewing a Category.

  **Verbiage Changes on Card Readers:** We've introduced some minor verbiage changes to the checkout process on the Card Readers to make patron and marketing workflows more clear! 
</Update>

<Update label="October 1, 2024" description="POS v1.7.43-1a">
  ## 🍁 Invoice Tipping and Patron Notes Improvements

  **Tipping Improvements on Invoicing:** We've added the ability to add Tips as a Line Item on your Invoices. You can now do this directly within the Invoice Dashboard on your Web Dashboard via Operations > Invoicing.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  **Patron Notes Added to the Checkout Screen:** Internal Patron notes can now be quickly viewed on the Checkout Screen when a patron is attached to the order. These notes can be edited at any time on your POS via the Sidebar > Patrons Tab and the Web Dashboard via Marketing > Patrons.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Update>

<Update label="September 24, 2024" description="POS v1.7.42-1a">
  ## The Supply Chain Release 📦

  **Dripos Supply Chain:**  We're excited to release our inventory management overhaul — Dripos Supply Chain!  The new product takes our previous inventory/ingredients systems, and improves them with new features built for Coffee Shops. Dripos Supply Chain offers 4 main features:

  * End-to-End Inventory Management

  * Cost of Goods Management

  * Vendor Management

  * Waste Management

  You can now access Supply Chain on the Web Dashboard via Operations > Supply Chain and on the POS via the Sidebar > Supply Chain Tab.

  Check out our Guidebook for a full guide on Supply Chain — [link here](/operations/supply/supply-overview)!
</Update>

<Update label="September 17, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.40-1b">
  ## ✌️ Duplicate your Categories

  **Duplicating Categories on Menu:** You can now duplicate your categories and products on the Web Dashboard! We hope this makes your menu edits easier.

  To do so, navigate to your target category on the Menu (Web Dashboard > Sales > Menu), Select Actions, and Select Duplicate Category.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>
</Update>

<Update label="September 10, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.40-1b">
  ## Dripos Insurance ☕🤎 & New Gift Cards 💳

  **[Dripos Business Insurance](/finance/insurance)**: We're excited to announce Dripos Business Insurance! Save on  insurance with exclusive, discounted rates designed specifically for coffee shops. Easily manage your coverage through the Web Dashboard > Finance > Business Insurance tab [Link here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/insurance), and get a free quote in minutes!

  **[New Affordable Gift Card Partner](/marketing/giftcards/giftcards-physical)**: Dripos now partnered with eCard Systems to provide affordable and customizable gift cards for our businesses! Designed exclusively for Dripos merchants, These 30 mil, litho-quality PVC core cards offer vibrant full-color printing on both sides, with your choice of a gloss or satin matte laminate finish for a professional look.  Physical Gift Cards now costs approx. 50% less than before, and you can now order directly without a quote!

  **Speed Improvements**: We've optimized the Order Website and Order App to now load 15-20% faster!
</Update>

<Update label="September 4, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.38-1a">
  **Minor Improvements and Minor Bug Fixes**: Minimal improvements to the Web Dashboard and Point of Sale app!
</Update>

<Update label="August 27, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.38-1a">
  **Minor Improvements and Minor Bug Fixes**: Minimal improvements to the Web Dashboard and Point of Sale app!
</Update>

<Update label="August 20, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.37-1a">
  **Cash Drawer Closeout Over/Short Amount Toggle**: We've introduced a new setting on the Web Dashboard that allows you to require manager PIN approval for a Drawer Closeout if the drawer is over or short by a set threshold amount. This toggle can be found on your Web Dashboard via *Shop Settings > Order System*.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  **Till Modal for Cash Drawers Added to Drawer Close**: Last week we introduced a new till modal for counting your cash amounts. We got feedback that this was helpful so we introduced it into the Drawer Close process as well!
</Update>

<Update label="August 13, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.36-1b">
  **Till Modal For Cash Drawers**: We’ve added in a new till modal for opening your cash drawer, to help openers more accurately track starting cash amounts in drawers. To access this feature, navigate to the Cash Tab on the Point of Sale. Click New Drawer, then Till modal, to open up the modal below. Here, openers can enter the number of each bill denomination to assist with counting. Clicking save will take you back to the Open Drawer modal, where employees can open the drawer.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  **Ability to Add Notes to Invoice Payments**: We’ve added in the ability to add notes such as a check # to invoice payments. Find this on the web dashboard. If your patrons are paying off an invoice via check and you select Pay Invoice → Invoice Notes. Note that these notes will display on all invoice emails, .pdfs, and receipts.
</Update>

<Update label="August 6, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.35-1a">
  **Payroll Bug Fixes**: We've fixed a number of bugs on our payroll feature that were causing intermittent errors to occur.
</Update>

<Update label="July 30, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.34-1a">
  **Custom Mobile Checkout Disclaimer**: We’ve added in a new feature to allow for custom checkout disclaimers that will show on mobile ordering platforms before a patron submits their order in checkout. To set this up, navigate to your Shop settings → Mobile Ordering → Mobile Checkout Disclaimer.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  **Terminated Employees Logged Into POS**: Previously when someone is logged into the POS and is then terminated, a number of functionalities were impacted such as logout functionality and cash drawers. We’ve corrected this so that now functionality should not be impacted. A pop-up will now appear, giving you the option to log out or dismiss.

  **Time Card Auto-Select Employee**: We’ve added a feature where creating a time card from employee profile will now auto-select that employee. Find this feature under the **Web Dashboard → Team → Employees → Time Cards**.
</Update>

<Update label="July 23, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.33-1a">
  **Require Image on POS Clock-in/Out:** We’ve added in the ability to require an image be taken upon clock-in/out on the Point of Sale. Find the setting to enable this feature under Shop Settings > Employee Management on the web dashboard. Images are viewable under the Team > Time Cards section of the web dashboard. This feature is only applicable to Point of Sale Clock-Ins and does not apply to Mobile Clock-In on the hub app.

  <Frame>
    <img />
  </Frame>

  **Ability to turn off tip viewing on the Hub App:** We recently released a feature that allowed employees to view their tips earned on time cards (assuming that time cards were being split by transaction). We’ve since added a setting to disable this to accommodate different tipping workflows where this may not be relevant. Find this setting under Shop Settings > Employee Management on the Web Dashboard.
</Update>

<Update label="July 16, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.32-1a">
  **POS Edit Mode Improvements:** We’ve added in the ability to edit prices on fixed price products right from the POS! Find this under Edit Mode!

  **Time Off Request Start/End:** Time Off Requests can how have a start and end time. Previously time off requests would prompt the employee to select hours, but not a particular hours range. Find this on the hub app or on the web dashboard!

  **Ability for Employees to See Tips per Shift on Hub App:** Employees can now see their tips earned per shift! To find this, navigate to the My Time section of the Hub app, and click on a time card. The tips earned will be displayed below the recorded hours section.

  **Tags on Employee Files:** We’ve added in the ability to tag and segment files uploaded under an employee profile. Find this feature on the web dashboard under Team → Employees → Click Into an Employee.
</Update>

<Update label="July 2, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.30-1b">
  **Order App Checkout Flow Improvements:** We’ve released minor UI changes to the checkout flow on the order app, specific to the order type selector. These changes should help to streamline the checkout process for patrons mobile ordering on their order app.

  **Patron Info Editing Improvements:** We’ve added in the ability for patrons to edit their emails from the OAPP and OWEB. Patrons can login to those platforms and edit their emails under their account page. Note that phone number changes still need to be submitted to Dripos Support.
</Update>

<Update label="June 18, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.28-1a">
  **Dripos Billing Updates**: Due to updated requirements from our payment partner, you may see a notification on your Dripos Web Dashboard asking you to update your billing address. Click on the notification to update your information or go to Finance > Billing > Billing Address.

  **Minor Bug Fixes**: We released a number of bug fixes related to printed receipts as well as minor display issues across the Web Dashboard.
</Update>

<Update label="June 11, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.27-1a">
  **Bug Fixes**: We released a number of minor bug fixes to the Hub App, Checklists, and Tip Options.
</Update>

<Update label="May 7, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.25-1b">
  ## Dripos Go 🏎️💨

  We're thrilled to unveil a yet another game-changing addition to our suite of solutions: Dripos Go! This innovative feature, utilizing your iPhone or Android phone device, brings a condensed version of our Point of Sale app to mobile platforms for on the go payments. Check out this article for a detailed overview of this new feature!

  Capabilities:

  Streamlined Transactions: Now, creating tickets and accepting card payment can all be done seamlessly from your mobile device, simplifying your workflow like never before.
  Enhanced Mobility: Say goodbye to being tied to a fixed physical location. With Dripos Go, you can process payments from anywhere you have a cell connection, whether you're at the counter, serving customers at their tables, or hosting a pop-up event.
  Simplified Setup: Getting started is a breeze. Simply download the Dripos Go app on your iPhone or Android device, and login with your phone number to get started!
  Seamless Integration: Dripos Go seamlessly integrates with our existing point of sale app, ensuring that your transaction data is synchronized across all your devices in real-time.
  System Requirements:

  iOS: An iPhone XS or later running iOS 16.0 or later in the United States.

  Android: Android devices must meet all of the following criteria, otherwise connection will fail

  Contains functioning NFC antenna and chipset (Most flagship Samsung and Google Phones within the last 4 years should have this)
  Isn’t rooted and device bootloader is locked and unchanged
  Runs a current version of Android (Android 11 or above)
  Uses Google Mobile Services and has the Google Play Store app installed
  We believe that Dripos Go represents a significant step forward in enhancing efficiency and convenience for on-the-go coffee shop operations. Whether you're a bustling coffee shop or a mobile coffee truck, this feature is tailored to meet you needs!

  Thank you for entrusting Dripos as your software partner. We're committed to continuing to innovate and serve you better in the days ahead.
  **WISEPOS E Card Reader Security Update:** For Dripos Customers currently utilizing the BBPOS WISEPOS E card reader, Stripe has released a notice regarding an upcoming update to that particular card reader. After the new OS update has been applied, your WisePOS E devices will:

  No longer be able to connect to open Wi-Fi networks and

  Only allow connection to password-protected Wi-Fi networks that leverage either WPA-Personal or WPA2-Personal encryption.

  In short, WISEPOS E Card Readers will only be able to access secured networks going forward. For customers currently using the Stripe S700 Card Reader (our latest offering), those devices have always required a secure network connection to operate.
</Update>

<Update label="April 30, 2024" description="POS v1.6b.24-1a">
  ## POS on Card Reader ✨

  We're thrilled to unveil a game-changing addition to our suite of solutions: Point of Sale on Card Reader! This innovative feature, utilizing the Stripe S700 card reader, brings a condensed version of our Point of Sale app for on the go payments.

  Why is this such a big deal?

  Streamlined Transactions: Now, creating tickets, accepting payments, and applying discounts can all be done seamlessly from your card reader, simplifying your workflow like never before.
  Enhanced Mobility: Say goodbye to being tied to a fixed physical location. With Point of Sale on Card Reader, you can process payments from anywhere that has an internet connection, whether you're at the counter, serving customers at their tables, or hosting a pop-up event.
  Simplified Setup: Getting started is a breeze. Just connect your Stripe S700 card reader to your existing iOS or Android device, and you're ready to start accepting payments instantly, with minimal setup fuss. Learn more about pairing the card reader here. We’ve updated our card reader troubleshooting article as well to accommodate this new feature.
  Seamless Integration: Our new feature seamlessly integrates with our existing point of sale app, ensuring that your transaction data is synchronized across all your devices in real-time.
  We believe that Point of Sale on Card Reader represents a significant step forward in enhancing efficiency and convenience for your coffee shop operations. Whether you're a bustling coffee shop or a mobile coffee truck, this feature is tailored to meet your on-the-go needs.

  **Automatic Gratuity on Mobile Orders:** We've added in the ability to create auto-gratuity rules that apply on mobile platforms (Dripos Order Website and Order App). Auto gratuity rules allow you to determine which orders should have gratuity automatically applied. Only one auto gratuity rule can be enabled at a time. Find this feature on the web dashboard under Sales > Checkout Flow > Gratuity.
</Update>

<Update label="April 9, 2024" description="POS v1.5c.21-1a">
  **Alphabetically Sorted Modifiers:** We’ve released a new feature that allows you to easily sort options within a modifier group alphabetically, for easier and more efficient menu organization!

  To sort any existing modifier sets alphabetically on the Web Dashboard, navigate to Sales > Menu > Modifiers > Edit > Sort Options. You can always customize further by dragging and dropping options using the three line button on the left hand side.
</Update>

<Update label="April 2, 2024" description="POS v1.5c.20-1a">
  **Scheduler Display Improvements:** We’ve released a new feature that allows late clock-ins and no shows to be displayed on published schedules. Find this on the web dashboard under Team > Scheduling.
</Update>

<Update label="March 26, 2024" description="POS v1.5c.19-1a">
  **Payroll PTO Changes:**: For Dripos Payroll users, we’ve made some significant changes to improve your payroll experience specific to paid time off and sick time:

  * We’ve added in a new page while running payroll (step 3) called Time Off, for a clearer breakdown of any approved paid time off or sick time. You can also add additional hours here.

  * If employees are utilizing role-based pay rates, a pop-up will appear to prompt you to select which rate you would like to be rate to be associated with the PTO. You can also add a custom rate.

  * We’ve also added the ability to manually input and add sick leave to payrolls.

  **Adding Employee Name to KDS:** For users utilizing our Employee Pin-Protect Point of Sale Setting, the name of the employee logged in at the time of a transaction will now display on the ticket on the KDS screen.
</Update>

<Update label="March 19, 2024" description="POS v1.5c.18-1a">
  **Gift Card Purchases with Mobile Ordering Disabled:** Patrons can now purchase e-gift cards even when the shop has mobile ordering disabled. We’ve previously changed this so that e-gift cards are purchasable even when the shop is closed, but now have added this in for when mobile ordering is disabled as well.

  **Reporting Change with Pass Processing:** If your shop currently passes on credit card processing fees to patrons, you will notice that we’ve changed where Pass Processing Collected lives on the Sales Summary report. Since passed processing fees are a form of service fee, find these directly under Gross Sales along with any other custom fees collected.
</Update>

<Update label="March 12, 2024" description="POS v1.5c.17-1a">
  **Gift Card Search Filters:** We’ve added robust search filters to our gift cards page on the web dashboard. You can now search by name, PAN ID, phone number, or balance. You can also choose to hide empty gift cards, search by purchase location, and filter by created date range. Find these new tools on the web dashboard under Marketing > Gift Cards.

  **Invoice Activity Log:** You can now track actions performed on invoices such as creation, updates, and sent emails. Click into an invoice’s page and see this feature under Activity Log. This log only applies to new changes made to invoices, it does not backdate.

  **Manual Invoice Email Management:** You can now manage the sending invoices yourself if desired. You can copy invoice payment links from the web dashboard and send them to your patrons to collect payment.

  **Lock Button for Employee Pin Protect:** When the Employee Pin Protect Register setting is turned on and an employee is currently logged in, notice Manual Lock button to re-lock the register next to the Edit Mode button.
</Update>

<Update label="March 5, 2024" description="POS v1.5c.16-1a">
  **2-Finger Swipe on Quick KDS:** When ticket swipe is enabled and Quick KDS mode is set to display 4 tickets at a time, swiping to complete tickets now requires 2 fingers. Swiping with one finger will pull the whole page to refresh the ticket screen. No settings are required to enable this feature.

  **Products Table Loading Speed:** We’ve released some improvements under the hood to increase the loading and search speed of the products table under the menu builder section of the web dashboard. See that improvement [here](https://dashboard.dripos.com/products).
</Update>

<Update label="February 27, 2024" description="POS v1.5c.15-1a">
  **Refund Notes & Log:** We’ve added in the ability to include notes for each refund conducted both on the Point of Sale and Web Dashboard. Refund notes can be found by clicking into each ticket and scrolling down to the Refunds tab. No settings are required to enable this feature!

  **Scan Barcodes w/ Card Reader & Point of Sale:** Products can now be scanned using their Barcode on the Point of Sale or the Card Reader. First, attach a product to the Barcode section on the Web Dashboard product page. Once the Barcode is attached, on the register screen on the point of sale, click the tags button on the top bar, then click Barcode. This will prompt you to scan a barcode on both the Point of Sale and the Card Reader. Scanning a barcode will automatically add the product to your cart.

  **Search Subscribers List:** For customers utilizing our email and text marketing features, subscribers lists are now searchable! Find this here: [https://dashboard.dripos.com/subscriber-lists](https://dashboard.dripos.com/subscriber-lists).

  **Tool Tip Updates & Verbiage Changes:** We’ve added in more robust feature tooltips and made minor verbiage changes for added clarity and a more optimized user experience. Find these changes on the Web Dashboard ([https://dashboard.dripos.com/](https://dashboard.dripos.com/)).
</Update>

<Update label="February 13, 2024" description="POS v1.5c.13-1a">
  **Hub App Scheduling Improvements:**

  * Open Shifts will only display if you have the same role on the Hub App. No setting is required for this feature.

  * Time Off Requests only display specific to location on the Hub App. No setting is required to enable this feature.

  **Ability to Disable Product and Ticket Notes:** We’ve added in the ability to disable product and ticket notes on mobile orders. Find these settings on the web dashboard under *Shop Settings → Mobile Ordering*.

  **Disable Gift Card Tipping:** We’ve added in the ability to disable tipping when gift cards are utilized as a payment method. Find this setting on the web dashboard under *Shop Settings → Gift Cards*.
</Update>

<Update label="February 6, 2024" description="POS v1.5c.12-1a">
  ## New Third Party Integration 🛒

  **New Third Party Integration:** We’re excited to announce a fresh and improved integration for third party ordering! This integration allows third party orders (Doordash, UberEats, GrubHub, & more) to come through Dripos ticket screens, printers, and transactions, so you don’t have to manage an additional tablet or platform. You’ll also have full menu control of your third party products from the Dripos Web Dashboard.

  We’ll be rolling out this partnership over the next 1-2 weeks, please reach out to Dripos Support if you’re interested!

  * New Pricing: \$50 / month for unlimited integrations.

  * Schedule a consultation with Dripos Support.

  **Time Card Report Export Improvements:** We’ve added the 'Hours Scheduled' column into the time cards export, so that you can easily cross reference time cards with what was initially scheduled. Find this under the time cards report!

  **Mobile Clock-In Improvements:** When employees utilize mobile clock-in via the Hub App, they will now receive a pop-up confirmation as well as see their location and role displayed within the time clock modal. Find this feature on the Dripos Hub App!
</Update>

<Update label="January 31, 2024" description="POS v1.5.11-1a">
  **New Ticket Screen Sounds:** Users can now customize the notification sounds that play when new orders are placed.

  Navigate to *Settings → Device Ticket Options* on the Point of Sale to toggle between a variety of new sounds, test those sounds, and select whether you’d like those sounds to be looped.

  **Printing Updates:** Refunds and voids are now specified on printed receipts under both legacy and new printing setup. No settings are required to enable this under legacy printer settings. For help on getting set up with new printing, please reach out to Dripos Support!
</Update>

<Update label="January 23, 2024" description="POS v1.5.10-1e">
  **Modifier Tab View on Product Modal:** When this setting is enabled, have modifiers show up as tabs on the product modal. Find this setting on the Point of Sale under *Register Settings → Product Modal Options.*

  **Native App Update**: Please note that this week’s changes require a native app update, so customers must update their app via the Apple App Store or Google Play Store. The Google Play Store update is not out currently, however it should be approved and ready to be downloaded by EOD today.
</Update>

<Update label="January 17, 2024" description="POS v1.1.9b-1a">
  ## Gift Card Improvements Pt. 2 🎁

  **Gift Card Improvements:**

  * You can now search for a gift card in by scanning its barcode on the Point of Sale gift cards tab. Click the barcode icon in the top right corner of the gift card page to scan.

  * You can now quickly reload a gift card on the point of sale by searching for the gift card in the gift cards tab then clicking the reload button. Once you select an amount, you will be taken to the register which you will checkout to reload the gift card.
</Update>

<Update label="January 9, 2024" description="POS v1.1.8b-1a">
  ## Gift Card Improvements Pt. 1 🎁

  **Gift Card Improvements:**

  * Gift Card PANs are now listed in the cart when checking out, as well as within the ticket on the POS.

  * The Gift Cards page on the Web Dashboard now includes links to all tickets that it has been loaded or reloaded from, as well as tickets where it is used as a payment type.

  * We’ve added a setting to remove the ‘update balance’ button from the POS gift cards tab. Find this setting on the Web Dashboard within *Shop Settings → Gift Cards → ‘Allow Balance Updates on the Point of Sale’.*

  * When a patron is linked to a transaction, gift cards held by other patrons will be hidden from view.

  * We’ve significantly improved the search speed for gift cards on the Web Dashboard.

  **Default Ticket Types:** You can now set default ticket types to apply to tickets originating from particular devices. Find this setting on the POS under *Device Ticket Options → Default Ticket Type.*

  **Ordering Passcodes:** You can now set a passcode for online ordering which will prompt customers to enter a passcode you set when navigating to your shop on the order website or Dripos app. You can set the passcode on the Web Dashboard under *Shop Settings → Order Website → Passcode.*

  **Viewing Tax Disabled Products:** We added the ability to view all your products that are either tax disabled or have no tax rates applied. Find this on the *Web Dashboard under Menu → Products. Then select Product Status → Tax Disabled.*
</Update>


# Product Guides
Source: https://support.dripos.com/welcome/directory

Find all our Guides here!

<Accordion title="Menu Building" icon="book">
  * [Menu](/orders/menu/menu-overview)

  * [Simple Inventory](/operations/inventory/inventory-overview)

  * [Supply Chain](/operations/supply/supply-overview)

  * [Mobile Ordering](/orders/mobile/mobile-overview)

  * [Delivery Integrations](/orders/stream)

  * [POS Modes](/orders/platforms/platforms-overview)
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Order System" icon="receipt">
  * [Transactions](/orders/tickets/tickets-overview)

  * [Checkout Flow](/orders/checkout/checkout-overview)

  * [Tipping](/orders/tipping/tipping-overview)

  * [Kitchen Display System](/orders/KDS/tickets-kds)

  * [Cash Management](/operations/cash/cash-overview)

  * [Invoicing](/operations/invoices/invoice-overview)

  * [Billing Accounts](/operations/billing/billing-overview)
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Team Management" icon="users">
  * [Approval Center](/team/approval/approval-overview)

  * [My Team](/team/setup/setup-overview)

  * [Scheduling](/team/schedule/schedule-overview)

  * [Time Management](/team/time/time-overview)

  * [Checklists](/team/checklists/checklists-overview)

  * [Onboarding](/team/onboarding/onboarding-overview)

  * [Team Messaging](/team/chat/chat-overview)
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Marketing" icon="badge">
  * [Communications](/marketing/communications/overview)

  * [Deals](/marketing/promos/promos-overview)

  * [Loyalty](/marketing/loyalty/loyalty-overview)

  * [Gift Cards](/marketing/giftcards/giftcards-overview)

  * [Patrons](/marketing/patrons/patrons-overview)

  * [Fundraisers](/marketing/fundraiser/fundraiser-overview)
</Accordion>

<Accordion title="Finance" icon="coins">
  * [Reports](/finance/reports/reports-overview)

  * [Payouts](/finance/payouts-overview)

  * [Payroll](/finance/payroll/payroll-overview)

  * [Accounting](/finance/accounting/accounting-overview)

  * [Insurance](/finance/insurance)
</Accordion>


# Dripos Guidebook ☕
Source: https://support.dripos.com/welcome/home

Your resource to the only piece of software a coffee shop needs.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Get Started" icon="stars" href="/onboarding/start">
    Onboarding with Dripos for the first time? Click here!
  </Card>

  <Card title="Product Guides" icon="puzzle" href="/welcome/directory">
    Find a full list of Dripos feature guides
  </Card>

  <Card title="Hardware" icon="plug" href="/hardware/hardware-overview">
    Set up your Dripos hardware
  </Card>

  <Card title="Payouts" icon="money-from-bracket" href="/finance/payouts-overview">
    Understand your daily payouts and track money movement
  </Card>

  <Card title="Payroll" icon="money-bill-transfer" href="/finance/payroll/payroll-overview">
    Learn to run payroll with Dripos and view FAQs
  </Card>

  <Card title="Contact Dripos Support" icon="phone" href="/troubleshoot/contact-support">
    Call, text, or email our **24/7** customer support line
  </Card>
</CardGroup>